Académique Documents
Professionnel Documents
Culture Documents
JANUARY 2014
Accounting/Finance ...................................................................................................... 3
The export rights to Eastern Economy Editions are vested solely with the publisher.
Business & Management
ACCOUNTING / FINANCE Reconciliation Statement. Inventories. Depreciation
Accounting. Final Accounts of Non-manufacturing Entities.
Accounting Principles Final Accounts of Manufacturing Entities. Consignment.
Joint Ventures. Bill of Exchange and Promissory Notes.
Sale of Goods on Approval or Return Basis. Introduction
RAO to Partnership Accounts. Treatment of Goodwill in
Fundamentals of Accounting for CPT Partnership Accounts. Admission of New Partner.
Retirement of a Partner. Death of Partner. Introduction
P. MOHANA RAO, former Reader in the Department of to Company Accounts. Redemption of Preference Shares.
Commerce, Sri Krushna Chandra Gajapati College (SKCGC) Issue of Debentures. Index.
an autonomous college in Orissa. Latest Print 2012 / 596 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
This book develops conceptual understanding of the ISBN-978-81-203-4590-4 / ` 450.00 / (e-book also available)
fundamentals of financial accounting which play a crucial
role in laying the foundation of commerce and
accountancy courses in general and CPT in particular. SOFAT & HIRO
Dexterously organized to suit the requirements of CPT Basic Accounting, 2nd ed.
aspirants, the text presents a step by step analysis of the
RAJNI SOFAT, Assistant Professor (Finance), Guru Nanak
basic concepts of accountancy in a comprehensive but in
an easy-to-grasp manner. Institute of Management and Technology (GNIMT),
Ludhiana (Punjab).
The text begins with discussing the meaning and scope of
PREETI HIRO, Assistant Professor (Finance), GNIMT,
accounting and moves on by elaborating on different
accounting standards, policies and the procedures Ludhiana (Punjab).
followed in accounting. It also discusses ledger, trial The second edition of this textbook has been enlarged
balance, cash book and bills of exchange or promissory by including three new chapters on rectification of
notes in the subsequent chapters. Apart from discussing errors, bank reconciliation statement and depreciation,
the various types of accounts, such as partnership provisions and reserves. In addition, the new edition
accounts and company accounts, this text explains provides International Financial Reporting Standards in
debentures and inventories in a simple and lucid style. the existing Chapter 2. The book fosters a solid under-
Specifically meant for the prospective examinees of standing of fundamental principles and techniques used
the Common Proficiency Test (CPT), conducted by the in accounting. It presents the double entry system,
Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI), this explains the rules of writing journal and ledger entries,
text should also prove valuable to undergraduate discusses preparation of final accounts and elaborates
students of commerce and management. on the management accounting process. The book also
describes sources of finance and share capital and
SALIENT FEATURES also the necessity and working of a computerized
Provides birds eye view in each chapter for a quick accounting system.
understanding of the concept The book is especially designed for the undergraduate
Includes keywords and summary at the end of each students of computer applications (BCA) and business
chapter administration (BBA). It is also useful for the post-
Incorporates Multiple Choice Questions with their graduate students of business administration (MBA).
answers useful for CPT
Provides model test papers, objective type questions KEY FEATURES
and subject in nutshell in Appendices. Includes a large number of worked out examples
to help students comprehend the concepts with ease.
Contents: Preface. Meaning and Scope of Accounting.
Provides chapter-end questions and problems to
Accounting Concepts, Principles and Conventions.
enhance problem-solving skills of students.
Accounting Standards: Concepts, Objectives and Benefits.
Gives several tables, flowcharts and diagrams to make
Accounting Policies. Accounting as a Measurement
the theory easy to understand.
Discipline: Valuation Principles, Accounting Estimates.
Basic Accounting Procedures. Ledgers. Trial Balance. Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition.
Subsidiary Books. Cash Book. Capital and Revenue Introduction to Accounting. Generally Accepted
Expenditures and Receipts. Contingent Assets and Accounting Principles. Accounting Equation. Double Entry
Contingent Liabilities. Rectification of Errors. Bank System. Journal. Ledger. Trial Balance. Sub-divisions of
3
4 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Journal. Cash Book. Final Accounts-I (Simple). Final NEW TO THIS EDITION
Accounts with Adjustment. Rectification of Errors. Bank Explains all the latest Standards on Auditing applicable
Reconciliation Statement. Depreciation, Provisions and for financial years 20092010 and 20102011.
Reserves. Management Accounting. Sources of Finance.
Company Accounts Share Capital. Application of Includes model answers for all relevant descriptive
Computers in Accounting. Bibliography. Model Question examination questions, asked in the CA-PCC/Final
Papers. Index. examinations till June 2009.
Numerous newly drafted questions (true or false,
Latest Print 2011 / 588 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
answer-in-brief, descriptive type) on latest auditing
ISBN-978-81-203-4200-2 / ` 350.00 / (e-book also available) standards with answers/cross references.
Contents: Preface. Part 1: PrinciplesLatest Auditing
Auditing Standards. Auditing Concepts. Part 2: ProcessAuditing
Engagement. Audit Documentation. Audit Evidence.
Internal Control. Auditing in Computerized Environment.
AINAPURE & AINAPURE Audit Sampling. Part 3: PerformanceAudit of Payments.
Auditing and Assurance, 2nd ed. Audit of Receipts. Audit of Purchases and Sales. Audit
VARSHA AINAPURE is Lecturer, Department of of Personal Ledgers. Audit of Impersonal Ledger. Audit
Accountancy, Nagindas Khandwala College of Commerce of Assets and Depreciation. Audit of Liabilities and
and Economics, Mumbai University. Provisions. Audit of Capital and Reserves. Audit Report.
Part 4: PracticeCompany Audit. Company Records and
MUKUND AINAPURE is a practising CA. Reports. Audit of Special Entities. Government Audits.
Whether it is a balance sheet of a company, a cinema Appendix: Stop Press. Index.
hall, or of a school; auditing evaluates all! This Latest Print 2009 / 1008 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
comprehensive book, now in its second edition, is a ISBN-978-81-203-3991-0 / ` 525.00 / (e-book also available)
compendium of a textbook; a handbook of Auditing
Standards; a question bank, and a compilation of model
answers. GOMEZ
This text is organized in four parts. Part 1 (Principles) Auditing and Assurance:
enunciates the standards and the concepts, which form
the bases of auditing. Part 2 (Process) provides a Theory and Practice
stepwise description of the auditing process, adopted by CLIFFORD GOMEZ has been Professor and Head,
the auditors while performing audit engagements. Part 3 Postgraduate Department of Commerce, Fatima Mata
(Performance) deals with the auditing engagement and National College, Kollam, Kerala.
shows how the verification of financial elements such as In this modern world of large-scale business and industry,
receipts, payments, purchases, sales, assets and liabilities auditing has become an inevitable function. Auditing is a
is conducted. Part 4 (Practice) demonstrates the practical subject, the function of which is very important from the
aspects of audits of specific entities such as private regulatory, economic and ethical points of view. The
limited companies, charitable trusts, hospitals and so on. subject has undergone radical changes in the current
This book is primarily intended for the students of globalised business world.
Chartered Accountancy (appearing for the CA-PCC This book, in the light of latest trends, highlights
examination), Cost Accounting, Company Secretary, and and explains the principles and practice of auditing
postgraduate students of Finance and Accounting. Apart and assurance in a simple and an easy-to-understand
from that, the book is also useful for the practising language. It also presents an up-to-date legal discussion
Chartered Accountants and Financial officers of on the subject.
companies, as a reference handbook. Beginning with an overview of the subject, the text
KEY FEATURES discusses in detail the classification and preparation of
an audit, procedures and techniques of auditing, internal
Incorporates 67 practical questions (with structured control, internal check and internal audit, vouching,
solutions) to help the students to apply the principles verification and valuation of assets and liabilities,
to practical situations. and depreciation. Besides, it deals with reserves and
Comprises 147 case studies to help identify the issues provisions, capital and revenue, profits, audit of
involved, place them in the right context and arrive at companies, and classes of investigation. The book
a correct conclusion. concludes with a discussion on accounting and auditing
Provides 285 innovative true and false type questions standards, management audit, cost audit, tax audit,
(with their reasoned answers) to strengthen the grasp government audit and social audit.
of the subject. The textbook is primarily intended for the undergraduate
Contains 1267 answer-in-brief questions, which are students of Commerce. It will also be useful to those
cross-referenced. preparing for CA, ICWA and CS examinations.
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 5
captures the recent changes in the financial system, money, evolution and systems of banking, classification
some of which have contributed to the ongoing of banks, commercial and hi-tech banking, deployment of
financial crisis, and some of which result from the funds, new finance services, bankers clearing house,
crisis. central banking, Indian finance system, Indian money
presents an analytical framework that enables students market, banking legislation in India, etc. Part II on
to understand and anticipate changes in financial Banking and Finance: Law and Practice deals with
markets and institutions as the financial system the relationship between a bank and a customer,
continues to evolve. bank deposits, banking instruments, bank accounts,
The text is suitable for an introductory undergraduate lending, etc.
course in banking or financial markets analysis taught in This book is primarily intended for the undergraduate
economics or finance. It is also useful for financial students of commerce. It will also be useful to the
markets course in MBA. students of economics, banking professionals, chartered
Contents: Preface. Part 1: IntroductionIntroduction and accountants and to all those who are engaged in
Overview. Money and Its Role in the Economy. The commercial field.
Overseer: The Federal Reserve System. Financial Markets, KEY FEATURES
Instruments, and Market Makers. Part 2: Financial Presents chapter-wise division and arrangement
PricesInterest Rates and Bond Prices. The Structure of of topics enabling easy understanding of terms,
Interest Rates. Market Efficiency and the Flow of Funds definitions and concepts.
Among Sectors. Part 3: Financial InstitutionsAn Includes tables and charts to elucidate the concepts
Introduction to Financial Intermediaries and Risk. discussed.
Commercial Banking Structure, Regulation, and Includes modern technological developments.
Performance. Financial Innovation. Financial Instability Provides chapter-end questions to test the extent of
and Strains on the Financial System. Regulation of the understanding acquired by the reader.
Banking System and the Financial Services Industry. Part
4: Financial MarketsThe Debt Markets. The Stock Contents: Preface. Abbreviations. Introduction. Part I:
Market. Securities Firms, Mutual Funds, and Financial Banking and Finanace: TheoryMoney. Evolution of
Conglomerates. How Exchange Rates Are Determined. Banking. Classification of Banks. Systems of Banking.
Forward, Futures, and Options Agreements. The Commercial Banking. Deployment of Funds. Hi-Tech
International Financial System. Part 5: Monetary Theory Banking. New Financial Services. Bankers Clearing House.
The Fed, Depository Institutions, and the Money Supply Central Banking. Foreign Exchange Management. Global
Process. The Demand for Real Money Balances and Financial Crisis 20072009. Indian Financial System.
Market Equilibrium. Financial Aspects of the Household, Indian Money Market. Commercial Banking in India.
Business, Government, and Rest-of-the-World Sectors. Banking Legislation in India. Changing Scene of Indian
Aggregate Demand and Aggregate Supply. Part 6: Banking. Central Banking in India. Part II: Banking and
Monetary PolicyThe Challenges of Monetary Policy. The Finance: Law and PracticeBanker and Customer. Bank
Process of Monetary Policy Formulation. Policy Deposits. Procedure for Opening a Bank Account. Banking
Implementation. Monetary Policy in a Globalized Financial Instruments. Forms of Bank Lending. Principles of Sound
System. Glossary. Index. About the Authors. Lending. Security for Bank Advances. Modes of Securing
Latest Print 2009 / 912 pp. / 20.0 25.0 cm
Advances. Index.
ISBN-978-81-203-3958-3 / ` 550.00 Latest Print 2011 / 368 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-4237-8 / ` 295.00 / (e-book also available)
GOMEZ
Banking and Finance: Theory, Law and MURALEEDHARAN
Practice Modern Banking: Theory and Practice
CLIFFORD GOMEZ has been Professor and Head, D. MURALEEDHARAN, Reader, PG and Research,
Department of Commerce, Fatima Mata National College, Department of Commerce, Sree Narayana College,
Kollam, Kerala. Kollam, Kerala.
In a fast changing world, everything is subject to change Technological innovations and advancements have spread
and the field of banking is not an exception to this. It has into every sphere of life. And banking is no exception.
also undergone significant changes over the years. This With competition being tough and fierce, business,
book, in the light of developmental changes, highlights especially banking, has to adopt new methods and
and explains the concepts of banking and finance, and techniques. Modern banking essentially implies use of
presents an up-to-date legal discussion on the subject. modern technology and communication tools, for
It is written in a simple and an easy-to-understand example, computer and the Internet, for bringing about
language. more efficiency and speed in banking operations and
The text is divided into two parts. Part I on Banking and making them more and more customer friendly and
Finance: Theory covers a wide range of topics such as customer focused.
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 7
This accessible and well-written text examines the latest Banking discusses evolution, structure and systems of
developments in the Indian Financial System, and the banking, functions, credit creation process, balance sheet,
significant roles the Indian Banking Sector has played in investment policy and nationalization of commercial
the development of the economy. Thoroughly practical banks. It describes structure, management, functions and
and comprehensive, the book discusses the modern role of SBI and RBI in economic development. Besides, it
trends in Indian banking, especially its prospects with the dwells an Indias lead bank scheme, credit control
use of technology, and other core areas of banking. It methods and central banking systems in India, the UK
covers a wide range of topics such as financial markets and the USA. The book concludes with a discussion on
and institutions; the role of central banks in different international financial institutions such as IMF and IBRD.
countries, including the role of RBI which is the central The text is supported with examples, tables and figures.
bank of India; basic lending principles; methods of Chapter-end multiple choice questions and review
remittance; services approach; and micro-credit. Besides, questions are also provided.
it dwells in details on venture capital, credit rating,
modern e-payment systems, core banking, and hi-tech Besides the undergraduate students, this book will also
banking. be useful to the postgraduate students of Economics,
Commerce and Management.
KEY FEATURES
Coverage is quite comprehensive, with latest data Contents: Preface. Part I: MoneyAn Introduction to
Lays special emphasis on IT-enabled and technology- Money. Monetary Standards. Value of Money. Monetary
based banking practices Theories. Analysis of Interest Rates. Analysis of Inflation
and Deflation. Trade Cycles. Money Market. Capital and
Intended primarily as a text for the students of Stock Markets. Monetary Policy. Part II: BankingAn
Commerce, this student-friendly text should prove to be Introduction to Banking. Functions of Commercial Banks.
extremely useful also for the postgraduate students of Credit Creation Process of Commercial Banks. Balance
Management, Finance, and Economics. It should prove Sheet of Commercial Banks. Investment Policy of
equally useful to students of Chartered Accountancy and Commercial Banks. Nationalization of Commercial Banks.
those appearing in competitive examinations. The book State Bank of India. Commercial Banks and Economic
can also be profitably used by practising managers, Development. Indias Lead Bank Scheme. An Introduction
bankers, researchers, and all those who would like to to Central Banking. Functions of a Central Bank. Credit
acquaint themselves with modern Indian banking, Control Methods. Central Banking System in India.
especially the role of banks in the new millennium. Reserve Bank of India and Economic Development.
Contents: Preface. Banking System in India. Commercial Central Banking System in the USA. Central Banking
Banking. Central Banks. Indian Money Market and System in the UK. International Financial Institutions.
Financial Services. Basic Lending Principles. Loans and Bibliography. Index.
Advances. Negotiable Instruments. Banker and Customer. Latest Print 2013 / 332 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Types of Account Holders. Methods of Remittance. ISBN-978-81-203-4795-3 / ` 325.00 / (e-book also available)
Technology in Banking. Modern Trends in Indian Banking.
Index. POPLI & PURI
Latest Print 2011 / 448 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-3655-1 / ` 325.00
Strategic Credit Management in Banks
G.S. POLI, Director and Professor of Banking and Finance
at Delhi School of Professionals Studies & Research, Delhi.
NADAR S.K. PURI was Assistant General Manager at Oriental
Money and Banking Bank of Commerce.
E. NARAYANAN NADAR, Associate Professor and Head, Credit management has always been one of the principal
Postgraduate Department of Economics, V.H.N. sources of income for commercial banks. Therefore,
Senthikumara Nadar College (Autonomous), strategic credit management is vital to cash flow as it
Virudhunagar, Tamil Nadu. helps in minimizing the likelihood of bad debts.
Intended for undergraduate students of Economics, The present text, supported with flow diagrams, data,
Commerce and Management, this book discusses the bank formats and guidelines, wherever necessary, lays
concepts and functions of monetary and banking system. down the legal requirements for disbursements and
It also incorporates the recent trends and developments controlling of different types of credit and also explains
in the fields of money and banking. It is written in an the procedures in lucid and step-by-step manner to help
easy-to-understand language. readers to form clear understanding of the concept.
Divided into twenty-seven chapters under two parts. Besides dealing with the theory and conceptual terms,
Part I on Money discusses evolution, nature, value, role the book incorporates the latest development in the field
and significance of money; monetary standards; of bank credit. It imparts knowledge on appraisal system
monetary theories; and analysis of interest rates, inflation of credit applications/proposals and their post-sanction
and deflation. It also describes trade cycles; money, monitoring, credit policy, types of loans and advance
capital and stock markets; and monetary policy. Part II on facilities granted by banks in India, and analysis of
8 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
borrowers in particular reference to their legal capacity. It The book first introduces the readers to the banking
helps in developing skills for identifying, measuring and business, retail banking, international banking, Internet
mitigating risks associated with lending. banking and tele-banking, including ATMs, credit, debit
The book includes various regulatory guidelines and smart cards. Then it goes on to give a detailed
pertaining to real estate financing and includes separate description of enterprise risk management (ERM), life
chapters devoted to agriculture finance, lending to insurance plans, insurance rating methods, and claims
small-, medium- and large-scale industry, and import and settlement in life insurance. The text concludes with a
export financing. discussion on insurance intermediaries and their
functioning, the legal framework, as well as major players
The book is aimed at postgraduate students of manage- in the Indian insurance industry and future trends of the
ment and commerce. The book will also be of great value industry.
to practicing credit managers, finance mangers and
accountants. Designed primarily as a textbook for the undergraduate
students (BA) for their course in banking and insurance,
Contents: Preface. Credit Management in Banks. this compact text should also prove useful to the
Appraisal of Credit Proposals Sanctioning of Credit Limits. students of management, commerce and those taking
Post-Sanction Compliance: Monitoring/Supervision of banking and insurance courses.
Advances. Overview of Banks Credit Policy and Loan
Characteristics. Different Types of Loan and Advances. KEY FEATURES
Credit Analysis: Different Types of Bank Borrowers. Acquaints the students with most recent developments
Evaluating Commercial Loan Request: Financial in banking and insurance sectors.
Statements Analysis Financial Statements as a Tool of Contains many examples, illustrations, and other
Appraisal. Ratio Analysis as Tool for Financial Statement pedagogic features.
Analysis. Funds Flow and Cash Flow Analysis. Retail Provides numerous end-of-chapter review questions.
Banking Advances and Evaluating Consumer Loans. Loans Gives important abbreviations and real-life cases.
and Advances Against Various Types of Securities. Contents: Preface. Abbreviations. Introduction to Banking
Advances Against Bank Deposits. Advances Against Business. Structure of Commercial Banks in India. Banking
Government Securities: Stocks and Promissory Notes. Sectors. Electronic Banking. Loans and Advances. Priority
Advances Against Postal Securities (National Savings Sector Lending. Export Credit. Annual Report and Balance
Certificates, Kisan Vikas Patras, Public Provident Fund and Sheet of a Bank. Project and Working Capital Finance.
other Deposit Schemes). Advances Against. Advances Banking Legislation. Banking Sector Reforms and NPAs.
Against Gold and Silver Jewellery. Advances Against Practical Banking. Risk Management: An Overview.
Shares, Debentures, Units and Bonds. Advances Against Introduction to Insurance. Life Insurance. Fire Insurance.
Bills of Exchange. Real Estate Financing. Agriculture Marine Insurance. Motor Vehicle Insurance. Health
Financing by Banks of India. Financing Small and Medium Insurance. Miscellaneous Insurance. Reinsurance.
Enterprises (SMEs). Working Capital Finance: Project Insurance Pricing. Underwriting. Policy Servicing and
Financing. Foreign Trade Policy. Import Credit. Export Claims Settlement. Channels of Distribution. Legal
Credit. Export Credit and Guarantee: Corporation (ECGC) Framework. Indian Insurance Industry: Transition and
of India. Management of Non-Performing Assets. Index. Prospects. AppendicesA: Public Sector Banks. B: Foreign
Latest Print 2013 / 320 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Banks in India. C: Private Sector Banks. D: Cooperative
ISBN-978-81-203-4704-5 / ` 350.00 / (e-book also available) Banks. E: Cases. Bibliography. Index.
Latest Print 2012 / 484 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-4657-4 / ` 295.00 / (e-book also available)
SETHI & BHATIA
Elements of Banking and Insurance, SRIRAM
2nd ed. Core Banking Solution: Evaluation of
JYOTSNA SETHI, Associate Professor in the Department of Security and Controls, 2nd ed.
Commerce, Jesus and Mary College, New Delhi.
M. REVATHY SRIRAM, Managing Director of Tejas
NISHWAN BHATIA, Associate Professor in the Department
Brainware Systems (P) Limited, Chennai.
of Commerce, Jesus and Mary College, New Delhi.
This compact and concise study provides a clear insight
This up-to-date and student-friendly text describes, with
into the concepts of Core Banking Solution (CBS)a set
great clarity and precision, the role of banking and of software components that offer todays banking
insurance sectors in the current era of globalization,
market a robust operational customer database and
privatization and liberalization. The Second Edition, while
customer administration. It attempts to make core
retaining the fundamental concepts of the earlier edition,
banking solution familiar to the professionals and
provides more elaborate information on
regulatory authorities, who are responsible for the
the subject. It includes a new chapter on Practical control and security of banks, and shows that by using
Banking, dealing with cheques, drafts, core banking CBS, banking services can be made more customer
solution, and banking ombudsman. friendly.
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 9
This well-organized text, divided into two parts and five solution. Review of Security Policy Implementation.
sections, begins (Part I) with the need for core banking Review of Business Continuity Planning and Disaster
solution technology in banking system, its Recovery Planning. Systems Development and Change
implementation and practice. It then goes on to a Management. Network Security. Evaluation of Controls in
detailed discussion on various technology implications of Operating System. Testing of Application Modules of Core
ATM, Internet banking, cash management system and so Banking Solution. Evaluation of Controls in ATM
on. Part I concludes with Business Continuity Planning Operations. Evaluation of Controls in Internet Banking.
(BCP) and Disaster Recovery Planning (DCP). Evaluation of Controls and Audit of Branches. Review of
Part II focuses on components of audit approach of a System Logs. Audit Tools. Instances of Frauds, Its Causes
bank where the core banking solution has been in and Controls. Relevant ISACA Standards, Guidelines and
operation. Besides, usage of audit tools and study of Procedures. Appendix: Relevant RBI Circulars and
audit logs have been discussed. Notifications. Glossary of Terms. Web References. Index
Latest Print 2013 / 360 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
The Second Edition includes new sections on outsourcing
ISBN-978-81-203-4833-2 / ` 350.00
of ATM operations, printing of ATM card, printing of Pin
Mailers, mobile banking, Point of Sale (POS), financial
inclusion, vulnerability assessment, penetration testing
and so on. Besides, many topics have been discussed
Business Law
extensively and updated to make the book more
comprehensive and complete. RAO
KEY FEATURES Mercantile Law (For CPT Course)
Suggested checklists for performing audits are PEDDINA MOHANA RAO is former Reader, Department of
included. Commerce, Sri Krushna Chandra Gajapati (SKCG)
An exclusive chapter is devoted to Case Studies based (Autonomous) College, Orissa.
on fraudulent activities in banks due to lack of security This student-friendly text on Mercantile Law (often called
and controls. Business Law) discusses in detail the various laws and
Useful Web references have been provided. Acts relating to Mercantile Law. Divided into three parts,
Contains relevant standards of international body Part I, The Indian Contract Act, 1872 discusses topics such
ISACA, USA. as Agreement and Contract, Offer and Acceptance and
This book would be useful for the Chartered Accountants Consideration. Part II, The Sale of Goods Act, 1930 deals
who are Auditors of various banks. It would help the with Formation of Contract of Sale, Conditions and
External System Auditors and the Auditors who perform Warranties, Transfer of Ownership in Goods, and so on.
concurrent system audit of banks and also the Officers of Part III, The Indian Partnership Act, 1932 analyzes Nature
the Department of Banking Supervision of the Reserve of Partnership, Relations of Partners to One Another, and
Bank of India and others who have the responsibilities of Registration and Dissolution of a Firm. The subject has
regulating the security and controls in the banks. In been covered by topics rather than in the strict order of
addition, it would be extremely useful to the bankers sections in the different Acts so that students can
who have Information Technology as one of the subjects understand the matter with greater ease.
for the CAIIB examination. Primarily intended as a text for CPT (Common Proficiency
This book is a trailblazer in the Indian Banking scene. It Test) course of the Institute of Chartered Accountants
makes tremendous and vital contribution to the aspect of of India (ICAI), this accessible text should prove to
Computer Assurance and Risk Management in Banking. be valuable also for the undergraduate students of
commerce and management, ICWAI, ICSI, and those
N. VITTAL, I.A.S. (Retd.), Former Central Vigilance appearing for Judicial Services examination.
Commissioner
DISTINGUISHING FEATURES
Contents: Foreword. Introduction. Preface. Preface to the
First Edition. Acknowledgements. Part 1: Core Banking Cites examples, wherever necessary, to clarify the
Solution: Its Functions, Applications and Managing implication of the law.
SystemWhat is Core Banking Solution (CBS)?. Illustrates concepts with the help of many worked-out
Technology Behind Core banking Solution (CBS). examples (problems).
Implementation of Core Banking Solution (CBS). Functions Provides a large number of multiple choice questions
of the Information Technology Department. Systems and with answers.
Procedures for Effective Implementation of CBS. Furnishes a Glossary on the legal terms used.
Application Program Modules and Their Functionality. Provision of Case Law gives solidity to the text.
Activating the Branches. ATM FunctionalityHow it Supplements the text with pedagogical features such as
works. Internet Banking, Real Time Gross Settlement and Birds Eye View to make the book very practical and
Cash Management System. Security Policy. Business easy to understand.
Continuity Planning (BCP) and Disaster Recovery Planning Contents: Preface. Part I: The Indian Contract Act, 1872
(DRP). Part 2: Evaluation of Security and ControlScope Law: A Preliminary View. Mercantile Laws: An
of Evaluation of Security and Controls in a Core banking Introductory View. Nature of Contract. Agreement and
10 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Comprehensive multiple choice questions (MCQs) discussion at the end of each solution, under Points to
and exercises for students to self-analyze their under- Remember, that provides insights into the problem.
standing of concepts.
Learning cost accounting using this book will be more
Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Introduction to enjoyable as the problems are interesting and arranged in
Cost Accounting: Basic Concepts and Terms. Classification order of difficulty.
of Costs and Cost Sheet. Material Cost Management.
Section I: Managing Purchase Functions. Section II: Contents: Preface. The Scope of Cost Accounting. Cost
Storing of Materials. Section III: Valuing Material Issues. Accounting Terms. Cost Elements and Cost Sheet.
Section IV: Operating Control Systems. Labour Cost Absorption Costing and Marginal Costing Methods.
Management. Section I: Recruitment, Time-keeping and Materials Management. Materials Accounting. Labour
Time-booking. Section II: Methods of Remuneration. Control and Methods of Remuneration. Payroll
Section III: Preparation and Payment of Wages and Accounting. Direct Expenses. Overhead: Classification,
Accounting. Section IV: Labour Turnover. Section V: Distribution and Control. Manufacturing Overhead. Non-
Labour Cost Control. Overheads. Section I: Definition and Manufacturing Overheads. Cost Accounting Records.
Classification. Section II: Production Overheads. Specific Order CostingJob, Batch, Back-flush and
Section III: Administration, and Selling and Distribution Contract. Process Costing. Service Costing and Output
Overheads. Section IV: Miscellaneous Indirect Expenses. Costing. Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis. Marginal Costing
Activity Based Costing. Cost Control Accounts. and Tactical Decisions. Budget and Budgetary Control.
Reconciliation of Cost and Financial Accounts. Integrated Standard Costing. Relevant Costing. Uniform Costing and
Accounts. Job and Contract Costing. Section I: Job Inter-firm Comparison. Cost Reduction and Productivity.
Costing. Section II: Contract Costing. Process Costing. Index.
Section I: Process Losses and Inter-process Profits.
Section II: Equivalent Production. Section III: Joint Latest Print 2013 / 1084 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Products and By-products. Service Costing. Uniform ISBN-978-81-203-2555-5 / ` 525.00 / (e-book also available)
Costing and Inter-Firm Comparison. Marginal Costing.
Section I: Conceptual Framework. Section II: Marginal NIGAM & JAIN
Costing and Management Decisions. Relevant Cost
Analysis and Management Decisions. Budgetary Control. Cost Accounting: Principles and Practice
Section I: Functional Budgets and Master Budget. Section B.M. LALL NIGAM, formerly, Senior Professor in the Faculty
II: Flexible Budgets. Standard Costing. Section I: Cost and of Commerce and Business, Delhi School of Economics,
Sales Variances. Section II: Accounting Methods. Capital University of Delhi.
Expenditure Decisions. Cost Audit. Miscellaneous Topics. I.C. JAIN, Reader at the Delhi College of Arts and
Section I: Some Emerging Concepts and Techniques. Commerce, University of Delhi.
Section II: Operations Research and Quantitative
Techniques. Section III: Learning Curve Analysis and In the present global, knowledge-based, and
Decision-Making. Appendixes. Bibliography. Answers to e-business environment, cost accounting has witnessed
Multiple Choice Questions. Answers to Exercises. Index. remarkable changes. It has sought to take on technology
and offer new solutions to cost-quality problems in
Latest Print 2013 / 988 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm industry. From being a system for measuring and
ISBN-978-81-203-2894-5 / ` 450.00 controlling costs, its principal focus has now shifted to
managing costs, both at the pre- and post-production
stages. Instead of mundane cost determination, it is
BHATTACHARYYA strategic cost management which dominates the
Principles and Practice of Cost discussion in corporate board meetings. It is this
paradigm shift that has necessitated the writing of
Accounting, 3rd ed. this book.
ASISH K. BHATTACHARYYA, Professor, Finance and This comprehensive, profusely illustrated book is
Control, Indian Institute of Management Calcutta (IIM-C). intended as a text for students of B.Com., B.Com. (Hons.)
This extensively revised third edition serves as a textbook and BBA courses. For those aspiring for professional
for B.Com. and other professional courses in accounting. qualifications like Chartered Accountancy, ICWA, and
It covers the new syllabus of Cost Accounting MBA, it will serve as an excellent introductory text. The
recommended by U.G.C. for B.Com. courses and also the instructors, in their turn, will immensely benefit in as
syllabus of Cost Accounting (PE-II Exam., of ICAI). much as it represents a balanced treatment of conceptual
and managerial issues.
The text is example based and illustrates each concept by
providing solved problems that demand the application of The book, with its student friendly approach, should
prove to be a trendsetter in the Indian context.
the concept. In addition, under the section, Review
Problems, complete solutions to a large number of KEY FEATURES
problems selected from professional examinations Definitions and interpretations are gradually built into
have been incorporated. A key feature of the book is the text.
12 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
150 illustrations, 300 solved problems, and 400 position of an organization and communicate these to its
unsolved exercises with answers and hints for arriving stakeholders.
at them make the text an in-built solutions manual.
Besides students of commerce, those appearing for
Each chapter ends with chapter review, and objective- various professional examinations such as CA and ICWA
type questions true/false statements, and multiple foundation courses should find this student-friendly and
choices. accessible book extremely useful.
Due recognition accorded to contemporary topics like
activity-based costing, Just-in-time (JIT), Materials KEY FEATURES
requirements planning (MRP), computerized costing, Gives 300 worked-out key problems to illustrate the
cost audit, cost control and cost reduction, total quality concepts.
management, and Management information systems Provides numerical problemswhich total over 750 in
(MIS). the bookat the end of every chapter. These are given
Contents: Preface. Section I: BASIC PRINCIPLESCost in a graded manner to drill the students in self-study.
Accounting: An Overview. Cost Concepts and Provides appropriate hints/notes for all the important
Classifications. Section II: ELEMENTS OF COSTMaterials: problems so that students can solve these problems
Purchasing and Store-keeping. Materials: Issue, Pricing independently.
and Control. Labour: Costing and Control. Overheads: Contains more than 1000 objective-type and short-
Analysis, Distribution and Control. Overheads: Treatment answer-type questions with their answers to ascertain
of Special Items. Section III: COSTING METHODSSingle the readers understanding of the concepts.
or Output Costing. Job-order, Batch and Contract Costing. Incorporates the emerging trends in various company
Process Costing: Losses, Equivalent Production, accounts and their applications.
and Inter-Process Profits. Process Costing: Joint Products Contents: Foreword. Preface. Acknowledgements.
and By-products. Operating/Service Costing. Section IV: Introduction to Accounting: Concepts, Scope and
COST BOOK-KEEPINGControl Accounts. Reconciliation Evolution. Accounting Cycle and Double Entry
of Cost and Financial Accounts. Integrated (Integral) System of Book Keeping. Subsidiary Books. Bank
Accounts. Section V: COST ANALYSIS AND CONTROL Reconciliation Statement. Business Income Measurement
Budgeting and Budgetary Control. Standard Costing and and Analysis of Revenue and Expenses. Capital and
Variance Analysis. Responsibility Accounting. Absorption Revenue. Depreciation Accounting. Reserves and
and Marginal Costing: Income Measurement. Cost Provisions. Inventory Valuation. Journal Proper. Final
VolumeProfit Analysis. Relevant Costing for Short-term Accounts with Manufacturing Account. Final Accounts of
Special Decisions. Section VI: RECENT DEVELOPMENTS Non-Trading Concern. Bill of Exchange. Average Due Date
Contemporary Topics. Index. and Account Current. Self-Balancing and Sectional
Latest Print 2012 / 1176 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Balancing System. Consignment Accounting. Joint
ISBN-978-81-203-1723-9 / ` 495.00 Venture. Final Accounts of Incomplete Records. Branch
Accounting. Hire-purchase System and Instalment
Payment System. Accounting for Goods Sent on Sale or
Financial Accounting Return Basis. Partnership Accounts. Corporate
Accounting. Index.
Latest Print 2010 / 1120 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
BANERJEE ISBN-978-81-203-3194-5 / ` 495.00
Financial Accounting: A Dynamic
Approach BANERJEE
BIRENDRA KRISHNA BANERJEE is a faculty member of Financial Accounting: Concepts,
Durgapur Government College, Durgapur, West Bengal.
Analyses, Methods and Uses
Intended primarily as a text for the undergraduate BIRENDRA KRISHNA BANERJEE is a faculty member of
students of commerce, this book gives a comprehensive Durgapur Government College, Durgapur, West Bengal.
and indepth analysis of the concepts and principles
underlying financial accounting. It also introduces the This text offers a comprehensive and in-depth analysis of
student to the tools and techniques essential for tackling the concepts and principles of financial accounting with
real-life problems. the help of examples and illustrations. It introduces the
students to the methods and techniques essential for
The text discusses in detail final accounts, branch enhancing their skills in the preparation of financial
accounting, hire-purchase and instalment sales, statements for presentation to the decision makers.
partnership accounts, stock valuations, as well as other This book will help develop adequate skills in the areas of
company accounts. The book would be of considerable Final Accounts of Trading and Non-trading concerns,
help to the readers in preparing financial statements and Branch Accounting, Hire-purchase and Instalment-sale,
would equip them with the necessary knowledge in Partnership Accounts, Stock Valuation, Consignment and
understanding the financial performance and the financial Joint Ventures, etc. It will also help students in acquiring
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 13
the necessary knowledge required for understanding the basic accounting principles. The book is written in an
financial performance and the financial position of an accessible and reader-friendly manner so that the
organization and communicating such details to the students can comprehend the subject with great ease.
stakeholders. Intended primarily for postgraduate students of
The text is primarily intended for the undergraduate management, the book is extremely useful for those
students of commerce. Besides, it will be useful for taking preparing for accountancy examinations. Besides,
various professional examinations such as chartered practising managers should find the book handy for
accountancy (CA), cost and works accountancy (ICWA) analyzing financial statements.
and company secretaryship (CS). NEW TO THIS EDITION
DISTINGUISHING FEATURES The text is prepared based on IFRS revised upto 1
Gives many worked-out problems to illustrate the September 2011.
concepts. Includes Revised Schedule VI to the Companys Act,
Provides numerical problems in a graded manner to 1956.
enhance problem-solving skills. New examples have been added to explain various
concepts.
Provides appropriate hints/notes to all the important The book provides a CD containing a large number of
problems so that the students can understand the PowerPoint Presentations (PPTs), along with the
underlying concepts with ease. amended Schedule VI.
Contains a large number of objective-type and short- The chapters, particularly those covering accounting
type questions with their answers to reinforce the standards, have been thoroughly revised.
students learning. Contents: Preface. The Conceptual Framework.
Contents: Preface. Introduction to Accounting: Concepts, Accounting Fundamentals. Balance Sheet. Profit and Loss
Principles, Scope and Evolution. Process of Accounting, Account. The Accounting Cycle: Journal, Cash Book,
System of Bookkeeping, Journal, Ledger and Trial Balance. General Ledger and Trial Balance. Completion of the
Subsidiary Books. Capital, Revenue and Deferred Revenue Accounting Cycle: Preparation of Profit and Loss Account
Expenditure. Business Income Measurement and Analysis and Balance Sheet. Accounts of Limited Liability
of Revenue and Expenses. Provisions and Reserves. Companies: Accounting for Shares and Debentures.
Depreciation Accounting. Accounting for Bad Debts, Accounts of Limited Liability Companies: Final Accounts.
Provision for Bad Debts, Provision for Discount on Fixed Assets. Current Assets. Investments. Liabilities.
Debtors and Creditors. Inventory Valuation. Journal Income. Depreciation and Impairment. Topical Issues.
Proper. Final Accounts. Manufacturing Account and Cost Cash Flow Statement. Financial Analysis. Glossary.
Sheet. Consignment Accounting. Joint Venture. Self- Solution to Quizzes. Index
Balancing and Sectional Balancing System. Single Entry Latest Print 2012 / 712 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
System (Final Accounts of Incomplete Records). Insurance ISBN-978-81-203-4651-2 / ` 450.00 / (e-book also available)
Claims for Loss of Stock and Loss of Profit. Departmental
Accounting. Branch Accounting. Hire Purchase and
Instalment Payment. Goods Sent on Sale or Return Basis. BHATTACHARYYA
Partnership Accounts. Lease Accounting. Introduction to
Accounting Theory. Index.
Financial Accounting for Business
Latest Print 2010 / 1264 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Managers, 4th ed.
ISBN-978-81-203-3950-7 / ` 495.00 / (e-book also available) ASISH K. BHATTACHARYYA, Chairman, Riverside
Management Academy, and an Advisor (Advanced
Studies), The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (ICAI).
BHATTACHARYYA
Primarily intended for the first course in financial
Essentials of Financial Accounting, accounting for the postgraduate students of
3rd ed. (with CD-ROM) management, this systematically organized text discusses
the essential concepts, principles and methods of
ASISH K. BHATTACHARYYA, Chairman, Riverside financial accounting. It covers all important financial
Management Academy, and an Advisor (Advanced concepts and corporate financial reporting practices. The
Studies), The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (ICAI). book, in its Fourth Edition, includes Revised Schedule VI
This thoroughly revised and updated edition, with most on Balance Sheet and Profit & Loss Account Format. The
of the chapters of the previous edition rewritten, clearly Schedule VI has also been explained at the appropriate
analyzes the concepts and applications of financial places.
accounting. The book acquaints the readers with the new While the emphasis throughout is on the fundamentals,
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) which the book also skilfully analyzes advanced topics such as
are applicable in India from 1 April 2011 onwards. financial instruments, earnings management, internal
Divided into 17 chapters, the text explains, with the help control and internal audit, business combination and the
of many tables, boxes, and practical examples, all the logit model.
14 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Besides students, practising managers will also find this management, and to integrate the knowledge with
text to be of immense value. practice in evaluating the strategic management
KEY FEATURES decisions.
Important concepts are summarized in boxes to The book contains thirty-three chapters divided into
facilitate revision and to break the monotony. three parts. Part A comprising ten chapters discusses the
Assignments are given in almost all the chapters to key principles and practices of financial accounting. Part B
provide suitable exercises for better comprehension of containing eight chapters explains various methods and
the basic concepts. techniques of cost and management accounting. Part C
Answers to quizzes are given at the end of the book. comprising fifteen chapters provides an insight into the
Includes Case Studies in many chapters. numerous dimensions of financial management policies
Contains a comprehensive Glossary at the end of the and practices.
book. KEY FEATURES
Discusses financial analysis in detail. A systematic presentation of the subject matter,
Explains deviations of Indian GAAP from the IAS at supported with substantial number of Examples,
appropriate places. Diagrams and Tables for easy understanding.
Provides a large number of practical examples to The topics of Accounting for Fixed Assets (Chapter 4),
explain concepts and issues. Depreciation Accounting (Chapter 5), Revenue
Incorporates most recent revisions in IAS and AS. Recognition (Chapter 6), Accounting for Inventories
Contents: Preface. Preface to the Second Edition. (Chapter 8) and Cash Flow Statement (Chapter 20)
Acknowledgements. Introduction. Financial Accounting have been written thoroughly in accordance with the
Framework. Classification of Assets and Liabilities. The Accounting Standards (AS) issued by the ICAI.
Accounting Cycle: Journal, Cash Book, General Ledger and Review questions covering examination problems and
Trial Balance. Completion of the Accounting Cycle: their answers are given at the end of each chapter. The
Preparation of the Profit and Loss Account and Balance detailed answers are available in the Instructors
Sheet. Accounts of Limited Liability Companies: Manual.
Accounting for Shares and Debentures. Accounts of An exhaustive glossary of terms have been provided to
Limited Liability Companies: Final Accounts. Fund Flow explain the core concepts.
And Cash Flow Statements. Measurement of Assets. Solutions Manual is also available.
Measurement of Liabilities. Financial Instruments. Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. List of
Accounting for Leases. Recognition of Incomes and Abbreviations. Part A: Financial Accounting
Expenses. Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates. Business Understanding of Financial Accounts and Statements.
Combination. Consolidated Financial Statements. Recording Transactions in the Books of Accounts (I).
Disclosure in Corporate Financial Report. Financial Recording Transactions in the Books of Accounts (II).
Analysis. Case StudiesAppendix: Comparative Statement Accounting for Fixed Assets. Depreciation Accounting.
of International Accounting Standard and Indian Revenue Recognition. Bad Debts, Provision for Bad and
Accounting Standard (As on 1 July 2004). Glossary. Doubtful Debts. Accounting for Inventories. Corporate
Solutions to Quizzes. Index. Accounting (I): Basic Concepts. Corporate Accounting (II):
Latest Print 2012 / 772 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Company Final Accounts. Part B: Cost and Management
ISBN-978-81-203-4652-9 / ` 475.00 / (e-book also available) AccountingCost and Management Accounting: An
Overview. Cost Concepts, Classification of Cost and
Preparation of Cost Sheet. Elements of Cost: Material
DAS Labour Overhead. Types and Methods of Costing.
Business Accounting and Marginal Costing and Cost Volume Profit Analysis.
Budgeting and Budgetary Control. Standard Costing,
Financial Management Variance Analysis and Responsibility Accounting. Strategic
SUBHASH CHANDRA DAS, Management Consultant and Cost Management, Relevant Costing and Managerial
Former Director (Finance), Hindustan Paper Corporation Decision Making. Part C: Financial Management
(HPC) Ltd. Financial Management: An Overview. Financial Statement
Analysis. Time Value of Money. Valuation of Securities.
This comprehensive and concise book critically examines Risk and Return. Capital Expenditure Budgeting and Risk
the essential principles, practices and approaches to in Capital Budgeting. Productivity of Capital and Leverage
financial accounting, cost and management accounting, Analysis. Cost of Capital. Capitalisation and Capital
and financial management. This book is intended for the Structure. Working Capital Management. Cash and
postgraduate students of management and commerce. Liquidity Management. Credit Management: Management
Besides, it is equally useful for the students of of Receivables (Debtors) and Payables (Creditors).
engineering and technology. Inventory Management. Source of Finance, Working
The objective of this book is to assist the students and Capital Financing and Banking Norms. Dividend Policy and
readers in developing an understanding of the theories Dividend Decision. 1: Future Value Interest Factor (FVIF).
of various branches of accounting and financial 2: Future Value Interest Factor for an Annuity FVIFA.
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 15
3: Present Value Interest Factor (PVIF). 4: Present Value GOYAL & GOYAL
Interest Factor for an Annuity PVIFA. 5: Normal
Distribution. Bibliography. Index. Financial Accounting for BBA
Latest Print 2013 / 920 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm V.K. GOYAL, formerly Associate Professor, Shri Ram
ISBN-978-81-203-4742-7 / ` 695.00 / (e-book also available) College of Commerce, University of Delhi, is Professor of
Accounting and Finance at Delhi School of Professional
Studies and Research, affiliated to Guru Gobind Singh
GOYAL & GOYAL (GGS) Indraprastha University, New Delhi.
Financial Accounting, 4th ed. RUCHI GOYAL has done her Masters in Commerce from
Shri Ram College of Commerce, University of Delhi.
V.K. GOYAL, formerly Associate Professor, Shri Ram
College of Commerce, University of Delhi, is Professor of This compact and student-friendly book presents the
Accounting and Finance at Delhi School of Professional fundamental concepts of accounting. It brilliantly
Studies and Research, affiliated to Guru Gobind Singh combines two areas of accountingfinancial accounting
(GGS) Indraprastha University, New Delhi. and corporate accounting. While the initial and middle
chapters give a clear analysis of financial accounting,
RUCHI GOYAL has done her Masters in Commerce from
the remaining chapters provide a succinct account of
Shri Ram College of Commerce, University of Delhi.
corporate accounting. The chapters on financial
The Fourth Edition of this text, which is a thoroughly accounting discuss in detail the concepts of accounting
revised and enlarged version of Financial Accounting, and accounting standards, the process and technique of
3rd ed., by the first author, gives a clear analysis of the accounting, source documents and vouchers for recording
fundamental concepts of financial accounting. Organized of transactions. Besides, they deal with the rules of debit
into 15 chapters, the book begins with a discussion on and credit, and journal entry and preparation of trial
the objectives of accounting and accounting information balance as well as errors and their rectification. Finally,
as well as the theory base of accounting and accounting these chapters cover the concept and causes of
standards. Then it goes on to give a detailed discussion depreciation and methods of recording and providing
on various source documents and vouchers required for depreciation, the adjustment required to prepare the
recording transactions. Besides, the book describes what final accounts of a trader including the accounting
are subsidiary books of business such as cash book and concepts of income and its measurements, and the
bills payable book as also the techniques of preparing meaning, objectives and methods of valuation of
trial balance, final accounts, accounts of non-trading inventories.
organizations, accounts from incomplete records,
Chapters on corporate accounting discuss in detail the
consignment accounts and joint venture accounts. Finally,
issue of shares, forfeiture and reissue of forfeited shares,
the book covers hire purchase system, branch accounts,
and issue and redemption of debentures. In addition,
and dissolution of a partnership firm.
they show how the final accounts of a company are
This well-organized and student-friendly book is intended prepared as per Schedule VI of the Indian Companies Act,
as a text for undergraduate students of commerce 1956.
(B.Com. Programme/B.Com. Pass) in universities across
This well-organized and student-friendly book is intended
India. In addition, it would be useful for professionals
as a text for the undergraduate students of management
pursuing CA, ICWA and CS courses.
(BBA). Besides, anyone who wishes to know about the
KEY FEATURES fundamentals of financial and corporate accounting will
Includes 300 worked-out examples to illustrate the find the book extremely useful.
concepts discussed. KEY FEATURES
Provides 250 unsolved problems in a graded manner
for the benefit of students. Provides 400 solved problems to illustrate the concepts
Contains a variety of end of chapter questions. discussed.
Contents: Preface. Meaning and Objectives of Accounting Includes 300 unsolved problems for practice.
and Accounting Information. Theory Base of Accounting Contains a variety of end-of-chapter questions.
and Accounting Standards. Accounting Process. Source Contents: Preface. Meaning and Objectives of Accounting
Documents and Vouchers for Recording of Transactions. and Accounting Information. Theory Base of Accounting
Subsidiary Books of Business. Trial Balance and Errors and and Accounting Standards. Accounting Process. Source
Their Rectification. Depreciation: Reserves and Provisions. Documents and Vouchers for Recording of Transactions.
Final Accounts of Trading Concerns. Accounts of Non- Subsidiary Books of Business. Trial Balance and Errors and
trading Organizations. Accounts from Incomplete Their Rectification. Depreciation: Reserves and Provisions.
Records: Single Entry System. Consignment Accounts. Final Accounts of Trading Concerns. Accounting Concept
Joint Venture Accounts. Hire Purchase System. Branch of Income. Inventory Control. Issue of Shares: Forfeiture
Accounts. Dissolution of a Partnership Firm. Index. and Reissue of Forfeited Shares. Issue and Redemption of
Latest Print 2012 / 668 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Preference Shares and Bonus. Purchase of a Business.
ISBN-978-81-203-4626-0 / ` 425.00 / (e-book also available) Profits Prior to Incorporation. Loan Capital: Issue of
16 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Contents: Forewords. Preface. Section I: Overview of FINANCIAL ANALYSIS: Why Learn Finance; Understanding
Financial EngineeringAn Introduction to Financial Financial Position of the Firm: Balance Sheet and Profit
Engineering. Factors Contributing to the Growth of and Loss Statement; Assessing Financial Health of the
Financial Engineering. The Knowledge Base of the Firm: Financial Ratios; Analysing Liquidity of the Firm:
Financial Engineer. Section II: The Conceptual Tools Funds Flow Statement. PART IICOST ANALYSIS:
of the Financial EngineerValuation Relationships Determining Product Costs: Cost Classification and
and Applications. Measuring Return. Risk: Portfolio Allocation; Analysing Firms Costs, Volume and Profits:
Considerations, Investment Horizons, Leverage. Variable Costing and Break-even Analysis; Planning and
Measuring Risk: Advanced Topics. Understanding Interest Controlling Costs: Standard Costing and Flexible
Rates and Exchange Rates. Speculation, Arbitrage and Budgetary Approaches; Using Costs for Decision-making:
Market Efficiency. The Corporate Treasurers Perspective: Relevant Costs; Planning for Profits: Budgeting. PART III
Reading Between the Lines. Section III: The Physical Tools
FUNDS MANAGEMENT: Measuring the Value of Money:
of the Financial EngineeRProduct Development. Futures
and Forwards. Swaps. Single Period Options: Calls and Present Value Concept; Evaluating Capital Investments:
Puts. Multiperiod Options: Caps, Floors, Collars, Captions, Investment Criteria; Determining Sources of Finance:
Swaptions, and Compound Options. Fixed Income Debt-Equity Mix and Retention of Earnings; Managing
Securities. Recent Debt Market Innovations. Equity and Liquidity: Working Capital Management; Managing
Equity-Related Instruments. Hybrid Securities. Section IV: Company Finance: Financial Planning and Policy.
Financial Engineering Processes and Strategies References. Appendix. Index.
Asset/Liability Management. Hedging and Related Risk Latest Print 2009 / 248 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
Management Techniques. Corporate Restructuring and ISBN-978-81-203-0918-0 / ` 195.00
the LBO. Arbitrage and Synthetic Instruments. Tax-Driven
Deals. Miscellaneous Equity-Based Strategies. Section V:
Future Directions in Financial EngineeringFuture Trends: SOFAT & HIRO
Globalization and Technology. Legal Protections for Strategic Financial Management
Innovative Financial Products and Services. Index.
RAJNI SOFAT, Assistant Professor (Finance), Guru Nanak
Latest Print 2013 / 752 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm Institute of Management and Technology (GNIMT),
ISBN-978-81-203-1013-1 / ` 495.00 Ludhiana (Punjab).
PREETI HIRO, Assistant Professor (Finance), GNIMT,
PANDEY Ludhiana (Punjab).
Finance: A Management Guide for Due to changing business scenario, businesses need to
manage their economic resources efficiently to secure a
Managing Company Funds and Profits stable position in the market. This is possible when
financial management techniques are blended with
I.M. PANDEY, Director, Pearl School of Business, Gurgaon,
strategic management concepts. This book on strategic
Haryana.
financial management discusses the basics of strategic
A what and how guide for managers who do not have management as well as financial management and
a formal background in finance, this book equips them to explains how businesses can formulate strategies to
perform their tasks more effectively and efficiently. It pursue their financial objectives and strengthen their
describes the application of concepts of finance in the financial position.
decision-making of operating managers. The book follows
The book is divided into five sections. Section I introduces
a simple, nontechnical language in explaining the
the students to the fundamentals of strategic
concepts of finance.
management and financial management. Section II
The text is divided into three parts: Part I on Financial explains the techniques of portfolio tools, Markowitz
Analysis deals with profit and loss statement, financial modern portfolio theory, capital asset pricing model,
ratios and funds flow statement; Part II on Cost Analysis factor models and arbitrage pricing theory. Section III
is devoted to a discussion on the concepts of cost, utility discusses investment decision under risk and uncertainty,
of costs in decision making, and profit planning and corporate strategy and high technology investment.
control; Part III on Funds Management explains the Section IV focuses on tools and techniques of analysis
techniques of fund allocation, working capital manage- and interpretation of financial statements, corporate
ment, and financial planning and policy. This book is valuation and value-based management. Section V
made reader-friendly by its lucid presentation of topics dwells on contemporary issues in strategic financial
and by adopting a practical situational approach in management such as corporate restructuring, mergers
solving problems. Besides practising operational and acquisitions.
managers, all those preparing for professional exami-
The book is intended as a text for the postgraduate
nations would find this book to be of enormous help to
students of management. Besides, students pursuing
them. The book is also suitable for students of business
professional courses such as chartered accountancy, MFC,
management.
as well as professionals in the corporate sector will also
Contents: Preface. Acknowledgments. PART I find the book quite useful.
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 21
Contents: Preface. Section IIntroduction to Strategic Measuring Portfolio Risk. Appendix B: Arbitrage Pricing
Management: The Basics. Introduction to Financial Theory. Part 3: Tools of Financial Analysis and Planning
Management: The Basics. Strategic Financial Financial Statement Analysis. Appendix: Deferred Taxes
Management. Strategic Planning. Section IIPortfolio and Financial Analysis. Funds Analysis, Cash-Flow Analysis,
Tools. Mean Variance Analysis and Markowitz Modern and Financial Planning. Appendix: Sustainable Growth
Portfolio Theory. Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM). Modeling. Part 4: Working Capital Management
Factor Models. Arbitrage Pricing Theory. Section IIIRisk Overview of Working Capital Management. Cash and
and Uncertainty. Investment Decision under Risk and Marketable Securities Management. Accounts Receivable
Uncertainty. Corporate Strategy and High Technology and Inventory Management. Short-Term Financing.
Investment. Section IVFinancial Analysis. Financial Part 5: Investment in Capital Assets. Capital Budgeting
Planning. Financial Models. Forecasting Financial and Estimating Cash Flows. Capital Budgeting Techniques.
Statements. Cross-Sectional Analysis of Financial Appendix A: Multiple Internal Rates of Return. Appendix
Statement Information. Corporate Valuation. Value-Based B: Replacement Chain Analysis. Risk and Managerial
Management. Control, Governance and Financial (Real) Options in Capital Budgeting. Part 6: The Cost of
Architecture. Section VCorporate Restructuring. Capital, Capital Structure, and Dividend PolicyRequired
Mergers. Acquisitions. Buy-Back of Shares. Leverged Buy Returns and the Cost of Capital. Appendix A: Adjusting
Outs (LBOs). Divestiture. Demergers. Financial Diatrey and the Beta for Financial Leverage. Appendix B: Adjusted
Restructuring. Contemporary Issues and Strategic Present Value. Operating and Financial Leverage. Capital
Financial Management. Index. Structure Determination. Dividend Policy. Part 7:
Latest Print 2011 / 432 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Intermediate and Long-Term FinancingThe Capital
ISBN-978-81-203-4341-2 / ` 325.00 Market. Long-Term Debt. Preferred Stock, and Common
Stock. Appendix: Refunding a Bond Issue. Term Loans and
Leases. Appendix: Accounting Treatment of Leases. Part
VAN HORNE & WACHOWICZ, Jr. 8: Special Areas of Financial ManagementConvertibles,
Fundamentals of Financial Management, Exchangeables, and Warrants. Appendix: Option Pricing.
Mergers and Other Forms of Corporate Restructuring.
13th ed. Appendix: Remedies for a Failing Company. International
JAMES C. VAN HORNE, Stanford University. Financial Management. Appendix. Glossary. Commonly
JOHN M. WACHOWICZ, Jr., The University of Tennessee. Used Symbols. Index.
Latest Print 2012 / 744 pp. / 21.6 27.8 cm
Now in its 13th edition, Fundamentals of Financial
ISBN-978-81-203-3897-5 / ` 575.00
Management maintains its dedication to the financial
decision-making process and the analysis of value
creation, but develops a more international scope and WANG
introduces new topics into the debate. Current
discussions on corporate governance, ethical dilemmas, Financial Management in the Public
globalization of finance, strategic alliances and the
growth of outsourcing have been added with examples
Sector: Tools, Applications, and Cases,
and boxed features to aid understanding and provide a 2nd ed.
more global perspective of financial management. XIAOHU WANG, Professor of public administration at the
Ideal for introductory courses in financial management, University of Central Florida (UCF). His field of academic
for a professional qualification and as a reference for work includes public administration, economics and
practitioners. finance.
WHATS NEW? The new edition of Financial Management: Tools and
Expanded coverage of Corporate Social Responsibility Cases in the Public Sector provides a step-by-step guide
including the concept of Sustainability. on how to use financial management and budgeting tools
The discussion of financial statement analysis includes in public organizations. The book features a practical,
the push for convergence of accounting standards case-study approach, and includes plentiful exercises and
around the world. examples. It is designed as a textbook for courses on
public financial management or public budgeting that
Cash and marketable securities management material
focus on the application of budgeting and financial
expanded and updated.
management tools. Public service professionals will also
The updated chapter on International Financial benefit from this handy primer.
Management includes discussion of Islamic sukuk
bonds. NEW EDITION INCLUDES:
Contents: Part 1: Introduction to Financial New chapter on debt capacity analysis. This chapter
ManagementThe Role of Financial Management. The presents a tool that identifies the acceptable level of
Business, Tax and Financial Environments. Part 2: borrowing for the governmentan urgent topic for
ValuationThe Time Value of Money. The Valuation of many governments that exceed their debt capability to
Long-Term Securities. Risk and Return. Appendix A: borrow, which can lead to financial insolvency.
22 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
New chapter on financial risk assessment. This chapter schedules that comprise a master budget to the
presents an important tool on how to assess financial fundamental managerial issues that are affected by the
risks posed to government and how to reduce profit planning and control process. Emphasis is laid on
possibilities of high-risk financial hardship and conceptual knowledge as well as on real-world appli-
insolvency. cations of comprehensive profit planning and control.
New appendix on Excel functions. KEY FEATURES
Detailed glossary for each identification and look-up of
key terms. Expanded coverage of budgeting for service-industry
Updated text, examples, and cases throughout the firms and non-profit enterprises, behavioural issues,
book. economic effects of the budgeting process, and
Larger page size for greater clarity of figures and quantitative decision models as they relate to the
tables. planning and control process.
Features a practical, case study approach, and includes Numerous recent case illustrations of budgeting
plentiful exercises and examples. practices and issues.
Greater stress on leadership and role of managers in
This book is a gem. One of its important strengths is that an organization at all levels of management.
it enables the reader to understand financial statements,
Detailed discussion on contemporary concepts, such as
which empowers them to use this information to make
just-in-time manufacturing (JIT) and material require-
vital decisions for their organizations. No manager in
ments planning (MRP).
government can be competent without this ability,
and I know of no better source for learning it than Detailed description of computer applications in
Wangs book. the area.
JOHN R. BARTLE, University of Nebraska at Omaha Contents: Preface. Part IGeneral And Conceptual
Issues: The Management Process. The Fundamentals of
My students found the first edition of Professor Wangs Profit Planning and Control. The Profit Planning and
book an inviting and valuable addition to their pro- Control Process. Application of Comprehensive Profit
fessional understanding of public financial management, Planning and Control. Part IIApplication of Profit
and I am pleased that the new edition continues in that Planning and Control: Planning and Controlling Revenues:
tradition. I am sold on this book! Sales and Service. Planning and Controlling Production:
W. BARTLEY HILDRETH, Georgia State University Work-in-process and Finished Goods Inventories. Planning
and Controlling Purchases and Materials Usage:
Contents: Preface and Acknowledgements. Part I: Tools Manufacturing and Nonmanufacturing. Planning and
for Financial Planning: Revenue Forecasting. Resource Controlling Direct Labor Costs. Planning and Controlling
Development Analysis. Cost Estimation. Cost Comparison. Expenses: Manufacturing Overhead Product Quality
Incremental Cost Analysis. Cost-Benefit Analysis. Costs, and Distribution and Administrative Expenses.
Part II: Tools for Financial Implementation: Financial Flexible Expense Budgets: Concepts, Development,
Performance Monitoring. Cash Management: Determining and Application. Planning and Controlling Capital
the Optimal Cash Balance. Part III: Tools for Financial Expenditures. Planning and Controlling Cash Flows.
Reporting and Analysis: Financial Reporting and Analysis: Completion and Application of the Profit Plan. Part III
The Statement of Net Assets. Financial Reporting and Concepts Usually Integrated with Profit Planning and
Analysis: The Statement of Activities. Financial Reporting Control: Costvolumeprofit and Contribution Analysis.
and Analysis: Fund-Level Statements. Financial Condition Performance Evaluation and Management Control.
Analysis. Debt Capacity Analysis. Financial Risk Assess- Analysis of Budget Variances. Coordinating Accounting
ments: Analyzing the Risk of Revenue Loss. Appendix A: Systems with Profit Planning and Control. Perspectives
Introduction to Microsoft Office Excel. Appendix B: and Overview. Appendix: Probability and Decision Making
Exercises Answer. Glossary. Index. About the Author. Under Uncertainty. Index.
Latest Print 2011 / 248 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Latest Print 2010 / 684 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-4316-0 / ` 225.00 ISBN-978-81-203-0672-1 / ` 395.00
the financial systemfinancial markets, financial The book exposes the students to various risks faced by
institutions, and financial services. financial institutions and elaborates on the process of risk
Gives updated and latest financial data and related management. It analyzes the regulatory framework
information on the subject. for financial institutions and discusses their capital
Provides tables and diagrams to illustrate the concepts, management with emphasis on both the first and second
and questions (short answer and long answer/essay Basel accords. In addition, the text provides a thorough
type) to test the comprehension skills of the students. exposition of the Indian banking industry in the light of
latest trends, data and RBI regulations.
Intended primarily as a text for the undergraduate and
postgraduate students of Commerce, this accessible text KEY FEATURES
will prove to be extremely useful also for the Facilitates easy understanding of theory with the help
postgraduate students of Management, Economics, as of a number of figures, tables, graphs and worked-out
well as for competitive examinations. In addition, it will examples.
be a ready reference for Chartered Accountants and all
Highlights the key concepts in boxes throughout the
those who would like to acquaint themselves with Indian text.
banking and capital market.
Incorporates chapter-end questions and problems, case
Contents: Foreword. Preface. Abbreviations. Part I: studies and computer-based exercises to help students
Financial MarketsIntroduction. Financial System. master the concepts.
Section A: Money MarketIndian Money Market. Global
Money Markets. Section B: Capital MarketIndian Capital This book is designed for a course in Management of
Market. Capital Market Instruments. Regulation of Capital Financial Institutions, offered to postgraduate students of
Market. The Primary Market. Secondary Market. Stock management programmes (Finance and Banking) and
Exchange. Derivatives. Trading Mechanism of Stock commerce. It will also be useful to practising bankers and
Exchange. Recent Trends in Indian Capital Market. risk managers.
Government Securities Market. Section C: Foreign Contents: Preface. Part One: IntroductionFinancial
Exchange MarketForeign Exchange. Exchange Control. Institutions. Depository Financial Institutions. Non-
Foreign Exchange Market. Part II: Financial Institutions Depository Financial Institutions. Part Two: Bank
Section A: Banking Financial InstitutionsBankingOrigin Products, Financial Statements and Performance Analysis.
and Evolution. Commercial Banking. Sources and Bank Products. Bank Financial Statements. Performance
Application of Banks Funds. Systems of Banking. Central Analysis of Banks. Part Three: Risks Faced by Financial
Banking. Commercial Banking in India. Banking Legislation IntermediariesIntroduction to Risk Management.
in India. Changing Role of Commercial Banking in India. Market Risk. Interest Rate Risk. Credit Risk. Operational
The Reserve Bank of India. Cooperative Banking in India. Risk. Liquidity Risk. Hedging Risks at Banks. Part Four:
Foreign Banking Systems. Section B: Non-Banking Regulation and Bank CapitalManaging Bank Capital.
Financial InstitutionsIndustrial Finance and Institutions. Basel I: The Capital Accord. Basel II: The New Accord. Part
International Financial Institutions. Part III: Financial Five: Trends in BankingTrends in the Banking Industry.
ServicesIntroduction. Merchant Banking and Investment Appendices. References and Bibliography. Answers to
Banking. Mutual Funds. Lease Financing. Factoring and Odd-Numbered Problems. Index.
Forfaiting. Venture Capital. Securitisation of Debts. Credit Latest Print 2013 / 336 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Card. Credit Rating. Project Management. Index.
ISBN-978-81-203-3533-2 / ` 275.00 / (e-book also available)
Latest Print 2013 / 528 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-3537-0 / ` 425.00 / (e-book also available)
TRIPATHY
SHARMA Financial Services
NALINI PRAVA TRIPATHY, Associate Professor, Finance
Management of Financial Institutions: and Accounting, Indian Institute of Management Indore.
With Emphasis on Bank and Risk Today, with the impact of globalization and liberalization
Management on the world economy, new ideas and new thinking
dominate the world. The financial services sector is no
MEERA SHARMA, Associate Professor, Birla Institute of
exception to this. Being an integral part of the financial
Management Technology, Greater Noida. system of a modern industrial economy, the financial
Written in a highly readable style, this book provides sector has witnessed a proliferation of its functions. This
in-depth coverage of the concepts of management well-organized, easy-to-read text covers the entire gamut
of financial institutions, focusing primarily on the banking of development that is taking place in the Indian financial
sector and risk management. Divided into five parts, the services sector. Besides providing an extensive coverage
text first looks at the framework of the Indian financial of the dynamics of bond market, insurance, banking
sector and examines the significance of various financial services, plastic cards, banc-assurance, derivatives and
intermediaries. It then moves on to explain in detail the emerging trends of real estate industries, the book also
products and financial statements of banks and their offers an in-depth knowledge of venture capital, lease
methods of performance analysis. financing, securitization as effective financial instruments.
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 25
In addition, the text also gives a detailed account of The book is accompanied by a CD-ROM which includes
the principles, operational policies and practices of the balance sheet of Ingersoll Rand India Ltd. and some
financial services sector. Excel worksheets.
KEY FEATURES This updated edition will be useful primarily to post-
Pedagogically rich to help students comprehend and graduate students pursuing courses in management
apply chapter concepts. and commerce disciplines. It will also be of help to
Comprehensive coverage of Indian financial regulatory professionals indulged in model-building and developing
bodies and practices. a decision support system on Excel worksheets.
Detailed discussions on the working of SEBI and Stock Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Basic Facts. Basics
Exchangesboth NSE and BSE. of Accounting. Basic Tools of Balance Sheet Analysis. Use
Highlights latest trends in financial services sector with of Excel in Analyzing the Balance Sheet. Basics of Finance.
figures and tables. Analyzing Balance Sheet of Ingersoll Rand India Ltd. with
The text is intended for the students of management as Excel Spreadsheet. Managers Biggest Concerns. Test
well as professionals in the field of financial management. Banks. AppendixesI: Compounded Value of Rupee 1. II:
Students pursuing professional courses such as ICWA, CFA Compounded Value of Annuity of Rupee 1 (Assuming
and CA will also find the book useful. Rupee to be Invested at the End of the Year). III:
Compounded Value of Annuity of Rupee 1 (Assuming
Contents: Preface. Financial Market in India. Bond Rupee to be Invested at the Beginning of the Year). IV:
Market. Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI). Present Value of Rupee 1. V: Present Value of Annuity of
Stock Exchanges. Over the Counter Exchange of India Rupee 1. VI: Continuous Compounding of Rupee 1 and
(OTCEI). Mutual Funds in India: An Overview. Investment Continuous. Discounting of Rupee 1. VII: Schedule of
Banking. Venture Capital. Credit Rating. Factoring Balance Sheet of Ingersoll Rand India Ltd. Glossary. Index.
Services. Forfaiting. Leasing and Hire Purchase. Modern
Banking. Plastic Cards. Insurance Services. Bancassurance. Latest Print 2012 / 268 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
Financial Derivatives. Real Estate Industry. Securitization: ISBN-978-81-203-3918-7 / ` 295.00 / (e-book also available)
A New Innovation. Foreign Direct Investment in India.
References. Index.
Latest Print 2012 / 348 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
FRASER & ORMISTON
ISBN-978-81-203-3245-4 / ` 250.00 / (e-book also available) Understanding Financial Statements,
9th ed.
Financial Statement Analysis LYN M. FRASER, Texas A&M University.
AILEEN ORMISTON, Business Department of Mesa
Community College in Mesa, Arizona.
BODHANWALA
The book gives students the conceptual background and
Understanding and Analyzing Balance analytical tools necessary to understand and interpret
Sheets Using Excel Worksheets, business financial statements and thereby improve their
ability to translate financial statement numbers into a
2nd ed. (with CD-ROM) meaningful map for business decisions.
RUZBEH J. BODHANWALA is at present engaged as a
This student friendly book with strengths like readability,
trainer on accounting and business valuation with a
concise coverage, and accessibility is illustrated with a
multinational conglomerate (Bangalore).
large number of Balance Sheets in the form of tables.
This compact text presents the basics of accounting and These along with end of chapter self-test with solutions,
finance using Excel as a tool for preparing and analyzing review questions, a comprehensive glossary, and
Balance Sheets and Profit & Loss Statements. The book recommended Web sites, enhance its value as a text. The
also helps in learning the basics of Excel and different book would be useful for the students of management,
functions it provides to format financial statements. commerce and for those pursuing courses in CA/ICWA.
The second edition of this book emphasizes on NEW TO THIS EDITION
accounting ratios that have been explained in detail by New examples are provided throughout the chapters.
using the balance sheet of Ingersoll Rand India Ltd. for
the year ending March 2008. More details on inventory methods.
The author uses the balance sheet of Ingersoll Rand India Relevant, up-to-date cases have been added at the end
Ltd. to help students relate accounting principles to real- of each chapter.
life situations. The topics analyzed include day-to-day Contents: Preface. Organization of the Ninth Edition.
problems that managers encounter such as forecasting Uses for the Ninth Edition. Features of the Ninth Edition.
balance sheets, investments in stock markets, manage- Acknowledgments. About the Authors. Financial
ment of receivables and inventory, EMIs, cost of Statements: An Overview. The Balance Sheet. Income
discounting schemes, and designing finance schemes to Statement and Statement of Stockholders Equity.
promote a new product. Statement of Cash Flows. A Guide to Earnings and
26 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
In this edition, the new format for income statement Personal Auto Policy. Homeowners Insurance (HO).
prescribed in Part II of Schedule VI of the Companies Act, Professional Financial Planning. Life Insurance Policies.
1956 has been incorporated. Implications of these Standard Life Insurance Contract Provisions and Options.
changes on the analysis and interpretation of the Annuities. Health Insurance and Disability Income.
statement have also been discussed. Employee Benefits. Social Security. Unemployment and
This textbook is primarily intended for undergraduate and Workers Compensation Insurance. Commercial Property
postgraduate students of Commerce and Management. In Insurance. Commercial Liability Insurance. Appendices
addition, the book will be immensely useful to financial A: Personal Auto Policy. B: Homeowners Insurance Policy.
analysts, bank managers for credit analysis, professional C: Commercial General Liability Policy. D: Answers to the
accountants and business executives. Objective Questions (Printed at the End of Each Chapter).
Glossary. Index.
KEY FEATURES
Latest Print 2013 / 492 pp. / 20.0 25.0 cm
Provides interpretation of data derived from financial ISBN-978-81-203-4812-7 / ` 525.00
statements.
Gives an easy method, developed by NCAER, to predict
corporate failure. KUTTY
Compares firms of different countries and their Managing Life Insurance
financial per-formances. SHASHIDHARAN K. KUTTY, Deputy Director, Banking,
Contains more than 172 examples of various types to Finance and Insurance at AICAR Business School.
help students prepare for exams.
With the liberalization of the Indian economy, the
Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. insurance sector has opened up, and a lot of new players,
Introduction. Techniques of Financial Statement Analysis. both multinationals and Indian companies with foreign
Ratio Analysis. Fund Flow Statement Analysis. Part I. collaboration, have entered this arena realizing the vast
Preparing Fund Flow Statement. Part II. Analysing Fund potential in life insurance. A basic knowledge of life
Flow Statement. Cash Flow Statement Analysis. Part I. insurance has therefore become essential for the
Concepts and Preparation of Cash Flow Statement. Part II. students opting for this course as well as for the
Analysing Cash Flow Statement. Income Statement Ana- practitioners. With this view in mind, Dr. Kutty gives in
lysis. Distress Analysis. Limitations of Financial Statement this text a masterly analysis and a holistic view of every
Analysis. Answers to Objective-Type Questions. Index dimension of life insurance management in the sequence
Latest Print 2012 / 636 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm of 6Pspurpose, principles, purchase, products, process
ISBN-978-81-203-4660-4 / ` 450.00 / (e-book also available) and people, in an easy to understand language. He strives
to demystify the complex world of life insurance and
present its fundamentals to all the readers.
Insurance
Based on the authors rich experience in insurance sector
over the two decades, the text provides new research
DORFMAN & CATHER insights in the areas such as product comparisons, e.g.
Introduction to Risk Management and portfolio approach to purchase of life insurance. It covers
the actuarial dimensions of life insurance, with the
Insurance, 10th ed. minimum use of mathematics. Besides, the text discusses
MARK S. DORFMAN, University of North Carolina at in detail the two core operations of an insurance
Charlotte. companyunderwriting and claims. The hallmark of this
DAVID A. CATHER, Penn State University. book is its attempt to transform the way marketing and
operations in life insurance are approached and its sure
The tenth edition has been reorganized and fully updated guidance on how a professional should approach and
to highlight the increased importance of risk management manage sales, service, process and people.
and insurance in business and society. It refocuses
attention on corporate risk management, reflecting its KEY FEATURES
growing importance in todays economy. A new five- Separate chapters are devoted to topics such as
chapter section on risk management process, with each general insurance, risk management, underwriting,
chapter focused on a key step in the risk management claims and financial management.
process is included in the book. The nature of contracts in general and life insurance
Contents: Preface. Introduction to Enterprise Risk contracts in particular is explained.
Management and Insurance. Risk Identification. Risk Different traditional insurance products such as term
Assessment and Pooling. Risk-Handling Techniques: Loss insurance and non-conventional products like unit-
Control, Risk Transfer, and Loss Financing. Risk-Handling linked policies are dealt with in detail.
Techniques: Diversification and Hedging. Fundamentals of This book is primarily designed for students of
Insurance. Insurable Perils and Insuring Organizations. management, commerce and those pursuing specific
Insurance Functions. Insurance Markets: Economics and insurance courses. It can also be profitably used by
Issues. Insurance Regulation. Insurance Contracts. The industry practitioners. Finally, the book will be invaluable
28 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
to managers of Life Insurance companies, Banks (engaged Contents: Preface. Introduction to Risk Management.
in Bancassurance), and Security firms. Insurance and Risk. Risk Management Process. Legal
Contents: Preface. The Business of the Financial Principles in Insurance. The Insurance Contract. Legal
Marketplace. Risk Management and Insurance. Principles Liability. Personal Property and Liability Insurance. Life
of Non-life Insurance. Products in General Insurance. Insurance Need Analysis. Life Insurance Policy Analysis.
Life InsuranceThe Role. Actuarial Principles of Life Life Insurance Policy Selection. Annuities. Medical
Insurance. Life Insurance Contract Provisions. The Insurance. Insurance of Business Risk. Implementing and
Purchase of Life Insurance. The Product: Life Insurance Reviewing Clients Insurance. Insurance Pricing. Insurance
as Protection. The Product: Life Insurance as Savings. Companies. Government Regulations of Insurance.
The Marketing of Life Insurance: Strategies and Insurance Agency, Laws and Regulations. Glossary.
Rollout. Marketing of Life Insurance: The Experience. Multiple Choice Questions. Index.
Underwriting and Claims. Financial Management of a Life Latest Print 2013 / 648 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Office. People. References. Index. ISBN-978-81-203-4831-8 / ` 550.00
Latest Print 2008 / 724 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-3531-8 / ` 375.00 / (e-book also available) MISHRA
Fundamentals of Life Insurance:
LOOMBA Theories and Applications
Risk Management and Insurance KANINIKA MISHRA, Chief Consultant, Code Content Design
Planning Services, Noida. As a founder member, Max New York
Life, New Delhi.
JATINDER LOOMBA, visiting faculty, Prestige Institute of
Management, Gwalior. Human life, in all its manifestations, has immeasurable
social and economic value. Since ancient times, human
Humans are accustomed to risks. Be it a theft or burglary,
beings have tried to put in place systems to sustain and
a fatal road accident, natural disaster or deaththe
flourish in the face of adversity. In modern times, life
possibility of a person encountering a risk, can never be
insurance is one such financial arrangement that provides
underestimated. To mitigate the intensity of risks, it is
social and economic security to individuals and to the
always advisable to manage risks beforehand. This book
communities.
explains how to minimize, monitor, and control the
probability and impact of unfortunate events, through Divided into three sections, this book comprehensively
risk management. The chapters are skillfully designed to dwells onto the basics of life insurance, risk management
give a comprehensive approach to the need of insurance; and health and micro insurance, in detail. Section I
the right plan for different needs; and the right place to (Concepts, Principles and Processes) systematically
buy the insurance. The essential concepts are dealt with defines life insurance, its legal contract and
thoroughly to build the foundation of the subject. characteristics, the marketing and distribution processes
The book skillfully elucidates the roles and the duties of involved, and the future trends. Section II (Risk
an Agent, and the traits required to transform into an Management, Underwriting, Reinsurance and Claims)
efficient one. It highlights some of the most important explicates the importance of risk management, the
insurance claims, which are only prevalent in the process of underwriting and types and the concepts of
developed countries (US and UK), like tort liability reinsurance and claims. Section III (Group Products,
problems, long-term care insurance, personal umbrella Pensions and Annuities) accounts for various group
insurance and Uninsured Motorist Coverage and personal insurance and retirement products, apart from briefing
umbrella policy. The book emphasizes on exposures to on the individual pension and annuity plans.
mortality, health, disability, auto, overseas and travel Besides, it also teaches the method to calculate the
insurances. While discussing the topics, like retirement premium charged, which is based on the amount of risk
options, it ornately describes various pensions and involved among various policyholders who follow diverse
annuity schemes available as well. lifestyles.
The book is primarily intended for the postgraduate Primarily intended for the students of MBA (Insurance)
students of Management. However, it will also be and BA (Banking and Insurance) this book will also be
beneficial for Risk Managers, and Insurance Agents. beneficial for the postgraduate students of commerce,
KEY FEATURES for a course in Insurance.
The chapters are interspersed with Figures, Tables, Contents: Preface. Section I: Concepts, Principles and
Exhibits and Takeaway Tips to provide interesting facts ProcessesFundamentals of Life Insurance. Legal Aspects
related to the topic discussed in the chapter. of Life Insurance and Life Insurance Products. Life
The topics are explained through case studies, and Insurance Marketing and Distribution. Section II: Risk
graphical representations, to add a practical approach Management, Underwriting, Reinsurance and Claims
to the subject. Risk Management Principles and Risk Selection in Life
MCQs help in strengthening life insurance concepts. Insurance. Underwriting. Reinsurance and Claims.
A separate Chapter is devoted to the Insurance Laws. Section III: Group and Pension Products: Micro Insurance
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 29
and Health InsuranceGroup Products, Pensions and Part II: Rural Insurance, Social Insurance and Health
Annuities. Micro Insurance. Health Insurance. Appendices. InsuranceRural Insurance. Social InsuranceStrategic
Glossary. Index. Correlate Globalization in Nigeria. Social Security
Latest Print 2013 / 220 / 17.8 23.5 cm Insurance for the Under Privileged Gender. SEWAA Role
ISBN-978-81-203-3925-5 / ` 250.00 / (e-book also available) Model of Community Based Health Insurance in Indian
Perspective. Study of Factors Influencing Health Insurance
Cover. Creating a Win-Win Situation for Insuring Impaired
TRIPATHY & PAL Lives in India with Special Reference to Diabetes.
Insurance: Theory and Practice Reducing VulnerabilityThe Demand for Micro Insurance
in India. Index.
NALINI PRAVA TRIPATHY, Associate Professor, Finance
Latest Print 2012 / 252 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
and Accounting, Indian Institute of Management Indore.
ISBN-978-81-203-2856-3 / ` 195.00
PRABIR PAL, Director, Regional College of Management,
Bhubaneswar.
With the entry of many global players and tie-up of
International Accounting
Indian finance companies with multinational insurance
companies, the Indian insurance sector is making rapid DAS MOHAPATRA
strides. This book provides an insight into the operational
policies, practices and issues relating to the insurance
International Accounting, 2nd ed.
business, with the latest trends in this sector. A.K. DAS MOHAPATRA, Professor and former Head of the
Department of Business Administration at Sambalpur
Divided into two parts and containing 21 chapters, the University, Odisha.
book has contributions from experts in their area of
specialization. The first part contains an overview of The second edition of this well-received book is fully
insurance and its role in the services sector. It also updated to equip students with international accounting
examines the current status of development and future standards, regulations and financial reporting.
prospects of insurance industry in India, and proceeds to Written in sync with the changing accounting practices
discuss factors affecting selection of life insurance the world over, this text provides comprehensive
products. coverage of the core concepts of international accounting
The second part deals in details with rural, social and and their applications, with detailed discussion on
health insurance. It also covers the Gratuity system and international financial management which has gained
Bancassurance. importance over recent years due to globalization and
liberalization.
The book is intended as a text for postgraduate students
of management (Finance specialization), and finance and The text also traces the genesis of international
professionals who have an interest in the increasingly accounting, and discusses at length topics such as foreign
expanding area. currency translation, consolidation of foreign financial
statements, transfer pricing, international taxation and
KEY FEATURES financial reporting practices in leading countries such as
It provides the theory and practical implications of USA, UK, Canada and Germany.
Bancassurance, Micro insurance and General insurance. Intended primarily as a text for the postgraduate students
The text highlights latest trends with figures and tables. of financial studies such as MFC, Commerce, and Inter-
It examines the current status of development and national Business (MIB), postgraduate students of
future prospects of insurance industry in India. management specializing in finance, this accessible text
Worked-out examples are included in each chapter. can also be used for professional courses like CA and
Contents: Preface. Part I: Overview of Insurance ICWA.
IndustriesFinancial Convergence and Regulation. NEW TO THIS EDITION
Insurance Industry in IndiaAn Insight. 3. Indian Explains International Financial Reporting Standards
Insurance IndustryThe Paradigm Shift. Life Insurance (IFRS) and its implementation.
CorporationThe Leader on the Backfoot. Financial Includes four new chapters (Chapters 1114) on
Mechanics of Life Insurance. 6GATS Provisions and Indian international financial management, foreign exchange
Insurance Sector. An Exploratory Study of Factors forecast, measurement and management of foreign
Affecting Selection of Life Insurance Products. General exchange exposure to enlarge the scope of the book.
Insurance Industry in IndiaIssues and Challenges. Provides key terms at the end of each chapter for
ReinsuranceGlobal Environment and Indian Challenges. better comprehension.
An Overview of the Private Insurance Company. Brand
Positioning of Insurance IndustriesA Study on Private KEY FEATURES
Players. Gratuity System in IndiaNeed and Scope for Comparative analyses in line with the IAS, AS and the
Reform. A Study of Policy Purchasing Behaviour and US Accounting Standards/GAAP
Situations for Settlements of Claims: A Customers Tabular representation of ideas/concepts for clear
Perspective. Bancassurance in the New Millennium. understanding
30 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Large number of worked-out examples provided in a services and cost sharing arrangements have been
graded manner to illustrate the concepts analyzed in detail.
Review questions at ends of chapters Upcoming issues relating to accounting for financial
Exhaustive glossary at the end of the book derivatives, harmful global tax practices such as tax
Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. havens, preferential tax regimes and double tax
International Accounting: An Overview. Foreign Currency avoidance conventions have been accorded detailed
coverage.
Translation. Consolidation of Financial Statements.
The knotty problems of foreign currency translations,
Accounting for Price Level Changes. Harmonization of
international financial reporting, foreign exchange
Accounting Practices. Transfer Pricing. Foreign Financial
risk management, and performance evaluation of
Statement Analysis. Segment Reporting. Interim Financial multinational firms are treated in separate chapters.
Reporting. International Taxation. International Financial
Management: An Overview. Exchange Rate Forecasting. Contents: Foreword. Preface. Acknowledgements.
Measurement of Foreign Exchange Exposure. Part 1: IntroductionInternational AccountingAn
Management of Foreign Exchange Exposure. Glossary. Overview. International Audit Environment. Part 2:
Index. International Financial Accounting IssuesForeign
Currency Translation. Business Combinations and
Latest Print 2012 / 416 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Consolidations. Accounting for Price Level Changes.
ISBN-978-81-203-4572-0 / ` 325.00 / (e-book also available) International Financial Reporting and Disclosure. Standard
Setting in India. Global Convergence of Accounting.
RATHORE Part 3: International Management Accounting Issues
Multinational Transfer Pricing. International Taxation.
International Accounting, 2nd ed. Performance Evaluation in the Multinational Firm. Foreign
SHIRIN RATHORE, Professor, Department of Financial Exchange Risk Management. International Financial
Studies, University of Delhi from 1985 to 2007. Statement Analysis. References. Index.
The year 2011 will be a milestone in the history of global Latest Print 2011 / 504 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
standard setting, when nearly 150 countries would adopt ISBN-978-81-203-3673-5 / ` 350.00 / (e-book also available)
international standards for financial reporting to be
issued by the International Accounting Standards Board
(IASB). This extensively revised, fully updated, second International Financial
edition includes a wide range of topics with a view to Management
examining the increased challenges that will be faced by
academicians, accounting and management professionals
in the globally converging dynamic environment of BEKAERT & HODRICK
accounting standards expected around 2011. International Financial Management
The book is primarily intended as a text for postgraduate GEERT BEKAERT, Columbia University.
students of management (MBA) specializing in accounting ROBERT J. HODRICK, Columbia University.
and finance, postgraduate students of commerce
(M.Com), financial studies, and international business International Financial Management equips future
(MIB). In addition, this text will be useful for professional business leaders with the tools they need to succeed in a
courses offered by institutes such as the Institute of competitive global environment. This new text by leading
Chartered Accountants (ICAI), the Institute of Cost and international scholars Bekaert and Hodrick blends theory,
Works Accountants (ICWAI) and the Institute of the analysis of data, examples, and practical case
Chartered Financial Analysts (ICFAI). situations that allows students to understand what to do
when confronted with an international financial decision
DISTINCTIVE FEATURES and why that decision is correct.
The text is supported by numerous problems and case KEY FEATURES
studies.
Comparative financial practices in selected countries Real Data Analysis: Students learn how well the
are examined. current theories are supported by the data.
The impact of global convergence of accounting Extended Cases: Solutions of intricate cases illustrate
practices on MNCs, accounting and finance the application of the theory and provide templates for
professionals and academicians has been dealt with future analysis.
in a separate chapter. Point/Counterpoints: Issues that are contentious and
The chapter on Business Combinations and often not fully resolved or well understood are
Consolidations examines the impact of the revised explored, and a summary of the subtle but state-of-
standard issued in 20072008, which dramatically the-art thinking on the issue is provided.
changes the 50-year old method of accounting for Contents: Preface. PART I: Introduction to Foreign
mergers. Exchange Markets and RisksGlobalization and the
Problems of transfer pricing for tangibles, intangibles, multinational Corporation. The Foreign Exchange Market.
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 31
Forward Markets and Transaction Exchange Risk. The includes Internet exercises, links to related websites
Balance of Payments. Exchange Rate Systems. PART II: and author updates.
International Parity Conditions and Exchange Rate Contents: Preface. Part I: International Macroeconomic
DeterminationInterest Rate Parity. Speculation and Risk ConceptsInternational Capital Flows. International
in the Foreign Exchange Market. Purchasing Power Parity Parity Propositions. Part II: Going Global: Undertaking
and Real Exchange Rates. Measuring and Managing Real Foreign Investment ProjectsInternational Capital
Exchange Risk. Exchange Rate Determination and Budgeting. Financing International Projects. Foreign
Forecasting. PART III: International Capital Markets Investment Strategy. Part III: Managing Foreign Exchange
International Debt Financing. International Equity RiskTranslation and Transaction Exposure. Economic
Financing. International Capital Market Equilibrium. Exposure. The Risk of Foreign Exchange Exposure.
Political and Country Risk. PART IV: International Hedging with Financial Instruments. Risk Management
Corporate FinanceInternational Capital Budgeting. Strategy. Part IV: Managing International Taxation and
Additional Topics in International Capital Budgeting. Risk Political RiskInternational Taxation. Political Risk. Index.
Management and the Foreign Currency Hedging Decision.
Latest Print 2009 / 460 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
PART V: Managing Ongoing OperationsFinancing
International Trade. Managing Net Working Capital. PART ISBN-978-81-203-2149-6 / ` 325.00
VI: Foreign Currency DerivativesForeign Currency
Futures and Options Interest Rate and Foreign Currency KEVIN
Swaps. Index.
Latest Print 2011 / 840 pp. / 20.0 25.0 cm
Fundamentals of International Financial
ISBN-978-81-203-4375-7 / ` 650.00 Management
S. KEVIN, Professor of Commerce, Institute of Distance
CLICK & COVAL Education, University of Kerala, Thiruvanantpuram.
Theory and Practice of International This concise and compact text explains, with great
precision and clarity, the basic concepts, theories and
Financial Management, The practices of international business. The text is so
REID W. CLICK, George Washington University. significant because, in todays modern globalized
economic environment, international transactions form
JOSHUA D. COVAL, University of Michigan.
an integral part of economic activities. Businesses today
This book is a streamlined presentation of the principles are no more confined to national boundaries and have
and approaches that form the basis of financial decisions become truly international. Any budding or practising
regarding trade and investment across national borders. manager, especially of big companies, needs to know the
Written with a high analytical rigour, the text pays fundamentals of international finance. And this book,
substantial attention to real-world examples that focus written by Professor S. Kevin, who has a rich and long
on specific applications of relevant theory. This helps in experience in teaching international finance, eminently
establishing a broad framework which students can use fulfils this need.
to critically analyse international financial decisions.
Designed for use by management students, an under- The book begins with an explanation of the exchange
standing of the text does not require a previous course in rate mechanism of foreign currencies, factors influencing
international finance/markets. exchange rate fluctuations, and the trading mechanism in
foreign exchange markets. As currency forwards, futures,
KEY FEATURES options and swaps are the instruments of currency
The integration-versus-segmentation paradigm forms derivatives used as hedging and speculative tools, the
the key theme of the text. book goes on to give a detailed description of the use of
Four sub-themes woven in the text are: real interest currency derivatives for hedging as well as speculative
parity, uncovered interest parity, purchasing power functions. It concludes with an analysis of international
parity and the influence of government policies on financial institutions and their functioning, the partici-
international financial management. pants and instruments of global financial markets where
Pedagogical techniques used include diagrammatic international funds are raised, the many uses of inter-
models, statistical summaries, numerical examples, national funds in the form of portfolio investments, and
mathematical formulas, small case study boxes and direct investments in host countries.
extended spreadsheet examples. The book is primarily intended as a text for postgraduate
Advanced technical material in Tools for Analysis students of commerce and management, chartered
appendices for students who wish to study some accountancy (CA) and chartered financial analysis (CFA).
elements of the text in greater detail. It would also be of immense value to practising
End-of-chapter review questions to test compre- professionals in the field of international finance.
hension.
KEY FEATURES
Brief overviews throughout to make the matter less
confusing and more intellectually rewarding. Illustrates the concepts with the help of examples,
Companion website at www.prenhall.com/clickcenter figures and tables.
32 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Clearly explains risk management tools and techniques. Investment. International Capital Budgeting. Evaluation
Discusses the role of international financial institutions and Management of Political Risk. International Portfolio
in the global financial market. Investment. Part 5: International Financing Decisions
Is a handy text for self-study. Overview of the International Financial Market.
Contents: Preface. International Finance. Foreign Multilateral Development Banks. International Banking.
Exchange. Factors Influencing Exchange Rates. Foreign International Financial Market Instruments. Financial
Exchange Market. Currency Forwards. Currency Futures. Swaps. Management of Interest-Rate Risk. Part 6:
Currency Options. Financial Swaps. Foreign Exchange Risk. Management of Short-term FundsInternational Working
Management of Foreign Exchange Exposure and Risk. Capital Management. Financing of Foreign Trade. Part 7:
Foreign Exchange Regime in India. International Monetary Miscellaneous IssuesInternational Accounting.
System. Multilateral Development Banks. Balance of International Indebtedness. International Taxation.
Payments. Foreign Direct Investment. Foreign Portfolio Glossary. Country and Currency. Answers to Objective
Investment. International Financial Markets. Index. Type Questions. Answers to Numerical Problems. Author
Latest Print 2013 / 272 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm Index. Subject Index.
ISBN-978-81-203-3791-6 / ` 250.00 / (e-book also available) Latest Print 2012 / 580 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-4586-7 / ` 395.00 / (e-book also available)
SHARAN
International Financial Management, Investments
6th ed.
VYUPTAKESH SHARAN, Professor Emeritus at ALEXANDER, SHARPE & BAILEY
Chandragupt Institute of Management (autonomous) Fundamentals of Investments, 3rd ed.
Patna. GORDON J. ALEXANDER, University of Minnesota.
This thoroughly revised and updated Sixth Edition is a WILLIAM F. SHARPE, Stanford University and Financial
result of the enthusiastic reception accorded by the Engines Inc.
readers to the earlier editions and the wide adoption of JEFFERY V. BAILEY, Target Corporation.
the book in academic institutions.
This book offers a balanced knowledge of the theory and
While retaining the major contents of the earlier editions, practice of investment. It introduces readers to the basic
the new edition provides a clear understanding of the set of principles that form the building blocks of modern
latest tools and techniques used in international finance. investment thought and covers the major institutional
The book deals with contemporary financial environment features and theories of investing. Illustrated with
and strategies, and the functional as well as operational numerous real-world examples, it imparts a working
aspects in the international financial arena. knowledge of the kind of securities that exist, where and
What is New to the Sixth Edition: how they are bought and sold, and how investment
All chapters updated to give the latest information. decisions are made. Modular in organization, clear and
New Case Studies and Study Topics added. concise, this book makes minimal use of mathematical
notations, while graphs, tables, and illustrations
The book is primarily intended as a textbook for incorporating current market information make the text
postgraduate students of Business Management (MBA), easy to comprehend.
Master of International Business (MIB), Master of
Commerce, Master of Economics, and Master of Financial KEY FEATURES
Control (MFC). Besides, students of Chartered Includes review material on statistical concepts to
Accountancy and professionals in the financial field provide students with a solid grounding in statistics
should find the book very valuable. fundamental to understanding investment.
Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. Part 1: Incorporates latest developments in investment
International Financial and Monetary Environment supplemented by current market information and
International Financial Management: An Overview. academic research.
International Flow of Funds: Balance of Payments. Emphasizes how the concept of efficient market plays
Developments in International Monetary System. a central role in current ideas.
Exchange Rate Mechanism. Part 2: Markets for Foreign Covers an array of investment toolsstocks, bonds,
Exchange and DerivativesForeign Exchange Market. and securities such as options and futures.
Market for Currency Futures. Market for Currency
Familiarizes students with a broad array of
Options. Part 3: Foreign Exchange Exposure
ManagementForecasting Exchange Rates. Nature and international investing concepts.
Measurement of Foreign Exchange Exposure. Money Matter articles in each chapter illustrate real-
Management of Foreign Exchange Exposure. Part 4: world developments to show students how various
International Investment DecisionForeign Direct investment issues are approached by practitioners.
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 33
Contains several valuable teaching aids: the intuition, and the numerical examples in this wonder-
Terms highlighted and noted marginally emphasize fully thorough book.
important concepts. ROGER IBBOTSON, Yale School of Management
Point-by-point chapter summaries identify essential The book can be described as a dream toolbox for any
thoughts developed in the text. bond portfolio analyst.
End-of-chapter problems with answers to select
problems reinforce learning. MILAD ZARIN, University of Neuchtel
The glossary allows students to quickly reference Contents: Introduction. A First Visit to Interest Rates and
terms discussed in the text. Bonds. An Arbitrage-Enforced Valuation of Bonds. The
Contents: Part 1: IntroductionIntroduction. Various Concepts of Rates of Return on Bonds: Yield to
Maturity and Horizon Rate of Return. Duration:
Part 2: The Investment EnvironmentBuying and Selling
Definition, Main Properties, and Uses. Duration at Work:
Securities. Security Markets. Efficient Markets,
The Relative Bias in the T-Bond Futures Conversion
Investment Value, and Market Price. Taxes. Inflation. Part
Factor. Immunization: A First Approach. Convexity:
3: Modern Investment TheoryThe Portfolio Selection
Definition, Main Properties, and Uses. The Importance of
Problem. Porfolio Analysis. Riskfree Lending and Convexity in Bond Management. The Yield Curve and the
Borrowing. The Capital Asset Pricing Model. Factor Term Structure of Interest Rates. Immunizing Bond
Models. Arbitrage Pricing Theory. Part 4: Common Portfolios Against Parallel Moves of the Spot Rate
StocksCharacteristics of Common Stocks. Financial Structure. Continuous Spot and Forward Rates of Return,
Analysis of Common Stocks. Dividend Discount Models. with Two Important Applications. Two Important
Dividends and Earnings. Investment Management. Applications. Estimating the Long-Term Expected Rate of
Portfolio Performance Evaluation. Part 5: Fixed- Return, Its Variance, and Its Probability Distribution.
Income SecuritiesTypes of Fixed-Income Securities. Introducing the Concept of Directional Duration. A
Fundamentals of Bond Valuation. Bond Analysis. Bond General Immunization Theorem, and Applications.
Portfolio Management. Part 6: Other Investments Arbitrage Pricing in Discrete and Continuous Time. The
Investment Companies. Options. Futures. International Heath-Jarrow-Morton Model of Forward Interest Rates,
Investing. Glossary. References. Selected Solutions to Bond Prices, and Derivatives. The Heath-Jarrow-Morton
End-of-Chapter Questions and Problems. Model at Work: Applications to Bond Immunization. By
Latest Print 2011 / 816 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Way of Conclusion: Some Further Steps. Answers to
ISBN-978-81-203-2126-7 / ` 425.00 Questions. Further Reading. References. Index.
Latest Print 2009 / 476 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-2888-4 / ` 395.00
de La GRANDVILLE
Bond Pricing and Portfolio Analysis:
Protecting Investors in the Long Run GUPTA
OLIVIER de La GRANDVILLE, Professor of Economics, Financial Derivatives: Theory, Concepts
University of Geneva and Visiting Professor, Department and Problems
of Management Science and Engineering, Stanford
University. S.L. GUPTA, Dean and Professor of Finance, Department
of Management, Kurukshetra University.
This text makes available the most important
methodological advances in bond evaluation from the In todays competitive world, Financial Derivatives occupy
past twenty years. With uncommon precision and a a significant and integral part of the global capital
strong emphasis on the underlying economic funda- markets. This uptodate and contemporary text gives an
mentals, it presents a unified framework for under- indepth analysis of the underlying concepts of Financial
standing the basic tools of bond evaluation, including Derivatives and deals with the technical aspects of all the
duration, convexity, and immunization. important financial derivatives. It also dwells on the
The most valuable feature of the book is a general immu- financial markets where these derivatives are traded. The
nization theorem that can be used by practitioners to book seeks to capture the essence of the modern
protect investors against any change in the structure of developments in financial derivatives and provides a wide
spot interest rates. Also of note is the detailed presenta- coverage of the intricate and complex world of financial
tion of the Heath-Jarrow-Morton model and a discussion derivatives.
of its relationships with classical immunization schemes.
Organized into five sections, the text balances rigour with
Each chapter is followed by a series of questions, clarity of explanations and practical treatment of the
problem sets, and projects; detailed solutions to all of subject. Each chapter begins with a brief theoretical
them appear at the end of the book. description followed by relevant examples. Diagrams,
Bonds are mathematical securities, and Olivier de La charts and tables have been incorporated at the
Grandville gives us the economics, the theory, the math, appropriate places to illustrate the concepts discussed.
34 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
this thoroughly revised and updated second edition offers describes the operational modalities of currency swaps
an in-depth exploration of futures and options. The and interest rate swaps.
author examines trading strategies and how markets The Indian context and environment are highlighted while
work, as well as contemporary pricing, hedging, and risk explaining the trading processes of the different types of
management tools. derivatives to familiarize the reader with the Indian
KEY FEATURES derivatives market.
A new chapter (Chapter 10) has been included which The text is supported by illustrative examples, diagrams,
uses binomial trees to explain no-arbitrage and risk- tables and review questions to reinforce the students
neutral valuation arguments. understanding of the subject matter.
A new chapter (Chapter 13) devoted entirely to future This textbook is primarily intended for the postgraduate
options. students of finance, commerce and management. It
Additional emphasis on the use of binomial trees to would also be useful to derivative practitioners, chartered
value options (Chapters 10, 12, 13 and 15). accountants and chartered financial analysts.
End-of-chapter quiz questions and problems to test Contents: Preface. Derivatives: An Overview. Forwards:
and reinforce understanding of the key concepts. Basics. Currency Forwards. Futures: Basics. Pricing of
Futures. Commodity Futures. Currency Futures. Stock
Contents: Introduction. PART I: FUTURES AND FORWARD Futures. Index Futures. Interest Rate Futures. Stock
MARKETSMechanics of Futures and Forward Markets. Options. Currency Options. Option Pricing. Financial
The Determination of Forward and Futures Prices. Swaps. Glossary. Index.
Appendix: A Proof that Forward and Futures Latest Print 2010 / 272 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
are Equal When Interest Rates Are Constant. Hedging ISBN-978-81-203-4162-3 / ` 250.00 / (e-book also available)
Strategies Using Futures. Appendix: A Proof of the
Minimum Variance Hedge Ratio Formula. Interest-Rate
Futures. Swaps. PART II: OPTIONS MARKETSMechanics KEVIN
of Options Markets. Basic Properties of Stock Options.
Trading Strategies Involving Options. An Introduction to Portfolio Management, 2nd ed.
Binomial Trees. The Pricing of Stock Options Using Black- S. KEVIN, Professor of Commerce, Institute of Distance
Scholes. The Early Exercise of American Call Options on Education, University of Kerala, Thiruvanantpuram.
Dividend-Playing Stocks. Options on Stock Indices and
Currencies. Options on Futures. Hedging Positions in The second edition of this concise and compact text
Options and the Creation of Options Synthetically. recognises the significance of portfolio management
Valuing Options Numerically Using Binomial Trees. Biases as an essential skill rather than just a theoretical base
in the Black-Scholes Model. Interest-Rate Options. for investors in todays world. It is a comprehensive,
Answers to Quiz Questions. Table for N(x) when x 0. well-organised text on various aspects of portfolio
Table for N(x) when x 0. Major Exchanges Trading management such as analysis, selection, revision and
Futures and Options. Index. evaluation of portfolios of securities for deriving
maximum benefit from ones investments.
Latest Print 2009 / 400 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-1463-4 / ` 250.00 The book also discusses in detail the basic methods
of security analysis such as fundamental analysis
and technical analysis, shares and bond valuation,
KEVIN efficient market theory, and the capital asset pricing
Commodity and Financial Derivatives model.
S. KEVIN, Director, TKM Institute of Management, Kollam, NEW TO THE SECOND EDITION
Kerala. Provides numerous new examples that illustrate
mathematical aspects of the theory.
This book provides an in-depth analysis of the underlying
concepts of the different types of commodity and Gives enough exercises at the end of each chapter to
financial derivatives, namely forwards, futures, options test the students understanding of the subject.
and swaps. It explains the trading processes of the This book, with many student friendly features, would be
derivatives and highlights their uses. best suited for students of commerce and management.
Beginning with an overview of the subject, the text It would be equally useful to post-graduate students
discusses in detail the forwards emphasizing the currency pursuing courses in financial control (MFC), chartered
forwards. It presents the different types of futures accountancy (CA), cost and work accountancy (CWA), and
commodity futures, currency futures, stock futures, index chartered financial analysis (CFA). It would also prove to
futures, interest rate futures and the different types of be an asset to the professionals in the investment field.
optionsstock options and currency options. The text Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition.
continues to explain the option pricing models. It Introduction to Portfolio Management. Investment. Risk.
concludes with a chapter on financial swaps, which Fundamental Analysis: Economy Analysis. Industry and
36 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
markets. The text then systematically explains the wide market, derivatives and risk evaluation that help in
gamut of investment alternatives available to an investor understanding the trading system better and making
and elucidates the investment markets and processes as quality investment decisions. Besides explaining the
prevalent in India. theoratical concepts of portfolio management, the book
What distinguishes the text is that it emphasizes the provides a detailed analysis of the latest development in
practical aspects of the subject. In so doing, the book the securities trading.
provides extensive coverage of the tools and techniques It is meant to be a single window book covering SAPM
of technical analysis. Realizing the fact that investment is for management and commerce students.
becoming more of a systematized and structured activity,
KEY FEATURES
the book presents a meticulous treatment of security
analysis. This is closely followed by an exclusive chapter Easy to understand by the readers even if they have
on portfolio management which encompasses all the not been exposed to higher mathematics.
aspects of the selection, maintenance, evaluation and Vast coverage of the SAPM topics.
revision of portfolios. The book concludes with an Several worked out problems in relevant chapters to
overview of the regulatory environment of investments. aid and assist students and teacher alike.
KEY FEATURES Detailed discussion on Indian stock and share market in
Explains the concepts and processes in the Indian context to the countrys current scenario.
context, thus enabling the students to know the Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Flow of Funds in
markets and investment procedures in India. Financial Markets. Expected Return and Risk. Different
Focuses on the practical aspects to help students start Types of Securities. Securities Market in India. Laws
investing even while they are doing the course. Relating to Securities in India. Direct Tax Laws in India.
Provides end-of-chapter questions to drill the students Stock Market Indices. Price Determination of a Security.
in self-study. Diversification and Portfolio Analysis. Characteristics Line,
Besides postgraduate students of management and Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM) and Arbitrate Pricing
commerce, senior undergraduate students of these Theory (APT). Bond Valuation. Interest Rate Risk. Default
courses as well as practising managers should find the Risk of Bond. Valuation of Common Shares. Fundamental
book extremely useful. Analysis. Technical Analysis. Behaviour of Stock Market
Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Investment Prices. Portfolio Performance: Evaluation and Revision.
Basics. Investment Instruments. Capital Market. Other Supplement: Sources of Financial Information. Index.
Financial Markets. Fundamental Analysis. Technical 244 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Analysis. Portfolio Management. Credit Rating. Regulatory ISBN-978-81-203-4830-1 / ` 250.00
Framework. Glossary. Bibliography. Index.
Latest Print 2011 / 332 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-3426-7 / ` 295.00 / (e-book also available) Management Accounting
organizations, and a host of other topics. The text then Primarily designed for undergraduate and postgraduate
concludes by highlighting the new trends in human students of commerce and management, Chartered
resources accounting and responsibility accounting. Accountancy (CA) and the Institute of Cost and Works
KEY FEATURES Accountants of India (ICWAI) courses, the book should
also prove very valuable for the accounting professionals.
Provides an extensive coverage of accounting principles
and standards. Contents: Preface. Partnership: Introduction. Partnership:
Develops distinct approaches for the study and analysis Admission. Partnership: Retirement and Death.
of accounting techniques. Partnership: Dissolution. Company Accounts: Shares.
Focuses on new trends in accounting. Bonus Issue, Right Issue, Underwriting and Preference
Share Redemption. Company Accounts: Debentures. Final
Provides 354 problems and 306 worked-out examples. Accounts and Profits Prior to Incorporation. Internal
This book, with its happy fusion of principles and Reconstruction of Companies. Amalgamation, Absorption
practices of accounting, would be very useful not only for and External Reconstruction. Accounts of Banking
the students of commerce, management and other allied Companies. Accounts of Insurance Companies. Index.
courses but also for accounting professionals. Latest Print 2010 / 820 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Contents: Preface. Introduction to Accounting. ISBN-978-81-203-3946-0 / ` 425.00 / (e-book also available)
Accounting Principles and Standards. Final Accounts of
Sole Trader. Rectification of Errors. Bills of Exchange. DAS
Consignment Accounts. Joint Venture Accounts. Self-
balancing Ledgers and Sectional Balancing System. Branch Business Accounting and
Accounting. Accounts from Incomplete Records. Accounts
of Non-profit Organizations. Depreciation Accounting.
Financial Management
Hire Purchase and Instalment Purchase System. Lease SUBHASH CHANDRA DAS, Management Consultant and
Accounting. Human Resources Accounting and Former Director (Finance), Hindustan Paper Corporation
Responsibility Accounting. Mechanised Accounting. (HPC) Ltd.
Appendix. Index. This comprehensive and concise book critically examines
Latest Print 2010 / 728 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm the essential principles, practices and approaches to
ISBN-978-81-203-3919-4 / ` 395.00 / (e-book also available) financial accounting, cost and management accounting,
and financial management. This book is intended for the
postgraduate students of management and commerce.
Besides, it is equally useful for the students of
CHANDRA BOSE engineering and technology.
Advanced Accounting, Vol. II The objective of this book is to assist the students and
D. CHANDRA BOSE, Principal, Sree Narayana College, readers in developing an understanding of the theories of
Chengannur (Kerala), a constituent college of the various branches of accounting and financial
University of Kerala. management, and to integrate the knowledge with
practice in evaluating the strategic management
A sequel to the authors Advanced AccountingVolume I, decisions.
this comprehensive and student-friendly book covers the
multifarious aspects of accounting, ranging from The book contains thirty-three chapters divided into
partnership accounts, company accounts to bonus issue, three parts. Part A comprising ten chapters discusses the
rights issue, underwriting, and preference share key principles and practices of financial accounting. Part B
redemption. The text focuses, in particular, on the containing eight chapters explains various methods and
accounts of banking and insurance companies. It also techniques of cost and management accounting. Part C
covers accounts with reference to incorporation comprising fifteen chapters provides an insight into the
and internal reconstruction of companies as well as numerous dimensions of financial management policies
amalgamation, absorption and external reconstruction of and practices.
companies. A large number of illustrations and worked- KEY FEATURES
out examples are provided to make the students
A systematic presentation of the subject matter,
understand the concepts better.
supported with substantial number of Examples,
KEY FEATURES Diagrams and Tables for easy understanding.
Gives extensive coverage of partnership and corporate The topics of Accounting for Fixed Assets (Chapter 4),
accounting techniques. Depreciation Accounting (Chapter 5), Revenue
Provides accounting principles of insurance and Recognition (Chapter 6), Accounting for Inventories
banking companies. (Chapter 8) and Cash Flow Statement (Chapter 20)
Supplies 396 problems and 372 worked-out examples have been written thoroughly in accordance with the
which would be of enormous help to the students. Accounting Standards (AS) issued by the ICAI.
Furnishes chapter-end problems to sharpen the Review questions covering examination problems and
students understanding of the subject. their answers are given at the end of each chapter. The
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 39
detailed answers are available in the Instructors the Balanced Scorecard method as the unifying
Manual. framework throughout the text.
An exhaustive glossary of terms have been provided to Material related to transfer pricing is completely
explain the core concepts. updated to reflect more modern approaches.
Solutions Manual is also available. A separate chapter prominently features Economic
Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. List of Value Added (EVA).
Abbreviations. Part A: Financial Accounting New cases illustrating ABC and the Balanced Scorecard
Understanding of Financial Accounts and Statements. are incorporated throughout.
Recording Transactions in the Books of Accounts (I). The text goes beyond reviewing cost accounting topics
Recording Transactions in the Books of Accounts (II). that students have already covered in other courses.
Accounting for Fixed Assets. Depreciation Accounting. In addition to the many new cases added, old favou-
Revenue Recognition. Bad Debts, Provision for Bad and rites have been retained and updated (e.g., incentive
Doubtful Debts. Accounting for Inventories. Corporate compensation, decentralization and management
Accounting (I): Basic Concepts. Corporate Accounting (II): control systems).
Company Final Accounts. Part B: Cost and Management Contents: Preface. Introduction. Understanding Cost
AccountingCost and Management Accounting: An Behavior. Short-term Budgeting, Resource Allocations,
Overview. Cost Concepts, Classification of Cost and and Capacity Cost. Assigning Resource Costs to Produc-
Preparation of Cost Sheet. Elements of Cost: Material tion Cost Centers. Activity-Based Cost Systems. Activity-
Labour Overhead. Types and Methods of Costing. Based Management. Cost Based Decision Making.
Marginal Costing and Cost Volume Profit Analysis. Decentralization. The Balanced Scorecard: Measuring
Budgeting and Budgetary Control. Standard Costing, Total Business Unit Performance. Financial Measures of
Variance Analysis and Responsibility Accounting. Strategic Performance. Financial Measures of Performance: Return
Cost Management, Relevant Costing and Managerial on Investment (ROI) and Economic Value Added (EVA).
Decision Making. Part C: Financial Management Measuring Customer, Internal Business Process, and
Financial Management: An Overview. Financial Statement Employee Performance. Investing to Develop Future
Analysis. Time Value of Money. Valuation of Securities. Capabilities Technology. Incentive and Compensation
Risk and Return. Capital Expenditure Budgeting and Risk Systems. Formal Models in Budgeting and Incentive
in Capital Budgeting. Productivity of Capital and Leverage Contracts. Index.
Analysis. Cost of Capital. Capitalisation and Capital Latest Print 2010 / 816 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Structure. Working Capital Management. Cash and ISBN-978-81-203-2824-2 / ` 395.00
Liquidity Management. Credit Management: Management
of Receivables (Debtors) and Payables (Creditors).
Inventory Management. Source of Finance, Working KUPPAPALLY
Capital Financing and Banking Norms. Dividend Policy and
Dividend Decision. 1: Future Value Interest Factor (FVIF). Accounting for Managers
2: Future Value Interest Factor for an Annuity FVIFA. JELSY JOSEPH KUPPAPALLY, Director, Karpagam Institute
3: Present Value Interest Factor (PVIF). 4: Present Value of Management Studies and Research, Coimbatore.
Interest Factor for an Annuity PVIFA. 5: Normal Decision-making is a pivotal function of any manager. A
Distribution. Bibliography. Index. knowledge of Accounting, insofar as it affects decision-
Latest Print 2013 / 920 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm making, is very important for a manager. And very often,
ISBN-978-81-203-4742-7 / ` 695.00 / (e-book also available) students find Accounting as one of the tough subjects to
handle. This book strives to make Accounting intelligible
and easily comprehensible to students.
KAPLAN & ATKINSON
The text gives a comprehensive coverage of the three
Advanced Management Accounting, branches of AccountingFinancial Accounting, Manage-
3rd ed. ment Accounting, and Cost Accounting. It focuses on the
various methods and techniques followed in the
ROBERT S. KAPLAN, Harvard Business School.
Management Reporting System. The text deals, in detail,
ANTHONY A. ATKINSON, University of Waterloo. with various accounting transaction procedures, methods
In its 3rd edition, authors Robert Kaplan and Anthony of costing, ratio analysis, budgeting, forecasting,
Atkinson provide leading-edge treatment of innovative accounting errors, funds flow and cash flow statements,
management accounting issues used by major companies trial balance and balance sheet, and so on. It equips the
throughout the world. The book will appeal to all those students with the knowledge in the preparation, analysis,
who want a systematic management-oriented approach evaluation, and interpretation of financial statements,
to advance management topics related to management which will enrich their managerial competence and
accounting. Each chapter in the text is accompanied by decision-making skills.
cases to illustrate the concepts discussed.
KEY FEATURES
KEY FEATURES Emphasises the various accounting and decision-
Comprehensive coverage of Activity-Based-Costing and making techniques.
40 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Provides a number of problems and their solutions, Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Accounting.
besides giving notes, working notes, and exercises, to Fundamentals of Accounting. Trading and Profit & Loss
help the students understand the concepts better. Account. Constructing a Balance Sheet. Capital and
This book is intended as a text for the postgraduate Revenue Expenditure. Depreciation, Reserves and
students of Management (MBA/MIB), financial courses Provisions. Accounting Adjustments. Inventory
(MFC), and undergraduate and postgraduate students of Management. Final Accounts for Non-Profit Earning
Commerce and those pursuing MCA. In addition, the Organization. Fund Flow Statements. Cash Flow
book will be very useful to practising managers who wish Statement. Branch Accounts. Basics of Understanding
to develop effective and result-oriented decision-making Annual Report of a Public Limited Company. Tools of
skills. Balance Sheet Analysis. Cost of Capital. Capital Structure.
Cost Accounting and Methods of Costing. AppendicesI:
Contents: Preface. Accounting Preliminaries. Part I: Balance Sheet Abstract of Ingersoll-Rand India Limited for
Financial AccountingAccounting Principles. Accounting the Year 2008. II: Classification of Accounts. III: Terms
MechanicsI: The Journal. Accounting MechanicsII: Used in Financial Statements. Index.
The Ledger. Trial Balance. Final Accounts. Fixed Assets
Latest Print 2012 / 496 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
and Depreciation. Part II: Management Accounting
ISBN-978-81-203-4656-7 / ` 395.00 / (e-book also available)
Introduction. Analysis of Financial Statements. Ratio
Analysis. Statement of Changes in Financial Position
(Funds Flow Statement). Cash Flow Statement. Manage- Management Control Systems
ment Information System. Management Reporting
System. Capital Budgeting. Part III: Cost Accounting
Introduction. Marginal Costing and Break-Even or Cost- DAS
Volume-Profit Analysis. Standard Costing and Variance
Analysis. Budgeting and Budgetary Control. Job Costing
Management Control Systems:
and Process Costing. Activity-Based Costing. Target Principles and Practices
Costing. Responsibility Accounting. Human Resources SUBHASH CHANDRA DAS, Management Consultant, is
Accounting. Index. Former Director (Finance), Hindustan Paper Corporation
Latest Print 2011 / 628 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm (HPC) Limited, and a visiting faculty in many universities
ISBN-978-81-203-3318-5 / ` 350.00 / (e-book also available) and B-Schools.
This compact and concise textbook gives a clear analyses
SINGHVI & BODHANWALA of the principles and practices of management control
systems which are generally being practiced by the
Management Accounting: Text and companies all over the world.
Cases, 2nd ed. Divided into seven sections, the book explains various
N.M. SINGHVI, Chairman, Administrative Reforms, Human approaches and design of management control system. It
Resource Development and Manpower Planning moves on with a detailed description of key success
Committee, Rajasthan. variables as control indicators, and explains goals,
RUZBEH J. BODHANWALA, Associate Professor in strategies and organization for adaptive control, divisional
Management, NIIT University, Neemrana, Alwar, Rajasthan. autonomy and responsibility. While describing the
management tools and processes, the book explains in
The book, now in its second edition, continues to provide detail, the strategic planning and programming processes,
a thorough and updated study of the text and cases budgeting and budgetary control, standard costing and
included from the real-life shop floors. The compre- variance analysis, transfer pricing, reward system and
hensive book gives an in-depth analysis of the management control of operations. The text also contains
fundamental concepts, principles and conventions of various aspects of strategic cost management, cost
accounting. It further dwells onto the topics like balance analysis for managerial decision-making and control
sheet analysis, reading of annual report and capital actions. It also explains how auditing can be used by the
structure planning, in detail. management in its various departments and subsidiaries
The theory is flawlessly combined with the practical as a tool of control system. The book concludes with the
elements taken from the top-notch multinational discussion on current issues and their relationship with
companies of the country, to provide the students an management control system.
analytical insight on the current market scenario.
Primarily intended for the postgraduate students of
Primarily intended for the undergraduate and post- management, the book can be equally beneficial for the
graduate students of commerce, this book is equally commerce students, researchers, accounts professionals,
beneficial for the postgraduate students of management. and corporate policy and decision-makers.
NEW TO THIS EDITION KEY FEATURES
Updated cases on Infosys, Wipro, GlaxoSmithkline, Contains glossary of terms to explain the core concepts.
and Nestle Appendices at the back of the book enclosing related
Recent annual reports of Ingersoll-Rand India Limited tables and figures of the topics discussed.
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 41
Illustrative examples in between the sections to help in of Activity-Based Costing System because of the failure
analytical understanding of the subject. of traditional cost systems in modern business
Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. List of environment.
Abbreviations. Part I: Management Control Systems. Contents: Forword. Preface. Acknowledgements. Basic
Management Control SystemsAn Introduction. Concepts of Management Control System. Strategic
Approaches to Management Control System. Design of Planning, Management Control and Operational Control.
Management Control System. Key Success Variables as Management Control SystemStructure and Process.
Control Indicators. Part II: Environment and Management Adaptive Control SystemDesign, System and Culture.
ControlGoals, Strategies and Organization for Adaptive Organization Structure. Behaviour in Organization.
Control. Divisional Autonomy and Responsibility. Part III: Strategies, Goals and Objectives. Management Control
Management Control Tools and ProcessesStrategic Information. Responsibility Accounting. Control Process
Planning and Programming Process. Budgeting and Responsibility Budgeting and Management by Objectives.
Budgetary Control. Standard Costing System and Variance Key Variables and Financial Goal-Setting. Divisional
Analysis for Control Actions. Transfer Pricing. Reward Operation and Profit Centres. Measurement of Divisional
System. Management Control of Operations. Part IV: Performance and Transfer Pricing. Financial Control and
Strategic Cost ManagementStrategic Cost Management Ratio Analysis. Operational ControlTraditional and
and Continuous Process Improvement. Cost Analysis for Activity-Based Cost System. Discretionary Expense Control
Managerial Decision-Making. Part V: Auditing as a Tool Administration, Research and Development, Marketing
of Management Control SystemAuditing. Audit of and Support Activities. Project Operation and
Management Functions. Part VI: Management Control in Management Control. Mathematical Models for
OrganizationsManagement Control in Multinational Management Control. References. Index.
Companies (MNCs). Management Control in Service Latest Print 2011 / 248 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Organizations. Project Management Control. Manage- ISBN-978-81-203-2844-0 / ` 195.00
ment Control in Non-profit Organization. Part VII: Current
Issues and Management ControlEthics and Manage-
ment Control. Corporate Governance and Management MACIARIELLO & KIRBY
Control. Appendices. Glossary. Bibliography. Index. Management Control Systems: Using
Latest Print 2011 / 304 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-4220-0 / ` 225.00 / (e-book also available)
Adaptive Systems to Attain Control,
2nd ed.
GHOSH JOSEPH A. MACIARIELLO, Claremont Graduate School,
Claremont and McKenna College.
Management Control Systems CALVIN J. KIRBY, Vice-President, Product Operations, GM
N. GHOSH, visiting faculty at Jankidevi Bajaj Institute Hughes Electronics.
of Management Studies, SNDT Womens University, This text provides a systematic and an in-depth treatment
Mumbai. of the subject of management control systems. It is
This concise but systematic and rigorous text presents an essentially rooted in accounting for management. The
insight into the theory and practice of management main emphasis of the second edition (which has 10 new
chapters added and the remaining nine updated)
control systems in large organizations. It is a fine blend of
throughout the text is on integration of the adaptive
principles of accounting and concepts from behavioural control model.
sciences. The intricate theories of management control
are elaborated with the help of real-life examples and KEY FEATURES
case studies drawn from the Indian business arena, most The adaptive control model is the basic framework
of which are the outcomes of the authors own expe- adopted for the text.
rience of corporate life. A separate chapter on Mathe- 44 cases of precise relevance and high interest.
matical Models for Management Control is intended to
assist the reader in solving difficult managerial problems. Inclusion of an informal control system which has
generated new interest among organisations.
Primarily designed for the postgraduate students of Issues of global coordination and competitiveness.
management and commerce, this book would also be a
valuable source of reference for professionals. Extensive treatment of control by shared values.
Total quality management, activity-based and tar-get
KEY FEATURES costing techniques, just-in-time methods and other
Gives a clear-cut idea of control operations through newer tools for management control covered.
case studies Integrates ethical topics, where appropriate,
Contains a fair mix of the two approaches of throughout the book.
management controlthe management accountants Contents: Preface. Part I: Management Control Systems
approach and the industrial engineers approach and Managerial ControlsIntroduction to Management
Provides a step-by-step explanation of the emergence Control Systems. Designing the Control Process and
42 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Managerial Controls. Key Success Variables and spectrum of professionals ranging from strategic
Performance Measures. Part Ii: Mutually Supportive planners, CFOs, CEOs, COOs, financial analysts, bankers,
Systems Model (MSSM) for the Design of Control venture capitalists, to portfolio managers and
SystemsStyle and Culture and the Design of Control entrepreneurs. Finally, the book would be treasured by
Systems. Infrastructure I: Organizing for Adaptive Control. anyone who is interested in Mergers and Acquisitions
Infrastructure II: Autonomy, Responsibility Centers, and an increasingly topical subject.
Performance Measurement. Reward Systems.
WHAT THE REVIEWER SAYS
Communications and Integration. Strategic Planning and
Programming. Capital Budgeting Methods. Operational Undoubtedly, this book on Mergers and Acquisitions by
Planning. Managerial Costing I: Traditional Systems. Dr. Kamal Ghosh Ray is of immense value to all the
Managerial Costing II: Activity-Based Costing. Continuous academicians and students of Business Schools and is of
Improvement Methods. Part III: Special Applications of practical import to all the promoters and CFOs of the
Control Systems. Control of Complex Programs I: Program corporate world who are interested or involved in
Planning. Control of Complex Programs II: Financial mergers and acquisitions.
Planning, Resource Scheduling, Budgeting, and Reporting. K. HARISHCHANDRA PRASAD
Control of Multinational Operations. Control of Nonprofit President, The Federation of Andhra Pradesh
Institutions. Management Control of the Ethical Chambers of Commerce and Industry, Hyderabad
Dimension of Organizations. Index.
Latest Print 2011 / 672 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Contents: Foreword. Preface. Acknowledgements. The
ISBN-978-81-203-1229-6 / ` 395.00 Causes of Mergers and Acquisitions. Strategic Approaches
to Mergers and Acquisitions. Corporate Valuation:
Concepts and Principles. Corporate Valuation: Techniques
Mergers and Acquisitions and Structuring Swap Ratio. Valuing the Intangibles:
Brands, Goodwill, Human Resources and Customer
Relationships. Business Valuation Standards in North
RAY America. Business Valuation Standards in India: An
Mergers and Acquisitions: Strategy, Initiative by the Government. Errors and Anomalies in
Valuation and Integration DCF Model of Company Valuation. Valuing Synergy and
Pricing Acquisitions. Valuation Disputes: Court Cases.
KAMAL GHOSH RAY, Director and Professor of Finance Corporate Valuation for Disinvestments and Privatisation.
and Risk Management, Vignana Jyothi Institute of
Valuations of Private Company and Family Business.
Management, Hyderabad.
Methods of Payment for Mergers and Acquisitions.
During the last couple of decades or so, mergers and Leveraged Buyout. Accounting for Mergers and
acquisitions (M & As) have assumed great importance. Acquisitions. Due Diligence: The Purchase Investigation.
Giant corporations and big multinational enterprises Legal Aspects of Mergers and Acquisitions. Integration in
(MNEs) are constantly on the lookout for acquiring big or
Mergers and Acquisitions. Case Studies on Mergers and
small companies to increase their wealth and become
even bigger global giants. It is in this context that a Acquisitions. Glossary. Name Index. Subject Index.
comprehensive book on M & As such as the one Latest Print 2013 / 888 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
authored by Professor Kamal Ghosh Ray becomes so ISBN-978-81-203-3975-0 / ` 495.00 / (e-book also available)
significant.
This well-balanced and well-researched text is a WESTON, et al.
harmonious blend of theoretical concepts and practical
aspects on mergers and acquisitions. The book begins Mergers, Restructuring and
with an analysis of the causes of and strategic Corporate Control
approaches to M & As. Then it goes on to give a detailed
discussion on the valuation aspectsvaluing the J. FRED WESTON, University of California, Los Angeles.
enterprise, business, brands, goodwill, HR and customer KWANG S. CHUNG, Chung-Ang University, Seoul.
relationships, valuing synergy, valuing of private sector SUSAN E. HOAG, University of California, Los Angele.
companies and family business besides dealing with Mergers and industrial/corporate restructuring have
business valuation standards in USA and India. Finally, become topics of great importance in the global
the book concludes with a comprehensive coverage of corporate arena. They represent a major force in the
accounting for the legal aspects of and integration in modern financial and economic environment. This book
mergers and acquisitions. The text is profusely illustrated provides a complete, yet concise treatment of the leading
with examples, tables and case studies. topics related to mergers and acquisitions, takeovers,
Intended as a text for PG students of management, this restructuring and corporate control.
book would also be of immense value to students of The text analyses key topics essential to the subject of
chartered accountancy, cost accountancy and company financial economics, such as valuation, cost of capital and
secretaryship. In addition, it would appeal to a broad strategic financial planning. The conceptual framework is
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 43
designed to help readers to comprehend better and keep This second edition has been updated throughout to
the level of treatment accessible by avoiding excessive reflect the latest data, with new material on commercia-
jargon. lization, credit contracts, savings and insurance, gender,
This book is eminently suitable for the academic and impact measurement, and governance. Appendixes and
professional courses where this subject is increasingly problem sets cover technical material.
sought to be introduced. It is also highly useful for top The book is primarily meant for the undergraduate and
business professionals and policy makers. The value of postgraduate students of economics and public policy.
the book lies in its ability to answer natural and practical Researchers practitioners in the field will also find the
questions that arise in the minds of both academics and book useful.
business people.
Anyone interested in the science behind microfinance
Contents: Part I: IntroductionOverview. Theory of the must read this impressive book. It is written with
Firm and Corporate Activity. Part II: Building Value experience in microfinance and a deep understanding of
The Strategic PerspectiveStrategy, Diversification, and economics.
Mergers. Merger Types and Characteristics. Corporate MUHAMMAD YUNUS, Nobel Peace Prize Laureate (2006)
Finance Framework. Part III: ValuationThe Financial
MethodologyPrinciples of Valuation. Increasing the An extraordinary book, inasmuch as it explains not only
Value of the Organization. Part IV: Mergers and the underlying rationale of microfinance but, more
DivestituresTheories of Mergers and Tender Offers. broadly, of finance itself.
Sell-Offs and Divestitures. Empirical Tests of Alternative THOMAS E ASTON, Asia Business Editor, The Economist
Theories. Timing of Merger Activity. Part V: Deal
StructuringTax Planning Options. Methods of Payment It is necessary to use critical economic reasoning to
and Leverage. Part VI: RestructuringJoint Ventures. understand why the [microfinance] movement is such a
ESOPs and MLPs. Going Private and Leveraged Buy-Outs. success. This book is a splendid contribution to that
International Mergers and Restructuring. Part VII: goal, and will be a great help to the students, teachers,
Corporate ControlShare Repurchase and Exchanges. and practitioners in economics and social sciences.
Corporate Control Mechanisms. Takeover Defenses. AMARTYA S EN, Lamont University Professor, Harvard University,
Part VIII: Regulatory Environment and Public Policy Nobel Laureate in Economics (1998)
Regulation of Securities Trading and Takeovers.
Evaluation of Arbitrage and Insider Trading. Antitrust and Contents: Preface to the Second Edition. Preface to the
Pubic Policies. Part IX: Managerial StrategiesCase First Edition. Acknowledgements. Rethinking Banking.
Studies of Restructuring and M&A Activity. Management Why Intervene in Credit Markets? Roots of Microfinance:
Guides for M&A Activity. APPENDICES: AModels of the ROSCAs and Credit Cooperatives. Group Lending. Beyond
Takeover Process. BNumerical Example of Formal Group Lending. Savings and Insurance. Gender.
Models. Glossary. Author Index. Subject Index. Commercialization and Regulation. Measuring Impacts.
Latest Print 2010 / 792 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Subsidy and Sustainability. Managing Microfinance. Notes.
ISBN-978-81-203-1011-7 / ` 450.00 References. Abbreviations. Name Index. Subject Index.
Latest Print 2011 / 488 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-4271-2 / ` 425.00
Microfinance
MIRANDA & FACKLER
ARMENDRIZ & MORDUCH
Applied Computational Economics and
Economics of Microfinance, The, 2nd ed.
BEATRIZ ARMENDRIZ is Lecturer in Economics at
Finance
Harvard University, on leave from University College MARIO J. MIRANDA and PAUL L. FACKLER.
London, where she is Senior Lecturer in Economics. This book presents a variety of computational methods
JONATHAN MORDUCH is Associate Professor of Public used to solve dynamic problems in economics and
Policy and Economics at New York University. finance. It emphasizes practical numerical methods rather
The microfinance revolution has allowed more than 150 than mathematical proofs and focuses on techniques that
million poor around the world to receive small loans apply directly to economic analyses. The examples are
without collateral, build up assets, and buy insurance. drawn from a wide range of subspecialties of economics
This book offers an accessible and engaging analysis of and finance, with particular emphasis on problems in
the global expansion of financial markets in poor agricultural and resource economics, macroeconomics,
communities. It introduces readers to the key ideas and finance. The book also provides an extensive Web-
driving microfinance, integrating theory with empirical site library of computer utilities and demonstration
data and addressing a range of issues, including savings programs.
and insurance, the role of women, impact measurement, The book is divided into two parts. The first part develops
and management incentives. basic numerical methods, including linear and nonlinear
44 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
equation methods, complementarity methods, finite- The aim of this book is to acquaint the reader with the
dimensional optimization, numerical integration and fundamentals of financial analysis. It uses elementary
differentiation, and function approximation. The second mathematics to analyse both investment and loan
part presents methods for solving dynamic stochastic options. The text also covers the use of spreadsheets
models in economics and finance, including dynamic such as Excel to analyse common financial situations. The
programming, rational expectations, and arbitrage pricing book contains a large number of detailed examples
models in discrete and continuous time. The book uses drawn from the Indian context that explain the concepts
MATLAB to illustrate the algorithms and includes a
step-by-step using tables.
utilities toolbox to help readers develop their own
computational economics applications. The book will be of immense use as a handy reference
What the Reviewers say for all those who want to learn how to analyse financial
situations and products. It should be of equal interest to
This book is an important contribution to the rapidly students, professionals or the interested reader.
growing literature on computational economics and
finance. It provides an extremely well integrated NEW TO THIS EDITION
presentation of dynamic economic models and some of A new chapter on Gold and Commodities.
the most effective numerical methods for solving them. It A completely rewritten chapter on Taxation
reinforces these ideas by providing illustrative solutions
Fundamentals, which also includes a discussion on the
written in MATLAB. This book should enable most people
who do not have extensive prior background in new Direct Taxes Code.
computation to understand the key methods and ideas, Sections on teaser interest rates and tax effects on real
and to begin applying these methods to their own estate investment.
problems. I think it will be an essential part of the toolkit Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. Part 1:
of the applied practitioner in economics or finance.
THE BASICSSimple Interest. Compound Interest.
JOHN RUST, Compound Interest with Excel. Part 2: INVESTMENTS
Professor of Economics, University of Maryland Future Value Calculations. Future Value Calculations with
Excel. Present Value Calculations. Present Value
Contents: Preface. Introduction. Linear Equations and
Computer Basics. Nonlinear Equations and Comple- Calculations with Excel. Investment Avenues I: Fixed
mentarity Problems. Finite-Dimensional Optimization. Income Investments. Investment Avenues II: The Stock
Numerical Integration and Differentiation. Function Market. Investment Avenues III: Mutual Funds and
Approximation. Discrete Time, Discrete State Dynamic Derivatives. Taxation Fundamentals. Part 3: LOANS
Models. Discrete Time, Continuous State Dynamic Equated Principal Loans. Equated Instalment Loans. EMI
Models: Theory and Examples. Discrete Time, Continuous Loans with Excel. Consumer Loans. Part 4: OTHER
State Dynamic Models: Methods. Continuous Time APPLICATIONSReal Estate Calculations. Gold and
Models: Theory and Examples. Continuous Time Models: Commodities. Insurance Fundamentals. Summing Up.
Solution Methods. Appendix A: Mathematical Back- Appendix: Essential Mathematics.
ground. Appendix B: A MATLAB Primer. References. Latest Print 2011 / 236 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Index. ISBN-978-81-203-4312-2 / ` 250.00 / (e-book also available)
Latest Print 2010 / 528 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-3934-7 / ` 495.00
Public Finance
Personal Finance
KENNEDY
AHUJA Public Finance
Money Matters: The ABCs of Personal M. MARIA JOHN KENNEDY, Associate Professor in
Finance, 2nd ed. Economics, Department of Economics, Arul Anandar
College, Karumathur, Madurai, Tamil Nadu.
GAUTAMA AHUJA, Director, AHC Infotek Private Limited,
New Delhi. A senior member of the IEEE. Public finance is a fascinating, challenging and
evergrowing subject which has the unique distinction of
This thoroughly updated and expanded book, now in its having intimate interaction between theory and practice.
Second Edition, continues to provide readers with the This thorough and comprehensive textbook explains the
information and tools they need to understand financial core concepts of public finance such as taxation, public
situations and products. The book assumes no prior expenditure, budgeting, federal finance and related
knowledge of finance and guides users from the very aspects in a concise and systematic manner.
basics to understanding the financial impact of factors Systematically divided into nine parts, the book
such as floating interest rates and advance EMIs. elaborates the various aspects of fiscal economics in a
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 45
student-friendly manner. As the Indian economy is The text fosters a clear understanding of the principles
committed to the goal of growth with justice, there is an relating to computation of taxable income under each
inherent analysis of growth and welfare consideration in head of income. It covers different types of excise duties,
the treatment of the subject. The chapters are methods of valuation for customs, types of transactions
incorporated with real-life examples giving practical under the Central Sales Tax Act, variants of VAT and
insight into the subject. different methods of computation of VAT and service tax
Well-written and eminently readable, the text is suited to for management and professional services.
the needs of undergraduate students of economics for a A number of solved Illustrations at the end of each
course in Public Finance/Public Economics. Besides, this chapter are provided for easy comprehension of the
book will also be beneficial to the students preparing for subject. These along with chapter-end questions
various competitive examinations. consisting of short answer questions, long answer
KEY FEATURES questions and exercises, enhance its value as a text.
Chapter-end summary reminds students the most This text is intended for the undergraduate students of
important aspects of the chapter. management, commerce and law (BBA, BCom and BL/
Key terms provide a birds eye-view of each chapter for LLB). Students pursuing professional courses such as CA,
quick revision. BCS (Bachelor of Corporate Secretaryship) and the
Review questions and multiple-choice questions at the aspirants of Civil Services Examinations will also find the
end of each chapter are designed to probe a student's text immensely useful.
grasp of concepts discussed in the text. Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Income Tax
References are provided for further study and Fundamental Concepts. Residential Status. Exempted
research. Incomes. Income from Salaries. Income from House
Contents: Preface. Part IDefinition and Scope of Public Property. Income from Business or Profession. Capital
Finance. Public Goods and Externalities. Part IIPublic Gains. Income from other Sources. Central Excise Duty.
Revenue. Adam Smiths Canons of Taxation. Theories and Customs Duty. Central Sales Tax. Value Added Tax.
Principles of Taxation. Types of Taxes. Incidence and Service Tax. Index.
Shifting of Taxation. Effects of Taxation. Taxable Capacity. Latest Print 2012 / 256 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Taxes on Income and Wealth. Commodity Taxes. Part III: ISBN-978-81-203-4661-1 / ` 250.00 / (e-book also available)
Public ExpenditurePublic Expenditure. Theories of
Public Expenditure. The Principle of Maximum Social
Advantage. Effects of Public Expenditure. Part IV: Public
DebtPublic Debt. Part V: BudgetingPublic Budget. Venture Capital
Balanced Budget and Multiplier. Supply Side Economics.
Part VI: Fiscal PolicyFiscal Policy. Part VII: Fiscal PANDEY
FederalismFederal Finance. Finance Commissions. Part
VIII: Local FinanceLocal Government Finance. Part IX: Venture Capital: The Indian Experience
Public EnterprisesPublic Enterprises In India. Black I.M. PANDEY, Director, Pearl School of Business, Gurgaon,
Money. Index. Haryana.
Latest Print 2012 / 312 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm In order to understand the developmental role of venture
ISBN-978-81-203-4539-3 / ` 325.00 / (e-book also available) capital and the process underlying its success, a need has
arisen for a systematic review of the venture capital
experiences in selected developing countries. In this book
Taxation the author presents a detailed case analysis of the
venture capital experience in India, and this is intended
BALACHANDRAN & THOTHADRI to draw lessons and implications for the development
of venture capital in developing countries in general.
Taxation Law and Practice, Vol. I
The text which is based on primary information gathered
V. BALACHANDRAN, Professor, Corporate Secretaryship,
through interviews with a number of managers of venture
School of Management, and former Director of Distance
Education, Alagappa University, Karaikudi, Tamil Nadu. capital companies and published material, examines:
S. THOTHADRI, Assistant Professor, Department of The strategic role of venture capital in the develop-
Corporate Secretaryship, The New College, Chennai. ment of technology, innovative entrepreneurship and
This easy-to-read text covers the entire gamut of direct small enterprises in India.
and indirect taxes. The first eight chapters deal with The development process of venture capital by a
direct taxes and generation of income from different systematic analysis of the practices and policies
sources. The last five chapters focus on different forms of adopted in India.
indirect taxes. This text lucidly explains the acts, rules, The policy initiative necessary for the success of
sections, laws of direct and indirect taxes with a view to venture capital in developing countries based on the
integrating the relevance of these laws with tax planning. Indian experience.
46 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Contents: Preface. Strategic Role of Venture Capital. for problem solving, woven with practical examples from
Development of Venture Capital: International real business situation.
Experiences. Venture Capital in India: Context and J. Ronald Fox, Tiampo Professor of Business
Development. Venture Capital Investment Process Administration, Harvard University
and Evaluation. Venture Capital Firms Policies and
Practices in India. Venture Capital Activity Development Kaye provides practical advice that will be useful to any
Process: Experiences of TDICI and Canfina Venture Fund. manager or consultant in managing conflicts in the
Policy Imperatives for Venture Capital Development in workplace. He moves beyond academic theory in
India. Summary and Conclusions. References. Index. providing interesting, concrete recommendations.
Latest Print 2003 / 148 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm Max H. Bazerman, J. Jay Gerber Distinguished
ISBN-81-203-1126-4 / ` 125.00 Professor of Dispute Resolution and Organizations
Kellogg Graduate School of Management,
Northwestern University
BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Contents: Acknowledgments. There They Go Again.
Plan A: Look for Shared Goals and Win/Win Solutions.
Conflict Management Plan B: Clarify, Sort, and Value Differences. Plan C: Gain
Commitment to Change. Plan D: Analyze the Recurring
Cycle. Plan E: Unilaterally Demonstrate Change. Now We
KAYE are a Conflict-Resolving System. Summary: The System
Workplace Wars and How to End Them: Applied. Appendix: Active Listening. Index.
Turning Personal Conflicts into Latest Print 2012 / 176 pp. / 15.3 x 22.9 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-4598-3 / ` 250.00
Productive Teamwork
KENNETH KAYE is a developmental psychologist
specializing in conflict resolution. Dr. Kaye, who holds ROUT & OMIKO
bachelors and doctoral degrees from Harvard University,
teaches at Northwestern University and the Family
Corporate Conflict Management:
Institute of Chicago. Concepts and Skills
Every workplace has its disagreements and always will. EIRENE LEELA ROUT, Faculty, Management Studies at
But disruptive conflicts can and should be resolved if the Birla Institute of Technology (BITS), Pilani.
organization and the individuals involved are to move NELSON OMIKO, General Manager, Amber Business
forward. In this immensely helpful guide, business Development Services, Oman.
psychologist Kenneth Kaye shows how to build the kind The classic view on conflict has always been that conflict
of teamwork that recognizes conflict quickly, deals with it in any form is harmful and should be avoided at all cost.
constructively, and parlays it expertly into creativity and However, modern scholars and the corporate world at
growth. large are fast realizing that conflict is not as lethal as
The author provides a consistent systemnot a random considered to be and if maintained within certain
bunch of feel-good quick fixesfor managing conflict parameters, it can actually boost a companys growth.
among people who must work together closely. This text tells exactly how and when a conflict can be
Flowcharts, scenarios, and real-world examples lead the translated into a successful process and when it should
reader through the following progressive steps: be checked before it spells trouble for the company. The
1. Look for shared goals and win/win solutions. book covers cases from all the essential areas of conflict
and analytically discusses every aspect while striking a
2. Clarify, sort, and value differences.
clear balance between theory, concept and application.
3. Gain commitment to change. This book is an attempt to expose readers to varied
4. Analyze the recurring cycle of problems and their perspectives, to challenge their individual positions and
chronic patterns. ideologies, and to inspire, inform and train them in the
5. Try unilateral change, when needed (if both parties field.
wont bend, maybe one will). The volume is designed for the postgraduate students
The author helps begin the rooting-out process, then of management as well as those pursuing similar
demonstrates how to weave each step into an approach professional courses. Besides, professionals and anyone
that becomes a way of life throughout the organization. keen on learning the various aspects of conflict and its
management will find this book immensely useful.
A thoroughly practical, readable book for people
involved in conflicts and for managers overseeing people KEY FEATURES
in conflict situations. Dr. Kaye draws useful lessons from Cartoons and illustrations throughout the text to make
his years of experience working with people in business it an interesting read
conflicts. The book contains a well-conceived framework Focus on both skill development and practical usage
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 47
Chapter summary and review questions at the end of their physical and mental health. Thus, there is a need for
each chapter for better conceptual understanding proper and timely counselling skills for such employees.
Contents: Preface. Acknowledgement. Introduction to The objective of counselling is to ease work pressure and
Conflict Management. Levels of Conflict. Sources of make the work more result oriented and render the work
Conflict. Managing Interpersonal Conflict. Managing environment more congenial, conducive and, above all,
Team and Organizational Conflict. Negotiation. Third enjoyable. This text shows that managers have to be fully
Party Conflict Resolution. Conflict Resolution Process. equipped to handle such situations as employees need
Developing Effective Interpersonal Skills. The Paradox of professional help as well as emotional and mental
Conflict and Creativity. Assessing the Cost of Workplace support. This handy text describes to the readers how
they can acquire counselling skills and apply these skills
Conflict. Dealing with Personality Conflicts and Problem
effectively to practical situations.
Employees. Index.
This reader-friendly text includes Case Studies that help
Latest Print 2007 / 296 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
students place theory and skills in context as also
ISBN-978-81-203-3279-9 / ` 325.00 / (e-book also available) personal development exercises to promote self-
awareness and good practice.
STONE The book will enable students to:
How to Resolve Conflicts at Work: Discern when it is appropriate to use counselling skills.
A Take-Charge Assistant Book Define and identify counselling skills.
Recognize the personal dilemmas managers may face
FLORENCE M. STONE. when called upon to counsel colleagues.
This book provides practical, down-to-earth advice on Know when it is appropriate to refer staff to
conflict resolution which otherwise may lead to poor professional organizations.
decisions, confusion, hostility or a lot of other workplace
Intended primarily as a text for students of management
ills. With this guide learn how to
and organizational psychology, the book would also be an
Distinguish personality conflicts from operational invaluable aid to practising managers and even
problems supervisors.
Know when it is alright to be angry Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Introduction to
Understand why giving in is seldom the right thing Counselling. Approaches to Counselling. Goals of Counsel-
to do ling. The Process of Counselling. Counselling Procedures.
Handle whiners, know-it-all, manipulators and other Counselling Skills. Role Conflicts in Counselling. Changing
pain-in-the-neck types Behaviours Through Counselling. Organizational
Build strong, productive relationships with supervisors Application of Counselling Skills. Dealing with Problem
and co-workers Subordinates. Performance Management. Alcoholism and
Other Substance Abuse. Ethics in Counselling. Exercises,
Contents: Preface: Whats In It for Me? Section I: Cases and Role Plays. References. Index.
OverviewHow Do You Handle Conflict? Keeping
Emotions Under Control. Pro-Active Solutions. Section II: Latest Print 2011 / 256 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-3084-9 / ` 225.00 / (e-book also available)
Getting to the Heart of a ProblemCommunication
Gaffes. Personality Conflicts. Getting to the Problem.
Section III: Building Better RelationshipsBoss/Office
Professional Relationships. Dealing with Co-Workers.
General
Good Customer Relationships. Defusing Team Conflicts.
Epilogue. Index. McGRATH
Latest Print 2009 / 160 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm Basic Managerial Skills for All, 9th ed.
ISBN-978-81-203-3743-5 / ` 225.00 E.H. McGRATH, S.J., former Director and Professor at
XLRI, Jamshedpur.
Counselling The Ninth Edition of this well-established text, while
retaining the contents and style of the earlier editions,
continues to discuss the basic skills of management and
SINGH leadership. The assumption of the book is that the
Counselling Skills for Managers human person is by nature a manager and has leadership
and managerial skills that can and should be continually
KAVITA SINGH, Reader, Faculty of Management Studies, developed. These basic skills are: reading, writing,
University of Delhi, Delhi. learning, speaking, interviewing, training, deciding,
In the competitive business world today, a lot of pressure problem-solving, managing conflict, and motivation. And
is being exerted on many of the employees of an in this book, Fr. McGrath, with his masterly skills and
organization, and the consequent stress and strain affect wealth of experience, tells how these skills can be fully
48 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
developed and mastered. Constant use of pointers, tips, students from both HR and IT streams in assimilating the
exercises and questionnaires, supplemented by hand intricacies of implementation of HRIS projects.
drawings, make this book exceptionally reader friendly. HR is one of the most popular ERP product implement-
WHAT THE REVIEWERS SAY ation topics in todays business world. Its implementation
Hundreds of managers, teachers, and HRD personnel and needs a practical discussion using examples from real
world. The examples, the case study and discussions in
others in India and abroad have benefited from this
store-house of practical wisdom, lucidly and creatively the book follow an international approach rather than
discussing only a single country HRIS implementations. A
written. McGrath is a name, fondly remembered by
real-life case study that flows through various chapters of
thousands.
the book brings out challenges in the implementation of
T.A. MATHIAS, Professor, and
HR specific projects.
Former Editor, Management and Labour Studies, XLRI
In todays global economy, HR is changing fast and dives
Extremely good and useful... one of the best in the
into areas such as strategy outsourcing, mergers and
genre... a great service.
acquisitions (M&A). This book covers all these areas and
V. GIRIRAJ, IAS
other topics that are relevant to todays HR world,
Basic Managerial Skills is an excellent handbook for providing more value to the readers. It provides
young managers and management students. illustrations to assist readers in visualizing the topics
Prof. BISWAJEET PATTANAYAK, discussed and in developing a sound understanding of the
Former Professor, IIM Indore integration and data aspects of HRIS systems.
This is a remarkable book on perfectible skills of This book will be useful as a text for a course in HRIS
management and leadership. We have made it wherever prescribed for the MBA (HR) and MBA (IT)
compulsory reading for all students of management at students. The book encourages self-directed study and
IMIS. Fr. McGrath says profound truths on management thought process, based on references provided at the end
which are easy to read and understand. of each chapter, and hence will also be useful to
consultants, HR professionals, and IT professionals
Prof. K.C. PADHY, Director, working with HR departments.
Institute of Management & Information Science,
Bhubaneswar Contents: Preface. Introduction and Concepts. Strategy
and Planning. Applications and Modules. Implementation.
Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. How to Read. HR Data and Security. Outsourcing and HR Shared
How to Write. How to Learn. How to Speak. How to Services. HR Operations. Appendix: Glossary of Terms.
Listen. How to Become The Real You. How to Run a Index.
Meeting. How to Teach and Train. How to Interview and
How to Face an Interview. How to Manage. Leadership. Latest Print 2012 / 260 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
Change. Decision Making. Motivation. Conflict and ISBN-978-81-203-4529-4 / ` 275.00 / (e-book also available)
Cooperation.
Latest Print 2012 / 840 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-4314-6 / ` 395.00 / (e-book also available)
Human Resource Management
A simple, clear organization around the six funda- theories. This provides students with a comprehensive
mental commitments that good employee managers and practical approach that challenges the field to
make in order to succeed, advance, rather than to simply document past practice.
Numerous boxes that contain step-by-step guidelines Technology, strategy, globalization and social
for performing important tasks, such as how to responsibility themes throughoutprovides students
conduct a meeting, how to write a code of conduct, with a holistic view of the field.
and how to diagnose the cause of performance Completely revised and updatedwith more than 500
problems, new references since the last edition.
Practical examples drawn from the authors extensive
personal experience as well as his careful observations Broader performance management emphasis replaces
of good and bad managers. performance appraisal approachto provide more
accurate and objective assessment.
The Human Element is an ideal companion for courses on In-depth treatment of differential prediction offers
HRM and OB. students specific suggestions to improve the accuracy
Lee Beach does it all. The Human Element book is of the differential-prediction test and suggestions on
marvelously written and it cuts through all the jargon and how to minimize adverse impact.
technicalities of managing people. It is filled with insights International dimensions of applied psychology
about how to manage in the trenches: providing chapter addedemphasizing five main areas;
leadership, shaping the culture, clarifying expectations, identification of potential for international mana-
setting standards, and solving problems. It is a very good gement, selection for international assignments,
read. cross cultural training and development, performance
TERENCE MITCHELL, Carlson Professor of Management management, and repatriation.
and Organization and Professor of Psychology, Contents: Preface. Organizations, Work, and Applied
University of Washington Psychology. The Law and Human Resource Management.
Contents: Preface. Introduction. Leading Employees. People, Decisions, and the Systems Approach. Criteria:
Understanding Expectations. Anticipating Emotions. Concepts, Measurement, and Evaluation. Performance
Setting Standards. Evaluating Problems. Solving Problems. Management. Measuring and Interpreting Individual
Conclusion. Appendix: An Example of a Culture Inventory. Differences. Validation and Use of Individual Differences
Index. About the Author. Measures. Fairness in Employment Decisions. Analyzing
Jobs and Work. Strategic Workforce Planning.
Latest Print 2007 / 208 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm
Recruitment. Initial Screening. Decision Making for
ISBN-978-81-203-3313-0 / ` 195.00 Selection. Managerial Selection. Training and
Development: Considerations in Design. Training and
Development: Implementation and the Measurement
CASCIO & AGUINIS of Outcomes. International Dimensions of Applied
Applied Psychology in Human Resource Psychology. Ethical Issues in Human Resource
Management. AppendicesA: Scientific and Legal
Management, 6th ed. Guidelines on Employee Selection ProceduresChecklists
WAYNE F. CASCIO and HERMAN AGUINIS, The Business for Compliance. B: An Overview of Correlation and Linear
School, University of Colorado at Denver. Regression. C: Decision Trees for Statistical Methods.
This popular international interdisciplinary-oriented, References. Subject Index. Name Index.
research-based textbook on personnel psychology has Latest Print 2009 / 608 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
been used for 25 years now. The text material is ISBN-978-81-203-3371-0 / ` 425.00 / (e-book also available)
presented elegantly in theoretical, statistical for
psychometric framework. The book reflects the state-of- CHITALE, et al.
the-art developments in personnel psychology and the
dramatic changes that has recently characterized the Organizational Behaviour:
field, and outlines a forward-looking, progressive model Text and Cases
towards which HR specialist should aim.
AVINASH K. CHITALE, Academic Advisor, and former
KEY FEATURES Director, Govindram Seksaria Institute of Management
Interdisciplinary-oriented, research based approach and Research, Indore.
provides balanced coverage of the conventional RAJENDRA PRASAD MOHANTY, Vice Chancellor, Shiksha
scientific procedures with fundamentals of psycho- O Anusandhan University, Bhubaneswar, Odisha.
logical theory. NISHITH RAJARAM DUBEY, Professor at National Institute
Personnel psychology approachseeks to make of Technical Teachers Training & Research Institute,
organizations more effective and satisfying places Bhopal.
to work. For creating a balance in the organizational environment,
Forward-looking, progressive presentationintegrated harmonization amongst the employees and the employer
with statistical, psychometric and psychological is a prerequisite. The factors that help determining an
50 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
focusing on the tools and techniques to judge core Management. Career and Competence Management.
competencies. Beginning with the fundamental theories Management Development and Training Management.
and definitions of competency, the book goes on Performance Management. Leadership Development.
explaining the mapping methods like Repertory Grid, Team Management. Employee Communication, Involve-
DACUM, competency card sort activity and so on. ment and Empowerment Management. Intelligence and
The book further presents the analytical tools that Motivational Management. Creativity and Decision
help to build competency models which further help in Making Management. Self Management. Selective
establishing reliability. Benchmarking competency Classics in OB/OD. Organizational Learning and Know-
models and assessment tools are also dealt with in ledge Management. Organizational Management. Culture
detail. The concluding chapter elaborates competency Management. Change Management. Audits, Assessments,
applications to Human Resource Management in the Measurements and Evaluations. References. Author
functional areas of recruitment training and develop- Index. Subject Index.
ment. The book is interspersed with the Case Studies to Latest Print 2012 / 396 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
add practical insight to the subject. ISBN-978-81-203-2427-5 / ` 350.00 / (e-book also available)
The book serves both as a textbook for management
students and as a reference book for working HR KANDULA
professionals.
Strategic Human Resource Development
Contents: Preface. Competency-Based Human Resource
Management: An Overview. Competency Mapping. SRINIVAS R. KANDULA, Director, Human Resource, Sasken
Competency Modelling. Competency Assessment. Communication Technologies Limited, Bangalore.
Competency-based HRM Applications. Suggested With the onset of globalisation, liberalisation and
Readings. Index. technological market changes, organisations are making
Latest Print 2013 / 328 pp. / 13.9 21.6 cm
many strategic responses by redefining their portfolios,
ISBN-978-81-203-4705-2 / ` 350.00 / (e-book also available)
processes, systems and structures. At operational level,
these responses are: (i) Portfolio related responses, (ii)
process related strategic responses, and (iii) structure
KANDULA related responses.
Human Resource Management in This well-organised and compact text gives a thorough
Practice with 300 Models, Techniques analysis of the significance of the HRD system in planning
and implementation of strategic responses by focussing
and Tools on the alignment between strategic responses of
SRINIVAS R. KANDULA, Director, Human Resource, Sasken organisations and human resource development. The
Communication Technologies Limited, Bangalore. entire theme is presented with the help of exhaustive
literature review and is based on empirical study
This compact, easy-to-read book aims at presenting the conducted in several organisations. The book is unique as
basic principles, practices, and advancements made in it provides overview of 26 strategic responses and the
human resource management. It shows the enduring role of HRD in them.
values of those principles, as well as the significance of
the models, techniques and tools evolvedwhich may The book is profusely illustrated and contains 140 tables,
rightly be called classics as these have been propounded and a fairly large number of figures and boxes, which will
by HRM proponents, time tested, and proved permanent. enable the readers to grasp the subject with ease. The
comprehensive References will be of great help in delving
The book covers three major subjects of management deeper into the topics discussed.
Human Resource Management (HRM)/Human Resource
Though designed primarily as a textbook for post-
Development (HRD), Organizational Behaviour (OB), and
Organizational Development (OD)under 18 different graduate students of management and postgraduate
diploma students in Business/Human Resource
themes.
Management, this indepth and fascinating study on
What distinguishes the text is that it uses 300 models, strategic human resource development will be highly
techniques, and tools that are well established, practised, useful to consultants and practitioners in HRD and all
and proven in the field of HRM. The practical implications those involved in strategic management/corporate
of these techniques are also discussed, enabling the planning.
reader to comprehend the concepts with ease. The book,
Contents: Preface. Changing Environment of
which is a unique blend of theory and practice, would be
Organisations. Strategic Responses of Organisations to
useful to postgraduate students of management, all those
specializing in human resource management, and the Changing Environment. HRD: A Strategic Perspective.
Strategic HRD System Practices and Facilitators.
professionals.
Alignment between Strategic Responses of Organisations
Contents: Preface. Models of Human Resource and SHRD System: Theory and Practice. Strategic
Management. Function and Professional of Human Responses of Organisations and SHRD System in Indias
Resource Management. HRM Planning and Sourcing Most Valuable Companies. Strategic Responses of
52 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Organisations and SHRD System: A Trilogy. Strategic Development. Assessment and Development Centres.
Responses of Organisations and SHRD System: Blocks and Part Four: Motivating Human ResourceMotivation at
Solutions. Annexures. References. Index. Work. Participative Management. Empowerment. Part
Latest Print 2011 / 392 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm Five: Maintenance of Human ResourcesLabour
ISBN-978-81-203-1812-0 / ` 250.00 Relations. Reward System. Quality of Work Life.
Compensation Management. Organization Analysis and
Transformation. Part Six: HR in Knowledge EraKnow-
PATTANAYAK ledge Creation and Management. Virtual Organization
Human Resource Management, and Emerging HR Trend. Learning Organization. Strategic
Human Resource Management. Human Resource in
3rd ed. Information Technology Organizations. Human Resource
BISWAJEET PATTANAYAK, Vice Chancellor, KIITDeemed in Mergers and Acquisitions. International Human
University, and Director and ZCS Consulting Chair Resource Management. Part Seven: Cases of Indian
Professor in HRM, IBAT School of Management of KIIT, OrganizationsBibliography. Index.
Bhubaneswar. Latest Print 2010 / 504 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
This text, which has been well received by students of ISBN-978-81-203-2711-5 / ` 325.00 / (e-book also available)
management and appreciated by academics for its
contemporary approach to human resource management, PRASAD
continues to provide incisive insights and indepth analysis
of HRM in its many splendoured aspects. This fully Strategic Human Resource Development:
revised and thoroughly updated Third Edition takes into Concepts and Practices
account the new developments and modern trends in
HRM. Divided into seven parts, the book begins with an KESHO PRASAD, Management consultant, specialized in
introduction to the subject, and then it goes on to give a the areas of human resource and general management.
detailed description of the key functions of HRM In todays corporate world, employee management is
acquisition, development, motivation, and maintenance first and the foremost concern of any organization. An
of human resources. organization can easily churn out the best out of their
Throughout, the book stresses that people are at the employees by improvising the strategic development
centre of an organization and managing people is a vital within the human resource norms. This book compre-
function of the organization, thus enabling HR to play a hensively discusses the strategic management functions
strategic role in attaining the business goals of the that are designed to meet the business objectives
organization. The inclusion of important research findings effectively.
on various global issues and Indian cases reflecting real- This textbook explains the concepts of human resource
life scenarios make the book valuable for the reader. management (HRM) and human resource development
(HRD), and shows how they supplement and complement
Whats New to This Edition each other. The book explicates how sourcing, retention,
Contains a new chapter on Organizational Analysis and development, compensation and performance are driven
Transformation, with a comprehensive coverage of the by the strategic business needs in an organization.
various theories of organizational change and OD
intervention techniques. Divided into four parts, the book explicates strategic
Focusses attention on HRM for Corporate Excellence, developmental aspects of the people (training and
Knowledge Creation and Management, and OD. development) vis--vis organizational behaviour, culture
Gives expanded coverage of, and new thrust on, and leadership as well as primacy of technology in
Labour Relations, with increased emphasis on the training as well as the concepts of human resource
relevant Indian Labour Laws. management and human resource development. The
special feature of this book is a chapter on Competency
Intended primarily for postgraduate students of Mapping, which is a tool to identify accurate skills
management and those specializing in HRM, the for developing competency requirement within the
book would prove equally useful for the practicing employees.
managers and management educators.
This book is intended for the postgraduate students of
Contents: Preface to the Third Edition. Acknow- Human Resource Development (MHRD). However, it will
ledgements. Part One: Introduction to Human Resource be equally useful for the students of Human Resource
ManagementHRMThe Global Indian Scenario. HRM Management as well as the practising managers.
for Corporate Excellence. Part Two: Acquisition of Human
ResourcesHuman Resource Planning. Human Resource KEY FEATURES
Information System. Recruitment and Selection Interspersed with the cases from various national and
Strategies. Part Three: Developing Human Resources international organizations
Socializing, Orienting and Developing Employees. Concept Presents key concepts for practical application of
of HRD. Performance Appraisal System. Potential Human Resource Management techniques in actual
Appraisal and Succession Planning. Career Planning and business organizations
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 53
Review questions to check students' comprehension of management courses. The book is replete with current
the subject examples and cases, enhancing its worth as an ideal text
Contents: Preface. Part A: Strategic HRM and HRD for students of management.
Strategy, Strategic HRD and Strategic HRM. Organizational Contents: List of Exhibits. The Management World in the
Development. Human Resource Planning, Strategy and Twenty-First Century. The Cultural Environment. The
Training. Strategic Selection, Utilization and Retention of Political and Regulatory Environment. The Role of History
Human Resources. Competency Mapping. Strategy and Geography in International Management. Language
Oriented Performance Measurement Systems. Part B: and Religion in International Management. Economic
Training and DevelopmentStrategic Training and Development and the Management of Organizational
Development. Technology Enabled Learning and Training Behavior and Human Resources. Motivation in a Cross-
Systems. Part C: Organizational BehaviourThe Individual National Context. Leadership in a Cross-National Context.
and The Organization. Individual and The Group. Power Cross-National Dimensions of Communication and
and Influence. Organizational Climate and Human Negotiation. Human Resource Choices in a Cross-National
Resource Environment. Organization Structure and Context. Managing the Expatriate Experience. Special
Design. Organizational Culture and Leadership. Strategic Issues in International Human Resources Management.
Motivation. Compensation Management. Part D: Global Index.
HRMGlobal HRM and Challenges. Index. Latest Print 2009 / 300 pp. / 13.9 21.6 cm
Latest Print 2011 / 424 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm ISBN-978-81-203-2615-6 / ` 250.00
ISBN-978-81-203-4430-3 / ` 350.00 / (e-book also available)
Know... Go For It! Index. Acknowledgements. About the Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. History,
Authors. Talk to Us: We Listenand Respond ! Maximize Growth and Classification of Hospitals in India. Health
Your Success. Order Form. Services through Five Year Plans. National Health Policy
Latest Print 2007 / 176 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm 2002. Hospital Administration. Administrative Steps
ISBN-978-81-203-3381-9 / ` 225.00 Required to be taken in Establishing a New Hospital.
Human Resource Management in HospitalsAn
Overview. Patient Safety. Hospital Information System.
SHARMA & GOYAL Evolution of Human Resource Management and its Role
Hospital Administration and Human in Hospitals. Organizing the Human Resource
Department. Manpower Planning. Recruitment, Selection
Resource Management, 6th ed. and Induction. Training and Management Development.
D.K. SHARMA, Medical Superintendent of All India Wage and Salary Administration. Employees Performance
Institute of Medical Sciences (AIIMS), New Delhi. Appraisal. Working Conditions, Safety, Welfare and
R.C. GOYAL served with distinction as Head, Personnel Employees Health Services. Promotions, Transfers and
Department, Holy Family Hospital, New Delhi, and is now Dismissals/Resignations. Communication. Counselling.
associated with the hospital in ISO9001: 2000, NABH Collective Bargaining in Hospitals. Discipline and
(National Accreditation Board for Hospitals and Health Disciplinary Action. Human Resource Audit. Organization
Care),training, legal matters and in general and medical Development. Management by Objectives. Human
administration. Relations in Hospitals. Importance of Teamwork in
Hospitals. Legal Tips for Hospital Administrators.
As in the previous editions, this substantially revised and Appendices. Index.
updated edition continues to discuss in detail the various
Latest Print 2013 / 616 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
methods of organizing a hospitals Human Resource
Department. It also shows how the use of scientific ISBN-978-81-203-4847-9 / ` 425.00
techniques can improve the services of the hospital and
ultimately benefit the patients as well as the hospital
itself. The Fifth Edition brings in new concepts and new SISTARE, SHIPLETT & BUSS (Eds.)
ideas and takes into account the contemporary Innovations in Human Resource
challenges of hospitals in the human resource
management area. Management: Getting the Publics Work
What is New to This Edition Done in the 21st Century
One entire new section on Twelfth Five Year Plan Edited by HANNAH S. SISTARE, MYRA HOWZE SHIPLETT
(20122017). and TERRY F. BUSS.
Two New ChaptersChapter 6 on Patient Safety and This volume brings together the latest thinking on human
Chapter 7 on Hospital Information System. resource management in the public service, presented by
New Supreme Court Judgements on Consumer distinguished thought leaders in the field. While it focuses
Protection replacing the older judgements primarily on central government policies and practices,
Intended primarily as a text for students pursuing Master the principles, conclusions and recommendations
of Hospital Administration (MHA), postgraduate diploma reported here translate into state and local government,
courses in Hospital Administration or Health Care and to the private sector as well.
Services, and undergraduate and postgraduate courses The key themes covered in the book are
in nursing (B.Sc./M.Sc. Nursing), the book would be Treating public sector workers as human capital rather
equally useful for all those engaged in hospital adminis- than labor.
tration, nursing administration, and human resource Requiring performance and accountability in getting
management. the publics work done.
What the Reviewers Say Understanding the evolution of public management as
1. This book vividly covers the principles and objectives of a disciplinethe New Public Management and the
management including the financial administration of a New Governance, especially in the context of public
hospital. It is essential ... for the hospital adminis- leadership.
trators and students of hospital management. Contents: Foreword. Preface and Acknowledgments. An
SWARAJ HALDER, Hony. Editor, Overview. Part 1: The Challenge AheadHuman Capital:
Journal of Indian Medical Association, Kolkata Federal Workforce Challenges in the Twenty-first Century.
Part 2: Understanding the Twenty-First Century
2. Overall, the book is educative, relevant and is very well Multisector WorkforceChallenges and Effective
written. It would serve as a reference book for all Practices in Managing the Multisector Workforce.
hospital administrators. Multisector Workforce Lessons Learned: The National
PROFESSOR VEENA CHOUDHARY, Director, G.B. Pant Hospital, Aeronautics and Space Administration. Getting the Best
New Delhi (Expert from Book Review in JIMSA, from Most Efficient Organizations. Building Surge
JanuaryMarch 2010) Capacity in the Disaster Workforce: Improving SBAs
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 55
Response to Mega-Disasters in the Future. Part 3: management students specializing in HR, as well as
Transforming Organizational CultureThe U.S. practising HR professionals.
Government Accountability Office: A Case Study in Contents: Foreword. Preface. Employee Selection: How
Human Capital Reform. Strategic Human Capital Do I Find, Attract, and Select the Best? HR Policies:
Management in Federal Government: Principles, Why Do We Need Them and What Should They Look
Strategies, and the Case of NASA. Organizational Like? Performance Management: How Do I Evaluate
Transformation: Strategic Succession Management and Performance and Conduct Meaningful Performance
Leadership Development. Four New Models of Reviews? Training and Development: How Do Successful
Networked Leadership Development. Part 4: Innovation Companies Improve and Enhance Workforce Skills?
in ActionA New Look at Paybanding and Pay for Employee Relations and Retention: How Do I Keep Good
Performance: The Views of Those Participating in Federal Employees and Maintain Working Relationships at All
Demonstration Projects. Employee Retention and Levels? Compensation: How Should Employees Be Paid?
Engagement. Building Relationships to Fix the Federal Benefits: What Makes a Benefits Package Competitive?
Talent Pipeline: An Innovative Approach in Chicago Regulatory Issues: What Are the Major Employment Laws
Provides a Model for Recruitment Success. Competencies and How Do I Comply with Them? When Bad Things
for Success in International Leadership in Challenging Happen to Good Employers: How Do I Handle Volatile
Times. An Agency-Level Look at Alternative Working Workplace Issues? Termination and Discharge: How Do
Arrangements in Federal Government. Strategic I Fire an Employee Legally and Humanely? Resource
Workforce Management: Innovation and Improvement at Guide. Tools and Templates. Index.
DTRA. Part 5: Managing the Management of PeopleA
Latest Print 2010 / 256 pp. (Hard Cover)
Certified Assessment of Human Resources Systems: An
Innovative Pathway to Assurance. Using Data-Driven 15.3 22.9 cm / ISBN-978-81-203-3125-9 / ` 325.00
Human Capital Decisions to Improve Basic Personnel
Functions. Succeeding as a Strategic HR Partner: A VANCE & PAIK
Practical Approach. Part 6: Legislating ReformLegislating
Innovation in Human Capital Management: Lessons from Managing a Global Workforce:
the Department of Homeland Security. The Human Challenges and Opportunities in
Capital Crisis in the Federal Government: A Modest
Proposal. Part 7: Concluding ThoughtsThe Path of International Human Resource
Reform: Challenges and Opportunities. About the Editors Management, 2nd ed.
and Contributors. Index. CHARLES M. VANCE & YONGSUN PAIK, both of Loyola
Latest Print 2009 / 352 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm Marymount University, Los Angeles.
ISBN-978-81-203-3892-0 / ` 295.00 This new edition of Managing a Global Workforce
provides balanced and contemporary coverage of human
SMITH & MAZIN resource management in the international marketplace.
Directed at future general managers and international
HR Answer Book, The: An Indispensable executives rather than HR specialists, it is designed to
Guide for Managers and Human help students as well as professionals recognize the
critical human resource issues underlying the cultural and
Resources Professionals economic challenges they face.
SHAWN SMITH, an attorney, is a former corporate The books approach is global in nature, and does not
executive and the founder of Next Level Consulting. focus solely on the experience of expatriates. The book
REBECCA MAZIN is cofounder of Recruit Right, an HR recognizes contemporary trends in the global business
consulting firm. arena, including the growing use of contingent workers,
From making a job offer to conducting exit interviews, HR strategic alliances, and offshore outsourcing arrange-
managers are continuously navigating the tricky and ever- ments, and the need to have an active influence on
changing terrain of people management. This book, (if not managing directly) the workforce in these new
written in an engaging question and answer format, organizational relationships.
addresses over 200 such areas of concern and offers a The book serves as a text for courses in international
crash course on key areas in human resources human resource management and is also a useful refe-
management. rence for managers and human resource practitioners.
Explained in plain and simple English, the book covers the Key changes in the second edition include
fundamentals that an HR manager should absolutely
new insights and findings from current scholarly
know and provides dependable and useful answers to
research publications;
real HR situations. The topics covered include employee
new end-of-chapter short cases that stimulate class
selection, policies, performance management, employee
discussions pertinent to chapter topics;
relations and retention, compensation, termination,
new topics, ideas, and illustrations featuring current
e-mail monitoring and workplace violence.
issues and challenges, such as the global economic
This book should be of immense help to postgraduate crisis;
56 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
updated Internet resource references for each chapter needed to get the most from the performance-appraisal
providing enriching, current student learning process. This helpful guide provides straightforward,
applications. useful information that shows the best ways to:
The complexity of international human resource manage- review an employees past performance
ment is daunting. Challenges inherent in managing a prepare for the face-to-face meeting
global workforce undermine effective strategy implement- assess how successful the employee has been at
ation for far too many MNCs. Vance and Paik provide meeting goals
tools, frameworks and perspectives to guide and set new objectives
demystify the analysis, understanding, and practice of help develop career plans
international human resource management. This text-
evaluate performers at every level
book is destined to become a classic.
understand the importance of coaching and counseling
MARY B. TEAGARDEN, Editor, Thunderbird International throughout the year
Business Review, Thunderbird School of write up the appraisal and use ratings
Global Management follow up effectively
The business world is big and complicated and students The book is filled with ready-to-use tools including
want more realism learning about it. This book delivers sample dialogues, phrases, and documentsas well as
just that. It is difficult to imagine a more practical text, plenty of useful tips.
yet Managing a Global Workforce is very accessible and
based on solid, up-to-date scientific evidence. Contents: Preface. Part I: Performance Appraisal: What
Its All AboutPerformance Appraisals: An Overview.
JAN SELMER, Aarhus School of Business, Managers as Coaches. Managers as Counselors. Part II:
Aarhus University Getting ReadyThe Golden Rules of Performance
This textbook recognizes the entire global workforce that Appraisals. Gathering Information. Preparing to Conduct
international firms and leaders manage in todays Appraisals on Former Coworkers. Part III: The Power of
increasingly complex and volatile world. It provides an in- the PenForms and Ratings. Writing Guidelines. Part IV:
depth understanding of the ways these firms can The Face-to-Face MeetingHow to Begin. What to
successfully integrate and draw on the talent available Discuss. How to Listen Actively. How to Act: The
across the globe, and is an extremely valuable contribu- Importance of Body Language. Part V: What to Look Out
tion to students and practitioners of global management. forHow to Handle Challenging Performance-Appraisal
SULLY TAYLOR, Director of International Programs, School Situations. How to Avoid Typical Performance-Appraisal
of Business Administration, Portland State University Pitfalls. Part VI: Evaluating Various Types of Employees
How to Conduct Appraisals on Different-Performance-
Contents: Preface. Introduction and Overview. Cultural Level Employees. Performance Appraisals for Employees
Foundations of International Human Resource Who Telecommute. Appendix A: List of Performance-
Management. Changes and Challenges in the Global Appraisal Tips. Appendix B: Key Federal Legislation. Index.
Labor Market. The Key Role of International HRM in
Latest Print 2011 / 176 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm
Successful MNC Strategy. Global Human Resource
ISBN-978-81-203-4266-8 / ` 250.00
Planning. Global Staffing. Global Workforce Training and
Development. Managing International Assignments.
Global Workforce Performance Management. GOEL
Compensation for a Global Workforce. Global Employee
Relations. Name Index. Subject Index. Performance Appraisal and
Latest Print 2013 / 432 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Compensation Management: A Modern
ISBN-978-81-203-4794-6 / ` 450.00 Approach, 2nd ed.
DEWAKAR GOEL, Visiting Faculty with IIT Delhi; XLRI,
Human Resource Management: Jamshedpur; IISWBM, Kolkata; Anna University, Chennai;
Madras University; and Narsee Monjee Institute of
Performance Appraisal Management Studies, Mumbai. He has wide experience
of teaching management students in various institutes.
He is currently Human Performance Technologist,
ARTHUR International Air Transport Association (IATA), Geneva,
First-time Managers Guide to Switzerland and a Human Resource Consultant of
International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO), Montreal,
Performance Appraisals, The Canada.
DIANE ARTHUR, President of Arthur Associates This well-written volume, now in its Second Edition,
Management Consultants, Ltd., a Human Resources continues to offer, in a clear and easy-to-read style, a
Development Firm. comprehensive coverage of the various aspects of
The First-Time Managers Guide to Performance performance appraisal and compensation management.
Appraisals provides the skills, confidence, and guidance Written by a practicing manager who has also lectured
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 57
Your Customer/Partner Performance Gaps. Tomorrows all organizations intending to enrich the worth of the
Markets and Customers: Exploring, Searching, and human capital as well as deliver profits to all stakeholders
Creating. Innovation and Organizational Learning. as a consistent practice. It is adopted by organizations in
Establishing Goals and Priorities, Getting Organized, and rewarding good performance, developing employees, and
Managing Time. Sketching Your Pathway to Performance. addressing performance concerns.
Infrastructure, Process, and Discipline. Process This comprehensive book, written from practitioners
Management. Teams. Skill Development. Measurement
point of view, presents the theory and practices of
and Feedback. Structure and Systems. Education and
performance management in a systematic manner. The
Communication. Reward and Recognition. Change
book is patterned after motivational structure of human
Champions and Local Initiatives. Review, Assess, Cele-
resource comprising seven strategiesReward, Career,
brate, and Refocus. Change Checkpoints, Improvement
Team, Culture, Measurement, Competency and Leader-
Milestones, and Ringing True to You. Notes. Index.
ship centric performance management, 14 interventions,
Latest Print 2007 / 352 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm and 140 drivers. It discusses in detail important topics
ISBN-978-81-203-3382-6 / ` 350.00 such as the 360 degree feedback, the balanced scorecard,
six sigma, implementing performance management
model/appraisal system, which are essentials of success-
JULNES & HOLZER (Eds.) ful performance management.
Performance Measurement: Building KEY FEATURES
Theory, Improving Practice Presents in detail the theory of reward, culture, career,
competency, measurement and leadership in the
PATRIA de LANCER JULNES, Utah State University and context of integrated performance management model
MARC HOLZER, Rutgers Universitys Newark Campus. (IPMM).
This book brings together to the readers in one volume Discussion questions, case studies and key words are
the most influential contributions to the theory and added in each chapter for better comprehension.
practice of performance measurement that have been This concise book is primarily intended as a textbook for
published in various journals affiliated with the American postgraduate students of managementwith speciali-
Society for Public Administration. It serves as a handy zation in human resource management, including
reference to the students and practitioners. The coverage organization development, industrial relations and
is broad including methods and techniques for developing training and development. This is also highly useful for
effective performance measurement systems, building professionals in the field as a handbook for driving
performance-based management systems, and sustaining performance management step-by-step.
performance-based budgeting.
Contents: Preface. Introduction. Strategy 1: Reward-
The book includes articles that are considered classics Based Performance Management. Strategy 2: Career-
as they have endured the test of time and their value in Based Performance Management. Strategy 3: Team-Based
the field has been noted by academic awards, frequent Performance Management. Strategy 4: Culture-Based
citations, and in some cases by associations such as Performance Management. Strategy 5: Measurement-
the Government Accounting Standards Board (GASB), Based Performance Management. Strategy 6:
as part of the performance measurement must-read Competency-Based Performance Management. Strategy
list. 7: Leadership-Based Performance Management. Author
Contents: Introduction. Making the Case for Performance Index. Subject Index.
Measurement. Performance Measurement Purposes Latest Print 2012 / 328 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
and Techniques. Performanace-Based Budgeting. ISBN-978-81-203-2988-1 / ` 275.00
Performance-Based Management. The Role of Citizens in
Measuring and Promoting Performance. Performance
Measurement Across Government Levels. Implement- KIRKPATRICK
ation. Index.
Latest Print 2008 / 208 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Improving Employee Performance
ISBN-978-81-203-3746-6 / ` 250.00 through Appraisal and Coaching,
2nd ed.
KANDULA DONALD L. KIRKPATRICK holds B.A., M.A., and Ph.D.
Performance Management: Strategies, degrees from University of Wisconsin in Madison. He is
the author of seven management inventories and seven
Interventions, Drivers management books.
SRINIVAS R. KANDULA, Director, Human Resource, Sasken The book contains tools needed to implement programs
Communication Technologies Limited, Bangalore. that get maximum results. It also provides clear,
Of all the human resource management functions, instructive examples from variety of industries, plus
performance management is the most critical function for two complete case studies for performance management.
60 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
The book is helpful for HR professional, a trainer, a and committed to their companies, this book could well
manager and even an executive. make the workplace not only more effective and
It will help to: productive, but also much happier. Students of
management, practising managers, and all those who
Start a new program or tailor your existing one to get assume leadership role in diverse fields should find this
maximum results. book immensely useful.
Understand job segments and set performance
Contents: Acknowledgments. Introduction: Heart Over
standards. Head. Part I: PASSION OVER KNOWLEDGEDefining
Use coaching as an integral, ongoing driver of Passion. The Limitations of Reason. The Misleading
performance. Comfort of Strategic Planning. The Siren Song of the
Streamline the appraisal process. Learning Organization. The Uncontrollable Nature of Fire.
Prepare and conduct more effective appraisal Part II: A PASSIONATE PEOPLEClues to the Presence of
interviews. Passion. The Role of the Soul. Commitment to a Greater
Establish improvement plans. Goal. The Need to Make a Difference. Balanced People
And much more. With Multiple Passions. Part III: THE PASSIONATE
ORGANIZATIONPick and Prepare Passionate People.
Contents: Foreword. Preface. Acknowledgments. A Encase Passion in Vision and Mutual Trust. Building
Conceptual Framework for the Appraisal/Coaching Passion for Stakeholders. Stoke the Fire of Waning
Process. Introduction and Overview. The Basic for Passion. Deal With Negative and Missing Passion. Kill the
Appraisal. The Appraisal and the Interview. The Concept of Management. Know Its Better to Stub Your
Performance Improvement Plan. On-the-Job Coaching. Toe Than to Lose Your Leg. Use Crises and Obstacles to
Five Program Requirements. Leaders Who Coach Create Increase Passion. Spiritual Leadership in Secular Places.
Coaching Cultures. Evaluating a Training Course on Epilogue: The Triumph of the Passionate Organization.
Performance Appraisal and Coaching. Case Study: Carilion Bibliography. Index. Other Reading by James R. Lucas.
Health System. Notes from the Field. Sample Forms. A
Latest Print 2006 / 256 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm
Final Word. Selected References. Index. About the
Author. ISBN-81-203-3113-3 / ` 375.00
Resources. They Are Being Prevented By Others. They D: Job Description Form. E: Employment Application
Arent Suited To The Job. They Think They Have Form. F: Interview Evaluation Form. G: Exempt Reference
Something To Gain and Nothing To Lose. They Are Form. H: Nonexempt Reference Form. Index.
Disillusioned and Demotivated. They Have Significant Latest Print 2011 / 368 pp. (Hard Cover)
Personal Problems. They Are Deliberately Disruptive, 17.8 23.5 cm / ISBN-978-81-203-3131-0 / ` 425.00
Destructive, Unethical or Dangerous. How To Change
Negative Situations Into Positive Relationships. Now You
Know... Go For It! Index. Acknowledgements. About the
Authors. Talk to Us: We Listenand Respond ! Maximize Human Resource Management:
Your Success. Order Form. Training and Development
Latest Print 2007 / 176 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-3381-9 / ` 225.00
BOLT
Human Resource Management: Coaching for Growth: How to Bring Out
Recruitment and Selection the Best in Your Team and Yourself
PETER BOLT.
ARTHUR How to Bring Out the Best in Your Team and Yourself
This is what this book is all about.
Recruiting, Interviewing, Selecting and
This book covers every aspect of coaching from the
Orienting New Employees, 4th ed. managers point of view; the coaching process itself and
DIANE ARTHUR, President, Arthur Associates the coaching session; the key skills involved; the different
Management Consultants, Ltd. approaches the coach can take; the various types of
A comprehensive guide for HR specialists, non-HR individuals the coach might encounter etc. With case
professionals and seasoned HR practitioners too, this studies and examples of coaching in action, Coaching for
book provides step-by-step guidelines to the four stages Growth will be an essential guide for managers who are
of the employment processrecruitment, interview, looking forward to develop their staff, and themselves, to
selection and orientation. their full potential.
The text describes the merits and demerits of the This key topic is described in a clear, accessible and
traditional and the new cutting edge HR techniques jargon-free language in this book. It demonstrates why in
with the help of a large number of sample questions. todays business environment coaching is so important
Specifically targeted forms and checklists are also given in and so well suited.
the book to keep the hiring process going on smoothly. Peter Bolt was a management consultant, mentor, coach
Also find and business strategist. He founded The Bolt Consultancy
1. job descriptions and powerful HR ads in 1988 and his client list included notable blue-chip
2. competencies required for optimal job performance companies such as Shell UK and Boots Group, as well as
other organisations of all shapes and sizes. He was also
3. set of questions to assess candidates author of The Whole Manager.
4. goals and parameters for HR as well as departmental
interviews A practical, cost effective, new waybetter than training
and mentoring. I recommend Coaching for growth.
5. methods to use pre-employment testing effectively
LOWRY MACLEAN, Chairman,
6. techniques to conduct thorough legal and ethical
Wesleyan Assurance Society. President,
reference checks
Birmingham Chamber of Commerce
7. create useful departmental and organizational
orientation programmes An excellent book on the right subject at the right time ...
a comprehensive inquiry into what coaching is (and is
Contents: Preface. Part I: RecruitingRecruitment not) and the clearest and the most helpful book on the
Challenges. Recruitment Sources. Electronic Recruiting. subject that I have come across.
Part II: InterviewingInterview Preparation. Interviewing
and Legal Considerations. Competency-Based Questions. M.J. HUGHES, Chief Executive, HP Bulmers Ltd.
Additional Types of Questions. Interview Components. Contents: Preface. Why Coaching? Helping Others
Types of Employment Interviews. Part III: Selection to Help Themselves: The Fundamentals of Coaching.
Documenting the Interview. Preemployment Testing. The Coaching Session. What Makes a Good Coach?
Background and Reference Checks. The Selection Process. Coaching Styles. Coaching the Best ... and Coaching the
Part IV: OrientationThe Fundamentals of Employee Rest. Coaching Downwards, Upwards and Sideways in the
Orientation. Beyond the Fundamentals of Employee Organisation. Coaching in Times of Turbulence. The
Orientation. AppendicesA: Job Posting Form. B: Job Mentor-Coach: Creating Effective Leaders. Coaching the
Posting Application Form. C: Work Environment Checklist. Whole Person. Coaching is for (Almost) Everyone. The
62 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
DYGERT & JACOBS applications. The text then challenges students to take
theory one step further by having them put the concepts
Creating A Culture of Success: into action.
Fine-Tuning the Heart and Soul The many changes in the tenth edition reflect a balance
of Your Organization, 2nd ed. between knowledge and application, while including
coverage on the latest advances in the field.
CHARLES B. DYGERT and RICHARD A. JACOBS.
FEATURES OF THE BOOK
This book will help transform your workplace...
I have personally benefited my organization for many The Points to Ponder feature includes three types of
years through the acceptance and application of the questions:
philosophies and techniques presented within the text of Questions for Review.
this blueprint for a successful work environment. Dr. Experiential Questions.
Charles Dygert is my coach and mentor. I thank him for Questions to Analyze.
helping shape my management style in such a way that I
too have become a truly effective coach and leader. The Experiencing OB features, which appear at the end
of each chapter, offer three types of experiential
CHARLES HOSSOM, Vice President and General Manager, exercises:
Dayton Rogers of Ohio, Inc.
Individual Exercise.
Culture constitutes shared values of the individuals
Group Exercise.
within, and it is the corporate heart and soul of
an organization. Without the right culture, the Practicing OB.
organization slows down, loses its vitality, and could go The Case Features appear in every chapter of the text,
into a type of cardiac arrest. offering two types of cases per chapter:
The authors, in this book, define what organizational The Preview Chapter cases, which appear in the
culture is and how the success of the culture drives the chapter-opening material, not only provide students
success of the enterprise. Their concepts are driven home with a preview of the material but a refresher on the
with real-world examples drawn from their experience information learnt in the previous chapters as well.
with a wide variety of organizations. The authors then The Case in Point cases, which appear at the end
provide simple, straightforward steps to building a culture of the chapter, help students assess their
of success, along with tools to assist in understanding the understanding and wrap up the goals from the
common barriers to an effective culture. material.
In a nutshell, this book makes the reader learn: Contents: Preface. Part 1: Introduction to Organizational
How to eliminate mistrust among the various layers of BehaviorThe Field of Organizational Behavior.
an organization. Organizational Justice, Ethics, and Corporate Social
How to replace destructive internal competition with Responsibility. Part 2: Basic Human Processes
cooperation. Perception and Learning: Understanding and Adapting
The cause and cure of a win-lose situation. to the Work Environment. Individual Differences:
Personality, Skills, and Abilities. Coping with
Skills for leading the transformation to a culture of
Organizational Life: Emotions and Stress. Part 3: The
success.
Individual in the OrganizationWork-Related Attitudes:
How to build an enlightened environment where Prejudice, Job Satisfaction, and Organizational
growth, learning and progress become primary goals. Commitment. Motivation in Organizations. Part 4: Group
Contents: Authors Note. Introduction. Culture Drives DynamicsGroup Dynamics and Work Teams.
Success. From Watchdog to Coach. Potholes to Avoid. Communication in Organizations. Decision Making in
Barriers to Change. Wake-Up Call. People Want to Care. Organizations. Interpersonal Behavior at Work: Conflict,
Eliminating the Enemy Within. The Zone of Improvement. Cooperation, Trust, and Deviance. Part 5: Influencing
Six Steps to Success. Appendix A. Quick Course on OthersPower: Its Uses and Abuses in Organizations.
Quality. Appendix B. Denison Survey. Notes. Leadership in Organizations. Part 6: Organizational
Acknowledgments. About the Authors. ProcessesOrganizational Culture, Creativity, and
Latest Print 2007 / 144 pp. (Hard Cover) Innovation. Organizational Structure and Design.
15.3 22.9 cm / ISBN-978-81-203-3379-6 / ` 325.00 Managing Organizational Change: Strategic Planning and
Organizational Development. AppendixesLearning
About Behavior in Organizations: Theory and Research.
Understanding and Managing Your Career. Endnotes.
GREENBERG Glossary. Company Index. Name Index. Subject Index.
Behavior in Organizations, 10th ed. Latest Print 2013 / 720 pages / 21.6 x 27.8 cm
JERALD GREENBERG. ISBN-978-81-203-4602-4 / ` 575.00
This book shows students the real world of OB through
its blend of cutting-edge research and practical
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 65
The book is divided into nine chapters, and begins by To develop a culture where people at all levels of
discussing the topics like International Dependency and the organization can be counted on to keep their
Global Integration consisting of world institutions, commitments and agreements. To provide strategies and
regional groupingsUnions, Associations, Agreements, techniques for increasing both individual and shared
and their objectives. The chapters further conceptualise accountability.
and recommend significant aspects of institutionalised Approach: To challenge preconceived notions of
positive managerial leadership in organisations. leadership and management at all levels. To use proven,
The book further dwells on the important milestones to practical methods based on years of experience imple-
attain managerial leadership like influence of culture on menting change. To instill a culture of accountability,
employee behaviour, positive organisational culture, leadership, teamwork, and goal enhancement.
profile of positive managerial leadership, their changing Why Youll Want to Read This Book: Because you want
motivational roles, organisational assimilations of to excel in and throughout your career. Because you are
multicultural employees, new approach to employee not afraid to take charge and lead. Because you are
welfare, therapy for quality of life of employees, and motivated and dont fear shouldering responsibility and
some suggestions to evolve a future-ready achievable being accountable for your actions and those of your
dream organisation. organization.
This book is intended for the postgraduate students of
How This Book Can Help You: Understanding the
management and also for the practising managers.
principles and realities of accountability will help you
KEY FEATURES achieve what matters most to you and your company. It
Discusses the upcoming concepts like Environmental will enable you to achieve stellar results and ensure your
Energy Effects (3Es) and its variations; Positive long-term success within your organization.
Environmental Energy Effects and Negative Contents: Introduction. Achieve Breakthrough Results.
Environmental Energy Effects (P3Es and N3Es) and Glossary of Terms. PART ONE: Break Away from Old
their effects on organisational culture. Leadership ParadigmsUnleash Ability Through
Explains Therapy for Quality of Life (TQL) a well- Accountability. Create an Accountable Culture: Stop
researched concept for enhancing the concern for Avoiding the Real Issues! Three Traps of Ineffective
employees and their families. Leadership. The Formula to Achieve Breakthroughs.
Dwells on Managing by Influence a wholesome Leadership Roles that Produce Breakthrough Results. PART
method of motivating and leading employees for raisin TWO: Six Strategies for Leading with Accountability
their performance standard and contribution to their Strategy #1: From Empty Platitudes to Clear Direction.
organisation. Strategy #2: Translating Clear Direction into Non-
Every chapter is incorporated with Real-life cases to Negotiable Priorities. Strategy #3: Execution: The Key to
provide an analytical insight to the concepts. High Performance. Strategy #4: Proactive Recovery: The
Contents: Foreword. Preface. Acknowledgements. Secret to Accountable Performance Execution. Strategy
International Dependency and Global Integration. Cultural #5: Create a Plan for Change that Guarantees Results.
Influence of Employee Behaviour. Building Organisational Strategy #6: Communicate to Influence Nonbelievers.
CultureMeaning, Need and Methods. Paradigm Shift in Get Started: Your Next Steps to Achieve Breakthrough
Managerial Leadership. Motivational Role of Managerial Results. Index.
Leadership. Assimilation and Development of Multi- Latest Print 2007 / 208 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm
cultural Work Force. Beyond Salary and Perks. Therapy ISBN-978-81-203-3257-7 / ` 195.00
for Quality of Life (TQL) of Employees Process and
Procedure. Future Ready Organisations. Reference. Index.
Latest Print 2013 / 216 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm (Hard Cover) SATYANARAYANA
ISBN-978-81-203-4722-9 / ` 450.00 / (e-book also available) Managing Transformation: Objectives to
Outcomes
SAMUEL J. SATYANARAYANAIAS, Chief Commissioner of Land
Creating the Accountable Organization: Administration in the Government of Andhra Pradesh.
A Practical Guide to Improve Change is the law of life. This precept holds for
individuals and organizations alike. Radical change, called
Performance Execution transformation, is not so frequent. Organizational trans-
MARK SAMUEL. formation entails fundamental changes that encompass
the entire gamut of the organization. A successful trans-
Who This Book Is For: Leaders and change agents at formation exercise begins with formulating a set of
any level within an organization who are ready to move Objectives at the beginning and ends up with realizing
to the next level of excellence and success; those who the desired Outcomes. This book delves deep into the
are stuck in a plateau within your organization and who intricacies of the life cycle of organizational trans-
are ready to take the next step up. formation and explains how it can be managed effectively
Objective: To create an accountable organization. adopting a systematic and step-by-step methodology. In
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 69
this well-researched text, the author, J. Satyanarayana, main models of Sociology that have been conceptualised
with his vast and varied experience in the field of to apprehend the world of organisations. From the
management and governance, gives a brilliant exposition theories of bureaucracy and human relations to
of managing transformation. contemporary approaches, this book focuses on all the
The book postulates the O2O (Objective to Outcomes) key aspects of Sociology of an organisation. The concepts
framework as a seven-step methodology. O2O, in a defined are marked by the consideration of modes of
sense, is a meta-framework for transformation. It harmo- rationality, types of cooperation, of networks and power
nizes and synthesizes altogether 40 sub-frameworks, games, of systems of decision-making and logics of
which include some well-known concepts, such as action.
Porters Value Chain Framework, Kaplan and Nortons The book cites the contributions made and the definitions
Balanced Scorecard, and Hammers BPR framework. The given by the great Sociologists like Max Weber, Talcott
author illustrates the O2O framework through a Case Parsons, Michel Crozier, Renaud Sainsanlieu, to help the
Study on Passport Seva Project, designed by him, and students understand the topics more clearly.
being implemented all over India to transform the quality
of passport-related services provided to the citizens. This second edition is enriched with studies of discussed
cases, charts, and of extracts of texts pertinent to the
KEY FEATURES productive system, to the public sphere and the
By expounding the O2O methodology, the book associative fact.
addresses the managerial requirements of conceptua-
lizing, designing and implementing major transform- The book is intended for the undergraduate students of
ation projects. sociology. It will also be of interest to those who, on a
The book focuses on the four principal dimensions of personal or professional level, wish to understand better
transformation, namely, Process, People, Technology, how companies, administrations, etc. function.
and Business Model while explaining the major Contents: Introduction. Sociology, Sciences of
concepts. Management and Theories of Organisation. The
The text is interspersed with plenty of examples to Remerging of the Organisation as an Object of
illustrate the concepts Sociological Studies. From the Organisation to the System
The book also includes chapter-end review questions of Concrete Action. From the Concrete System of Action
to drill the students in self-study to the Social Forms of the Organised Action. The Logics of
This text, with its blend of theory and practice, would Organised Action and their Theories. Conclusion.
prove extremely valuable to the students of Bibliography. Index.
management. It should also be a valuable reference book Latest Print 2012 / 160 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
to the administrators and management consultants. ISBN-978-81-203-4530-0 / ` 175.00 / (e-book also available)
Contents: Preface. The Dynamics of Transformation.
Objectives to Outcomes. Defining Objectives Step #1. SHUKLA
Objectives to Interventions (Step #2). Re-engineering
Processes (Step #3). Specifying Requirements (Step #4). Understanding Organisations:
Designing the Transformation (Step #5). Implementing
the Transformation (Step #6). Manage and Assess
Organisational Theory and Practice
(Step #7). AnnexuresI: Template for SRS. II: Template in India
for Detailed Project Report. III: Service Level MADHUKAR SHUKLA, Professor, Xavier Labour Relations
Management. IV: Strategic Control. Index. Institute, Jamshedpur.
Latest Print 2012 / 296 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm Organisations play a crucial role in our day-to-day life
ISBN-978-81-203-4537-9 / ` 375.00 / (e-book also available) though most of us are unaware of it. They permeate and
pervade almost all aspects of our lives and their
SCIEUR significance cannot therefore be over-emphasized. This
easy-to-read and compact book on Organisational Theory
Sociology of Organisations: (OT) gives an account of what an organisation is and how
An Introduction and Analysis of it operates. It shows that organisations are not static
entities, but are dynamic: capable of growing, changing,
Collective Organisations, 2nd ed. failing or transforming themselves.
PHILIPPE SCIEUR is a professor of Sociology at the FUCaM The book begins with a discussion on the perspectives
(Facults universitaires catholiques de Mons/Catholic and approaches needed for understanding, designing and
university of Mons) and Director of CeRIO (Centre de changing organisations. It then goes on to give a
Recherche et dIntervention en Organisation). His works description of the building blocks and the various
cover the social regulations and organised collective influences that determine organisational design. The
action mainly within the areas of public-private author rightly emphasizes that the ideal organisation is
partnership, as well as SMEs, public administrations and one that is adaptive to a specific situation. He tells not
the third sector. only what an organisation is, but shows how it functions,
This book, in its second edition, continues to present the for instance, how decisions are taken, how conflicts and
70 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
power interact in moulding an organisation, how values can also be immensely useful for management students
and norms influence performance, and so on. Finally, at various levels.
the author stresses how organisations change or are SuperMotivation is must reading for anyone who
transformed or why some do not change, and highlights manages people.
emerging issues in organisational design.
RICHARD BELLUZZO, Senior Vice President and
What distinguishes the text is its Indian background.
General Manager, Hewlett-Packard
The author skillfully elucidates organisational theory
with reallife examples from well-known Indian Contents: Preface. Acknowledgments. Part One: The
Organisations. SuperMotivation ApproachThe Need for Super-
Intended as a textbook for the students of Management, Motivation. Self-Motivation: The Energizing Force.
this study should also be ideal for practising managers, Changing the Context of Work. Identifying and Defeating
consultants and teachers. Demotivators. The Power of Motivators. Part Two:
Putting SuperMotivation into ActionSuperMotivating
Contents: Preface. Interpreting Organisational Reality. Planning. SuperMotivating Production. SuperMotivating
Organisational Design. Components of Organisational Communication. SuperMotivating Training. Super-
Design. OrganisationEnvironment Interface. Motivating Evaluation. SuperMotivating Rewards.
Organisational Strategy and Structure. Technological SuperMotivation: Making It Happen. Appendix A.
Determinants of Organisational Design. Types of Appendix B. References. Index.
Organisational Structures. Organisational Power, Conflict,
Latest Print 2007 / 224 pp. (Hard Cover)
and Politics. Organisational Decision-Making and Strategy
15.3 22.9 cm / ISBN-978-81-203-3135-8 / ` 295.00
Formulation. Organisational Culture. Why Organisations
Fail. Managing Organisational Change. Organisations:
A Future Perspective. References. Author Index. TOLBERT & HALL
Organisation Index. Subject Index.
Latest Print 2013 / 276 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
Organizations: Structures, Processes,
ISBN-978-81-203-1122-0 / ` 275.00 and Outcomes, 10th ed.
PAMELA S. TOLBERT, Professor, School of Industrial &
Labor Relations, Cornell University.
SPITZER RICHARD H. HALL, Distinguished Service Professor,
SuperMotivation: A Blueprint for University at Albany, State University of New York.
Energizing Your Organization From Based upon classical and contemporary theory and
Top to Bottom empirical research, this text shows a sociological analysis
of organizations, focusing on the impacts that
DEAN R. SPITZER is President of Dean R. Spitzer & organizations have upon individuals and society.
Associates, Inc., a consultancy based in Lakeland, Florida,
U.S.A. KEY FEATURES
Updated material on research and theoretical
Creating and sustaining motivation in employees is crucial developments with critical analysesequips students
for attaining organizational objectives. This book aims to with the most current material about the changing
help in this endeavour by demonstrating the theory and nature of organizations.
application of the concept of supermotivation, which can Unifying framework of organizational effectiveness
be understood as a self-sustaining, organizationwide and offers students insight into organizational structure,
high-level form of motivation. Supermotivation aims to effectiveness, and leadership.
transform entire organizations, and not just individual Combined material on organizational environments
employees, for the long term. It is thus designed to boost and inter-organizational relationshipsillustrates for
organizational performance without resorting to students the ways in which organizations interact with
inducements and entitlements. each other.
The book is organized into two parts. The first Chapter Overviewsappear at the beginning of each
part contains a thorough discussion of the super- chapterProvide students with a snapshot of
motivation concept. This includes topics such as material to be covered.
motivators, demotivators and self-motivation. The Sample Questionsat the end of each chapter.
second part describes how to apply the principles Contents: Preface. Part I: IntroductionThinking About
of supermotivation to all organizational systems. This Organizations. Part II: Organizational Structure
part includes hundreds of practical suggestions for Organizational Structure: Key Dimensions. Organizational
transforming various organizational tasks. The book Structure: Explanations. Part III: Organizational
contains numerous immediately applicable techniques for ProcessesPower and Power Outcomes. Leadership.
improving motivation, as well as tools for identifying and Decision-Making. Communication. Managing
measuring motivators, demotivators and motivation Organizational Environments: Conceptions of the
levels. Environment. Managing Organizational Environments:
The book is intended primarily for business managers. It General Paradigms. Part IV: OutcomesOrganizational
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 71
Relationship, Relational, Hierarchical and Network Data The textbook is primarily designed for the postgraduate
Models, Normalization, Relational Algebra and Relational students of management, computer science and
Calculus. The architecture of the legacy relational information technology. It should also serve as a useful
database R system, the hierarchical database IMS of IBM text for B.E./B.Tech. students in computer science
and the network data model DBTG are also given due engineering and software engineering. Besides students,
importance to bring completeness and to show thematic this book will also be useful for computer professionals
interrelationships among them. engaged in design, operation and maintenance of
Several chapters have been devoted to the latest database.
database features and technologies such as Data Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition.
Partitioning, Data Mirroring, Replication, High Availability, Introduction. Database Concepts. Data Structure. Data
Security and Auditing. The architecture of Oracle, SQL of Models. Database Design. Implementation Design.
Oracle known as PL/SQL, SQL of both Sybase and MS SQL Hierarchical Database Management Systems. Network
Server known as T-SQL have been covered. Database Management Systems. Relational Database
Contents: Preface. Introduction. The Entity-Relationship Management Systems. Distributed Database Management
Model. Data Models. Storage Structure. Relational Data System. Client/Server Systems. Data Warehousing. Data
Structure. Architecture of System R and Oracle. Mining. Object Oriented Database Management System
Normalization. Structured Query Language. T-SQL (OODBMS). Database Operations and Maintenance.
Triggers and Dynamic Execution. Procedure Language Appendices. Bibliography. Index.
SQL. Cursor Management and Advanced PL/SQL. Latest Print 2011 / 404 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Relational Algebra and Relational Calculus. Concurrency ISBN-978-81-203-4277-4 / ` 295.00 / (e-book also available)
Control and Automatic Recovery. Distributed Database
and Replication. High Availability and RAID Technology.
Security Features Built in RDBMS. Queries Optimization. E-Commerce
Architecture of a Hierarchical DBMS. The Architecture of
Network based DBTG System. Comparison between
Different Data Models. Performance Improvement and AWAD
Partitioning. Database Mirroring and Log Shipping for
Disaster Recovery. Bibliography. Answers to Selected Electronic Commerce: From Vision to
Exercises. Index. Fulfillment, 3rd ed.
Latest Print 2012 / 480 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm ELIAS M. AWAD, Mclntire School of Commerce, University
ISBN-978-81-203-4313-9 / ` 325.00 of Virginia.
This book, now in its third edition, is aimed at the
PANNEERSELVAM undergraduate/graduate level of courses in Electronic
Database Management Systems, 2nd ed. Commerce. It provides the necessary tools and
technology for students in order to have an overview of
R. PANNEERSELVAM, Professor, School of Management, managerial and technical concepts of e-commerce. The
Pondicherry University, Pondicherry. text follows a life cycle approach to show students the
This revised and updated book, now in its Second Edition, entire process of e-commerce from vision or strategic
continues to provide excellent coverage of the basic planning to fulfillment for delivery of products and
concepts involved in database management systems. It services with the goal of customer satisfaction.
provides a thorough treatment of some important topics The edition stands out in terms of lucidity, ease of
such as data structure, data models and database learning, and the approach taken to integrate concepts,
design through presentation of well-defined algorithms, methodologies, processes and technologies via a life-
examples and real-life cases. There is also detailed cycle approach to e-commerce. The key features of this
coverage of data definition and data manipulation edition are
parts of IMS and PC-FOCUSthe two popular database
management systemsto access and manipulate Revised! Chapter 12 covers e-core values: Legal,
hierarchical database, besides IDMS (Network) and Ethical, Taxation, and International Issues.
Interactive SQL (Relational) database languages, using o Includes new coverage on the professional ethicist,
suitable programs based on case studies. taxation issues, online gambling, and issues for
WHAT IS NEW TO THIS EDITION developing countries.
Includes five new chapters, namely, Distributed New! Coverage of security threats
Database Management System, Client/Server Systems, o Discusses topics such as blogging and its growth, ID
Data Warehousing, Data Mining, and Object Oriented theft and privacy issues, phishing and its impact,
Database Management System (OODBMS) to cover the money laundering and terrorism, spyware, adware,
modern concepts of DBMS. pop up ads and how to block them, encryption,
Provides a new section on cryptography for network hackers, spammers, cookies, worms, intelligent
security. agents, etc.
76 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Fully Updated! Boxes and tables have been updated within no time. This book on Mobile Commerce gives an
to reflect recent or current events in-depth insight on the role of a mobile in revolutionizing
o Keeps students abreast of recent trends. various industry verticals, specifically business and
Key topics added, chapter highlights include: commerce.
o Ch. 1: Digital divide, e-learning, value chain, supply The book shows the evolution of a mobile phone from a
chain management (SCM), and e-business models mere gadget meant for communication to a smarter one
o Ch. 3: Focuses on how information is transferred via performing business transactions. The book is divided
the Internet and Open System Interconnection (OSI) into seven parts segregated asBasic concepts,
o Ch. 4: More updates on the technical infrastructure, Technology, Key players, Key products, Security of legal
Instant Messaging, spamming and appropriate e-mail aspects, the Future trends and the Case studies. The book
use, e-mail etiquette, and extranets and SCM also discusses various technologically advanced handheld
o Ch. 5: Discussion on the types of service providers devices, like Smartphones, PDAs, Laptops, Tablets and
and web hosting services, more on packets and Portable gaming consoles, in detail.
routers, and application service providers (ASP) Besides, the basic technology and concepts involved in
o Ch. 6: Mobile commerce, bluetooth applications, mobile commerce is discussed comprehensively. The key
wireless security, satellite technology, security and concepts, like mobile marketing, mobile ticketing, mobile
legal issues in wireless application protocol computing, mobile payments and mobile banking are
o Ch. 8: Geometric shapes and gender differences on discussed vis-a-vis latest technologies, like wireless and
web sites and helping those that are color blind and mobile communication technology, digital cellular techno-
impaired vision logy, mobile access technology and 4G and 5G systems.
o Ch. 9: Permission marketing, Customer relationship The book also throws light on the issues, such as mobile
management, and Cultural differences and security hazards, and the necessary measures to protect
e-marketing the same. A chapter is devoted to laws governing the
o Ch. 10: Search engines and web portals, enterprise mobile phone usage and its privacy. The Case Studies are
portal technologies, knowledge portals, and mobile provided elucidating the role of mobile commerce in the
web services real-life scenarios.
o Ch. 15: Mobile commerce and mobile payments, This book is intended for the undergraduate and
internet based payment system models, and credit postgraduate students of Communication Engineering,
card laundering Information Technology and Management.
Contents: Preface. Part I: First Things FirstThe Dawn of Contents: Preface. Part I: Mobile Commerce Basics
a Maturing Industry. The World Wide Web. Part II: The Introduction to M-commerce. Mobile Commerce Services.
Technology of E-CommerceInternet Architecture. Mobile Commerce Applications. Part II: Mobile
Intranets and Extranets. Hosting Your Web Site. Mobile Commerce TechnologyWireless and Mobile
Commerce: The Business of Time. Part III: Communication. Digital Cellular Technology. Mobile
E-Strategies and TacticsBuilding E-Presence. Web Site Access Technology. 4g and 5g Systems. Part III: Key
Evaluation and Usability Testing. Internet Marketing. PlayersMobile Devices. Mobile Service Providers. Part
Web Portals and Web Services. Business-to-Business. IV: Mobile ProductsMobile Banking. Mobile Ticketing.
E-Commerce. E-Core Values: Ethical, Legal, Taxation, and Mobile Paymant Systems. Mobile Computing. Part V:
International Issues. Part IV: Security Threats and Security and Legal AspectsSecurity and Privacy Issues.
Payment SystemsE-Security and the USA Patriot Act. Legal Aspects. Part VI: The Path AheadFuture of Mobile
Encryption: A Matter of Trust. Getting the Money. Part V: Commerce. Part VII: Case StudiesMobile Commerce
Managerial and Customer-Related IssuesGoing Online. Case Studies. References. Index.
References. Index.
Latest Print 2013 / 384 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Latest Print 2012 / 576 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm ISBN-978-81-203-4805-9 / ` 395.00 / (e-book also available)
ISBN-978-81-203-3027-6 / ` 325.00
management (eCRM). eCRM is becoming a part of a global and real time business activity. The comprehensive
Sense-and-Respond organization, with IT-enabled coverage of this fourth edition equips the students with
capability of adaptation to a rapidly changing business the latest information in e-commerce-concepts, models,
environment. The text provides important new strategies, and techniques that can be used to build
frameworks derived from current cases and applications useful e-commerce applications.
in this emerging field. Various researchers, professors The range of topics covered is broad, making this book a
and managers have contributed their experiences in solid introductory text for the rapidly expanding number
this field. of courses in e-commerce for business students at the
The experts contribution in this volume bring forth all undergraduate or postgraduate level, and also for
the three components of eCRM: analytical (based on students pursuing courses in computer applications,
formal analysis of large stores of customer data, information technology and information science.
frequently involving data mining from data warehouses), The book features several comprehensive and diverse
operational (delivery of surpassing customer service in an case studies and data on Indian corporations, as well as
integrated fashion across all touch points), and multinational companies showing success and failure of
collaborative (co-coordinating the activities of all business their Web-based electronic business models. New
partners in the delivery of customer service). material on developments in technology and general
The book is organized in four parts: Part I presents an business strategy has been added in all the chapters.
overview of the role of CRM and eCRM in marketing and This fundamental treatment of the subject of e-
supply chain management; Part II focuses on the organi- commerce coupled with a clear and practical analysis of
zational success factors behind eCRM implementation; market models, continues to make this text an invaluable
Part III presents cases of eCRM performance single source guide for students-arming them with skills
enhancement; and Part IV addresses eCRM issues in to deal successfully with the managerial issues they will
business-to-consumer commerce. face as future business professionals.
Contents: Series Editors Introduction. Acknowledgments. KEY FEATURES
Electronic Customer Relationship Management: An
Provides coverage of all elements of e-commerce
Introduction. Part IThe Role of CRM and eCRM: Success including customer relationship, supply chain manage-
Factors in Online Supply Chain Management and e-
ment, e-payment, e-security, mobile commerce, and
Customer Relationship Management. Using Electronic Web designing.
Customer Relationship Management to Maximize/ Addresses key legal issues related to cyberstalking,
Minimize Customer Satisfaction/Dissatisfaction. Part II privacy, copyright, and so forth.
Organizational Success Factors of CRM: Customer Gives the end-of-chapter Internet search exercises to
Relationship Management Success and Organizational
help students develop analytical skills.
Change: A Case Study. Success Factors in CRM Defines key technical terms in the glossary.
Implementation: Results from a Consortial Benchmarking
Study. Collaborative Customer Relationship Management Contents: Preface. History of e-commerce and Indian
in Financial Services Alliances. Part IIIEnhancing Business Context. Business Models for e-commerce.
Performance of CRM: Improving Customer Interaction Enabling Technologies of the World Wide Web.
with Customer Knowledge Management. An Examination e-Marketing. e-Security. e-Payment Systems. e-Customer
of the Effects of Information and Communication Relationship Management. e-Supply Chain Management.
Technology on Customer Relationship Management and e-Strategy and Knowledge Management. Information
Customer Lock-In. Part IVCRM in Business-to-Customer Systems for Mobile Commerce. Portals for e-Business.
Commerce: What Makes Customers Shop Online? Toward Legal and Ethical Issues. Glossary. Index.
Achieving Customer Satisfaction in Online Grocery Latest Print 2013 / 568 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Shopping: Lessons Learned from Australian and Swiss ISBN-978-81-203-4505-8 / ` 425.00 / (e-book also available)
Cases. Editors and Contributors. Series Editor. Index.
Latest Print 2009 / 224 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-2994-2 / ` 225.00 E-Governance
JOSEPH PRABHU
E-Commerce: An Indian Perspective, E-Governance: Concepts and
4th ed Case Studies, 2nd ed.
P.T. JOSEPH, S.J., Professor, Information Systems and C.S.R. PRABHU, Deputy Director General and State
Organizational Behaviour at the Xavier Institute of Informatics Officer, National Informatics Centre (NIC),
Management (XIM), Bhubaneswar. Currently, he also Andhra Pradesh State Unit, Hyderabad.
holds the position of the Director of XIM Bhubaneswar. This comprehensive text, now in its Second Edition,
Electronic Commerce is an exciting field of business continues to provide the entire spectrum of
sector, with new issues emerging continually in this e-governancefrom definition of e-governance to its
78 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
of a concept explaining what it is, how it is used and how Retroactive Accounting. Termination. Off-Cycle Activities.
it relates to the other concepts. It then explains its Nominations. Legacy Data Transfer. Payroll Results.
properties, which are fields in a configuration node. Processing Classes. Cumulation Classes. Evaluation
This book is designed to be used both as a reference Classes. Schemas, Functions, PCRs, Operations, Features.
manual and a learning guide. As a learning guide, it offers Utilities. Index. World Government. World Language.
four views, each for a different target audience. Good Governance. City without Traffic Lights.
Latest Print 2013 / 884 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
It can be read from the Senior Managements
ISBN-978-81-203-3872-2 / ` 595.00 / (e-book also available)
perspective to gain a broad understanding of the
subject and what SAP can do for them.
Business Process Owners can achieve a higher level of AGRAWAL
understanding by getting to know more of SAP
concepts and how to perform different tasks in SAP. SAP HR Personnel Administration and
Users can acquire a thorough understanding of Recruitment: Technical Reference and
different tasks and concepts underlying them.
Functional consultants and proficient users can read Learning Guide, 2nd ed.
the book to gain a complete understanding of the P.K. AGRAWAL was a Program Manager at Tata
system. Technologies Limited, Pune.
As a technical reference, the book can be used to locate SAP HR BOOKS
the relevant material through the Table of Contents, This book is one of the set of four books on SAP HR
Index, SAP Menu and SAP Customizing Implementation written by the author:
Guide (IMG). The last two follow the Table of Contents.
SAP HR OM, PD and Training
If the reader is in SAPs User Menu or Configuration, the
chapter number for these nodes can be found in SAP SAP HR Personnel Administration and Recruitment
Menu and IMG. If a node is not covered in the book, SAP HR Time Management
the reason for not doing so is mentioned. SAP HR India Payroll
The implementation of SAP HR India Payroll can also be A Better World
guided by the structure of this book. There is a lot we can do to make our world a better
A Better World world. Read short articles inside on some of the ideas of
World Integration and Improvement Initiative.
There is a lot we can do to make our world a better
world, just as we discover better ways to support our World Government
businesses. Read short articles inside on some of World Language
the ideas of World Integration and Improvement Good Governance
Initiative. City without Traffic Lights
World Government SAP is a great software. One needs to fully understand its
World Language features in order to effectively exploit them for the
Good Governance benefit of customers. Mr. Agrawals books on SAP HR
City without Traffic Lights have a unique approach. A chapter usually focuses on a
single business concept, and discusses the user interface
Contents: SAP Menu. SAP Customizing Implementation as well as its associated configuration. This logical division
Guide. Preface. Wage Types. Wage Type Properties. makes it easier for readers to understand the
Wage Type Permissibility. Wage Type Valuation. Wage functionality.
Type Cumulation. Wage Type Factoring. Basic Salary.
Dearness Allowance. Housing. Car and Conveyance. Another important feature of these books is the level of
Reimbursements. Long-Term Reimbursements. Bonus. detail. Each screen and each field in a screen is explained.
Income from Other Sources. Perquisites. Exemptions. Explanation includes meaning, use case and in some
Child Education Exemption. Leave Travel Exemption. cases guidelines. Details are balanced by overviews
Medical Exemption. North-East State Tax Exemption. explaining the concepts and their relationships.
Leave Encashment Exemption. Voluntary Retirement While explaining functionality, Mr. Agrawal has made
Exemption. Gratuity. Superannuation. Provident Fund and efforts to highlight what can be done and how it is to be
Pension. Employees State Insurance. Labour Welfare done. This is particularly important for less experienced
Fund. Professional Tax. Deductions. One Day Salary users and consultants.
Deduction. Claims and Minimum Net Pay. Balances and
Totals. Section 80 Deductions. Section 80C Deductions. Indicating chapter numbers against each menu and
Section 80U Deductions. Section 89. Salary Projection. configuration item is a very useful innovation, as it
Previous Employment Tax Details. Income Tax. Rounding establishes direct link between the SAP system and the
Off Employee Salary. Net Pay and External Transfer. book.
Payroll Area. Payroll Run. Payroll Posting to Accounting. Another useful feature is that these books can be read
Payment. Form 16 and Form 24. Form 217 (2A). not only by consultants, but also by users, business
80 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
process owners and even by senior managers. The User Menu and the Configuration. The book first gives an
importance of each topic for each category of users is overview of a concept explaining what it is, how it is used
specified. and how it relates to the other concepts. It then explains
Mr. Agrawal has taken considerable pains in writing these its properties, which are fields in a configuration node.
books, and I congratulate Mr. Agrawal on his achieve- This book is designed to be used both as a reference
ment and thank him for his contribution to the SAP manual and a learning guide. As a learning guide, it offers
community. four views, each for a different target audience.
K. SANJAI, Regional HeadAsia Pacific & Japan, It can be read from the Senior Managements
SAP Global Delivery perspective to gain a broad understanding of the
Contents: SAP Menu. SAP Customizing Implementation subject and what SAP can do for them.
Guide. Preface. Personnel AdministrationInfotypes. Business Process Owners can achieve a higher level
Common Infotype Structure. Actions. Organizational of understanding by getting to know more of SAP
concepts and how to perform different tasks in SAP.
Assignment. Personal Data. Payroll Status. Challenge.
Users can acquire a thorough understanding of
Addresses. Planned Working Time. Contract Elements.
different tasks and concepts underlying them.
Monitoring of Tasks. Family Member/Dependents.
Functional consultants and proficient users can read
Education. Other/Previous Employers. Skills. Internal
the book to gain a complete understanding of the
Medical Service. Powers of Attorney. Internal Data. system.
Corporate Functions. Company Instructions. Insurance.
Objects on Loan. Date Specifications. Works Councils. As a technical reference, the book can be used to locate
Disciplinary Action and Grievances. Communication. the relevant material through the Table of Contents,
Employees Applicant Number. Calculation of Index, SAP Menu and SAP Customizing Implementation
Employment Period. Wage Type. Basic Pay. Bank Details. Guide (IMG). The last two follow the Table of Contents.
External Bank Transfers. Recurring Payments/Deductions. If the reader is in SAPs User Menu or Configuration, the
Additional Payments. Cost Distribution. Loans. chapter number for these nodes can be found in SAP
Menu and IMG. If a node is not covered in the book,
Membership Fees. Notifications. Additional Off-cycle
the reason for not doing so is mentioned.
Payments. ESS Settings Remuneration Statement.
Infotype Properties. Infotype Menus. Infotype Screens. The implementation of SAP HR Time Management and
Infotype Change Tracking. Cost Assignment. Payment documentation can also be guided by the structure of
Model. Ad Hoc Query. HIS. Authorizations. Optical this book.
Archiving. Concurrent Employment. Recruitment A Better World
Recruitment Process. Applicant. Application. Vacancy
There is a lot we can do to make our world a better
Assignment. Applicant Action. Applicant Activities.
world, just as we discover better ways to support our
Applicant Activity Status. Applicants Personnel Number. businesses. Read short articles inside on some of the
Applicants Organizational Assignment. Applicants ideas of World Integration and Improvement Initiative.
Contract Elements. Other Recruitment Configuration.
Utilities. Index. World Government. World Language. World Government
Good Governance. City without Traffic Lights. World Language
Latest Print 2011 / 712 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Good Governance
ISBN-978-81-203-4223-1 / ` 550.00 / (e-book also available) City without Traffic Lights
SAP is a great software. One needs to fully understand its
features in order to effectively exploit them for the
AGRAWAL benefit of customers. Mr. Agrawals books on SAP HR
have a unique approach. A chapter usually focuses on a
SAP HR Time Management: Technical single business concept, and discusses the user interface
Reference and Learning Guide, 2nd ed. as well as its associated configuration. This logical
division makes it easier for readers to understand the
P.K. AGRAWAL was a Program Manager at Tata
functionality. Another important feature of these books is
Technologies Limited, Pune. the level of detail. Each screen and each field in a screen
He has written the following books on SAP HR: is explained. Explanation includes meaning, use case and
SAP HR OM, PD and Training in some cases guidelines. Details are balanced by
overviews explaining the concepts and their relationships.
SAP HR Personnel Administration and Recruitment
SAP HR Time Management While explaining functionality, Mr. Agrawal has taken
efforts to highlight what can be done and how it is to be
SAP HR India Payroll done. This is particularly important for less experienced
This book explains all the concepts underpinning SAPs users and consultants. Indicating chapter numbers against
HR Time Management Module. It is a comprehensive each menu and configuration item is a very useful
technical manual which explains every single node of the innovation, as it establishes direct link between the SAP
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 81
system and the book. Another useful feature is that these Users can acquire a thorough understanding of
books can be read not only by consultants, but also by different tasks and concepts underlying them.
users, business process owners and even by senior Functional Consultants and proficient users can read
managers. The importance of each topic for each the book to gain a complete understanding of the
category of users is specified. system.
Mr. Agrawal has taken considerable pain in writing these As a technical reference, the book can be used to locate
books, and I congratulate Mr. Agrawal on his the relevant material through the Table of Contents,
achievement and thank him for his contribution to the Index, SAP Menu and Implementation Guide for R/3
SAP community. Customizing (IMG). The last two follow the Table of
K. SANJAI, Regional HeadAsia Pacific & Japan, Contents. If the reader is in SAPs User Menu or
SAP Global Delivery Configuration, the chapter number for these nodes can
be found in SAP Menu and IMG. If a node is not
Contents: Preface. Infotypes. Employee Groupings. Work covered in the book the reason for it is also mentioned.
Schedule. Substitution. Absence. Attendance. Absence
Quota. Quota Correction. Attendance Quota. Quota The implementation of SAP HR OM, PD and Training and
Compensation. Overtime. Availability. Time Recording. documentation can also be guided by the structure of
Time Events. Time Transfer. Employee Remuneration. this book.
Maternity Leave. Military Service. Additional Absence A Better World: There is a lot that we can do to make
Data. Flextime. Activity Allocation. Cost Assignment. our World a better World, just as we discover better
External Services. Different Payment. Time Data ways to support our businesses. Read short articles inside
Collection. Employee Expenditure Collection. Logistics on some of the ideas of World Integration and
Integration. Time Evaluation Configuration. Cluster B1. Improvement Initiative.
Cluster B2 (Time Evaluation Results). Internal Tables. World Government
Time Evaluation with Clock Times (Schema TM00). Good Governance
Schemas, Functions, PCRs, Operations, Features. Time World Language
Managers Workplace. Time Management Pool. Cross- City without Traffic Lights
Application Time Sheet. Incentive Wages. Shift Planning.
Utilities. Index. World Government. World Language. Books on SAP HR: The following other books on SAP HR
Good Governance. City without Traffic Lights. have also been published by PHI Learning, New Delhi:
Latest Print 2010 / 756 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm 1. SAP HR Time Management
ISBN-978-81-203-4065-7 / ` 550.00 / (e-book also available) 2. SAP HR Personnel Administration and Recruitment
3. SAP HR India Payroll
Contents: SAP Menu. SAP Customizing Implementation
Guide. Preface. Section One: Organizational
AGRAWAL ManagementOrganizational Plan. Organizational
SAP HR OM, PD and Training: Technical Management Interfaces. Organizational Unit. Position.
Reference and Learning Guide Job. Person. User. Task. Work Center. Objects.
Relationships. Structures. Infotype Features. Infotypes.
P.K. AGRAWAL was a Program Manager at Tata Plan Version. Planning Status. Authorizations.
Technologies Limited, Pune. Organizational Management Integration. Database
This book explains all the concepts underpinning the Utilities and Dialog Control. Data Transfer. Organization
Organizational Management (OM), Personnel Develop- and Staffing Interface Customizing. Data Model. Section
ment (PD) and Training and Event Management modules Two: Personnel DevelopmentQualifications Catalog.
of SAP HR. It is a comprehensive technical manual which Profiles. Career and Succession Planning. Development
explains every single node of the User Menu and the Plan. Appraisals. Personnel Development Integration.
Configuration. The book first gives an overview of a Section Three: Training and Event ManagementBusiness
concept explaining what it is, how it is used and how it Event Catalog. Business Event Group. Business Event
relates to other concepts. It then explains its properties, Type. Dynamic Menus. Resources. Business Events.
which are fields in a configuration node. Attendee. Attendance. Correspondence. Training
Integration. Utilities. Index. World Government. World
This book is designed to be used both as a reference Language. Good Governance. City without Traffic Lights.
manual and a learning guide. As a learning guide, it offers
four views, each for a different target audience. Latest Print 2010 / 788 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-3984-2 / ` 550.00 / (e-book also available)
It can be read from the Senior Managements
perspective to gain a broad understanding of the
subject and what SAP can do for them.
Business Process Owners can achieve a higher level of
understanding by getting to know more of SAP
concepts and how to perform different tasks in SAP.
82 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Planning. Understanding Inventory and Warehouse It also has tips and real-world examples on how to use
Management. II. Knowing How Materials Management the HR Information System and program in HR.
Fits into SAP R/3Integrating MM. Understanding the Contents: Introduction. I. Administering the Personnel
SAP R/3 Business Engineer. Analyzing Materials Administration and Payroll Accounting ModulesBuilding
Information. Utilizing Reports and Interfaces. Under- a Global Integrated Human Resource System. Preparing
standing Network Computing. MM Education and the Fundamentals of HR Management. Managing
Training. Appendix A. MMConsultants Perspective. Personnel Time. Administering Benefits. Administering
Index. Payroll. Managing Business Trips. II. Administering the
Latest Print 2011 / 440 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Personnel Planning and Development ModulesPlanning
ISBN-978-81-203-1387-3 / ` 295.00 Human Resource Requirements. Planning for Personnel
Development. Recruiting, Changing Jobs, and Leaving. 10.
Managing Business Events. Using the HR Information
ASAP WORLD CONSULTANCY System. Setting Up the Control Mechanisms in HR.
Administering SAP R/3: Developing HR Strategy for IT Division. Seeing HR from a
Consultants Viewpoint. Appendix AGlossary of HR
The FI-Financial Accounting and Terms and Concepts. Index.
CO-Controlling Modules Latest Print 2011 / 412 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ASAP WORLD CONSULTANCY. ISBN-978-81-203-1551-8 / ` 295.00
This book helps
Structure the accounting department and processes to ASAP WORLD CONSULTANCY
utilize the FI & CO modules. Administering SAP R/3:
Use business planning managers for coordinating
financial data with the corporate headquarters. The Production and Planning Module
Identify areas of interaction between business ASAP WORLD CONSULTANCY.
processes. This book is a fast and concise guide for administrators
See how the FI & CO modules make business process implementing the SAP R/3 Production and Planning
interactions more profitable. Module. It provides
Contents: Reviewing the Processes of Accounting in SAP A comprehensive panorama of SAP R/3 Production and
R/3. I. Preparing the Public AccountsUnderstanding the Planning, plus the details that are needed.
General Ledger. Using Subledger Accounts. Accounting for
Assets. Consolidating Company Accounts. II. Planning and Tips and real-world examples on how to use the
ControllingControlling by Cost Management. Costing on Production and Planning Module.
the Basis of Activities. Controlling by the PS-Project Contents: I. Exploring R3 PPUsing PP Within an R/3
System. Analyzing Profitability. III. Funding, Investment, Environment. Introducing the Concepts and Components
and DevelopmentManaging the Treasury. Managing of PP. II. Preparing the SystemSetting Up Bills of
Investments. Developments in Financial Management. Material. Setting Up Work Centers. Routing the Steps of
FICO Education and Training. IV. AppendixesA: SAP the Production Processes. Assigning Production Resources
Glossary of Terms and Concepts. B: A Consultants and Tools. III. Controlling the Production Facilities
Perspective. Index. Scheduling Routings. Planning and Controlling Shop Floor
Latest Print 2011 / 492 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Production Orders. Administering a Production Line.
ISBN-978-81-203-1525-9 / ` 295.00 Implementing PP in Repetitive Manufacturing. Assembly
Processing in Make-to-Order Production. Managing
Materials. IV. Planning and IntegratingMaster Planning.
Managing Resources in the Process Industries. Managing
ASAP WORLD CONSULTANCY Master Recipes. Optimizing the Continuous Production
Administering SAP R/3: Processes. Continuous Manufacturing with Process
Orders. Controlling Self-Regulating Production by
The HR-Human Resources Module KANBANs. Controlling Manufacture with Process
ASAP WORLD CONSULTANCY. Instructions. Relating Production to the Environment.
AppendixGlossary. Index.
This book is a fast and concise guide for administrators
implementing the SAP R/3 Human Resources Module. Latest Print 2011 / 560 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
It helps ISBN-978-81-203-1666-9 / ` 350.00
Structure the Human Resources department to manage
personnel time and administer benefits and salary.
Plan for personnel development as well as practices for
joining, moving, or leaving the company.
84 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
ASAP WORLD CONSULTANCY & BLAIN and employee focus portals (intranet). Moreover, topics
related to new emerging technologies (i.e., open source
Administering SAP R/3: ERP and cloud ERP) and knowledge management are also
The SD-Sales and Distribution Module covered in this part.
ASAP WORLD CONSULTANCY and BLAIN. Following a simple and engaging style, this book is
primarily designed for the undergraduate students of
With this fast and concise book, the readers can
computer science and engineering, information
Implement the SAP R/3 Sales and Distribution module. technology and also for the postgraduate students of
Structure the Sales and Distribution departments and management and computer application.
processes to utilize the SD module. Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Introducing ERP
Identify areas of interaction between businesses and and E2RP. Business Processes. Supporting Processes.
processes. ERP: Functional and Technical Architecture. ERP
Receive tips and real-world examples on how to track Implementation. ERP Processes. Case Studies. Extended
and manage sales and distribution via the SD module. ERP (EERP or E2RP). Customer Relationship Management
(CRM). Supply Chain Management (SCM). Business
Contents: Introducing the SAP R/3 Sales and Distribution Intelligence (BI). Intranet and Knowledge Management.
Application. I. The Sales and Distribution Marketplace ERP: Cloud and Open Source. Appendix: Career in ERP.
Understanding the Sales Order. Processing Sales Orders Suggested Readings. Glossary. Index.
Efficiently. Pricing Products and Services to Improve
Sales. II. Satisfying the CustomerBilling. Arranging Latest Print 2013 / 416 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Shipping and Transportation. Trading Worldwide. ISBN-978-81-203-4804-2 / ` 450.00 / (e-book also available)
Managing the SD Communications. III. Getting Results
with the New TechnologiesUsing Modern Sales
Systems. Using Internet Applications. 10. Operating GARG & VENKITAKRISHNAN
WebRFC Gateway Interface. Programming the Internet
Transaction Server. Interpreting SD Organizational Enterprise Resource Planning: Concepts
Structures. Glossary of SD Terms and Concepts. Index. and Practice, 2nd ed.
Latest Print 2011 / 428 pp. / 17.8 x 23.5 cm VINOD KUMAR GARG is Professor of Information
ISBN-978-81-203-1511-2 / ` 295.00 Management at S.P. Jain Institute of Management and
Research, Mumbai.
DESAI & SRIVASTAVA N.K. VENKITAKRISHNAN is General Manager, Sales, for a
leading software organization based in Mumbai.
ERP to E2RP: A Case Study Approach Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP), one of the fastest
SANDEEP DESAI, Executive Vice President (Information growing segments in Information Technology today,
Technology), AFCONS Infrastructure Limited, Mumbai. enables organizations to respond quickly to the ever
ABHISHEK SRIVASTAVA, software engineering, is a increasing customer needs and to capitalize on market
partner at TECHCANVASS, a company developing new opportunities.
age software applications for healthcare industry. He is This revised edition continues to throw light on the
an IT professional with diverse experience in banking, significance of Business Engineering and its link with
insurance, power and government sectors. Information Technology. Besides, it discusses the role of
ERP to E2RP: A Case Study Approach is a comprehensive consultants, vendors and users, the process of
and well-organized book that covers the wide aspects of customization, as well as the methodology and guidelines
ERP and E2RP. for ERP implementation.
The text highlights the details of operational and Intended for the discerning chief executives, functional
supporting processes related to industry verticals, managers, MIS managers and students of management
namely, manufacturing, healthcare and construction. It courses, the book should also serve as a complete
presents general implementation methodologies as well reference for understanding the concepts of ERP and
as specific methodologies prescribed by Oracle and SAP enable organizations to implement ERP solutions.
for the implementation of their products. The book Highlights of the Second Edition
contains few sample business processes that are mapped
with the help of ERP product screens. Focusses on Indian ERP packages, with a new section
on Example of an Indian ERP Package.
Part I of the book focusses on ERP including the
Provides Answers at the end of the book to most of
concepts, evolution, various business processes in
different verticals and implementation methodologies. the problems given at the end of each chapter for the
benefit of both the students and the teachers.
Part II of the book explicates the concept of E2RP. Apart
from that, this part describes its need, major functionality KEY FEATURES
of its modules, namely, supply chain management, Discusses ERP, its scope, benefits and its evolution in
customer relationship management, business intelligence an easy-to-read style.
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 85
Helps understand the business processes that underlie it is necessary to have a good knowledge of all such
a business management information system, and how applications. This book describes all possible IT
ERP fits into the business model. applications in business today to enable the readers to
Shows how a company can win orders in a competitive understand the scope and benefits of individual
environment, using ERP as a tool. applications and their relevance to business.
Presents the key features of some of the leading ERP The book discusses all business processes and modern
packages marketed, and a few case studies on some management functions and shows how IT solutions get
major companies which have successfully implemented mapped onto them. It explains the potential of IT and
ERP solution. how technology leverages the business and makes it
Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. more competitive. The book also emphasizes that the
Acknowledgements. Prologue. ERPA Curtain Raiser. success of IT applications depends on people, top
Business Engineering and ERP. Business Modelling for management, functional managers, operational users and
ERP. ERP Implementation. ERP and the Competitive software engineers. Besides, it discusses the attributes of
Advantage. The ERP Domain. Marketing of ERP. Case ideal IT applications in business and how to achieve
Studies. Appendix. Further Reading. Answers to Selected them, and system control to be incorporated in IT
Problems. Index. applications in ensuring their integrity, reliability,
accuracy and security. The book explains best IT practices
Latest Print 2012 / 200 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
in business with real examples, case studies, tables and
ISBN-978-81-203-2254-7 / ` 175.00 / (e-book also available)
diagrams.
The book is meant for the postgraduate students of
SNYDER & STEGER management. Besides, professionals working in the field
Working with Microsoft Dynamics will also find the book immensely useful.
CRM 4.0, 2nd ed. Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Information
Technology (IT): Leveraging Modern Business and
MIKE SNYDER and JIM S. TEGER. Management. Decision Making in Business (Data,
A practical introduction to Microsoft Dynamics CRM, this Information, Knowledge and Wisdom). Constituents of IT
book provides case studies, integration and performance Applications in Business. Information Technology: Tactical
guidelines, and toolsetsthe information you need to Applications in Business. Information Technology:
help create successful CRM solutions. The book also Strategic IT Applications in Business. Information
explains how to maintain Microsoft Dynamics CRM 4.0, Technology Applications in Management Functions.
making it of interest to IT professionals who support Practical Approach for Managers in Identifying Right IT
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 4.0 users. Applications. Design and Implementation of Integrated
Business Application Software Package (IBASP) for
Contents: Foreword. Acknowledgments. Introduction. Part
Business: Software Development Life Cycle Activities
I: Overview and SetupMicrosoft Dynamics CRM 4.0
SDLC (Waterfall Method). IT Applications Integrity, Audit
Overview. Setup and Common Tasks. Managing Security
and Control and Attributes of Ideal IT Applications in
and Information Access. Part II: CustomizationEntity
Business. Security of IT Resources Including Business Data
Customization: Concepts and Attributes. Entity
and Information. Computers: Structure, Networks and
Customization: Forms and Views. Entity Customization:
Architectures. Computer Software, Case Tools and Good
Relationships, Custom Entities, and Site Map. Reporting
Programming Practices. Data and Database Management
and Analysis. Workflow. Part III: Extending Microsoft
Systems. System Theory and Information Systems.
Dynamics CRMMicrosoft Dynamics CRM 4.0 SDK. Form
Information Technology Services Division (ITSD):
Scripting and Extensions. Index.
Functions and Responsibilities. IT Applications in Select
Latest Print 2008 / 640 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Service Industries (Banks, Hospitals and Hotels) and E-
ISBN-978-81-203-3500-4 / ` 495.00 governance. Information Technology: Genuine Concerns
for Humanity. Index.
Fundamentals of Computers/ Latest Print 2012 / 360 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-4583-6 / ` 325.00 / (e-book also available)
Information Technology
ADIKESAVAN BANSAL
Information Technology: Best Practices Computing for Management
VEENA BANSAL, Assistant Professor in the Department of
and Applications in Business Industrial and Management Engineering, Indian Institute
T.A. ADIKESAVAN is a Management Consultant and a of Technology Kanpur.
Visiting Faculty, University of Madras, Chennai.
This concise yet accessible introduction to database
Today, Information Technology (IT) offers hundreds of technology is written for use in Database Management
solutions/applications for any type of business. Therefore, System courses, particularly for students of management.
86 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
In simple, straightforward terms the book provides future of computing. Hence a new chapter on this topic
reader-friendly explanations of the basic concepts has been included in this edition.
which underpin the technology of Relational Database KEY FEATURES
Management Systems (RDBMS). A running example
illustrates the core concepts involvedfrom analysis Fully updated retaining the style and all contents of
to implementationin the design of a simple RDBMS the fourth edition.
project. The book also features adequate treatment of Extensive discussion of analog and digital
the database language SQL. communication.
In depth discussion of both wired and wireless
Students are also introduced to the fundamentals and computer networks.
use of the object-oriented methods of the Java Advanced topics such as multiprogramming, virtual
programming language to write simple, web-enabled memory, DMA, RISC, DSP, RFID, Smart Cards, open GL
database applications. A number of programming and multimedia compression (MP3, MPEG) are
examples are included to teach database access through described from first principles.
the JDBC classes and Oracle server. A new chapter on Emerging Computing Environments,
The book concludes with basic material on how to con- namely, cloud, grid and utility computing has been
figure computers and networks for database interactions. added for the first time in an entry level book.
Each chapter begins with learning goals and ends with
Contents: Preface. UNIT I: Relational Database a summary to aid self-study.
Management SystemsRelational Database Management Includes an updated glossary of over 340 technical
Systems. Entity Relationship Model. Relational Model. terms used in the book.
Relational Database Design Using ER-to-Relational
Mapping. The SQL. UNIT II: JavaJava. Control This book is an ideal text for undergraduate and
Structures. Methods. Arrays, Characters, Strings and postgraduate students of Computer Science and
String Buffers. Data Structures. Input/Output. UNIT III: Applications (BCA and MCA), undergraduate students of
Connecting to the Database Using JDBCDatabase engineering where computer fundamentals is a core
Revisited. UNIT IV: Introduction to ComputersComputer course and for students of management who should all
know the basics of computer hardware and software. It is
Organization. Networks. Bibliography. Index.
ideally suited for working professionals who want to
Latest Print 2006 / 324 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm update their knowledge of fundamentals of computers.
ISBN-81-203-2673-3 / ` 250.00 / (e-book also available)
Contents: Preface. Computer Basics. Data Representation.
Input-output Units. Computer Memory. Processor. Binary
Arithmetic. Logic Circuits. Computer Architecture.
RAJARAMAN Languages. Operating Systems. Programming Micro-
Fundamentals of Computers, 5th ed. computers. Computer Generations and Classification.
Analog and Digital Communications. Computer Networks.
V. RAJARAMAN, Honorary Professor in the Supercomputer Computer Graphics. Multimedia Data Acquisition and
Education and Research Centre, Indian Institute of Processing. Emerging Computing Environments.
Science, Bangalore. References. Glossary. Index.
The fifth edition of highly acclaimed Fundamentals of Latest Print 2013 / 452 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Computers lucidly presents how a computer system ISBN-978-81-203-4011-4 / ` 250.00 / (e-book also available)
functions, besides teaching basics of programming. Both
hardware and software aspects of computers are
covered. The book begins with how numeric and RAJARAMAN
character data are represented in a computer, how
various input and output units function, how different Introduction to Information Technology,
types of memory units are organized and how data is
processed by the processor. The interconnection and
2nd ed.
communication between the I/O units memory and V. RAJARAMAN, Honorary Professor in the Super-
processor is explained clearly and concisely. Software computer Education and Research Centre, Indian Institute
concepts such as programming languages, operating of Science, Bangalore.
systems and communication protocols are discussed. This textbook is designed for a first course in Information
With growing use of wireless to access computer Technology (IT), offered as core course for all
networks both cellular wireless communication and WiFi undergraduate university students. It will also benefit
(Wireless high fidelity) and WiMAX have become students preparing for DOEACC (O level), polytechnic
important. Thus it has now become part of fundamental students, and professional courses such as CA. As IT is a
knowledge and has been included. Besides this, use of rapidly advancing technology, the main objective of this
computers in multimedia processing has become
book is to emphasize reasonably stable fundamental
common place and hence is discussed. With the increase
in speed of networks and consequently the Internet new concepts on which this technology is built.
computing environments such as peer to peer, grid, cloud The book is broadly organized into three parts. The first
and utility computing have emerged and will change the part describes the hardware devices used for acquisition
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 87
of numerical, graphical, audio and video data and their implementation topics in todays business world. Its
representation in binary form. The second part describes implementation needs a practical discussion using
the methods of storing, processing and disseminating examples from real world. The examples, the case study
data. The final part describes both the systems and and discussions in the book follow an international
application software. Applications include word approach rather than discussing only a single country
processors, spreadsheets, multimedia processing, some HRIS implementations. A real-life case study that flows
uses of the Internet, business processes and e-commerce. through various chapters of the book brings out
The concluding chapter presents a discussion of social challenges in the implementation of HR specific projects.
networks, social impacts of Information Technology and In todays global economy, HR is changing fast and dives
career opportunities in the field of IT. into areas such as strategy outsourcing, mergers and
KEY FEATURES acquisitions (M&A). This book covers all these areas and
Provides comprehensive coverage of IT from first other topics that are relevant to todays HR world,
principles providing more value to the readers. It provides
Describes a large number of important applications illustrations to assist readers in visualizing the topics
of IT discussed and in developing a sound understanding of the
Explains acquisition, storage, organization, processing, integration and data aspects of HRIS systems.
display, and dissemination of multimedia data This book will be useful as a text for a course in HRIS
Covers business data processing, the Internet and wherever prescribed for the MBA (HR) and MBA (IT)
World Wide Web, e-commerce, social impacts of IT students. The book encourages self-directed study and
and job opportunities in IT enabled services thought process, based on references provided at the end
Every chapter begins with a statement of learning goals of each chapter, and hence will also be useful to
and ends with a comprehensive summary. consultants, HR professionals, and IT professionals
Contents: Preface. Data and Information. Acquisition of working with HR departments.
Numbers and Textual Data. Acquiring Graphical Data. THE AUTHOR
Acquiring Audio Data. Acquisition of Video. Data Storage.
Central Processing Unit. Computer Networks. Output Contents: Preface. Introduction and Concepts. Strategy
Devices. Computer Software. Data Organization. and Planning. Applications and Modules. Implementation.
Processing Numerical Data. Processing and Displaying HR Data and Security. Outsourcing and HR Shared
Textual Data. Processing Multimedia Data. Some Internet Services. HR Operations. Appendix: Glossary of Terms.
Applications. Business Information Systems. Electronic Index.
Commerce. Societal Impacts of Information Technology. Latest Print 2012 / 260 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
References. Index. ISBN-978-81-203-4529-4 / ` 275.00 / (e-book also available)
Latest Print 2013 / 384 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-4731-1 / ` 295.00 / (e-book also available)
Information Security
Human Resource HARISH CHANDER
Information System Cyber Laws and IT Protection
HARISH CHANDER, formerly Professor-in-Charge, Law
BADGI Centre II, Faculty of Law, University of Delhi.
Practical Guide to Human Resource India has emerged as a hub of the IT industry due to the
Information Systems phenomenal growth of the IT sector. However, this huge
growth rate has brought with it the inevitable legal
SATISH M. BADGI, currently works for a global complications due to a switch over from paper-based
Management and IT consulting company where he commercial transactions to e-commerce and e-
continues to play a global role in HRIT domain. transactions. This book discusses the legal position of
Practical Guide to Human Resource Information Systems Information Technology (IT), e-commerce and business
(HRIS) is a comprehensive presentation on global HRIS transaction on the cyberspace/Internet under the
implementations and the associated challenges faced in Information Technology (IT) Act in India.
such global projects. It begins with the basic HR and IT Divided into five parts, Part I of the text deals with the
concepts and guides the readers through the complete role of the Internet, e-commerce and e-governance in the
life cycle of HRIS applications, spanning from planning to free market economy. Part II elaborates on various laws
execution. Both HR and IT play an equal role in the relating to electronic records and intellectual property
development of HRIS applications. This book will help rights with special reference to India. Efforts are being
students from both HR and IT streams in assimilating the made internationally to rein in cyber crimes by
intricacies of implementation of HRIS projects. introducing stringent laws, Part III deals with various rules
HR is one of the most popular ERP product and regulations which have been introduced to get rid of
88 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
The book comprehensively explains how ITSE (IT Services to measure returns on IT investment. It also covers
Enterprises) strategies are analyzed and formulated with recent developments in IT management such as ITIL
the help of three-dimensional cubecustomer-centricity, (Information Technology Infrastructure Library), IT service
niche vs. end-to-end offering and disruptive innovation management, MOF (Microsoft Operations Framework),
vs. gradual innovation. The book further teaches that a COBIT, and standards such as ISO 20000 and B527001,
good marketing must start with an integrative vision of which are currently being practised by the industry but
the ITS Enterprise, and reveals how a customer plays a need more dissemination in the academic arena.
dominant role in co-creating IT Services. It also details on This well-structured and clearly written book is designed
the various stages of sales cycle called Sales funnel, and for the students of MBA, MCA, BE (IT) and other graduate
how the sales team manages the sales opportunitys courses. In addition, IT Professionals who need to update
progress. their knowledge continuously for their professional
The concluding chapters discuss the aspects needed for growth will also find the book quite handy.
the survival and growth of the ITSE firms; the factors that The book has received wide patronage as textbook and
propel growthDemand, Quality of the business reference book by several leading MBA schools and
environment and Supply response of an enterprise. It also technical universities for courses such as Information
shows how the future of the IT Services depend on the Management, MIS, IT/ITES Management, ITSM, and
combination ofBusiness environment, Information and Computers in Management or IT for the Management of
Communication Technology (ICT) trends, IT Services Enterprise.
business model trends and IT governance trends.
What is New to This Edition
The book is well-supported with the diagrams and
illustrations to explain the concepts clearly. The Review Contains an entirely a new chapter on Computer
Questions are also incorporated to analyze the students Ethics, Intellectual Property Rights and Cybercrime
learning skills. Incorporates two new cases on Indian Telecom IT:
The book is intended for the postgraduate students of Dream IT, and MG Retail: A Case of Missing e in
business administration, MCA and MSc (IT). Besides, the Retail
book will also be beneficial for the IT Services executives Provides multiple choice questions, with answers, for a
and managers. better grasp of the concepts discussed
Contents: Preface. IT Services Industry Landscape. IT Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition.
Services Portfolio. IT Services Business Processes, Models Acknowledgements. Business Strategy: Challenges and
and Functions. Strategic Foundation for IT Services Opportunities for IT. Business and IT Alignment. Strategic
Business. Marketing of IT Services.Business Development IT Planning. Enterprise IT Architecture. IT Application
of IT Services. IT Services Selling. Delivery Management of Strategy. Technology Management Strategy for IT.
IT Services. IT Services Quality Assurance. IT Services Strategy for IT Program Management and PMO. IT
Enterprise: Measurement and Driving performance. Service Management Strategy. IT Sourcing Strategy.
Creating a Wining IT Services Team. Managing Know- Planning and Measuring Returns on IT Investment.
ledge, Innovation and Creating a Learning Organization. Strategies for Managing IT-LED Change. Computer Ethics,
Managing IT Services Enterprise Growth. Future Trends in IPR and Cybercrime Prevention. Appendix A: GAP
IT Services. Index. Assessment of ITSM Principles vs Practice: A Study of
Indian Corporations. Appendix B: Multiple Choice
Latest Print 2012 / 220 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Questions with Answers. Bibliography. Index.
ISBN-978-81-203-4531-7 / ` 250.00 / (e-book also available)
Latest Print 2011 / 280 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-4221-7 / ` 250.00 / (e-book also available)
DUBEY
IT Strategy and Management, 2nd ed. KELKAR
SANJIVA SHANKAR DUBEY is an expert on IT strategy and
Innovation. He has spent over 25 years in IT while
Strategic IT Management:
working with IBM and Tata Steel. A Concise Study
This textbook, now in its second edition, continues to S.A. KELKAR, Adjunct Professor at Indian Institute of
provide a thorough understanding of the concepts and Technology Bombay, serving both in the Department of
applications of IT strategy and management. The book Computer Science and Engineering and Shailesh J. Mehta
gives an in-depth study of the information technology as School of Management.
a strategic resource, the need for a strategic approach for This book allows students to learn the essentials of
its management, and the necessity of its alignment with theory and practice of Strategic Information Technology
business strategy. It explains how to prepare an effective (IT) Management through serialization of key points. The
plan for the implementation of information strategy. book is structured into three units and ten appendices.
The book also describes how to evaluate the impact of Unit I on Strategic Role of IT explains the need for IT
IT on organizations and their workforce, and how management and discusses its role in business and
90 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
decision making. Besides, different types of IT and With the above consideration in the background, this
business models are explained. Unit II on Planning for IT volume in the Advances in Management Information
Support discusses the various IT management processes, Systems series covers the managerial landscape of
IT service management, management of information information security. It deals with how organizations and
resources, strategic planning for IT and IT investments. nations organize their information security policies and
Unit III on Ensuring IT Support focuses on implementation efforts. It also covers how to strategize and implement
of security aspects, organization structure of IT and security with a special focus on emerging technologies. It
management of information systems. In addition, the highlights the wealth of security technologies, and also
appendices complement the three units with a view to indicates that the problem is not a lack of technology but
equipping the readers with the basics of information rather its intelligent application.
technology, information systems, strategy and planning, Contents: Part I: The Terrain of Information Security
engineering economy, risk management, and Flaming the Information Security Process in Modern
configuration management. Society. Part II: Security Processes for Organizational
The book is well suited for the students of BE/BTech/ME/ Information Systems. Information Systems Security
MTech (Computer Science), BSc/MSc (Computer Science), Strategy: A Process View. IT Governance and
BSc/MSc (IT), BCA/MCA, and BBA/MBA. It is an ideal text Organizational Design for Security Management.
for professionals who are interested to grasp the core Information System Risk Assessment and Documentation.
concepts of Information Technology Management Strategic Information Security Risk Management. Security
without attending a formal instructional course. Besides, Policy: From Design to Maintenance. Business Continuity
it will be suitable for conducting short-term training Planning and the Protection of Informational Assets. Part
programmes for managers. III. Processes for Securing the Extra-Organizational
Contents: Preface. Abbreviations. Unit I: STRATEGIC ROLE SettingInformation Security Policy in the U.S. National
OF ITWhy Strategic IT Management? Role of IT/IS in Context. The Internaitonal Landscape of Cyber Security.
Business. IT and New Business Models. Role of IT/IS Part IV: Forces and Research Leading to Future
in Decision Support. IT and Organization Structure. IT Information Security ProcessesEmerging Ubiquitous
and Information Assurance. Unit II: PLANNING FOR IT Computing Technologies and Security Management
SUPPORTIT Management Processes. Heart of Service Strategy. Promising Future Research in InfoSec.
Management. Ongoing Service Improvement. Information Latest Print 2011 / 300 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Resources Management. Planning for IT/IS. Capacity ISBN-978-81-203-3745-9 / ` 350.00
Planning. IT Investments. Unit III: ENSURING IT
SUPPORTImplementing IT/IS. Information Integrity. IT IT Project Management
Organization Structure. IT/IS Roles. IT/IS People Issues.
AppendicesA. Information Technology Basics.
B. Information Systems Basics. C. Strategy Basics. KELKAR
D. Planning Basics. E. Software Project Management Information Technology Project
Framework. F. Engineering Economy. G. Procurement
Basics. H. Risk Management. I. Configuration Management: A Concise Study, 3rd ed.
Management. J. Metrics and Measurements. Suggested S.A. KELKAR is an Adjunct Professor in the Department of
Reading. Computer Science and Engineering, and the Shailesh J.
Latest Print 2010 / 976 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Mehta School of Management, at the Indian Institute of
Technology Bombay, Mumbai.
ISBN-978-81-203-3951-4 / ` 595.00 / (e-book also available)
This book, in its third edition, is aimed at emphasizing the
fundamental concepts associated with IT Project
Management from a balanced perspective of theory and
STRAUB, GOODMAN & BASKERVILLE (Eds.) practice. By presenting the information in an abstracted
Information Security: Policy, Processes form, this text guides the students through all phases of
project life cycle, i.e. initiation, planning, execution,
and Practices monitoring and control, and closure.
DETMAR W. STRAUB, SEYMOUR GOODMAN AND Besides such general management activities, this book
RICHARD L. BASKERVILLE (Eds.). comprehensively deals with all critical dimensions of
project such as scope, time, cost, quality, human
With the increased use of information system resources, communication, risk, procurement, and
infrastructures and the Internet by people our societies integrations in order to enhance the readers
are being subject to a great variety of information-related understanding of technical competencies required in
risks. Also in many rapidly developing parts of the world project management.
life is becoming dependent on multiple, complex and
interrelated information technologies. Therefore, we NEW TO THIS EDITION
need to design organizational processes and build Incorporates all the changes brought about in PMBOK
information systems encapsulating and securing these 2008 (Fourth Edition) and ISO9000:2008
technologies in a trustworthy manner. Though the basic structure of this book remains the
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 91
same, several chapters have been modified and Emotional Intelligence in Project Management are
reorganized according to the latest trends included.
This book is well-suited for an academic course (one Chapter 1 has been reorganized to make it more
semester) on IT project management or for conducting comprehensive.
an equivalent training programme for IT professionals. IT Chapter 2 has been split into three chapters
project managers, who are aspiring to get appropriate (Chapters 2, 3 and 4). Each chapter deals with project
certification course based on PMBOK 2008 (Fourth management basics, planning, and control,
Edition) from PMI, USA, will be greatly benefited by emphasizing stakeholder management, quality
reading this book. Besides, this book will be equally management, and earned management.
useful for the software professionals who wish to grasp Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition.
the essentials without attending a formal instructional Abbreviations. Technical Development of Software.
course on the subject. Software Project Management Basics. Project Initiation,
Contents: Preface. Abbreviations. Project Management and Planning. Project Execution, Control, Closing and
Backdrop. Quality and Quality Management Systems. Beyond. Software Project Estimation. Software Quality
Project Management Processes and PMIS. Pre-project Management. Software Configuration Management.
Scenario. Project Initiation. Project Planning. Project Software Team Management. Role of User in Software
Execution, Monitoring and Control. Project Closing and Projects. AppendicesA: Metrics and Measurements. B:
Beyond. Project Management Summary by Knowledge Nutshell: Managing Complex Projects. C: Overview of IT
Areas. AppendicesA: IT Around Us. B: Capacity Service Management. D: Emotional Intelligence in Project
Planning. C: Software Development Orientation. Management. Further Readings.
D: Estimation Techniques. E: Quality Control. F: Metrics
and Measurements. G: Configuration Management. Latest Print 2013 / 372 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
H: Human Resources Management. I: Project Structure ISBN-978-81-203-4702-1 / ` 275.00 / (e-book also available)
and Roles. Suggested Reading.
Latest Print 2012 / 864 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-4273-6 / ` 525.00 / (e-book also available)
ROSEN
Effective IT Project Management:
KELKAR Using Teams to Get Projects Completed
Software Project Management: on Time and Under Budget
A Concise Study, 3rd ed. ANITA ROSEN has more than 20 years experience in IT
project management with companies such as alta Vista,
S.A. KELKAR, Former Adjunct Professor in the Department Oracle, Netscape, Novell, AT&T and IBM.
of Computer Science and Engineering, Shailesh J. Mehta
School of Management, Indian Institute of Technology An ideal guide for all project managers this book
Bombay. elaborates every step of the project life cycle:
This well-established and highly appreciated book, now in Phase OneProject Concept
its Third Edition, continues to build on the strength of the Phase TwoProject Design
previous two editions. Phase ThreeProject Development
While retaining many of the existing topics, Professor S.A. Phase FourQuality Assurance
Kelkar, with his wealth of experience and expertise, gives Phase FiveBeta
an uptodate analysis of the subject, incorporating several Phase SixRelease
new topics. The book is suffused with illustrations to Phase SevenGeneral Availability
reinforce the concepts discussed. As software project Phase EightEnd of Life
management is a core course in Computer Science and It also provides indispensable tips on
Engineering and Information Technology, and is a i. How to organize the project
preferred choice of many management students, this ii. Establish scope
book should be treasured by the readers, both for its iii. Calculate expected and hidden costs and risks
utility and novelty of treatment. iv. Design the work breakdown structure
Intended as a text for undergraduate and postgraduate v. Manage the implementation team
students of Computer Science and Engineering and vi. Evaluate different possible solutions
Information Technology, this concise and compact book vii. Create a working Project Requirements Document
would be extremely useful also to the postgraduate (PRD), Design Document and other important,
students of Computer Applications and postgraduate measurable forms
students of Management specializing in IT. Achieve IT project success with this complete blueprint
NEW TO THIS EDITION that is packed with proven strategies to help you.
Three Appendices on Nutshell: Managing Complex Contents: List of Figures. Preface. Introduction. Phase 1:
Projects; Overview of IT Service Management; and Project Concept. Phase 2: Project Design. Phase 3: Project
92 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
BENTON & GIOVAGNOLI A must read for anyone interested in institutional growth
and survival.
Wisdom Network, The: An 8-Step JEAN K. FITZSIMON, Senior VP and General Counsel,
Process for Identifying, Sharing, and Whitehall Jewellers, Inc.
Leveraging Individual Expertise As described in this book, effective wisdom networks can
STEVE BENTON is an executive director of information encourage talented specialists to interact broadly across
technology and an officer of UBS, one of the worlds functional boundaries to solve difficult problems, without
largest financial services firms. special technology or high startup costs. The authors
MELISSA GIOVAGNOLI is founder and president of offer a way to move novel wisdom networks into
Networlding, a consulting firm whose clients have mainstream management thinking, with a concise, step-
included American Express and Motorola. wise approach that anticipates pitfalls and provides
motivational hints. Directed at top executives, and
The Wisdom Network helps us to discover and realize written in a simple, accessible style, the book can be
the power of the knowledge that exits within the used throughout the organization to guide and inform
organization. It shows how to maximize the value of the network participants and leaders.
employee wisdom and motivate the companys hidden
experts to come out of the woodwork and collaborate MARK EGGLESTON, Director,
with each other. It is a unique and powerful system that Phillip Townsend Associates Inc.
can transform the entire organization. Contents: Acknowledgements. Introduction: What Are
With the help of this book we can learn how to Wisdom Networks? Experts-in-Hiding: The Nature of
Knowledge in Companies. The Obstacle Course: Clear the
Identify the people who share their expertise Inevitable Hurdles. Step 1: Set the SceneEstablish a
consistently and effectively. Network-Friendly Environment. Step 2: MagnetsCreate
Create an environment conducive to wisdom sharing. Topics to Attract the Experts. Step 3: Support Systems
Encourage boundary crossing and role breaking in Nurture Communities That Emerge Around Magnet
pursuit of topics of interest. Topics. Step 4: Boundary Crossing and Role Breaking
Use magnet topics to attract the experts, and then Ensure Diverse Perspectives. Step 5: Hide-and-Seek
support ad hoc groups, teams, and communities that Identify the Experts. Step 6: Create Organizational Stars
emerge around them. Acknowledge Wisdom. Step 7: Ideas Are Not Enough
Provide Implementation Options. Step 8: Performance
Create unconventional measures to evaluate
EvaluationCreate Unconventional Measures. Growing
and reward performance and track the networks
Pains: The Care, Feeding and Evolution of Wisdom
impact.
Networks. Index. About the Authors.
The value that a world-class network of experts brings to Latest Print 2011 / 240 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm
a company, be it a fledgling entrepreneurship or large ISBN-978-81-203-4319-1 / ` 325.00
global organization, may mean the difference between
failure and sustainable prosperity. This book introduces
the concept of using Wisdom Networks as a DALKIR
differentiating asset. The authors clearly describe how to Knowledge Management in Theory and
identify, build, and use Wisdom Networks to fill
competency gaps, to provide insight, flexibility, and
Practice, 2nd ed.
adaptability to change, and ultimately to compete KIMIZ DALKIR, Associate Professor at McGill Universitys
successfully in a rapidly evolving world economy. Graduate School of Information and Library Studies.
E. SCOTT RUSSELL, Managing Director, This textbook and professional reference offers a
Diamondhead Ventures comprehensive overview of the field of Knowledge
Management (KM), providing both a substantive
Whether by design or intuition, the authors of The theoretical grounding and a pragmatic approach to
Wisdom Network have incorporated cutting-edge theories applying key concepts. Drawing on ideas, tools, and
of psychology into their book. They have captured and techniques from such disciplines as sociology, cognitive
integrated the way human beings work naturally in science, organizational behavior, and information science,
groups into a model that will enhance and develop the text describes KM theory and practice at the
creativity, increase employee loyalty, decrease turnover, individual, community, and organizational levels. It offers
and ensure that corporations who use these concepts will illuminating case studies and vignettes from companies
become leaders in their fields. including IBM, Xerox, British Telecommunications, JP
JENNIFER A. SCANLON, M.Ed., LCPC, Psychotherapist Morgan Chase, and Nokia.
This book is outstanding! Provides a step-by-step guide to This second edition has been updated and revised
one of the most crucial challenges and opportunities throughout. New material has been added on the
businesses haveovercoming institutional inertia and information and library science perspectives, taxonomies
silos to harness and focus the knowledge of their people. and knowledge classification, the media richness of the
96 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
knowledge-sharing channel, e-learning, social networking The concluding chapters highlight two important aspects
in KM contexts, strategy tools, results-based outcome of knowledge management, certainty management and
assessments, knowledge continuity and organizational uncertainty control. The chapters discuss how an
learning models, KM job descriptions, copyleft and organization can flourish by predicting and controlling the
Creative Commons, and other topics. New case studies uncertainties and managing the obvious situations.
and vignettes have been added, and the references and The highlight of this book is the inclusion of well-
glossary have been updated and expanded. analyzed live cases. All the cases demonstrate how
Knowledge Management in Theory and Practice seemingly impossible tasks can be successfully handled
provides an extensive and highly valuable compendium with an efficient handling of knowledge management
and guide for KM practitioners and educators, and for principles and practices.
business managers as well. Since the first edition of this Primarily intended for the students of management, this
book, many organizations have adopted KM methods and book can also prove beneficial to the practising
gained experience with approaches that workand with managers.
those that dont. Dalkir shows convincingly why KM must
be multidisciplinary and how it strengthens strategic and KEY FEATURES
operational management when it builds bridges between Presents a global picture of knowledge management in
technology and the social, intangible features of practice in live shop-floors
organizations. This is an ideal graduate textbook. Incorporates around 550 classified audit probe
Karl M. Wiig, Chairman and CEO, Knowledge Research questions embracing various areas of knowledge
Institute, Inc. management
Contents: Foreword: Can Knowledge Management Illustrates the concepts, principles and practices of
Survive? Introduction to Knowledge Management. The knowledge management with well-labelled figures,
Knowledge Management Cycle. Knowledge Management tables and boxes
Models. Knowledge Capture and Codification. Knowledge Contents: Preface. Knowledge Management Systems.
Sharing and Communities of Practice. Knowledge Knowledge Profile. Knowledge Management and
Application. The Role of Organizational Culture. Corporate Social Responsibility. Designing Knowledge
Knowledge Management Tools. Knowledge Management Management Systems. Auditing Knowledge Management
Strategy. The Value of Knowledge Management. Systems. Managing Competitiveness. Managing Success.
Organizational Learning and Organizational Memory. The Managing Knowledge Force. Certainty Management.
KM Team. Future Challenges for KM. KM Resources. Uncertainty Control. Index.
Glossary. Index.
Latest Print 2011 / 740 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Latest Print 2012 / 504 pp. / 17.8 x 23.5 cm ISBN-978-81-203-4178-4 / ` 495.00 / (e-book also available)
ISBN-978-81-203-4608-6 / ` 495.00
The book provides a broad treatment of the core The authors demonstrate vividly through the use of
topics of MIS, namely databases, data communication, examples and case studies, how information signals
e-commerce, supply chain management, customer if unchecked, can make an organization vulnerable
relationship management, decision support systems, to a crisis. This is an invaluable guidebook for
knowledge management, and also the ethical and social academicians and practitioners alike. A must-read for
issues involved in information systems. It also discusses defence strategy planners.
the development methodologies of system analysis and CAPTAIN GANESH KUMAR VANAPALLI, Indian Navy, New Delhi
design which enable the actual information systems to be
built to meet the needs of an organization. Case studies Original and informative, it should be an essential
based on management of business information provide course reading within the diverse and complex
the students with insight into the actual processes field of managing information processing and dis-
involved. semination.
RAYMOND A. HACKNEY,
Contents: Preface. Introduction. Management Inform-
Manchester Metropolitan University, Business School
ation Systems (MIS). Hardware. Software. Database
Management. Business Data Communication. Application Contents: Figures. Preface. Acknowledgments.
of Information Systems. Organization and Information Introduction. Organizations of Information: Semantics,
System. System Analysis and Design. E-commerce. Supply Cybernetics, Entropy, and Signals. Information Forms and
Chain Management. Customer Relationship Management Dependence. Evolutionary Dimension of Information
(CRM). Decision Support Systems. Executive Information Processing: Semiotics. Spatial Dimension of Information
System. Knowledge Management. Information Systems: Processing: Coupling, Cohesion, and Chaos. Temporal
Ethical and Social Issues. Appendix I: Case StudiesHotel Dimension of Information Processing: Emergence.
is Hot. Software is Soft. Organization: Can You Organize? Information Processing, Complexity, and Crises. Barriers
Supply Chain ManagementA Pharmaceutical Company. to Optimal Information Processing. Setting up the
Close Down or Not to Close Down. Glossary. References. Organization for Optimal Information Processing. Recap
Index. and Real Time. The Future of Information Processing.
Latest Print 2013 / 216 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm Epilogue. Appendices. Notes. Index. About the Authors.
ISBN-978-81-203-4023-7 / ` 225.00 / (e-book also available) Latest Print 2009 / 264 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-2737-5 / ` 250.00
DeSOUZA & HENSGEN
Managing Information in Complex
JANAKIRAMAN & SARUKESI
Organizations: Semiotics and Signals,
Decision Support Systems
Complexity and Chaos V.S. JANAKIRAMAN, Professor of Computer Science, PSG
KEVIN C. DESOUZA and TOBIN HENSGEN. College of Arts & Science, Coimbatore.
From data to information and on to actionable K. SARUKESI, Professor of Computer Science, Bharathiyar
knowledgethe authors present in this seminal work an University, Coimbatore.
eminently scientific approach for an effective design for This compact and easy to read book describes in detail
processing information. the basic principles of Decision Support Systems (DSS).
Applications in information processing, of such concepts The book also gives a comprehensive account of the
as evolution, semiotics, entropy, complexity, emergence, various models used in decision making process,
crisis, and chaos theory are presented to show their the many facets of DSS and explains how they are
relevance to effective crisis management. The authors implemented. Further, it discusses the significance
show how to evaluate and share information to avoid a of business reengineering, the role of client-server
disaster rather than simply respond to it. In fact the book technology, Internet and Intranet, and analyzes the
highlights the question: Why do organizations continue to concepts of Database Management Systems (DBMS),
fail to process available information optimally to evade model management and various GUIs.
conditions related to impending crisis? Designed as a textbook for the undergraduate and
The book is useful as a text for courses in Information graduate students of computer science and manage-
Systems and Corporate Management. On the practical ment, this book would also be of great help to the
side, it is an ideal book for study and reference for those practising professional.
who deal in law enforcement, officers in defence
Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Concepts in
organizations, national infrastructure protection and
General Management. Information Systems. Decision
industrial security. In short, it is for all who seek better
Support Systems. Database Management Systems. Model
ways to gather, manage, and share information.
Base Management Systems. Dialogue Management
Provides practical guidelines for the information manager Subsystem. Hardware and Software Technologies for DSS.
dealing with situations where the mishandling of even Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems. Internet: The
small bits of information can have large consequences. Future of Computing. Electronic Data Interchange.
ROBERT J. HARDER, United States Army Research Laboratory Computer Networks. Appendix A: Oracle: A Case Study in
98 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Oracle. Appendix B: Interactive Financial Planning System. chapter on ERP as a Business Enabler. The text continues
Index. to provide a comprehensive coverage of business appli-
Latest Print 2009 / 236 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm cations of management information systems in todays
ISBN-978-81-203-1444-3 / ` 150.00 new era of knowledge-based economy where the value
of a firms knowledge assets has become a key source
JESSUP & VALACICH that can be leveraged into long-term benefits. The text
focuses on the information systems requirements vis--vis
Information Systems Today: Managing in management perspectives required in business environ-
the Digital World, 3rd ed. ment. The technology innovations are covered, with
particular emphasis on Data Management Systems,
LEONARD M. JESSUP & JOSEPH S. VALACICH. Decision Support and Expert Systems. On the other hand,
The Third Edition of this book extensively examines how several business applications such as e-commerce and
information systems are fueling globalizationmaking the mobile applications, made possible only because of
world smaller and more competitivein virtually every continuing innovations in the field of information and
industry and at an ever-increasing pace. communications technology (ICT) are thoroughly treated
New features include: in the text. Besides, the book covers crucial issues of
information security, and legal and ethical issues which
Industry Analysis: Examines how globalization and the are important both from the point of view of technology
proliferation of IT is changing how industries conduct and business.
business.
The book uses case discussions in each chapter to help
Technology Briefings: Five updated and expanded students understand MIS practices in organizations. The
technology briefings that cover the underpinning of core cases also enable students to grasp how a systemic
IS technology. approach to every functional aspect of management can
Key Enabler: Highlights new technology innovations that lead to formulating technology-based strategies in line
may create future opportunities for organizations. with corporate goals.
Change Agents: Profiles of key IT world leaders. Primarily intended for undergraduate and postgraduate
Updated examples and cases include: Amazon.com, students of management (BBA/MBA), the knowledge and
Apple Computer, Google, illegal file sharing, spam and information provided in this book will also be of immense
spyware, TiVo, MySpace, Flickr, PayPal, RIM, ChoicePoint, value to business managers and practitioners for
NetFlix, Wikipedia, ethical hacking, and countless others. improving decision-making processes and achieving
Contents: Preface. Managing in the Digital World. Fueling competitive advantage.
Globalization through Information Systems. Valuing Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. Inform-
Information Systems Investments. Managing the ation Systems in the Knowledge Economy. Information
Information Systems Infrastructure. Enabling Commerce Systems for Strategic Advantage. Database Design and
Using the Internet. Securing Information Systems. Process Modelling. Decision Support and Expert Systems.
Enhancing Business Intelligence Using Information Knowledge Management for Strategic Advantage.
Systems. Building Organizational Partnerships Using Computer Communication Systems. Information Systems
Enterprise Information Systems. Developing Information Supporting e-Commerce Models. Information Systems for
Systems. Managing Information Systems Ethics and Mobile Commerce. Knowledge Management Applications
Crime. Technology Briefing 1: Information Systems in Business Functions. Information System Security. Legal
Hardware. Technology Briefing 2: Information Systems and Ethical Issues. ERP as a Business Enabler. Index.
Software. Technology Briefing 3: Database Management. Latest Print 2014 / 560 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Technology Briefing 4: Networking. Technology Briefing 5: ISBN-978-81-203-4876-9 / ` 475.00
The Internet and the World Wide Web.
Latest Print 2012 / 624 pp. / 21.6 27.8 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-3895-1 / ` 475.00 KANTER
Managing with Information, 4th ed.
JOSEPH & MOHAPATRA JEROME KANTER, Executive Director, Centre for
Management Information Systems in the Information Management Studies, Babson College.
Knowledge Economy, 2nd ed. This book presents a comprehensive discussion designed
P.T. JOSEPH, S.J., Professor of Information Systems and to achieve effective management with computerized
Organizational Behaviour at the Xavier Institute of information. Written by a well-known author, the
Management Bhubaneswar (XIMB). Currently, he also material presented in the text is not technical in nature,
holds the position of the Director of XIM Bhubaneswar. but is designed to enable the reader to view technology
and information systems in their proper perspective.
SANJAY MOHAPATRA, Professor of Information Systems
at the Xavier Institute of Management Bhubaneswar KEY FEATURES
(XIMB). Presents business applications first with support
The textbook, now in its Second Edition, includes a new technology as secondary.
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 99
Emphasizes how information can support business Applications, and Overview of Hospitals, add on to the
processes to give competitive advantage. applicative knowledge on the subject.
Real world examples are presented in each Chapter in Intended for the students of Hospital Information
addition to short cases. Systems (HIS)/Hospital Administration or an equivalent
Covers topics such as planning for the effective use training programme, the book is well-suited for the
of information systems, telecommunications and healthcare practitioners (small or large organizations) to
distributed systems, managing IS development, streamline their workflow process. The book will also be
the impact of IS on management and the new equally beneficial for the instructors teaching Hospital
information technologies. Administration in various healthcare and management
Contents: Case Studies. Managing with Information. institutes.
Information SystemsEstablishing the Framework. Contents: Preface. Abbreviations. Rudimentary Hospital
Planning for the Effective Use of Information Systems. Information Systems. Introduction to E-Healthcare.
Business Models and Information Systems Architecture. Managing a Hospital with Information. Quantitative
The Mortar of IS: Data Base. Telecommunications and Techniques for Decision Support. Hospitals and Quality.
Distributed Systems. The Organizational Evolution of IS. People Issues in Hospital Management. Healthcare
The Application Development Cycle. Assessing the Backdrop. Changing World and Healthcare. Strategy, IT
Value and Risk of Information Systems. Managing IS and Healthcare. APPENDICESA: Notes on Metrics and
Development. Management Science and Decision Support Measurements. B: Information Technology Basics.
Systems. The Impact of IS on Management: Managing C: Overview of Hospitals. D: Systems on Hospitals
with Information. New Information Technologies. Periphery. E: Newer Business Models and Applications.
Information Systems and Society. Business, Management, F: Information Systems Basics. G: Basics of Strategy and
and Information Systems in the Twenty-first Century. Planning. Suggested Reading.
AppendicesA: Case Study: Three Bs, Inc. B: Case Study:
Latest Print 2010 / 788 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Citibank, Managing the Effectiveness vs. Efficiency Issue.
ISBN-978-81-203-4083-1 / ` 450.00 / (e-book also available)
C: Of Course the Service was Good, I Did It Myself!
D: The Spectrum of Technology and Services.
E: Computer History and Application. Index.
KELKAR
Latest Print 2009 / 464 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-1012-4 / ` 275.00 Information Systems: A Concise Study
S.A. KELKAR, Adjunct Professor at the Kanwal Rekhi
KELKAR School for Information Technology, and the Shailesh J.
Mehta School of Management, Indian Institute of
Hospital Information Systems: Technology Bombay.
A Concise Study Here is a comprehensive book that serves as a one-stop
S.A. KELKAR, Adjunct Professor at Indian Institute of overview for understanding, developing, and deploying
Technology Bombay, serving both in the Department of Information Systems. It aims to provide the students with
Computer Science and Engineering and Shailesh J. Mehta a conceptual framework to understand Information
School of Management. Systems (IS). The text, written in easy to understand
language using bullet form style to highlight various
Managing patients and hospital together is what hospital points, covers topics the way they are encountered by a
management systems is designed for! The software typical IS professional.
ensures that the applications involved in the workflow of
The book is divided into three unitsUnit I: Information
health services, rely on accuracy in recording patients
demography and data, and accountability of hospital Systems Basics; Unit II: Managing with Information; and
Unit III: Managing Information Resources. Some of the
management.
topics discussed enlarge the scope of the book and
Written in a bulleted format, this book educates reader include: e-Commerce and e-Business; CRM, ERP, SCM;
to overcome the shortcomings of hospital industry such Application Scrap Book; Enterprise and Strategy; Strategy
as inadequate access to medical facilities, unassessed Planning for IS; and Justification for IS. The main body of
quality, and shortage of manpower. The book explains the text is supplemented with six appendices, which can
how information (like medical records or administrative be read on a need-to-know basis.
records) can be stored, accessed and retrieved promptly; The book is well suited for the undergraduate students of
how a patients record can be generated easily based on Computer Science and Engineering, Information Techno-
demography, gender, age, and so on; and how the logy; postgraduate students of Information Technology
system can help to monitor a patients treatment and Computer Science; and students pursuing MCA
procedurestarting from his/her ailment history, to and MBA. Those teaching a course on IS or conducting
present health condition, to recovery. equivalent training programme for professionals will also
The book also efficiently addresses the issues like security benefit from this text. Finally, the book would be useful
of the system and the investment strategies. Besides, the for those professionals who wish to grasp the essentials
Appendices on topics like New Business Models and without attending a formal instructional course.
100 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Contents: Preface. Abbreviations. Unit One: Information Abbreviations. Unit One: Information Systems Basics
systems basicsManaging in the 21st Century. Managing in 21st Century. Information, Systems, and IS.
Information, Systems, and IS. Classification of IS. Classification of IS. E-business, CRM, ERP, and SCM. Unit
Applications Scrap Book. e-Commerce and e-Business. Two: Managing With InformationStrategic Planning
CRM, ERP, and SCM. Unit Two: Managing with and IS. Justification for IT/IS. IS for Decision Support.
InformationEnterprise and Strategy. Strategic Planning. Quality and Privacy Issues. Unit Three: Managing
IS for Decision Support. Justification for IT/IS. Unit Three: Information ResourcesInformation Resources
Managing Information resourcesInformation Resources Management. Strategic Planning for IS Function. Security,
Management. Strategic Planning for IS Function. Control and Audit. Suggested Reading.
Information Security and Integrity. Appendices Latest Print 2011 / 316 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
A. Information Technology Basics. B. Data Management. ISBN-978-81-203-3765-7 / ` 250.00 / (e-book also available)
C. Software Development in Nutshell. D. Brief Look at
Software Project Management. E. Software Requirements
Elicitation. F. Note on Metrics and Measurements. MARAKAS
Suggested Reading.
Decision Support Systems in the 21st
Latest Print 2009 / 952 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-3651-3 / ` 495.00 / (e-book also available) Century, 2nd ed.
GEORGE M. MARAKAS, Kelley School of Business, Indiana
University.
KELKAR
Designed as a text for students of management and
Management Information Systems: computer science, this uptodate and detailed study
A Concise Study, 2nd ed. introduces students to the concepts of Decision Support
Systems (DSS)which act as powerful managerial
S.A. KELKAR, Adjunct Professor at the Kanwal Rekhi
tools for decision makingand explains the various
School for Information Technology, and the Shailesh J.
components associated with them. In particular, the book
Mehta School of Management, Indian Institute of
focuses on DSS from a cognitive process and decision
Technology Bombay.
making perspective and concentrates on the application
It is widely recognized that the knowledge of information and implementation aspects. Besides, it looks at the
systems is very much essential in todays business decisions and technologies that managers will need for
organizations to survive and prosper. This book, in its making decisions in the 21st Century.
second edition, provides students with a conceptual
The book incorporates the latest material on the subject
framework to understand information systems. The focus
and uses many pedagogical featuresgraphics, examples,
of information systems (irrespective of the level of use of
summaries, review questions and problemsto make
information) is on producing quality information needed
reading of the book a complete experience.
to facilitate decision making. The objective of this book is
to capture the material on information systems and Other Features Include
organize it around a framework that offers a current and Detailed discussion on data warehousing, data mining
relevant knowledge based on information system by and visualization, and intelligent software agent
providing just the adequate amount of material in a technology.
concise format. Narrative vignettes elucidete the some of the concepts
The book is organized in three parts: (i) Information associated with the process of making a decision.
systems basics, (ii) Managing with information and Tutorials on the CD contain Megaputers Poly-Analyst
(iii) Managing information resources. Though the main and TextAnalyst software which, when used in
structure of the second edition remains the same, the conjunction with exercises from the text, help students
chapters have been updated and revised as per the associate, classify, predict, and acquire knowledge from
recent development in the fields of information numerical and structured data.
technology. Besides this, a new chapter is added to Companion website at: www.prenhall.com/marakas
explain the concepts like e-business, Customer
relationship management (CRM), Enterprise resources Contents: Preface. Introduction to Decision Support
and planning (ERP) and Supply chain management (SCM), Systems. Decisions and Decision Makers. Decisions in the
comprehensively. Organization. Modeling Decision Processes. Group
Decision Support and Groupware Technologies. Executive
Intended for the students of computer applications (BCA Information Systems. Expert Systems and Artificial
and MCA) and management (BBA and MBA), and the Intelligence. Knowledge Engineering and Acquisition.
undergraduate students of Computer Science Machines That Can Learn. The Data Warehouse. Data
engineering, the book is equally useful for the busy Mining and Data Visualization. Designing and Building
professionals who wish to grasp the essentials of the Data Warehouse. The Systems Perspective of a DSS.
management information systems, without attending a Designing and Building Decision Support Systems.
formal instructional course. Implementing and Integrating Decision Support Systems.
Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. Creative Decision Making and Problem Solving. Intelligent
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 101
Software Agents, Bots, Delegation, and Agency. Decision (Network and Communication). Planning Information
Support in the Twenty-First Century. Appendix A Technologies Infrastructure. Part VPlanning and
Decision Style Inventory III. References. Index. Implementation of MISPlanning MIS. Implementation of
Latest Print 2011 / 640 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm MIS. Index.
ISBN-978-81-203-2376-6 / ` 325.00 Latest Print 2013 / 400 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-4796-0 / ` 350.00 / (e-book also available)
MISRA
MOHAPATRA
Information Systems Management in
Business and Development Cases in Management Information
Organizations: Text and Cases Systems
SANJAY MOHAPATRA, Associate Professor in Information
HAREKRISHNA MISRA, Professor, IT and Information Systems at Xavier Institute of Management Bhubaneswar
Systems Group, Institute of Rural Management Anand (XIMB).
(IRMA), Gujarat.
This book is intended as a supplement for courses in
Management Information Systems (MIS) has fast Management Information Systems (MIS). It uses cases to
emerged as a multi-disciplinary area having strategic explain MIS concepts. It illustrates how computer-based
interfaces to achieve organizational objectives. This information systems can be used to support an
comprehensive book discusses the underlying principles organizations objectives and strategic plans.
of business and development organizations, identifies
their core areas and prescribes approaches to develop The books objective is to capture the material from a
MIS. wide range of sectors such as health care, developmental
activities, bank operations, microfinance, etc. and
Devided into five parts, Part IUnderstanding Organi- organize it around a framework that would be useful for
zations for MIS deals with organizational issues and students to understand how MIS can help in overcoming
focuses on the rationale behind creating organizations, corporate challenges. It prepares students as managers,
especially business and development organizations, to providing a clear focus on information, rather than data,
understand their distinguishing features. Part IISystems and its use in business. These cases can also be used by
Approach to Organizations covers conceptualization, practitioners as examples for designing MIS in their own
identification, design and development of Information organizations.
System (IS) for the organization in order to have better
systems in place to support organizational goals. Part For each case, the costs and benefits of the information
IIIUnderstanding MIS discusses the relevance of MIS in system have been evaluated by calculating the Return on
organizations and the forms it can take to meet the Investment (ROI). What is more, not only quantitative
benefits, but also qualitative benefits (social and public
strategic needs of the respective organizations. Part IV
benefits) have been identified to justify the need for
Understanding Information Technologies describes
technology-enabled MIS for supporting corporate
possible approaches to plan, identify and deploy ICT in strategies and operations.
the acquiring organizations and provides insight into the
barriers that creep in during identification and The book would be useful to students of MBA, BE (ICT),
deployment of IS and ICT keeping in view the organi- MCA and M.Sc. (Computer Science) courses. Besides, it
zational objectives. Part VPlanning and Implement- would be of benefit to senior executives participating in
ation of MIS concludes with a discussion on preparation Management Development Programmes.
of MIS plan and issues related to its implementation. Contents: Foreword. Preface. Acknowledgements. CASE
The book is intended for the postgraduate students of ONE: Information SystemsAyush Hospital. CASE TWO: MIS
management specializing in rural management and IT. at BASIX. CASE THREE: MIS at CYSD. CASE FOUR: MIS at DFID.
CASE FIVE: MIS at Care Hospitals. CASE SIX: National Bank for
Contents: Preface. Introduction An Overview of MIS.
Agriculture and Rural DevelopmentMIS at NABARD. CASE
Part I: Understanding Organizations for MISUnder- SEVEN: MIS at National Rural Health Mission (NRHM),
standing Business Organizations. Understanding Develop- Orissa. CASE EIGHT: Designing the Management Information
ment Organizations. Organizational Management and Systems for Orissa Rural and Urban Producers
Control: Commonality in Business and Development Orga- Association (ORUPA). CASE NINE: Management Information
nizations. Part II: Systems Approach to Organizations SystemsUNDP. CASE TEN: Orissa Industrial Infrastructure
Systems Approach to Organizations. Managing Data Development Corporation (IDCO). CASE ELEVEN: MIS at
and Information. Information System Evolution and SKS MicrofinanceA Report. CASE TWELVE: MIS at HDFC
Modelling. Information System (Identification, Design and Commodities Loan Division.
Develop-ment). Information System Quality. Part III
Understanding MISMISIts Organization. Forms of MIS. Latest Print 2011 / 264 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Architecture of MIS. Part IVUnderstanding Information ISBN-978-81-203-3614-8 / ` 225.00 / (e-book also available)
TechnologiesUnderstanding and Planning Information
Technologies (Hardware, Software and Databases).
Understanding and Planning Information Technologies
102 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
MURDICK, ROSS & CLAGGETT in business, and finally concludes with a discussion on the
development and management of information systems
Information Systems for Modern with an emphasis on end-user involvement in the
Management, 3rd ed. development process.
ROBERT G. MURDICK, JOEL E. ROSS, both of the Florida KEY FEATURES
Atlantic University. Introduces both the Internet and Electronic Commerce
JAMES R. CLAGGETT, IBM, New York, NY. early on in the text and expands on these topics
This classic text explores MIS development from the throughout the text as appropriate.
manager/users perspective. Comprehensive in scope, it Offers real-world case studies of businesses and
covers topics such as: Management, Information, and organizations at the global level.
Systems and how these three areas are merged into an Provides learning objectives and chapter outline at the
effective management information system; computer- beginning of each chapter.
related concepts necessary to participate in todays Two boxed cases, called Bookmarks, within each
information-bound business environment; theory and chapter, describe the applications and systems in real
practice of planning, designing and implementing an MIS; businesses.
control of and through MIS; and decision-making as Each chapter gives review questions, discussion
influenced by computers, management information questions, ethics questions, problem-solving projects,
systems, and databases. and Internet and electronic commerce projects
designed to challenge students to think more deeply
Contents: I. MANAGEMENT AND SYSTEMSThe Meaning about the chapters topics.
and Role of Management Information Systems. Companion website: www.prenhall.com/nickerson
Management, Organizational Theory, and the Systems provides interactive study guide questions.
Approach. What the Manager Should Know about
Computer Systems? Database Management. Information Contents: Preface. Part I: IntroductionInformation
Systems for Decision Making. II. PLANNING FOR, Systems in Business. Business Fundamentals. Information
System Fundamentals. Part II: Information Technology
DESIGNING, AND IMPLEMENTING THE MISStrategic and Information System Hardware. Information System
Project Planning for MIS. Conceptual System Design. Software. Information System Networks and the Internet.
Detailed System Design. Implementation, Evaluation, and Information System Data Management. Part III: Business
Maintenance of the MIS. Pitfalls in MIS Development. III. Information SystemsPersonal Productivity and Problem
ADVANCED CONCEPTSSystems Concepts and Control. Solving. Group Collaboration. Business Operations.
Management Science and Systems Modeling for MIS. IV. Management Decision Making. Electronic Commerce and
CASE STUDIESInternational Medical Instruments, Inc., the Strategic Impact of Information Systems. Part IV:
Development of an MIS for Field Office Managers of the Developing and Managing Information Systems
North-western Insurance Company. IMI Staff Assignment. Information System Development. Managing Information
Johnson Enterprises. Index. Systems and Technology. Glossary. Photo Credits.
Latest Print 2011 / 480 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Acknowledgments. Index.
ISBN-978-81-203-0397-3 / ` 275.00 Latest Print 2009 / 520 pp. / 20.0 25.0 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-2231-8 / ` 450.00
NICKERSON RAJARAMAN
Business and Information Systems, Analysis and Design of Information
2nd ed. Systems, 3rd ed.
ROBERT C. NICKERSON, San Francisco State University. V. RAJARAMAN, Honorary Professor, Supercomputer
Because information systems are essential to the Education and Research Centre, Indian Institute of
operations of business today, this book takes the unique Science, Bangalore.
approach of covering both business fundamentals and One of the most important uses of computers is (as an
information systems so that students understand how aid to managers) to provide up-to-date information to
businesses operate and are managed, and how efficiently run their organizations. Of the total number of
information systems support business operations and computers installed in the world today, over eighty
management. This integrative approach provides a percent are used in organizations for management
sufficient strong foundation in business functions for information systems. It is thus very important for all
understanding the need for and structure of information students of management, commerce and computer
systems. science to know how to design computer-based
Organized into four parts, the book first sets the information systems to aid management. This
background with an introduction to basic business introductory text gives a lucid, self-contained presenta-
concepts. It then examines the basic hardware structure tion to students on how to analyse and design
of information systems, the role of information systems information systems for use by managers.
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 103
Information Systems Analysis and Design (also known as expert systems and finally details the techniques of
System Analysis and Design) is a compulsory subject for systems analysis and design which enable the actual MIS
MCA, BCA, B.Com. and B.E. students of Computer Science systems to be built to meet the information needs of an
and Information Technology. This book covers the organization. A case study is discussed at length to
syllabus of this course and that of the DOEACC (Level A) provide the students with insight into the actual
examination. processes involved.
Thoroughly classroom tested and evolved out of twenty Eminently readable, its clear and authoritative account
years of teaching Information Systems Design course at should appeal to all those who simply require a
IIT Kanpur and IISc., Bangalore, this book presents real digestable, sound overview of the subject.
Indian examples. Contents: Preface. Note to Instructor. Introduction.
In this third edition every chapter has been updated, Organizational Systems. Information Systems and
besides the addition of a new chapter on Use Case Organizations. Computers and Information Systems.
Method to reflect the rapid changes taking place in Communications Technology. Database Technology.
designing information systems. Decision Support Systems. Expert Systems and Artificial
This book has been used to prepare learning material for Intelligence. Systems Analysis and Design. Bibliography.
the course Systems Analysis and Design for the National Index.
Programme for Technology Enhanced Learning of the Latest Print 2013 / 232 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
Ministry of Human Resource Development, Government ISBN-978-81-203-1180-0 / ` 225.00
of India. The author has also delivered 40 lectures on
this topic which may be heard in YouTube. This book
also contains supplementary materials like PPTs and Systems Analysis and Design
objective questions with explanation for each incorrect
choice which are available on www.phindia.com/ GARG & SRINIVASAN
rajaraman_ADIS
Contents: Preface. Information and Management.
Workbook on Systems Analysis and
Examples of Information Systems. Information Systems Design, Revised 2nd ed.
Analysis Overview. Information Gathering. System VINOD KUMAR GARG, Professor of Information
Requirements Specifications. Feasibility Analysis. Data Management at S.P. Jain Institute of Management and
Flow Diagrams. Process Specifications. Decision Tables. Research, Mumbai.
Use Case Method. Logical Database Design. Database
S. SRINIVASAN, Project Manager of Deloitte Consulting,
Management Systems (DBMS). Object-Oriented System
Hyderabad.
Modelling. Data Input Methods. Designing Outputs.
Control, Audit and Security of Information Systems. This second edition, which is intended to provide step-
Electronic Commerce. System Design Example. Appendix. by-step approach to the fundamentals of systems
References. Index. development in interactive hands-on and stimulating
Latest Print 2011 / 344 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm learning environment, includes new chapters that focus
ISBN-978-81-203-4384-9 / ` 250.00 / (e-book also available)
on object-oriented analysis and design and approach to
web application development. To enhance understanding
of the subject, all the topics of the first edition have been
SADAGOPAN reviewed and expanded.
Management Information Systems In this workbook, examples are introduced in the
sequence in which they would be needed during systems
S. SADAGOPAN, Director, Indian Institute of Information analysis and design. The book first outlines the steps
Technology Bangalore. followed in analysis and design and then illustrates the
This introductory book on Management Information same with examples. The end-of-chapter practice
Systems is designed to serve as a text for students of exercises provide an incremental framework to reinforce
science, engineering and management, and working the hands-on nature of learning.
executives at both junior and senior levels. After This should serve as an ideal workbook for students and
discussion of the background material which gives instructors as well as for the systems analysts and
an overview of MIS and a short introduction to designers of IT companies to solve their day-to-day
organization systems, there is a detailed elaboration on systems related problems.
the interplay between the organizational systems and the
information systems. The relationship of MIS to the KEY FEATURES
functional areas of management is discussed next with a Provides hints on how to use techniques of SSAD in
series of examples. actual practice.
The book concentrates on the core topics of MIS, namely Gives a comprehensive case study illustrating how the
databases, decision support systems (DSS), provides a various application modeling tools could be applied in
quick introduction to applied artificial intelligence (AI) and an integrated manner to a real life situation.
104 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Presents additional chapters on OOAD and web Contents: Preface. Part I: Systems Analysis
development. FundamentalsSystems, Roles, and Development
Supplies question bank with more than 50 carefully Methodologies. Understanding and Modeling
selected questions on various concepts. Organizational Systems. Project Management. Part II:
Information Requirements AnalysisInformation
Contents: Preface. Acknowledgments. Chapter Summary. Gathering: Interactive Methods. Information Gathering:
Introduction. Application Modeling. Database Design. Unobtrusive Methods. Agile Modeling and Prototyping.
Input-Output Design. Program Design. Case Study. Object- Part III: The Analysis ProcessUsing Data Flow Diagrams.
Oriented Analysis and Design. Question Bank. Appendix Analyzing Systems Using Data Dictionaries. Process
AStructured Methodology Elements. Appendix BWeb Specifications and Structured Decisions. Object-Oriented
Case Study. Glossary. Index. Systems Analysis and Design Using UML. Part IV: The
Latest Print 2009 / 252 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm Essentials of DesignDesigning Effective Output.
ISBN-978-81-203-1724-6 / ` 175.00 Designing Effective Input. Designing Databases. Human
Computer Interaction. Part V: Quality Assurance and
ImplementationDesigning Accurate Data Entry
KENDALL & KENDALL Procedures. Quality Assurance and Implementation.
Systems Analysis and Design, 9th ed. Glossary. Acronyms. Index.
KENNETH E. KENDALL and JULIE E. KENDALL, both of Latest Print 2013 / 552 pp / 21.6 x 27.9 cm
Rutgers University, School of BusinessCamden, Camden, ISBN-978-81-203-4862-2 / ` 595.00
New Jersey.
The ninth edition of Systems Analysis and Design includes VALACICH, et al.
extensive changes inspired by the swift transformations in
the IS field over the past three years. Many innovative Essentials of Systems Analysis and
and upgraded features are incorporated throughout this Design, 5th ed.
new edition. In particular:
JOSEPH S. VALACICH is an Eller Professor of Management
New coverage of how systems analysts and organi- Information Systems in the Eller College of Management
zations can participate in open source communities. at the University of Arizona.
Expanded coverage of the analyst role in ERP JOEY F. GEORGE is Professor and Deans Chair in the
(enterprise systems). Iowa State University College of Business.
New in-depth coverage of project management JEFFREY A. HOFFER is the ShermanStandard Register
techniques. Professor of Data Management for the Department of
Expanded coverage of when to use cloud services MIS, Operations Management, and Decision Sciences in
versus purchasing hardware and software. the School of Business Administration at the University of
New coverage of time estimation techniques for Dayton.
project management. This text provides a clear presentation of the concepts,
New coverage of the work breakdown structure (WBS) skills and techniques students need to become effective
for project management. systems analysts. It emphasizes on hands-on
New material on designing corporate and ecommerce experimental learning. It uses the systems development
sites to include Web 2.0 technologies and social media. life cycle model to provide a strong conceptual
Innovative treatment of designing apps for smart- systematic framework.
phones and tablets. The book is useful for courses in systems analysis and
Expanded coverage of designing input for intranets, the design for management as well as computer science and
Web, smartphones, and tablets. engineering students.
New material on the relationship of business NEW TO THIS EDITION
intelligence to data warehouses, big data, business
Emphasizes current changes in systems analysis and
analytics, and text analytics.
design.
Innovative coverage on designing gesture-based
interfaces for smartphones and tablets. Increased focus on make versus buy systems
integration.
Additional material on designing alerts, queries, and
notices for smartphones and tablets. New end-of-chapter running case.
Innovative handling of designing two-dimensional (2D) Updated illustrations of technology.
codes such as Microsoft Tags and QR codes for input. New entity-relationship notation.
New material on how service-oriented architecture and Contents: Preface. Part I: Foundations for Systems
cloud computing are changing the nature of DevelopmentThe Systems Development Environment.
information systems design. The Sources of Software. Managing the Information
Expanded coverage of ERP systems and their Systems Project. Part II: Systems Planning and Selection
relationship to cloud computing. Systems Planning and Selection. Part III: Systems
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 105
AnalysisDetermining System Requirements. Structuring Each chapter concludes with a Case Analysis to support
System Requirements: Process Modeling. Structuring the chapters with the applicative tools
System Requirements: Conceptual Data Modeling. Part IV: Companion website www.phindia.com/veenapailwar
Systems DesignDesigning the Human Interface. provides useful resources for the teachers as well as
Designing Databases. Part V: Systems Implementation and for the students and has been updated as per the
OperationSystems Implementation and Operation. current edition
Appendix A: Object-Oriented Analysis and Design.
Appendix B: Agile Methodologies. References. Glossary of Contents: List of Cases. List of Boxes. List of Case Analysis
Acronyms. Glossary of Terms. Index. Exercises. Preface. Acknowledgements. Economic
Environment and Business Fluctuations. Data Sources and
Latest Print 2012 / 448 pages / 21.6 x 27.8 cm Interpretations. National Income: Measurement and
ISBN-978-81-203-4558-4 / ` 425.00 Environment Scanning. Inflation and Business
Environment. Fiscal Policy and Environment. Money:
Demand and Supply. Financial System, Crisis and Reforms.
ECONOMICS Monetary Policy and Economic Environment. Balance of
Payment: Accounting, Adjustments And Imbalances.
Economic Environment of Trade Flows, International Linkages and External
Business Environment. Capital Flows, Growth and Macroeconomic
Instability. Exchange Rate Regimes and Currency
Convertibility. Index.
PAILWAR Latest Print 2012 / 512 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Economic Environment of Business, ISBN-978-81-203-4492-1 / ` 450.00 / (e-book also available)
3rd ed.
VEENA KESHAV PAILWAR, Professor, Institute of Industrial Economics
Management Technology (IMT), Nagpur.
Since liberalization, Indian economy is going through
some dynamic changes. From a primarily closed agrarian JAYARAM & KOTWANI
economy, India has become service-oriented open Industrial Economics and
economy, becoming more and more susceptible to
economic fluctuations. Telecommunication Regulations
R. JAYARAM, Director, Yadavrao Tasgaonkar School of
This comprehensive book, in its third edition, continues Business Management, Mumbai.
to equip the readers with the necessary skills to assess
and analyze the evolving economic scenario in India and NAMITA R. KOTWANI, Professor, Yadavrao Tasgaonkar
world over. The new edition has been thoroughly revised School of Business Management, Mumbai.
and updated to incorporate the recent changes taking The rapid growth in the telecommunication sector has
place in Indian and global economic environment. Every made it essential to regulate the functioning of various
chapter is incorporated with a section on Understanding modes of communication. This book provides a thorough
Economic Environment (UEE), in which the Indian understanding of the basic industrial economic concepts
economic environment is compared with the economic and national telecommunication policy in an easy-to-
environment of its neighbouring countries, emerging comprehend style.
markets and major players in the world economy. Divided into five parts, comprising 21 chapters, the text
All chapters are well-supported with illustrative examples introduces readers with the basic concepts of managerial
and cases to provide an analytical insight to the topics. economics such as elasticity of demand, market
The chapters also include the topic Implications for structure, price determination and money supply. The
Managers, in which implications of a particular aspect of subsequent chapters are devoted to banking and taxation
an economy are summarized for the managers. Besides, system, and international trade. It also gives a thorough
for an easy assessment of the data, most of the analysis of various functions and objectives of commercial
quantitative information is presented in a graphical form banks and distinguished features of international trade.
rather than in the conventional tabular format. The book elaborates on managerial concepts by
Designed primarily as a textbook for the postgraduate explaining the nature of management, planning,
students of management and commerce, this book is communication, leadership skills and market research.
useful for the practising managers and policy makers as Finally, the book meticulously deals with telecommu-
well. nication regulations and regulatory strategies, and
explains the national telecommunication policy and
KEY FEATURES guidelines.
Includes illustrations using latest data (upto 2011) This book primarily caters to the needs of engineering
Provides several numerical problems to strengthen the students of Electronics and Telecommunication discipline
quantitative aspect of the subject for their course in Industrial Economics and
106 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Telecommunication Regulations. It will also be useful Outlines. Part One: The Context for Economic Analysis
to the undergraduate students of management and Economic Activity in Context. Useful Tools and Concepts.
commerce. What Economies Do. Supply and Demand. Part Two:
KEY FEATURES Macroeconomic BasicsMacroeconomic Measurement:
The Current Approach. Macroeconomic Measurement:
Includes the guidelines for Cable Television Networks
Environment and Social Dimensions. Employment and
(Regulation) Act
Unemployment. The Structure of the United States
Provides regulations of Telecom Regulatory Authority
Economy. Part Three: Macroeconomic Theory and
of India (TRAI)
Incorporates chapter-end review exercises to drill PolicyAggregate Demand and Economic Fluctuations.
students in self-study Fiscal Policy. Money and Monetary Policy. Aggregate
Supply, Aggregate Demand, and Inflation: Putting It All
Contents: Foreword. Preface. Acknowledgements. Part I: Together. Part Four: Macroeconomic Issues and
Managerial EconomicsBasic Economic Concepts. ApplicationsThe Global Economy. How Economies
Elasticity of Demand. Market Structure. Price and Output Grow and Develop. Macroeconomic Challenges for the
Determination in Different Market Structures. Money and Twenty-First Century. Glossary. Index.
Money Supply. Part II: Banking and Taxation System of
CountryCommercial Banks and Its Functions. Central Latest Print 2009 / 464 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Bank. Sources of Public Revenue in India. Part III: ISBN-978-81-203-3748-0 / ` 350.00
International TradeInternational Trade and Economic
Crises of 2008. Part IV: ManagementManagement GORDON
Concepts. Planning. Organizing. Communication.
Leadership. Motivation. Marketing Management Macroeconomics, 12th ed.
Concepts. Marketing Mix. Marketing Mix Strategy. Market ROBERT J. GORDON, Stanley G. Harris Professor in the
Research and Market Information System. Part V: Social Sciences, Northwestern University.
Telecommunication Regulation, Policy and Act
Telecommunication Regulation and Regulatory Strategies. This book presents a cohesive view of the macro
National Telecommunication Policy and Guidelines. Index. concepts. It, as in previous editions, adopts the core
distinction between short-run macro, devoted to
Latest Print 2012 / 304 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
explaining business cycles and their prevention, and long-
ISBN-978-81-203-4578-2 / ` 295.00 / (e-book also available)
run macro, dedicated to explaining economic growth. It
engages the students with the subject by informing about
Macroeconomics the current state of affairs of the global economy.
KEY FEATURES
GOODWIN, et al. Theory as a way to evaluate macro questions
Macroeconomics in Context Patient and early introduction to business cycles
NEVA R. GOODWIN, co-director of the Global A dynamic version of the AS-AD model
Development and Environment Institute (GDAE) at Tufts A clear distinction between short- and long-run macro
University. models
JULIE A. NELSON, senior research associate at GDAE Tufts Pedagogically designed figures
University. Case studies
JONATHAN HARRIS, director of the Theory and Education
Program at GDAE, Tufts University. International Perspective boxes
Self-Tests
This text updates the introductory undergraduate
students on critical concerns of the 21st century including Data Appendixes
distributional equity and ecological sustainability. It An ideal text on the subject for undergraduate
include discussions of historical, institutional, political and students of Economics.
social factors to encourage students get engaged with the Contents: Preface. Part I: Introduction and
subject matter and offers clear and insightful coverage of MeasurementWhat is Macroeconomics? The
standard concepts and models. Measurement of Income, Prices, and Unemployment.
Unlike most macroeconomics textbooks which focus Part II: The Short Run: Business Cycles and Policy
exclusively on concepts of efficiency and GDP growth, ResponsesIncome and Interest Rates: The Keynesian
this book starts with the question of human well-being Cross Model and the IS Curve. Strong and Weak Policy
and then examines how economic activities can Effects in the IS-LM Model. Financial Markets, Financial
contribute to or detract from our well-being. Regulation, and Economic Instability. The Government
Budget, the Government Debt, and the Limitations of
Macroeconomics in Context also includes topics on Fiscal Policy. International Trade, Exchanges Rates, and
quality of employment, globalization and the adequacy of Macroeconomic Policy. Part III: The Price Level, Inflation,
living standards. and UnemploymentAggregate Demand, Aggregate
Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Sample Course Supply, and the Great Depression. Inflation: Its Causes
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 107
and Cures. The Goals of Stabilization Policy: Low Inflation Kennedy sets himself a difficult task and succeeds
and Low Unemployment. Part IV: The Long Run: beautifully. Kennedys textbook marries impressive
Economic Growth, Success, and FailureThe Theory of breadth, simplicity, and rigor. He provides a concise and
Economic Growth. The Big Questions of Economic non-technical overview of the core analytical concepts in
Growth. Part V: Monetary Policy and the Sources of macroeconomics who are tethered to bits of relevant
InstabilityMoney, Banks, and the Federal Reserve. The empirical evidence. This is a particularly useful textbook
Goals, Tools, and Rules of Monetary Policy. The for instructors outside of economics departments that
Economics of Consumption Behavior. The Economics of want to bring students quickly up to speed on the
Investment Behavior. Part VI: The Evolution of principles that underlie recent political economic trends
Macroeconomic IdeasNew Classical Macro and New and events (including the subprime crisis).
Keynesian Macro. Conclusion: Where We Stand. STEPHEN NELSON, Northwestern University
Latest Print 2013 / 680 pp. / 20.0 25.0 cm
Contents: Preface. Introduction. The Basics of Supply and
ISBN-978-81-203-4393-1 / ` 625.00
Demand, and a Big Picture. Measuring GDP and Inflation.
Unemployment. The Role of Aggregate Demand. The
KENNEDY Supply Side. Growth and Productivity. The Money Supply.
Macroeconomic Essentials: The Monetarist Rule. Monetary Policy and Interest Rates.
Real-versus-Nominal Interest Rates. Stagflation. The
Understanding Economics in the News, Balance of Payments. Policy in an Open Economy.
3rd ed. Purchasing Power Parity. Interest-Rate Parity.
AppendicesA: Answers to Sample Exam Questions. B:
PETER E. KENNEDY, formerly Professor Emeritus of Answers to Even-Numbered Exercises, Glossary, Index.
Economics at Simon Fraser University.
Latest Print 2012 / 480 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
This introductory text offers an alternative to the ISBN-978-81-203-4486-0 / ` 495.00
encyclopedic, technically oriented approach taken by
traditional textbooks on macroeconomic principles.
Concise and non-technical but at the same time rigorous, Managerial Economics
its goal is not to teach students to shift curves on
diagrams but to help them understand fundamental DEAN
macroeconomic concepts and their real-world
applications. This is accomplished by the clear exposition Managerial Economics
of introductory macroeconomic theory provided in the JOEL DEAN, Graduate School of Business, Columbia
book along with more than 700 two/three sentence University and Joel Dean Associates.
news clips of economics media coverage that serve as The purpose of this book is to show how economic
illustrations/exercises of the concepts discussed. analysis can be used in formulating business policies. The
This updated edition includes subprime mortgage crisis book draws upon economic analysis for the concepts of
and other subjects; new curiosities (boxed expositions demand, cost, profit, competition, and so on, that are
of important topics) have been added, as have news appropriate for the development, of an economic
clips about recent events; and the most challenging end- approach to executive decisions. Although the text is
of-chapter questions are now separated from the less preoccupied with concepts rather than detailed
challenging. Many chapters include a set of numerical techniques of estimation, it concentrates on those
exercises (quite different from those found in traditional concepts that can be measured and applied to
texts); a sample exam question appears at the end management problems.
of each section within a chapter; and a test bank of The book does not attempt to cover all aspects of either
multiple-choice questions (with answers) is available management or economics: it deals with those phases of
online. Technical material appears in appendices enterprise economics that are particularly useful to the
following each chapter. Other appendices offer answers management of a large industrial corporation. The
to the sample exam questions and the even-numbered authors endeavour successfully bridges the gap between
end-of-chapter exercises. the problems of logic that intrigue economic theorists
By setting aside much of the formal apparatus of curve- and the problems of policies that plague practical
shifting economics, Macroeconomic Essentials focuses management needs in order to give executive access to
attention just where it should beon understanding key the practical contributions that economic thinking can
concepts and on thinking. At the center of economics is, make to top-management policies.
after all, the study of human behavior, not the art of Contents: Preface. Profits. Competition. Multiple
mathematical manipulation. Products. Demand Analysis. Cost. Advertising. Basic Price.
LLOYD J. DUMAS, Professor of Economics Product-Line Pricing. Price Differentials. Capital
University of Texas at Dallas and author of The Budgeting. Author Index. Subject Index.
Peacekeeping Economy Latest Print 2011 / 640 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm
In the third edition of Macroeconomics Essentials, Peter ISBN-978-81-203-0116-0 / ` 275.00
108 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
The textbook details on the Acts and Laws related to A number of case studies have been provided in the book
architectural norms, along with the nitty-gritties of to enable a clear understanding of the topics presented.
contract management and tenders. The book also Each chapter contains short answer as well as long
attempts to address and provide an overview of the field, answer questions to test the students grasp of the
ranging from an architects duties and responsibilities to underlying concepts.
the related areas like valuation, and an architects role Contents: Preface. Values in Human Society. Types of
towards concerned industry verticals, like interior Values. Value Crisis in Contemporary Society. Ethics
designing, landscape designing and urban designing. and Ethical Values. Professional Ethics. Industry and
It also touches upon construction management concepts, Industrialization. Science, Technology and Engineering.
which help in enhancing and empowering professionals Environment and Eco-friendly Technology. Ethics and
and students involved in various undergoing projects. The Management of Human Resources. Index.
book is incorporated with figures, tables, illustrations and Latest Print 2012 / 208 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
examples to explain the concepts in detail. The Appen- ISBN-978-81-203-4098-5 / ` 195.00 / (e-book also available)
dices are further added to provide additional insight on
the subject. The book is intended for undergraduate
students of Architecture and Civil Engineering. MRUTHYUNJAYA
Contents: Preface. List of Tables. List of Figures. Business Ethics and Value Systems
Abbreviations. Architect and Profession. Architect Act and H.C. MRUTHYUNJAYA, Consultant (Corporate Systems)
Professional Services. Architectural Competitions. serving various organizations.
Management of Contract. Tenders. Site Management of
Works. General Conditions of Contract. Arbitration. Valu- This comprehensive and well-organised book deals with
ation. Fire Insurance. Types of Land Holdings Leasehold some of the basic issues associated with business ethics
and Freehold. Dilapidations. Easements. Standard Rent. and value systems. It presents the views of different
Land Acquisition Act 1894. Building Cost Index. Building schools of thought on this subject and dissects the
Bye-laws. National Building Code. Vaasthu. Architect and phenomenon of corruption to expose its root causes. The
Building Industry. Appendices. References. Index. book provides a critical analysis of this social epidemic
that forces corporates to become corrupt and remain
Latest Print 2014 / 392 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm unethical. Besides, it describes a few popular ethical
ISBN-978-81-203-4874-5 / ` 350.00 theories, some of the key issues that affect ethical
decision process and the role of total quality manage-
MANNA & CHAKRABORTI ment in ensuring practice of good workplace ethics.
Values and Ethics in Business and Primarily intended for the postgraduate students of
management and commerce, the book can also be used
Profession beneficially by practicing professionals.
SAMITA MANNA, Professor in the Department of KEY FEATURES
Sociology, University of Kalyani, West Bengal.
SUPARNA CHAKRABORTI is with the Department of Presents more than forty live cases that show a cross-
Humanities, Heritage Institute of Technology, Kolkata. section view of different types of unethical practices.
Gives model ethical codes for a few professions.
Primarily intended for undergraduate students of all Provides spreadsheets to enable satisfactory
disciplines of engineering and students of computer compliance with legal and statutory requirements.
applications (MCA), this book is a comprehensive
exposition of the values and ethical principles that one Contents: Preface. Ethics in Life. Perspectives of Business
needs to adopt to become a responsible and accountable Ethics. Business Ethics and Laws. Development and
professional. Evolution of Corruption. Why Corporates Succumb to
Corruption. Manifestation of Corrupt Practices. Some
The book is organized in nine chapters that addresses the Popular Ethical Theories. Ethical Decision Process.
three broad areas of concernvalues, ethics, and TQM and Work Ethics. Professional Ethics. Ethical
sustainable development. It first discusses the prevalent Consumerism. Indian Ethos and Value Systems. Designing
concept of values in human society, the various types of Ethics Management Systems. Auditing of Ethics
values, and the crisis of values that seems to be engulfing Management Systems. Intellectual Property and Ethics.
the contemporary society. The concept of ethics, the Corporate Governance. Corporate Social Responsibility
various ethical values, and the ethical requirements for a and Value Systems. Environmental Ethics. High-profile
professional in the modern workplace are highlighted Ethical Collapses. Business Ethics and International
in detail. The ramifications of industrialization, the Scenario. Can the Society be Rid of Unethical Practices.
respective roles of science, technology and engineering, Case Studies. Glossary. Bibliography. Index.
as well as the need for preservation of the environment
Latest Print 2013 / 760 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
and the use of eco-friendly technologies are explained.
ISBN-978-81-203-4631-4 / ` 525.00 / (e-book also available)
Finally, the ethical issues involved in the management of
resources are discussed.
114 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
of Goods Act 1930, Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881, that anyone having some knowledge of the subject can
Law of Insurance, Company Law, the Acts of Industrial understand these laws with ease.
Law, the Consumer Protection Act, 1996 and Pollution In this edition, the amendments made in the ID Act, the
Control Act. Theoretical discussions are suitably ESI Act, the Payment of Gratuity Act, the Payment of
supplemented by case studies and illustrations. Bonus Act and the Employees Compensation Act have
Primarily intended as a text for B.Com students, the book been incorporated.
would also be highly useful to the students of MBA, The book is primarily meant for the undergraduate and
Institute of Chartered Accountants, Institute of Company
postgraduate students of law, management and the
Secretaries and other professional courses.
postgraduate students of commerce. Besides, students
Contents: Preface. Part One: Mercantile LawSection 1: pursuing professional courses such as Company
Law of ContractIntroduction. Nature of Contracts. Offer Secretaryship (CS) and Cost Accountancy (ICWA) would
or Proposal. Acceptance. Consideration. Capacity of also find the book very useful.
Parties. Free Consent. Legality of Consideration and
Object. Contingent Contracts and Wagering Contracts. Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. Table of
Cases. Introduction. The Industrial Disputes Act, 1947.
Quasi Contracts. Performance of Contract. Discharge of
Contract. Remedies for Breach of Contract. Section 2: The Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970.
The Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Act, 1986.
Special ContractsIndemnity and Guarantee. Bailment
The Payment of Bonus Act, 1965. The Payment of
and Pledge. Agency. Section 3: Other LawsSale of
Gratuity Act, 1972. The Industrial Employment (Standing
Goods Act, 1930. Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881.
Orders) Act, 1946. Apprentices Act, 1961. The Minimum
Partnership. Part Two: Law of InsuranceInsurance. Life
Insurance. General Insurance. Insurance Regulatory and Wages Act, 1948. The Payment of Wages Act, 1936. The
Trade Unions Act, 1926. The Employees Compensation
Development Authority (IRDA). Part Three: Company
Act, 1923. The Employees State Insurance Act, 1948.
LawIntroduction. Definition and Nature of a Company.
Employees Provident Funds and Miscellaneous Provisions
Kinds of Companies. Formation and Incorporation of
Act, 1952. The Factories Act, 1948. Index.
a Company. Memorandum of Association. Articles of
Association. Prospectus. Membership in a Company. Latest Print 2013 / 952 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Share Capital. Shares. Application and Allotment of ISBN-978-81-203-4498-3 / ` 595.00 / (e-book also available)
Shares. Calls and Forfeiture of Shares. Share Certificate
and Share Warrant. Transfer and Transmission of Shares.
Borrowing Powers. Directors. Other Managerial Person- PADHI
nel. Company Secretary. Meetings. Dividends. Accounts Legal Aspects of Business
and Audit. Supremacy of Majority and Protection of
Minority. Prevention of Oppression and Mismanagement. P.K. PADHI, Professor, Xavier Labour Relations Institute
Compromises, Arrangements and Reconstructions. (XLRI), Jamshedpur.
Winding up of a Company. Part Four: Industrial LawThe This comprehensive and student-friendly text discusses
Factories Act, 1948. The Industrial Disputes Act, 1947. the various laws and Acts relating to business laws such
The Trade Unions Act, 1926. The Minimum Wages Act, as The Indian Contract Act, The Sale of Goods Act and
1948. The Employees State Insurance Act, 1948. Part The Companies Act. It presents the topics in a systematic
Five: General LawThe Consumer Protection Act, 1986. and illustrative manner, providing many case laws with a
Pollution Control Act. Index. view to making them more intelligible and authentic.
Latest Print 2013 / 512 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm Legal jargon has been completely avoided so that the
ISBN-978-81-203-3530-1 / ` 325.00 students can understand these laws with ease.
The book is primarily meant for the undergraduate and
PADHI postgraduate students of law, management and the
undergraduate students of commerce. Besides, students
Labour and Industrial Laws, 2nd ed. pursuing professional courses such as Company
P.K. PADHI, Professor, Xavier Labour Relations Institute Secretaryship (CS), CA and ICWA would also find the book
(XLRI), Jamshedpur. quite useful.
This comprehensive and well-organised text, now in its Contents: Preface. Table of Cases. 1. The Indian Contract
Second Edition, explains, with great clarity and precision, Act, 1872Of the Communication, Acceptance and
the labour and industrial laws such as the Industrial Revocation of Proposals. Of Contracts, Voidable Contracts
Disputes Act, the Factories Act, and the Contract Labour and Void Agreements. Of Contingent Contracts. Of the
Act. While giving a broad perspective of the subject, the Performance of Contracts. Of Certain Relations Resembl-
text brings out the objectives behind the enactment of ing Those Created by Contract. Of the Consequences of
every legislation, discusses the relevant case laws and Breach of Contract. Of Indemnity and Guarantee. Of
shows how the Constitution is related to labour laws. Bailment. Agency. 2. The Arbitration and Conciliation Act,
Formulas for the calculation of compensation for 1996Part I: ArbitrationGeneral Provisions. Arbitration
retrenchment, death, permanent disablement are also Agreement. Composition of Arbitral Tribunal. Jurisdiction
provided. Legal jargon has been completely avoided so of Arbitral Tribunals. Conduct of Arbitral Proceedings.
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 117
Making of Arbitral Award and Termination of Pro- management. Besides, students pursuing professional
ceedings. Recourse against Arbitral Award. Finality and courses such as CA, ICWA and CS and those appearing
Enforcement of Arbitral Awards. Appeals. Miscellaneous. for Judicial Services examination will also find the book
Part II: Enforcement of Certain Foreign AwardsNew quite useful.
York Convention Awards. Geneva Convention Awards. KEY FEATURES
Part III: Conciliation. Part IV: Supplementary Provisions Cites examples, wherever necessary, to clarify the
3. The Sales of goods act, 1930Preliminary. Formation implication of the law.
of the Contract of Sale. Conditions and Warranties. Illustrates concepts with the help of worked out
Effects of the Contract. Transfer of Title. Performance of examples.
the Contract. Rights of Unpaid Seller against the Goods. Furnishes a Glossary on the legal terms used.
Suits for Breach of the Contract. Miscellaneous. 4. The Cites case laws to make the concepts clear.
NEgotiable Instruments Act, 1881Preliminary. Of Notes, Supplements the text with pedagogical features such as
Bills and Cheques. Parties to Notes, Bills and Cheques. Of birds-eye view to make the book more practical and
Negotiation. Of Presentment. Of Payment and Interest. easy to understand.
Of Discharge from Liability on Notes, Bills and Cheques.
Of Notice of Dishonour. Of Noting and Protest. Of Contents: Preface. Part I: The Indian Contract Act, 1872
Law an Overview. Business Laws an Introductory View.
Reasonable Time. Of Acceptance and Payment for
Nature of Contract. Agreement and Contract. Offer and
Honour and Reference in Case of Need. Of Compen-
Acceptance. Consideration. Capacity to Contract. Free
sation. Special Rules of Evidence. Of Crossed Cheques. Of Consent. Legality of Object and Consideration. Void
Bills in Sets. Of International Law. Of Penalties in Case of Agreements. Performance of Contract. Discharge of
Dishonour of Certain Cheques for Insufficiency of Funds Contract. Breach of Contract. Contingent Contracts. Quasi
in the Accounts. 5. The Consumer Protection Act, 1986 Contracts. Indemnity and Guarantee. Bailment and
Preliminary. Consumer Protection Councils. Consumer Pledge. Law of Agency. Part II: The Sale of Goods Act,
Disputes Redressal Agencies. Miscellaneous. 6. The 1930Formation of the Contract of Sale. Conditions and
Companies Act, 1956Meaning and Features. Kinds of Warranties. Transfer of Ownership in Goods. Performance
Company. Registration and Incorporation. Memorandum of the Contract of Sale. Unpaid Seller and Restorative
of Association. Articles of Association. Prospectus. Share Measures. Part III: The Indian Partnership Act, 1932
and Share Capital. Shareholders and Members. Deben- Nature of Partnership: A General View. Relations of
tures. Directors. Meetings. Majority Powers and Minority Partners to One Another. Registration and Dissolution of
Rights. Prevention of Oppression and Mismanagement. a Firm. Part IV: Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881
Winding up of a Company. Appendix. Index. Negotiable Instruments: An Introductory View. Parties to
Latest Print 2012 / 608 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Negotiable Instruments. Negotiation. Presentment of
ISBN-978-81-203-4675-8 / ` 450.00 / (e-book also available) Negotiable Instruments. Dishonour and Discharge of
Negotiable Instruments. Banker and Customer. Part V:
The Indian Companies Act, 1956Formation and
RAO Incorporation of Company. Legal Position of Directors,
Business Law their Appointment and Remuneration. Meetings and
Resolutions. Part VI: The Consumer Protection Act,
PEDDINA MOHANA RAO was formerly Reader, 1986The Consumer Protection Act, 1986: An Aggregate
Department of Commerce, Sri Krushna Chandra Gajapati View. Part VII: The Foreign Exchange Management Act,
(SKCG), an Autonomous College in Orissa. 2000Foreign Exchange Management Act, 2000: A Brief
This student-friendly text on Business Law discusses in View. Index.
detail different laws and Acts relating to business, Latest Print 2013 / 496 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
commerce, trade and industry. Divided into six parts, ISBN-978-81-203-4708-3 / ` 350.00 / (e-book also available)
Part I, The Indian Contract Act, 1872 discusses topics such
as agreement and contract, offer and acceptance, and
consideration. Part II, The Sale of Goods Act, 1930 deals RAO
with formation of contract of sale, conditions and Mercantile Law (For CPT Course)
warranties, and performance of contract of sale. Part III,
The Indian Partnership Act, 1932 explains the nature of PEDDINA MOHANA RAO, former Reader, Department
partnership and registration and dissolution of a firm. of Commerce, Sri Krushna Chandra Gajapati (SKCG), an
Part IV, The Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 describes Autonomous College in Orissa.
parties to negotiable instruments, presentation of This student-friendly text on Mercantile Law (often called
negotiable instruments, and so on. Part V, The Indian Business Law) discusses in detail the various laws and
Companies Act, 1956 discusses the formation and Acts relating to Mercantile Law. Divided into three parts,
incorporation of a company and appointment of directors Part I, The Indian Contract Act, 1872 discusses topics such
and their legal position. Part VI, General Acts, gives an as Agreement and Contract, Offer and Acceptance and
overview of The Consumer Protection Act, 1986 and The Consideration. Part II, The Sale of Goods Act, 1930 deals
Foreign Exchange Management Act, 2000. with Formation of Contract of Sale, Conditions and
The book is intended as a text for the undergraduate Warranties, Transfer of Ownership in Goods, and so on.
students of commerce and postgraduate students of Part III, The Indian Partnership Act, 1932 analyzes Nature
118 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
of Partnership, Relations of Partners to One Another, and Union Act, 1926, the Industrial Disputes Act, 1947, and
Registration and Dissolution of a Firm. The subject has the Mines Act, 1952. It focuses on the Indian context
been covered by topics rather than in the strict order of within the larger global scenario.
sections in the different Acts so that students can Divided into four partsPart I, Industrial Relations;
understand the matter with greater ease. Part II, Industrial Disputes; Part III, Labour Welfare; and
Primarily intended as a text for CPT (Common Proficiency Part IV, Safety and Occupational Health, the book
Test) course of the Institute of Chartered Accountants provides a detailed discussion on labour-management
of India (ICAI), this accessible text should prove to relations, different aspects of trade unions, and their
be valuable also for the undergraduate students of management and legislative background. Dr. Sivarethina-
Commerce and Management, ICWAI, ICSI, and those mohan gives a masterly analysis of the major areas of
appearing for Judicial Services examination. industrial relations, namely, industrial disputes and their
DISTINGUISHING FEATURES resolution, the philosophy of labour welfare as well as
the statutory and non-statutory measures for labour
Cites examples, wherever necessary, to clarify the welfare, the Government machinery for labour welfare,
implication of the law. and collective bargaining which contributes in a
Illustrates concepts with the help of many worked-out significant way to better industrial relations. In the
examples (problems). concluding part, the author dwells on industrial accidents
Provides a large number of multiple choice questions and safety for preventing industrial disasters, mines
(MCQs) with answers. safety and safety management, industrial hygiene,
Furnishes a Glossary on the legal terms used. workplace discipline, counselling and the legal framework
Provision of Case Law gives solidity to the text. for industrial safety and health.
Supplements the text with pedagogical features such as
Birds Eye View to make the book very practical and KEY FEATURES
easy to understand. Each chapter starts with a case study written in a story
Contents: Preface. Part I: The Indian Contract Act, 1872 style for a better grasp of the chapter.
Law: A Preliminary View. Mercantile Laws: An Provides Case Studies to illustrate the theories
Introductory View. Nature of Contract. Agreement and discussed.
Contract. Offer and Acceptance. Consideration. Capacity Two Appendices at the end of the book provide the
to Contract. Free Consent. Legality of the Object and complete text of Child Labour (Prohibition and
Consideration. Void Agreements. Performance of Regulation) Act, 1986, and Contract Labour (Regulation
Contract. Discharge of Contract. Breach of Contract. and Abolition) Act, 1970.
Contingent Contracts. Quasi Contracts. Part II: The Sale of The books website, www.phindia/srm, gives more
Goods Act, 1930Formation of the Contract of Sale. real-time cases, experimental cases and cases relating
Conditions and Warranties. Transfer of Ownership in to the subject decided by the courts of India as well as
Goods. Performance of the Contract of Sale. Unpaid those of other countries.
Seller and Restorative Measures. Part III: The Indian Primarily intended as a text for undergraduate and
Partnership Act, 1932Nature of a Partnership: General postgraduate students of management and commerce,
View. Relations of Partners to One Another. Registration the book would also be useful to the students pursuing
and Dissolution of a Firm. Appendices. Glossary. Index. courses in chartered accountancy, ICWA courses, and
Latest Print 2011 / 436 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm diploma courses in industrial relations and labour laws. In
ISBN-978-81-203-4177-7 / ` 275.00 / (e-book also available) addition, practising managers should find this book very
useful.
SIVARETHINAMOHAN Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Part One:
Industrial RelationsIntroduction to Labour
Industrial Relations and Labour Welfare: Management Relations. Trade Unions and Labour
Text and Cases Management Relations. Registration and Recognition of
Trade Union. Legislative Background for Indian Trade
R. SIVARETHINAMOHAN, Director, Department of Unions. Part Two: Industrial DisputesIndustrial Conflict
Management Studies, MIET Engineering College, and Industrial Action. Statutory Machineries Available for
Trichirappalli and former Professor of Finance, Alliance the Prevention and Settlement of Industrial Disputes.
Business School, Bangalore. Industrial Disputes Resolution System under the Industrial
Building good industrial relations is so crucial for any Disputes Act, 1947. Part Three: Labour Welfare
industrial organization. Harmonious relationship between Philosophy of Labour Welfare. Statutory and Non-
employers and employees (who are the best assets of statutory Labour Welfare for Standard Work Life. Labour
any organization) contributes to greater productivity and Welfare Funds and Workers Education Scheme for
growth. This comprehensive and well-organized text Harmony. Statutory Government Machineries and
gives an in-depth analysis of the fundamental principles Legislations for Labour Welfare in India. Collective
and practice of industrial relations as well as the Bargaining. Part Four: Safety and Occupational Health
implementation of labour welfare measures, the social Industrial Accident and Safety. Mines Safety and Safety
security systems and labour laws, such as the Trade Management. Industrial Hygiene and Health. Workplace
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 119
Discipline and Counselling for Employees Resilience. 1948. Trade Unions Act, 1926. Industrial Disputes Act,
Legal Framework and Statutory Provisions Pertaining to 1947. Workmens Compensation Act, 1923. Employees
Industrial Safety and Health. Social Security for Future State Insurance Act, 1948. Employees Provident Funds
Generations. Appendices. Glossary. Index. and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952. Payment of
Latest Print 2013 / 480 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Gratuity Act, 1972. Maternity Benefit Act, 1961. Payment
ISBN-978-81-203-3973-6 / ` 375.00 / (e-book also available) of Wages Act, 1936. Minimum Wages Act, 1948. Payment
of Bonus Act, 1965. Industrial Employment Standing
Orders Act, 1946. Section V: Taxation Laws. Income Tax.
SULPHEY & BASHEER Wealth Tax. Value Added Tax (VAT). Section VI: Miscella-
Laws for Business, 2nd ed. neous Acts. Intellectual Property Rights. Information
Technology Act, 2000. Environment Protection Act, 1986.
M.M. SULPHEY, Professor and Head, HR Domain, TKM Index.
Institute of Management, Kollam, Kerala. Latest Print 2013 / 452 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
AZ-HAR BASHEER, Assistant Professor at TKM Institute of ISBN-978-81-203-4825-7 / ` 375.00 / (e-book also available)
Management, Kollam, Kerala. He is also a consultant and
mentor to a number of SMEs.
The knowledge of business laws is very important for Business Reengineering
the survival and growth of any organisation. This
comprehensive and well-written book provides a sound
understanding of the fundamentals of business laws.
GROVER & MARKUS (Eds.)
The book presents a thorough discussion of various legal Business Process Transformation
topics such as contract laws, corporate laws, labour Editors: VARUN GROVER and M. LYNNE MARKUS.
legislations, taxation laws and the related acts including
This book provides a rich set of conceptual, empirical,
the Sale of Goods Act, 1930, the Negotiable Instruments and introspective studies that characterize fundamental
Act, 1881, the Consumer Protection Act, 1986, the
knowledge in the area of Business Process Transform-
Insurance Act, 1938, the Limited Liability Partnership Act, ation. It covers the core challenges organizations face in
2008, the Companies Act, 1956, the Foreign Exchange their journey to higher degrees of process orientation.
Management Act, 1999, the Information Technology Act,
Processes are interpreted broadly to include operational
2000, the Environment Protection Act, 1986, and other and managerial processes within and between
important acts.
organizations, as well as those involved in knowledge
The subject has been made more interesting and generation.
authentic by the inclusion of many practical examples
and studies of different law cases. In addition, the book The editors and contributing authors pay close attention
provides Review Questions at the end of each chapter. to the role of IS organizations and information techno-
Moreover, mind maps have also been provided in most logies in facilitating business process transformation. Each
of the chapters to give the readers a brief idea about the chapter places major emphasis on clearly articulating
concepts discussed. the knowledge generated, both theoretical and
applied. The book incorporates case studies and tables
In the Second Edition, new acts such as Right to Inform- throughout, and provides fundamental grounding for the
ation Act and Right to Education Act have been added. postgraduate students of management and professionals.
More practical exercises in the form of case studies
have been added in the questions section. Formats of a Contents: Series Editors Introduction. Foreword.
number of documents have also been included in this Consolidating Knowledge on the Journey of Business
edition. Process Transformation. Part I: Tracing Business
Processes and TransformationWhatever Happened to
The book is primarily designed for the undergraduate and Business Process Reengineering? The Rise, Fall, and
postgraduate students of management and other related Possible Revival of Business Process Reengineering from
courses for their subject Business Law. Besides the the Organizing Vision Perspective. Business Processes:
manage-ment students, the professionals and legal Four Perspectives. Part II: Fundamental Approaches to
practitioners will also find the book very useful. the Analysis and Redesign of Business ProcessesThe
Contents: Foreword. Preface. Section I: Introduction to Bug Fixing Process in Proprietary and Free/Libre Open
Law and Its Implication in Business. Introduction. Section Source Software: A Coordination Theory Analysis.
II: Law of Contracts. Indian Contract Act, 1872. Special Transforming Business Process Transformation with
Contracts. Sale of Goods Act, 1930. Negotiable Diagnostic Knowledge-Based Tools. Part III: The Role of
Instruments Act, 1881. Consumer Protection Act, 1986. Information Technology in Organizational Change
Insurance Act, 1938. Indian Partnership Act, 1932. Limited Breaking the Functional Mind-Set: The Role of
Liability Partnership Act, 2008. Section III: Corporate Information Technology. ERP-Enabled Business Process
Laws. Companies Act, 1956. Foreign Exchange Reengineering: Implications from Texas Instruments. Part
Management Act, 1999. Competition Act, 2002. Securities IV: Transformation Across a Spectrum of Business
and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992. Section IV: ProcessesRedesigning IT-Enabled Customer Support
Labour Legislations. Administrative Law. Factories Act, Processes for Dynamic Environments. Transforming the
120 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
New Product Development Process: Leveraging and as Business Process Automation Tool. Automation in
Managing Knowledge. Business Network Redesign Knowledge Management System. Automation in Master
Methodologies in Action. Part V: Success and Failure in Data Management (MDM). Automation in Mobile Process
Business Process TransformationSuccessful Business Management. Glossary. Bibliography.
Process Transformation at J.D. Edwards. A Case Study of Latest Print 2009 / 392 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Business Process Reengineering Failure. Part VI: Trends ISBN-978-81-203-3927-9 / ` 325.00 / (e-book also available)
and Challenges in Transforming Business Processes
Transforming Human Resource Processes Through
Outsourcing: Enterprise Partnership at BAE Systems. RADHAKRISHNAN & BALASUBRAMANIAN
Problems in the Transfer of Reengineering Efforts: An
Illustrative Case. Process Management, Technological Business Process Reengineering:
Innovation, and Organizational Adaptation. Editors and Text and Cases
Contributors. Series Editor. Index. R. RADHAKRISHNAN, Vice-Chancellor, Anna University,
Latest Print 2010 / 368 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Coimbatore.
ISBN-978-81-203-4056-5 / ` 350.00 S. BALASUBRAMANIAN, Director, Centre for Intellectual
Property Rights, Anna University, Coimbatore.
MOHAPATRA This textbook explores the fundamental principles
Business Process Automation of Business Process Reengineering (BPR). The express
aim of the book is to address the needs of MBA students
SANJAY MOHAPATRA, Associate Professor in Information opting for courses in Information Technology Manage-
Systems at Xavier Institute of Management, ment or Operations Management, MCA students who
Bhubaneswar (XIMB). opt for Business Processes as an elective, and students of
This book discusses the major trends in Business Process BE/B.Tech Mechanical Engineering and Production Engi-
Automation (BPA) and explains how BPA technologies neering for courses in Process Engineering/Automation/
and tools are applied in practice. It introduces the Management System Design. The book provides them
students to the concepts of BPA and describes the need with the concepts, methodo-logies, models and tools
for automation in business process management. needed to understand and implement BPR.
The book illustrates live examples of different functions In a nutshell, the book offers a step-by-step present-ation
of an enterprise where automation has been successfully of the practical framework and management techniques
implemented to reap business benefits. It elaborates the needed to achieve engineering solutions for implement-
applications of BPA in various sectors such as HR and ation of BPR in an organization. The initial chapters
payroll, marketing, e-governance, knowledge manage- introduce the reader to the need for BPR and its utility in
ment and banking. The text also discusses in detail the relation to IT and manufacturing. The middle chapters
role of Chief Information Officer (CIO) as a change agent cover the methodology, success factors, barriers, and the
for designing and implementing automation initiatives. technologies that are relevant for BPR implementation.
Return-on-Investment (ROI) calculations have been shown The latter chapters present solutions like lean and virtual
as a business case for automating business processes. manufacturing, enterprise resource planning, and
Evaluation criteria for deciding which software package to functional information systems. An exclusive chapter is
be implemented have been thoroughly explained. devoted to concepts and tasks of software reengineering.
KEY FEATURES Aided by extensive illustrations, end-of-chapter review
Provides case studies at the end of all chapters to help questions, as well as a chapter consisting entirely of case
the students for easy understanding of the concepts studies, this book will help students develop a rich,
discussed. multifaceted perspective, to enable them to handle
Includes chapter-end questions to test students complex management and engineering problems.
comprehension of the subject. The book will be useful to students in practically all
Presents a glossary of technical terms. branches of engineering, not just mechanical/production/
The book is designed for the postgraduate students of industrial engineering.
management. It would be useful for the professionals and Contents: Preface. Introduction to Business Processes.
practitioners for implementation of process automation Introduction to BPR. BPR in Manufacturing Industry. BPR
in organizations as well. and Information Technology. BPR Implementation
Contents: Foreword I. Foreword II. Preface. Methodology. Success Factors of BPR. Managing Barriers
Acknowledgments. Understanding Business Process to Business Process Reengineering Success. BPR and
Automation. Automation in Business Process Life Cycle Relevant Technologies. Lean Manufacturing and the
Management. Automation and Business Intelligence. Environment. Enterprise Resource Planning. Functional
Automation in Business Communication. Process Information System. Software Re-engineering. Virtual
Automation in HR and Payroll. Automation in Marketing. Manufacturing. Case Studies. References. Index.
Automation in E-governance. Return on Investment from Latest Print 2011 / 288 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
BPA. Automation in Software Project Management. ERP ISBN-978-81-203-3567-7 / ` 250.00 / (e-book also available)
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 121
and contingency approaches, and the validity of these as The book offers conversations in various social contexts,
justified methods of change management in the Indian in formal and informal situations, and lists in an
and global environmental contexts. exhaustive way all the expressions used within the
Besides postgraduate students of management, particular communicative function. In addition, there are
researchers and professionals in the field will also find exercises at the end of each unit which provide the
this book immensely useful. learners an opportunity to go through the actual use of
those expressions, thereby enhancing their confidence to
KEY FEATURES use English.
Provides relevant case studies from global and Indian Designed primarily as a text in communicative or
perspective to enhance students understanding of the functional English, this book should also be useful to all
theoretical concepts. those who wish to improve their English for socially
Gives web references at the end of every chapter, appropriate communication.
encouraging students to delve deeper into the subject.
KEY FEATURES
Includes key terms, review questions, multiple-choice
questions and exercises at the end of each chapter. Provides learners with ready-to-use and socially
appropriate expressions through conversations.
Contents: Foreword. Preface. Introduction to Manage- Presents a full range of expressions for choice within
ment of Change. Organizational Structure and Change. the language functions such as requests, suggestions,
Structure and Management of Change. Organizational asking and giving opinions, asking and giving advice,
Culture and Management of Change. Managing Cultural and agreeing and disagreeing.
Change: Indian and Global Illustrations. Change and HR
Management: Concepts and Applications. Change and Offers practice opportunity through exercises at the
Strategy in Organizations. Strategies for Organizational end of each unit.
Growth: Applications. Organizational Development. Brings communication in English within the reach of all
Applications of Organization Development in India. Work learners through steps like read-practice-develop-use.
Processes and Management of Change. Role of Inform- Contents: Acknowledgements. Introduction. UNIT ONE:
ation Technology in Managing Change. Change Through Starting and Ending Conversations. UNIT TWO: Introducing
Customer Relationship Management. Contingency Oneself and Others. UNIT THREE: Greetings, Praises, and
Approaches for Managing Change. Managing Change in Compliments. UNIT FOUR: Requests and Suggestions. UNIT
Knowledge Era. Index. FIVE: Asking and Giving Permission. UNIT SIX: Possibility,
Latest Print 2012 / 304 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Ability, and Probability. UNIT SEVEN: Refusing and Rejecting.
ISBN-978-81-203-2965-2 / ` 275.00 / (e-book also available) UNIT EIGHT: Obligation and Necessity. UNIT NINE: Invitations
and Offers. UNIT TEN: Directions and Instructions. UNIT
ELEVEN: Expressing Opinions. UNIT TWELVE: Positive Criticism.
Communication Skills UNIT THIRTEEN: Approval and Disapproval. UNIT FOURTEEN:
Accusing, Denying, and Contradicting. UNIT FIFTEEN: Making,
Changing and Cancelling Appointments. UNIT SIXTEEN:
APTE Apology and Gratitude. UNIT SEVENTEEN: Expressing Surprise
Course in English Communication, A: or Disbelief. UNIT EIGHTEEN: Seeking and Giving Information.
For the Learners of English as a UNIT NINETEEN: Making Plans and Arrangements. UNIT
TWENTY: Sympathy and Consolation. UNIT TWENTY-ONE:
Second Language Complaints and Objections. UNIT TWENTY-TWO: Seeking and
Late MADHAVI APTE, Director, MGMs Institute of Indian Giving Advice. UNIT TWENTY-THREE: Agreeing and Disagreeing.
and Foreign Languages and Communication and UNIT TWENTY-FOUR: Getting Things Done. UNIT TWENTY-FIVE:
Professor, MGMs Institute of Management, Aurangabad, Likes, Dislikes and Preferences. UNIT TWENTY-SIX: Expressing
Maharashtra. Conditions. UNIT TWENTY-SEVEN: Expressing Fears and
Anxiety. UNIT TWENTY-EIGHT: Checking Communication.
With the increasing awareness of the importance of UNIT TWENTY-NINE: Warnings and Prohibition. UNIT THIRTY:
English as a global link language and the widespread use Excitement and Disappointment. References.
of the Internet and the globalization of business and
education, the need for learning English effectively is Latest Print 2013 / 212 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
being felt more than ever before. This international ISBN-978-81-203-3072-6 / ` 195.00
awakening has spurred nations like China and Russia that
kept away from English in the past to educate their
populations in the English language. In India too, there is
a renewed interest in learning English for communication.
This book takes the most pragmatic and current approach
to the teaching and learning of English which offers
learners ready-to-use expressions in their day-to-day
communication.
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 123
AUBUCHON AXELROD
Anatomy of Persuasion, The Getting Your Way Every Day: Mastering
How to Persuade Others to: Act on the Lost Art of Pure Persuasion
Your Ideas, Accept Your Proposals, ALAN AXELROD is the author of many popular business
and reference books, including the Business Week
Buy Your Products or Services, bestsellers Patton on Leadership and Elizabeth I, CEO. He
Hire You, Promote You, and More! is a former professor of English who has taught classical
NORBERT AUBUCHON is creator of the unique seminar, rhetoric, from the Greeks and Romans through the
The Anatomy of Persuasion. Renaissance.
A delightful how-to that reduces the art of persuasion This book shows how to easily borrow from the art of
to its understandable and useful elements. Readers will classical rhetoric to consistently get what we want in any
enjoy and benefit from Aubuchons clear and compelling situation, using tactics and strategies that have existed
message. He has summarized very nicely what most of us for thousands of yearsbut which few people know. It
who have been successful learn in 30 to 40 years! also shows how to persuade minds, win hearts, and more
wills and help us to achieve even the most ambitious
Richard Heckert, former Chairman, goals on a daily basis.
the DuPont Company
It is a powerful, easy-to-use guide book which shows how
Persuasion is a motivating form of communication in all to transform arguments from shouting matches into
walks of life. But most of us are not very good at it constructive discussions, develop a rapport with even a
because we do not know the how-to process of strongest-willed of opponents, and leverage the power of
persuasion. This book provides the readers with a unique, reason, emotion, and character to get exactly what we
proven, step-by-step, analytical thinking process to want, every time.
master this skill and explains how it can be used to
analyze, organize and present information in a persuasive The book provides a huge variety of techniques
way and get what one wants. immediately usable for any business or social situation
It also provides the principles which help to build a which help us to win anyone over to our point of view.
lifetime skills as a persuasive communicator. This gives This book helps us to learn how to:
the reader the important advantages in their abilityto Convey authority and integrity and project the most
influence and motivate others to accept their proposals, powerful and appropriate image of ourselves in any
buy their products, use their services, adopt their given situation
policies, hire them or promote them. Evoke the audiences empathy and target their
With this book the readers can persuade their way to emotionsthen harness those feelings into the specific
success in all walks of life. outcome which we want
Contents: Foreword. Acknowledgments. Introduction. Appeal to logic and clarify the facts so that our
Overview. Creativity. Two Principles of Communication. suggestion becomes the most obviously reasonable
The Buying Process. The Persuasion Process: Part I. plan of action
Needs. The Persuasion Process: Part II. Controlling the Effectively use small talk to learn the needs and desires
Persuasion Process. Features, Functions, and Benefits. of the other person or group, and facilitate results by
Setting Your Objective. Using the Tools. Case Study: How making the process more pleasant
to Increase Staff During a Hiring Freeze. Case Study: How Use of four phases of AIDA to command Attention,
to Get Funding for Your Program. Case Study: How to Be create Interest, generate Desire, and prompt Action
a Rocket Scientist! Building Your Own Proposal. A Touch Contents: PART I: Get Ready To WinProfit from Ancient
of the Real World. Can You Find the Errors? Selling Your Wisdom. Look for an Argument. Lay It All Out. Be
Ideas to Higher Management. The Anatomy of Persuasion Reasonable. Be Ethical, Be Emotional. Stay Out of the
as a Management Tool. A Final Word: Thinking and Palace of Fallacy. Welcome to the House of Style. Go
Talking in Terms of Benefits. AppendixesI: A Checklist of Beyond Words. PART II: Make Your Case and Get Your
Common Errors. II: The Anatomy of Persuasion WayTalk Yourself into the Job You Want. Move Your
Preparation Guidelines. III: The Anatomy of Persuasion Boss. Inspire Your Staff. Motivate Your Colleagues. Win
Outline Guide. IV: The Anatomy of Persuasion Structure Your Customers. Satisfy Your Customers. Convince Your
and Alignment Chart. Index. Customers. Deal with Your Vendors. Close with Your
Latest Print 2007 / 208 pp. (Hard Cover) Investors and Lenders. Epilogue: When Rhetoric Hits the
15.3 22.9 cm / ISBN-978-81-203-3310-9 / ` 275.00 Speed of Light. Index.
Latest Print 2011 / 304 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-4318-4 / ` 325.00
124 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Contents: Preface. List of Exhibits. Principles of SituationsNot Just One but a Winning Team. Making
Communication. Oral Communication. Mechanics Sure Its Not Greek to Them: International Presentations.
of Writing. Report-Writing. Sections of the Report. Becoming a Winning Presenter. Notes. Index.
Circulars, Notices, Memos, Agenda and Minutes. Writing Latest Print 2008 / 336 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm
Letters. Applying for a Job. Index. ISBN-978-81-203-3439-7 / ` 350.00
Latest Print 2012 / 180 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-1709-3 / ` 150.00
PUSHP LATA & KUMAR
LEECH Communicate or Collapse: A Handbook
How to Prepare, Stage and Deliver of Effective Public Speaking, Group
Winning Presentations, 3rd ed. Discussions and Interviews
THOMAS LEECH is a well-known presentation consultant, PUSHP LATA, Assistant Professor, Languages Group and
executive speech coach and professional speaker. nucleus member, Public and Media Relations Unit, Birla
Institute of Technology and Science (BITS), Pilani,
All of us know the importance of presentations when it Rajasthan.
comes to winning clients, selling to customers getting SANJAY KUMAR, Consultant, Communication and Soft
colleagues on board with our plans and even selling Skills Development Training, Triumphant Institute of
senior executive on a new idea or demonstrating value to Management Education (T.I.M.E.), Jaipur.
potential investors.
Effective communication is of immense significance to all
This book by Thomas Leech, provides the readers with an organizations as the professional world thrives on its
easy-to-use process to achieve all this. It illustrates how capacity to be articulate and expressive, innovative and
to create and give presentations to help present topics improvising. The book, based on the vast and variegated
dynamically, clearly and effectively. The book walks the experience of the authors gathered while training
reader from the initial planning stage through delivery thousands of aspiring professionals, discusses how to
and shows how to: hone the career management skills such as writing good
Organize ideas to be clear, concise and convincing resums, presenting oneself in job interviews, and making
Support your messages and ideas with vivid examples a good impression in group discussions.
and graphics, using computer tools such as PowerPoint The text explains in detail all the elements of
and Web conferencing to persuade the audience communication, for example, different types of speeches,
Master delivery essentials such as body language, voice group discussions and interviews. The book also deals
and confidence with the art of developing a speech in a planned manner,
Control Q&A and discussions effectively and preparing an outline, and writing catchy introductions
Influence the decision makers and emphatic conclusions. In addition, it shows how to
combat nervousness in a scientific manner, and use
This third edition presents brand new strategies for microphones and lecterns.
meeting the demands of the contemporary business
world. So if your job requires achieving the buy-in, trust KEY FEATURES
or financial commitment of others, this book is just right Gives a number of sample speeches, model interviews,
for youcombining 20 years of field-proven strategies model group discussions.
with the latest in technological capability and business Provides cartoons and illustrations throughout the text
reality. It is the key to advancing your career by that make the book interesting to read.
generating positive outcomes. Present your way to Gives tips to employ body language, audio-visual aids,
success. humour, wit, and quotations.
Contains in-depth discussion on communication anxiety
Contents: Acknowledgments. Part I: Presentations: An and its management.
OverviewPresentations: Vital to Success in a Changing
World. Executive Summary: The Fundamental Fifteen Intended primarily for courses in public speaking,
Keys to Winning Presentations. Becoming a Winning communicative English and managerial communication,
Presenter. Part II: PreparePlan: First Analyze and this practical text should also be of great utility and
Strategize. Organize: Sort Out Your Ideas to Clarify and worth to students who have to appear for civil services
Convince. Support: Make Your Case. Visual Aids/Graphics: examination at the interview and those pursuing
A Picture Is Worth 1000 Words, Maybe. Part III: Stage professional courses in their group discussion part.
Arrangements: The Devils in the Details. Working the Finally, it would be of help to all those who wish to
Charts, Successfully. Practice: Skip It at Your Risk. Part IV: engage themselves in debates and public speaking.
Deliver and Follow UpShow Time: Overview and Contents: From Authors Desk. Photo Credits. Part I:
Nonverbal Delivery Skills. The Spoken Word: Language Fundamentals of Effective Public SpeakingPublic
and Voice. Interact: Successfully Managing Q&A. Speaking: An Overview. Combating Nervousness. Listening
Switching Hats: Becoming a Sharper Listener. Follow Up: Effectively. Using Body and Voice to Communicate.
It Aint Over Til Its Over. Part V: Special Presentation Part II: Preparing, Organizing and Delivering the
128 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
ContentsPreparing and Organizing the Message. Sizing of Sample Job Interview. Annexure: Sample Technical
up Your Audience. Preparing an Outline. Using Audio- Interviews.
Visual Aids. Supporting Material for Speeches. Part III: Latest Print 2011 / 144 pp. / 13.9 21.6 cm
Speaking to a Large GroupCasting Effective Introduction ISBN-978-81-203-3878-4 / ` 195.00
and Conclusion. Speaking on Special Occasions. Speaking
to Inform. Persuading without Pushing. Using Humour
and Wit. Speeches for Analysis and Discussion. Part IV: SEN
Public Speaking for CarEer AdvancementPlacing
Mind over Matters: Interviews. Shoring up in Group Communication Skills, 2nd ed.
Discussion. Appendix A: Sounds of English. Appendix B: LEENA SEN, Professor, Communications Area and Head,
Sample Interviews. Appendix C: Sample Group Discussion. Centre for Communications Studies, at NMIMS University,
Index. Mumbai.
Latest Print 2011 / 304 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Today, the need for communication skills has become
ISBN-978-81-203-3323-9 / ` 225.00 more important than ever before. Communication plays a
vital rolebe it the preparation one has to do to face
an interview or deal with diverse business deals, or
PUSHP LATA & KUMAR interacting with colleagues, superiors, and others. The
Communicate to Conquer: Second Edition of this text, based on the feedback
A Handbook of Group Discussions and received from the readers, continues to highlight the vital
skills one needs for effectively communicating in diverse
Job Interviews (with DVD) situations.
PUSHP LATA, Assistant Professor, Languages Group and
nucleus member, Public and Media Relations Unit, Birla Divided into five parts, the text shows the power of three
Institute of Technology and Science (BITS), Pilani, Vs of communicationthe verbal, the visual and the
Rajasthan. vocal, examining at the same time the role of formal and
SANJAY KUMAR, Consultant, Communication and Soft informal communication methods, and stressing the
Skills Development Training, Triumphant Institute of significance of grapevine in organizations. It also
Management Education (T.I.M.E.), Jaipur. demonstrates how important listening is, and the basic
skill-sets needed by a manager for business dealings.
Every good students dream is to get into the best Further, the text gives the nuances of verbal communi-
professional coursemanagement, computer, law or any cation and the factors necessary for preparing a
otherand every graduates and postgraduates dream is presentation besides giving a comprehensive view of non-
to get the best job possiblein terms of both verbal communication. It highlights the role of written
remuneration and reputation of the company. And for communication, the importance of business writing, the
these, good performance in Group Discussions (GDs) and formats of business letters, memos, and report writing,
Interviews is so essential. Whats more, even if a and how flawed thinking impedes written communi-
manager or a senior professional wants to go up the cation. The text concludes by emphasizing the crucial role
ladder, he/she has to master the art of communication. played by corporate communication in enhancing an
This compact and concise book shows how the reader organizations image.
can excel in group discussions and interviewsall these
with an accompanying DVD. WHATS NEW TO THIS EDITION
New concepts such as Fog Index/Readability Index,
This book gives the tools and techniques for conducting
Business Terms, Acronyms, Abbreviations, e-mail
and preparing Group Discussions and Interviews and
Etiquette, Virtual Team Skills, and Social Skills.
clearly explains all their components and the entire
procedure. Besides, the book provides tips for effective Many exercises and other inputs.
participation and performance in GDs and interviews. Written in a clear and straightforward style and in a
The provision of a large number of examples and student-friendly fashion, this concise and compact text is
extensive practice material lends a practical flavour to intended both for students of management and for young
the text. The book includes sample HR and technical executives and managers.
interviews, brain-teasing questions, sample group Contents: Foreword. Preface. Preface to the First Edition.
discussion, and Case Study. Acknowledgments. Part 1: Managerial Communication
KEY FEATURE Communication: The Most Important Management Tool.
The Importance of Listening. Basic Skills-Sets of a
DVD records mock GDs and interviews (good and bad). Manager. Part 2: Verbal Communication and Presentation
Contents: Preface. Meeting Challenges Head-on. Building SkillsUse of Words and Sentences in Verbal
a Meaningful Career. Sailing Successfully through Group Communication. Presentation Skills. Part 3: Non-
Discussions. Learning by Example: An Annotated Text of Verbal CommunicationThe Power of Non-Verbal
Sample Group Discussion. Winning the Final Frontier in Communication. Part 4: Written CommunicationWritten
Job Interviews. Learning by Example: An Annotated Text Communication. Part 5: Communicating in a Multicultural
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 129
WorldCommunicating in a Multicultural World. Keeping and Group Problem Solving Process. Management of
Pace with a Changing World: The PR Way. Answers to Information. Motivation, Morale and Communicative
Test Questions. Index. Leadership. Conflict and Negotiation in Organisations.
Latest Print 2012 / 292 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm Corporate Communication I. Corporate Communication II.
ISBN-978-81-203-3301-7 / ` 225.00 / (e-book also available) Resume, Cover Letters and Thank You Letters. The
Interview Process. Index.
SENGUPTA Latest Print 2011 / 688 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-4435-8 / ` 375.00 / (e-book also available)
Business and Managerial Communication
SAILESH SENGUPTA, Visiting Professor in a number of WEISS
leading business and professional institutes in Delhi and
adjoining states. He is a well-known communication and Elements of International English Style,
management professional and has been in the corporate
field and academics for over thirty years.
The: A Guide to Writing Correspondence,
Starting his career as an Education Officer under the Reports, Technical Documents, and
Government of India, Mr. SenGupta joined Hindustan Internet Pages for a Global Audience
Copper Limited (A Govt. of India Enterprise) and later
became Head of its Delhi division. EDMOND H. WEISS.
This well organised book with numerous attractive This book serves as an easy-to-understand handbook of
features provides a comprehensive and holistic approach resources one needs to write English correspondence and
to business and managerial communication. It deals with other documents particularly for an international business
the modern practices of both verbal and non-verbal audience. Emphasizing on simplicity, clarity, proper
communication, which has today become a core part of etiquette, cultural sensitivity, appropriate layout and
our personality. The book has a blend of theories and typography, it integrates the theory and controversies of
strategies adopted in speaking, listening and writing intercultural communication with practical skills of writing
with their practical applications at the managerial, and editing English for those who read it as a second
organisational, corporate, individual and group levels. language.
Thus, the book will be of immense use to the students Useful for students and professionals too, this book
of management and related fields of study and combines traditional advice with new insights into e-mail
professionals-managers, advertising, marketing and public culture.
relations executives, businessmen and HR experts. The text contains realistic examples, problems, and
Besides, the book will prove helpful to the job seekers.
projects including:
KEY FEATURES
Fifty-seven specific tactics to internationalize ones
Illustrates theories and principles with day to day English
examples. Hundreds of before and after comparisons showing the
Ensures understanding of concepts explained by using positive effects of editing for an international audience
practice sessions. Models of international correspondence, including
Gives special focus to lateral and soft skills in an e-mail
exclusive chapter. Practical discussion questions and work projects
Provides case studies along with discussion questions. Useful resources including a checklist for inter-
Invites readers' active participation by means of nationalizing ones website
analytical exercises and project tasks.
Includes skill tests, communication tasks, quizzes and A strunk and White for the 21st century and the Internet.
exercises. MICHAEL B. GOODMAN, Fairleigh Dickinson University
Contents: Preface. Fundamentals and Functions of There is a definite need for this text. I would expect
Communication. Barriers and Malfunctions in numerous college instructors to make use of it.
Communication: Perception and Reality. Building Active JAMES TISCHLER, Columbia College of Missouri
Communication Skills: The Process, Context and
Classifications. Communication Requirements and Contents: Preface. Acknowledgments. The Language
Characteristics of Managerial Communication. Speech and of Global Business is International English. Principles of
Speaking ... Towards Endless Perfection. Conversational Simplicity. Principles of Clarity. Reducing Burdens. Writing
Skills: Listening and Persuasive Speaking. Effective for Translation. Principles of Correspondence. Principles
Business Communication: A Bundle of Skills. of Cultural Adaptation. Appendixes1. Projects for
Communication in Organisations. Business Writing. Students of International English. 2. Sentences that Need
Business Correspondence, Business Meetings and Editing. 3. Instructional/Technical Passages that Over-
Technology. Business Letters. Business and Technical burden the Reader. 4. A Portfolio of Bad News Letters.
Report Writing. Lateral and Soft Skills in Communication 5. An Internationalized Website Checklist. Index.
and Managing Self. Research in Business and Latest Print 2008 / 184 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm
Organisational Communication. Group Communication ISBN-978-81-203-2949-2 / ` 150.00
130 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Corporate GovernanceA Comparative Study and Governance Systems: Germany and Japan. Notes. Index.
Analysis. Corporate Governance Systems in Various About the Author.
Countries of The World. National Committees Codes/ Latest Print 2008 / 240 pp. (Hard Cover)
Recommendations on Corporate Governance in India 15.3 22.9 cm / ISBN-978-81-203-3553-0 / ` 350.00
Corporate Governance Reforms. Corporate Governance
Standards and Practices in Indian Industries. Corporate
Social Responsibility (CSR) and Sustainability. Towards PRASAD
A Comprehensive and Standard Code of Corporate
Governance and Disclosure Norms. APPENDICESI: A
Corporate Governance, 2nd ed.
Snapshot of Corporate Governance System in the USA, KESHO PRASAD is a Management Consultant specialized
The UK, Germany, Japan and India. II: List of Important in the areas of human resources and general
SEBI Regulations. III: Impact of International Committees management.
Recommendations on National Committees Recommen- Due to increased globalization of trade, the business
dations and Enactments in India on Corporate environment in most countries has become very
Governance. IV: Criterion for Evaluation of Governance competitive. Businesses have to work hard to find new
Standard. V: Grading on Five-point Scale. Glossary. customers and retain old ones. This has made good
Bibliography. Index corporate governance indispensable to those who want
Latest Print 2013 / 404 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm to survive and flourish.
ISBN-978-81-203-4821-9 / ` 375.00 / (e-book also available) This revised text, now in its Second Edition, continues to
discuss the contemporary issues of corporate governance
KAEN in the wake of changing business ambience. It is a rich
source of concepts, principles and practices on good
Blueprint for Corporate Governance, A: corporate governance. It provides the students and
Strategy, Accountability, and the professionals with an understanding of techniques and
methods that can be used in practice for introducing
Presentation of Shareholder Value effective governance in companies. The book also gives a
FRED R. KAEN. thorough and practical overview of how to achieve
collective decision-making as a foundation for strong
This complete and authoritative guide brings together a
corporate governance.
state-of-the-art overview of governance practices. These
practices help managers, executives, and boards of New write-ups on SEBIs Initiatives and Initiatives by the
directors focus their activities on building value for Government of India and two new chapters, one on Role
shareholders. It is packed with real-world examples, of SEBI in the Current Scenario and the other on
academic research, and statistical data. Company Law in this edition enhance the value of the
book.
Traces the emergence of the corporation in the 19th
century and the eventual dominance of a market-based Besides being an ideal text for MBA/PGDBM courses, this
contractual theory of corporate governance book can be a helpful guide to managers and executives
Supplies an astute analysis of how investors value who aim high in the corporate and hierarchies.
stock prices KEY FEATURES
Explains how the financial contracts between the Incorporates case studies and models to make the text
company and the suppliers of capital establish who easy and interesting.
controls the company Discusses International and Indian practices on
Uncovers the ways that short-term incentive plans and corporate governance.
long-term plans can be used to enhance performance Emphasizes roles and responsibilities of independent
and shareholder wealth directors, measurement of performance of directors
Examines the reasons for mergers, acquisitions, hostile and learning board model.
takeovers, management buyouts, spin-offs and more
Contents: Preface. Introduction. Shareholders and Their
Looks at how boards should be selected, organized and Role. Directors and Their Role. The Corporate Dashboard.
monitored by shareholders Measurement of Board Performance. The Learning Board
Contents: Corporate Governance: An Overview. The Model: Professionalizing the Board. Performance of
Governance Structure of American Corporations. Markets: Management. Summary of Codes of Best Governance.
Can You Trust Them? Valuation. Corporate Governance Corporate Governance in India. Role of SEBI in the
Issues in Investment Decisions. Corporate Governance Current Scenario. Company Law. International
Issues and the Financing Decision. Corporate Governance Governance. Bibliography. Index.
Dividend Issues. Corporate Governance and Managerial Latest Print 2011 / 344 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Compensation. The Corporate Control Market. The Board ISBN-978-81-203-4476-1 / ` 325.00 / (e-book also available)
of Directors and Shareholders Rights. Alternative
132 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
sales! Hold your grand opening. Look towards the future. Looking for Money. Using Your Plan for Classes and
Index. Competitions. Internal Planning for Existing Businesses
Latest Print 2006 / 302 pp. / 21.6 27.8 cm and Corporations. Time Saving Tips. Section IV:
ISBN-81-203-2944-9 / ` 250.00 Special ConsiderationsConsiderations for Internet,
e-businesses. Considerations for Retailers. Consider-
ations for Manufacturers. Considerations for Service
ABRAMS Businesses. Business Planning in a Weak (or Strong)
Successful Business Plan, The: Secrets Economy. Section V: ReferenceOutline of a Business
Plan. Business Terms Glossary. Funding Sources. Research
& Strategies, 4th ed. Sources. Entrepreneurs Sources. Index. Sample Plan
RHONDA ABRAMS. Cover Letter. Executive Summary. Company Description.
Industry Analysis and Trends. Target Market. The
Everything you need to know to write a fool-proof, Competition. Strategic Position and Risk Assessment.
perfectly formatted, knock-em-dead business plan is here Marketing Plan. Operations. Technology Plan. Manage-
in this book. Its the best-selling business plan guide on ment and Organization. Community Involvement and
the market, used in top business schools and by hundreds Social Responsibility. Development, Milestones and Exit
of thousands of entrepreneurs. Plan. Income Statement, Three-Year Projection. Income
Named by Inc. and Forbes magazines as one of the top Statement, Annual. Cash-Flow Projection. Balance Sheet.
ten essential books for small business, this fully revised Sources and Uses of Funds. Assumption Sheet.
and updated fourth edition of The Successful Business Latest Print 2010 / 456 pp. / 21.6 27.8 cm
Plan: Secrets & Strategies is a complete, step-by-step ISBN-978-81-203-2943-0 / ` 375.00
guide to researching and writing a business plan to get
your company funded!
ABRAMS
Its been called the entrepreneurs bible, having helped
hundreds of thousands of successful business people get What Business Should I Start?
the funding they need to launch their businesses. 7 Steps to Discovering the Ideal
BOOK FEATURES Business for You
99 worksheets to help you get started quickly, taking
RHONDA ABRAMS.
you through every critical section of a successful
business plan Want to start your own business, but arent sure which
Sample business plan offering guidance on length, one? Want to find a business thats right for youfor
style, formatting and language your interests, skills, and goalsthat will also be
The Abrams Method of Flow-Through Financials, which successful? This new book takes you through an
makes easy work of number crunchingeven if youre exclusive seven-step process, revealing the ideal business
a numbers novice for you.
Special chapters addressing issues of concern for Youll embark on a series of self-tests, evaluations,
service, manufacturing, retail, and Internet companies brainstorming sessions and guided online research to
Added help for teams and students preparing business generate and then refine a realistic, useful list of
plans for classes or competitions potential business ideas that match with your skills,
Nearly 200 real-life insider secrets from top venture interests, experience, needs, resources, and location.
capitalists and successful CEOslearn what truly THE BOOK FEATURES
impresses funders
New chapter on starting a business in a challenging Exclusive E-Type Assessment. Use this groundbreaking
economy questionnaire and uncover your unique Entrepreneurial
Type, based on your talents, personality, and passions.
Contents: About the Author. About the Contributors. Identify which businesses are best for your E-Type.
Acknowledgments. Foreword by Eugene Kleiner.
Foreword to the Fourth Edition. How to Use This Book. Extensive Business Information. Discover the businesses
Introduction. Section I: Starting the ProcessThe that are hot right nowand how much money they
Successful Business. Getting Your Plan Started. Making make. Find out which industries work best for small
Your Plan Compelling. Section II: Business Plan businesses, and why. Carefully developed resource lists
ComponentsThe Executive Summary. Company show you where and how you can do your own in-depth
Description. Industry Analysis and Trends. Target Market. research.
Competition. Strategic Position and Risk Assessment. Fully Researched Business Reviews. Candid, extensive
Marketing Plan and Sales Strategy. Operations. critiques of 23 popular businesseswith success rates,
Technology Plan. Management and Organization. start-up costs, resources, money-making potential and
Community Involvement and Social Responsibility. more.
Development, Milestones, and Exit Plan. The Financials. Analytical Worksheets. Organize and analyze your
The Plans Appendix. Section III: Putting the Plan to potential business ideasthen rate and rank your
WorkPreparing, Presenting, and Sending Out Your Plan. choices.
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 135
Expert Advice. Rhonda has helped thousands of to answer such questions as how does the venture
entrepreneurs start successful businessesbenefit from capital processes work, and what are the sources
her years of research and experience. of entrepreneurial opportunities. In addition, the three
THESE TOO ARE HERE key elements of entrepreneurship, namely, good
market insight, strong business models, and effective
Listing of 463 hand-picked businesses ideal for new organization are stressed.
entrepreneurs
In-depth information on businesses which make Students of management, engineering and science who
money have a keen interest in knowing the essence of
entrepreneurship and have a burning desire to create
Define your aspirations, expectations, and financial
opportunities towards building a new economy will
goals for your new business
find this book an invaluable asset. In addition, new
Learn how others have been successful, part-time or entrepreneurs and would be entrepreneurs would
full-time discover the examples of the exciting journeys described
Comprehensive descriptions of the nine E-Types and in the book worthy of emulation.
the best businesses for each
Learn the secrets to increase your chance of success Contents: List of Tables and Figures. Foreword by Richard
A. Bendis. Preface and Acknowledgments. Introduction. A
Identify your market niche and learn how it will make
Tale of Two Entrepreneurs. Creating the Opportunity.
more money for you
Marketing the Better Mousetrap: A Technologists
Contents: Who this book is for. Foreword: Scott Cook, Perspective. Evolution and Competition in Technology
founder of Intuit. About Rhonda Abrams. Introduction: Markets. Technology and the Fight for Competitive
The Seven-Step Process. Step One: Discover your Advantage. A Tale of Two Entrepreneurs: The Journey
E-TypeWhat kind of entrepreneur are you? Step Two: Continued through Heights and Valleys. New Venture
Define your AspirationsWhat do you mean by success? Finance: An Entrepreneurs Perspective. Building
Step Three: Identify your Talents and PassionsWhat do Competitive Advantage from Intellectual Capital.
you build on? Step Four: Follow in the Footsteps of Corporate Entrepreneurship: Two Perspectives. The Real
SuccessWhat works for others? Step Five: Explore your New Economy. Toward a Personal Entrepreneurial
ChoicesWhats out there? Step Six: Narrow your Strategy. Notes. References. Index.
NicheHow can you succeed? Step Seven: Rank, Rate, Latest Print 2009 / 240 pp. / 13.9 21.6 cm
and Reveal your BusinessGet going! Index. ISBN-978-81-203-2616-3 / ` 195.00
Latest Print 2006 / 380 pp. / 21.6 27.8 cm
ISBN-81-203-2946-5 / ` 350.00
COULTER
BODDE Entrepreneurship in Action, 2nd ed.
MARY COULTER, Southwest Missouri State University.
Intentional Entrepreneur, The:
The book presents in a very pleasing and exciting way
Bringing Technology and Engineering the realities of being an entrepreneurit shows entre-
to the Real New Economy preneurship in action. The author focuses on the actual
tasks and activities of the entrepreneurfrom research-
DAVID L. BODDE, Professor of Technology and Innovation, ing venture feasibility, to launching the venture, and on
University of Missouri, Kansas City. to managing growth.
In this highly readableindeed absorbingbook,
Professor David Bodde takes the reader to a walk of the KEY FEATURES
exciting journey of two real entrepreneurs and the Profiles real entrepreneurs from around the world and
success and failures they faced on their arduous journey. discusses their approach to chapter topics.
Each company dealt with faced hurdles such as Focuses on ethics and social responsibility issues under
governmental delays, international partners, and an box item in chapters captioned The Grey Zone.
insatiable need for growth capital. As the reader follows FYI (For your Information) boxes provide information
their failures and success, it becomes clear that about a particularly interesting entrepreneurial topic
entrepreneurship is a journey of trial and error, with no on idea.
short-cut to success.
Entrepreneurship in Action Case provides descriptions
The book focusses on the opportunities to create lasting of entrepreneurs on the challenges and issues they are
value from technology and build the new economy facing.
of knowledge, especially knowledge of the physical/ In multiple places throughout each chapter Rapid
biological world enabled by advances in science and Review boxes list review questions addressing the
technology. material that the reader has just read.
What adds structure and context to the lead stories is the Sweat Equity feature in chapters presents 610 assign-
interpretation of recent research on business models, ments that cover a broad spectrum of Entrepreneurial
marketing, and new venture finance. The book attempts topics.
136 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
The many Entrepreneurs in Action boxes throughout Appendix B: An Integrated Feasibility Plan for Poly-Chem
the book in all the chapters provide examples Associates, Inc. Glossary. Index.
of entrepreneurs of different types and sizes of Latest Print 2013 / 576 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
entrepreneurial values. ISBN-978-81-203-1281-4 / ` 375.00
Contents: Preface. Section 1: Introduction to
EntrepreneurshipEntrepreneurs and Entrepreneurship.
The Context of Entrepreneurship. Section 2: Entrepre- IMMINK & OKANE
neurial VenturesStart-Up IssuesResearching the
Ventures Feasibility. Planning the Venture. Organizing
TENBizPlan: Dynamic Business Planning
the Venture. Launching the Venture. Section 3: Managing for Start-ups, 2nd ed.
the Entrepreneurial VentureManaging Processes. RON IMMINK and BRIAN OKANE are directors of Oak
Managing People. Managing Growth and Other Tree Press, a leading developer of enterprise support
Entrepreneurial Challenges. Section 4: APPENDIX. Index. materials.
Latest Print 2013 / 528 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
This book presents a dynamic approach to business
ISBN-978-81-203-2808-2 / ` 425.00
planning for the establishment, development, and
management of start-up ventures. The explanations given
HOLT are simple and practical so the readers can learn and
Entrepreneurship: New Venture Creation imbibe the lessons of other successful entrepreneurs, for
planning their own business.
DAVID H. HOLT, James Madison University.
Intended for anyone who is serious about the preparation
The purpose of this text is to enrich students with an
to go into business, TENBizPlan provides a compre-
understanding of the entrepreneurial process. This book
has been written in a manner to explore the nature of hensive programme of knowledge and techniques to
entrepreneurship, provide models for new venture prepare an effective business plan.
creation, and describe ways to help entrepreneurs The text is designed to take the readers through the
succeed. whole process of starting a business, from first thoughts
KEY FEATURES about self-employment to the practicalities of start-ups,
with a specific emphasis on preparation of a detailed,
Chapters are organized to help the students learn robust and practical business plan.
about the entrepreneurial process with checkpoint
questions, examples and illustrations. Contents: Foreword. Introduction. The TENBizPlan
Approach. Personal Assessment. Idea Assessment.
Approximately 50 biographies or profiles of successful
Formalities. Marketing and Sales. Process and Resources.
entrepreneurs have been illustrated to present real-
People. Finance and Funding. Finalising Your Projections.
world results of new ventures. Some of the people
The Business Plan Document. Appendix A: TENBizPlan
profiled are Irving Berlin, William Gates of Microsoft
Business Plan Structure.
and Thomas Monaghan of Dominoes Pizza.
Each chapter ends with two short cases. Every case is Latest Print 2005 / 376 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
real, and most are current. Discussion questions are ISBN-81-203-2930-9 / ` 325.00
presented to challenge students to apply concepts
presented within the chapters. MOHANTY
Contents: Preface. Part One: Entrepreneurship and
Free EnterpriseEntrepreneurship and New Venture
Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship
Opportunities. Entrepreneurship and Innovation. Small SANGRAM KESHARI MOHANTY is a Faculty Member
Business and Corporate Entrepreneurship: Contrasting at Institute of Entrepreneurship Development,
Enterprises. A Model for New Ventures: Feasibility Bhubaneswar (Orissa).
Planning. Part Two: Product and Service Concepts for Designed primarily as a textbook for undergraduate
New VenturesThe Product Concept and Commercial students of commerce, this accessible and easy-to-read
Opportunities. Product Protection: Patents, Trademarks, text gives a clear exposition of the theory and practice of
and Copyrights. Services: The Human Side of Enterprise. entrepreneurship. It exposes the readers to the
Part Three: Marketing and New Venture Development entrepreneurial culture and industrial growth in India.
Marketing Research for New Ventures. Marketing: The intricate theories involved in entre-preneurship are
Functions and Strategies. International Markets: New explained in a step-by-step manner, supported by a large
Venture Opportunities. Part Four: Organizing and number of tables and figures. The thorough discussion on
Financing the New VentureThe Entrepreneurial Team promotion of venture and raising of funds is aimed at
and Business Formation. Business Acquisitions and enabling the potential entrepreneurs to set up and
Franchising. Financial Resources for New Ventures. successfully manage their own small business units.
Managing Growth and Transition. Appendix A: Guidelines Separate chapters on Women Entrepreneurship and Rural
for a Feasibility Plan (Simplified Business Plan). Entrepreneurship make this text a class apart.
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 137
Besides undergraduate students of commerce, students Institute (SISI) as well as patent offices, trademark
of management and EDP trainers will also find this text offices, etc., in various states.
extremely useful. Above all, all those who are interested Acquaints the reader with global organizations,
in and enthusiastic about setting up their own small units e.g. World Trade Organization (WTO) and World
will find the book quite handy. Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO).
KEY FEATURES Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. Concept of
Gives a comprehensive coverage of the basics of Entrepreneurship and the Entrepreneur. Different Forms
entrepreneurship. of Entrepreneurship. EntrepreneurshipRoles in Different
Simple style and easy-to-learn approach make the book Environment. The Entrepreneur and the Law. Promotion
a suitable text for beginners. of Venture. Financing New Ventures. Project Planning and
Feasibility Studies. Product and Process Development.
Exercises at the end of each chapter and Review Product Pricing. Business Location. Appendices.
Exercises at the end of the book are provided to drill References. Index.
the students in self-study.
Latest Print 2013 / 280 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
Acquaints the readers with current business ISBN-978-81-203-4750-2 / ` 250.00 / (e-book also available)
environment.
Contents: Foreword. Preface. Acknowledgements.
Entrepreneur and Entrepreneurship. Classification and PLANNING SHOP with ABRAMS
Functions of Entrepreneur. Theories of Entrepreneurship. Successful Business Research: Straight
Promotion of a Venture. Raising of Funds. Entrepreneurial
Behaviour. Entrepreneurship Development Programme. to the Numbers You NeedFast!
Women Entrepreneurship. Rural Entrepreneurship. Role THE PLANNING SHOP with RHONDA ABRAMS.
of Entrepreneur. Review Exercises. Glossary. Bibliography.
This brand new, one-of-a-kind product will take you
Index. step-by-step through the process of gathering critical,
Latest Print 2012 / 200 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm customized information and data about your businesss
ISBN-978-81-203-2867-9 / ` 195.00 industry, target market, and competition. Harnessing the
often-difficult-to-master power of the nations leading
NANDAN public and private data sources, this book not only takes
you to the information, but shows you how to filter it,
Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship, interpret it, and use it to your businesss advantage.
3rd ed. KEY FEATURES
H. NANDAN formerly of Umeshchandra College and City Step-by-step, guide to finding key data about your
College of Commerce & Business Administration, Kolkata. industry, market, and competition
The new edition of this compact text continues to serve Time-Saving Tips and Tricks
as an essential guide to students and entrepreneurs for Easy-to-Use Worksheets
establishing a new venture. The book shows the reader, Sample Searches
in an easy to understand style, how to mobilize Free Databases and Resources
resources, how to tap market opportunities, how to Comprehensive Resource Section
conduct feasibility studies, and how to promote new Contents: Need Numbers Fast? This Book is for You!
ventures. Besides, the book discusses in detail the various Advisors and Contributors. About the Planning Shop.
techniques of product and process development and the About Rhonda Abrams. How to Use this Book. PART I:
method of product pricing. Research EssentialsWhere Do I Get the Numbers. Using
The book is intended primarily as a text for under- Libraries. Types of Business Research. Search Techniques.
graduate students of commerce and undergraduate and Searching by NAICS or International Codes. PART II: The
postgraduate students of management. It would equally Research ProcessList Your Questions. Choose Your
be useful for students pursuing diploma courses in Resources. Evaluate Your Data. Organize Your Data. PART
entrepreneurial development. In addition, the book III: Major ResourcesSearch Engines and Online
should prove extremely valuable and handy to anyone Directories. Business Research Databases. Government
who wishes to launch his career as an entrepreneur. Resources. Media Websites. PART IV: Straight to the
Numbers You NeedStraight to the Numbers. Research-
NEW TO THIS EDITION ing an Industry. Researching a Company. Researching a
One exclusive chapter (Chapter 10) on Business Target Market. Glossary. Index. Acknowledgments.
Location and its importance. Latest Print 2007 / 312 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
New sections added in Chapter 1. ISBN-978-81-203-3179-2 / ` 295.00
SALIENT FEATURES
Provides study questions at the end of each chapter.
Gives in, Appendices, detailed information on venture
capital funds, offices of Small Industries Services
138 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
biotechnology on biodiversity, as well as the corporate well-researched and engaging study of this fascinating
responses to these environmental challenges. The need subject. Besides giving an exposition on the principles,
for and effects of environmental regulations have also the author also presents Case Studies and short cases to
been fully explained. The text then explains various highlight and illustrate the issues discussed.
environmental legislations of India and the various
international environmental developments. The book WHATS NEW TO THIS EDITION?
concludes with an analysis of accounting and reporting Gives four new Case Studies while retaining two case
practices followed by the corporate sector in India. studies from the earlier editionthe new case studies
This book will prove to be very handy for all those who include the one on the Bhopal Gas Tragedy (Bhopal
are concerned with the effects of mindless economic Revisited) and the other on the Mumbai Deluge of
growth on the environment. Besides, researchers in the July 2005. These would be of great interest and benefit
field of environmental studies should find it valuable as a to the readers.
source of reference.
Primarily intended as a text for students of management,
KEY FEATURES the book should also be of interest to all those who have
an abiding concern about Environment in all its facets.
Presents the annual environmental reports of selected
companies. Contents: Foreword. Preface. Introduction. Environment
Explains various national and international develop- Management Concepts. Environmental Law. Environ-
ments in the field of environmental regulation, notably mental Impact Assessment. Emergence of Industrial
The Stockholm Conference (1972) and The Earth Response for Environmental Issues in India. Environ-
Summit (1992). mental Ethics. Environmental Risk Communication. WTO
Deals with the environmental legislations of India such and Environmental Issues. Solid Waste Management.
as The Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 and The Water Hospital Waste Management and Biomedical Waste
(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974. Management Rules. Case Studies. Appendices
Covers environment auditing and ISO 14000 series. A: Industrial Pollution Prevention Project. B: Declaration
of United Nations Conference of the Human
Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Introduction. Environment. C: Model Question Paper. Index.
Environmental Challenges and Corporate Responses. Latest Print 2013 / 284 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
Environmental Regulations. Corporate Environmental
ISBN-978-81-203-3329-1 / ` 250.00 / (e-book also available)
Management. Accounting and Reporting for Corporate
Environmental Management. Corporate Environmental
Accounting in India. Suggestions and Conclusions. Index. SULPHEY
Latest Print 2009 / 156 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm Introduction to Environment Management
ISBN-978-81-203-3790-9 / ` 150.00 / (e-book also available) M.M. SULPHEY, Professor, TKM Institute of Management,
Karuvelli, Kerala.
KRISHNAMOORTHY A perfect harmony between man and environment is the
essence of healthy life and sustainable growth. And
Environmental Management: therefore, maintenance of ecological balance and a
Text and Cases, 2nd ed. pristine environment is the need of the hour. This
comprehensive book on environmental management
BALA KRISHNAMOORTHY, Professor and Head, discusses various aspects of environment, the
Department of Business Policy, Environmental ecosystems, effects of global warming and pollution, and
Management, and Corporate Social Responsibility, various ways to conserve nature and save environment.
NMIMS University, Mumbai.
The eight sections of the book virtually are the eight
The Second Edition of this concise and compact text fundamental components which, in one way or the other,
continues to highlight the need for effective play a crucial role in managing the environment. The
environmental management, taking into account the book begins with the section on Ecology and classification
serious damage done to the environment through of ecosystems. It then moves onto the next section on
environmental pollution and degradation. Biodiversity, which discusses the Biodiversity Acts. The
book progresses by discussing the third most important
The book focuses its attention on the multidimensional section on Environmental degradation, its causes, which
aspects of environmental management such as include global warming, pollution (air, land and water)
sustainable development, the RIO Conference (popularly and prevention and control. India is an agriculture-based
known as the Earth Summit), environment impact economy, and the next section elaborates on the Agro-
assessment, environmental ethics, environmental risk ecosystem, its management and techniques of
communication, and waste management. sustainable organic farming.
Dr. Bala Krishnamoorthy, with her rich experience in The fifth section of the book on Forest and Wildlife,
teaching and research, provides the reader a succinct, deals with the serious issues like deforestation, its effects
140 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
on the environment and the wildlife, and touches upon today become the buzzwords in the corporate arena and
the most sensitive issue of various animals getting civil society. The reason is increased business require-
extinct. The next section covering Waste Management ment for diverse competencies and skill sets. Hence, the
(industrial waste, e-waste and solid waste) discusses need to have a mixed gender group has become a
the legal aspects of hazardous wastes. Environment business imperative. Furthermore, there is heightened
Legislation, the proceeding section, is on environmental awareness that women are equally competent and
laws, International treaties and green marketing. Finally talented, if not more, than men in various professional
the eighth section, which focuses on the Ethical Aspects jobs. With increasing job opportunities, tapping and
of Environment highlights the important issues like retaining this talent through initiation of various
environmental ethics, and how environment is treated in programmes within organizations has shown positive
various religions. The book is interspersed with real-life results. New Paradigms for Gender Inclusivity: Theory and
cases to give the topics a reasoned approach. Best Practices scripts some of the practices, in the form
of case studies, which organizations have followed to
Designed as a text for the postgraduate students of
enhance gender inclusiveness. These real-life case studies
management, this book can be equally useful for the
highlight the role played by organizations in facilitating
undergraduate students of all disciplines. the progression of women which indirectly has helped in
Contents: Preface. Abbreviations. Section 1: ECOLOGY their growth, development and recognition of being a
Introduction to Ecology. Environment and Its forerunner in promoting diversity.
Components. Soil, Water and Atmosphere. Section 2: The book is divided into three parts. Parts I and III begin
BIODIVERSITYDefinition and Scope of Biodiversity. with a theoreticians perspective on gender inclusiveness
Biological Diversity. Value and Uses of Biodiversity. and gender mainstreaming in India, respectively and close
Section 3: DEGRADATION OF ENVIRONMENTPollution with an academic detailing on reasons and causes for the
and Pollution Control. Global Warming and Climate same. Statistical data and models in the last chapter for
Change. Energy Requirement and Global Warming. the two parts validate the corporate, governmental and
Dimensions of Environment Management. Sustainable civil society attempts at introducing creative yet simple
Development. Section 4: AGRO ECOSYSTEM AND methodologies to make gender diversity and inclusion a
SUSTAINABLE AGRICULTUREAgro-Ecosystems. Agro- reality in the workplace. In Part I, six case studies on the
Biodiversity. Sustainable Agriculture and Organic Farming. following companies: Broadridge, IBM Daksh, Infosys,
Section 5: FOREST AND WILDLIFEForests Ecosystem. Shell India, Jamshedpur Utilities and Services Company
Wildlife and Its Conservation. Grassland Ecosystem. Ltd.: A Tata Enterprise, and Wipro have been presented
Wetland Ecosystem. Carbon Sequestration and Carbon which discuss the need for gender diversity and inclusive-
Credit. Section 6: WASTE MANAGEMENTSolid Waste ness, drivers and barriers, and showcase measures
Management. Integrated Solid Waste Management. adopted to overcome those barriers. Five cases: SEWA,
E-Waste Management. Radioactive Waste. Section 7: Indian Police, Sakti, Indian Railways, and RUDI have been
Environment LegislationNational Legislations. presented in Part III which highlight tasks accomplished
International Treaties. Green Business. Environmental by women in their area of expertise, marketing strategies
Crime. Section 8: Ethical Aspects of Environment adopted by the civil society to promote goods produced
Environment Ethics. Religion and Environment. Glossary. by women, sensitization workshops to address harass-
Index. ment, and training workshops. Part II (Interlude) is a
break from organizational cases and shares some
Latest Print 2012 / 384 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm experiences, angst, insights and observations on gender
ISBN-978-81-203-4641-3 / ` 375.00 / (e-book also available) diversity and inclusion through a narration, a poem and a
reflective piece.
Gender Studies This book on case studies will be extremely useful for
postgraduate students pursuing gender studies in
KAUL & SINGH (Eds.) Management Institutes, students working on gender
related dissertation topics and corporate houses keen to
New Paradigms for Gender Inclusivity: learn from best practices of other organizations.
Theory and Best Practices Additionally, it would benefit readers who wish to learn
about organizational policies and practices for gender
The Editors inclusivity.
ASHA KAUL, Associate Professor, Communication Area,
Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. List of
Indian Institute of Management Ahmedabad. She is also
Contributors. Part I: Gender Inclusiveness in Corporate
a Visiting Faculty at Chuo University and Doshisha
IndiaScenarios for Gender Inclusivity in Corporate India.
University, Japan.
Ardhanareshwar: Unison of Ultimate Reality. Building an
MANJARI SINGH, Associate Professor, Personnel and Inclusive Workplace: An IBM Daksh Perspective. The
Industrial Relations Area, Indian Institute of Management Business Case for Gender Inclusion in the Indian Context.
Ahmedabad. Diversity and Inclusion ... Not Just a Nice Thing to Do. I
Diversity, inclusivity, and gender mainstreaming have am Ready to Resume My Career. Gender Inclusivity at
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 141
Wipro. Gender Inclusivity in Corporate India: A Business Managing Executive Skills in Others. Matching Tasks to
Imperatives Based Framework. Part II: InterludeAlisha: Peoples Executive Skills. Aligning Your Skills to What is
A Case of Assumptions and Presumptions; Work Dance; Valued. Reaching and Dealing with Cognitive Bandwidth.
State of Indian Women. Part III: Gender Mainstreaming in Appendix A: About NFI Research. Appendix B: Executive
IndiaGender Mainstreaming. Building Business Organi- Skills Assessments and Questionnaires. Index.
zations of the Home Based Workers: Women Artisans of Latest Print 2008 / 240 pp. (Hard Cover)
SEWA. Policing and Gender Sensitivity. Changing the 15.3 22.9 cm / ISBN-978-81-203-3476-2 / ` 425.00
Gender Paradigm: Puppet to Goddess? On the Gender
Equality Track: Vijayawada Division, South Central
Railway. Ensuring Food Security for the Rural Poor. MITROFF
Revisiting Capabilities Approach to Review Gender Why Some Companies Emerge Stronger
Mainstreaming in Work-life Context in India. Index.
Latest Print 2012 / 256 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
and Better From a Crisis: 7 Essential
ISBN-978-81-203-4513-3 / ` 325.00 / (e-book also available) Lessons for Surviving Disaster
IAN I. MITROFF.
General Mitroff is the most eloquent voice we have writing about
crises. This book is a timely masterpiece about our age of
vulnerability and how, against all odds, we can best cope
MARTIN, DAWSON & GUARE with this 21st century danger. The we I am referring to
Smarts: Are We Hardwired for Success? includes all of us.
CHUCK MARTIN, PEG DAWSON and RICHARD GUARE. WARREN BENNIS
Distinguished Professor of Business
A football coach wouldnt move a great lineman to wide University of Southern California
receiver and wonder why he didnt perform well in the
new role. Yet we do this often in the business world. This timely book presents seven competencies crucial to
Smarts will help you better assess the abilities of yourself handle crises effectively and emerge stronger and better
and others so employees will be playing the positions from unthinkable yet inevitable circumstances. The
that make the most of their talents. By enhancing the competencies are
chances for individual success you will drive the best Right Heart (emotional IQ)
results in your organization. You would be smart to read Right Thinking (creative IQ)
smarts. Right Social and Political IQ
DAVID BLACKWELL, Vice President and CFO,
Wal-Mart Global Procurement Right Integration (integrative IQ)
Right Technical IQ
We all know we have certain predispositions, and this
book explains them in a structured way so we can Right Aesthetic IQ
maximize the strong Executive Skills and contain the Right Spiritual IQ
weak skills. It offers a new way to think about tasks and The book draws from the interviews conducted by the
teaming, how to match skills to tasks and teaming of author as an expert in crisis management and offers a
people performing those tasks. blueprint for the need to take action to avoid it.
DOUG DREYER, Director Business Development, IBM Contents: Preface. The Crisis Society: The Rise of the
Smarts reveals how playing to our strengths and strong Abnormal. Challenge 1Right Heart (Emotional IQ): Deny
executive skills, and acknowledging our weaknesses can Denial; Grieve Before a Crisis Occurs. Challenge 2Right
help us achieve excellence. The readers can use the Thinking (Creative IQ): Be a Responsible Troublemaker.
revolutionary Executive Skills Profile to spot their own Challenge 3Right Social and Political Skills (Social and
strengths and leverage them both at work and at home. Political IQ): Be Patiently Impatient. Challenge 4Right
Integration (Integrative IQ): Embrace Fuzziness. Challenge
This book helps the reader understand why theyand 5Right Technical Skills (Technical IQ): Think Like a
those around themact or behave the way they do. It Sociopath, Act Like a Saint. Challenge 6Right Transfer
also shows how the positive skills inside ones own self (Aesthetic IQ): Down with the Old; Design and Implement
can be nurtured; the weaknesses identified, accepted and New Organizations. Challenge 7Right Soul (Spiritual IQ):
dealt with. Spirituality Is The Ultimate Competitive Advantage. When
The book is grounded in proven scientific principles and a Whole Society Is in Crisis, All of the Challenges Apply.
impeccable research. It redefines the way we understand Epilogue: A Tale of Two Companies. Appendices
the potential for greatnessin ourselves and others. A: Major Crisis at a Glance. B: A Brief Primer on Crisis
Management. C: A Theory of Complex Problem-
Contents: Acknowledgments. Introduction. Taking
Formation and Problem-Solving Inquiry Systems. Index.
Inventory with the Executive Skills Profile. Combinations
About the Author.
of Executive Skills and the Effortful Task. Learning to Play
to Your Strengths. Dealing with Your Weaknesses. Latest Print 2009 / 256 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-3742-8 / ` 250.00
142 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
systems and the Western theories with details of Environment. Readings and Arguments 3.
contemporary management practices. Part Four: Innovation is a State of MindAllegory (third
Text reinforced with plenty of data to validate the and final episode). Technology Watch. Acquiring
concepts and a large number of examples and case Technological Innovation. Intellectual Property.
studies to illustrate the concepts discussed. Partnership. Readings and Arguments 4. Part Five:
Updated with the latest data, recent developments and Innovation Policy and PracticeInnovation Policy and
new information. Practice across Europe. Innovation Networks in the UK.
Conclusion: Innovation and Society by Riccardo Petrella.
Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Introduction. Glossary of Key Terms. Bibliography. Index.
Indian Economic Models. Other Economic Models. Basic
Features of Different Economic Models. Types of Business Latest Print 2009 / 416 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
Models. Indian Business Models. Basic Features of ISBN-978-81-203-2934-8 / ` 325.00
Different Business Models. Management Models.
Emerging India. Conclusion. Bibliography. Name Index. CHATURVEDI, KUMAR & RAHUL
Subject Index.
Managing Innovations and New Product
Latest Print 2012 / 352 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-4563-8 / ` 275.00 / (e-book also available) Development: Concepts and Cases
MUKESH CHATURVEDI, ECE Chair Professor, Birla Institute
of Management Technology (BIM-Tech.), Greater Noida
(U.P.).
Innovation Management ASEEM KUMAR, Assistant Director, Centre for Manage-
ment Development, All India Management Association.
MANMOHAN RAHUL, Associate Professor, Department of
BELLON & WHITTINGTON Management, Ansal Institute of Technology, Gurgaon
Competing Through Innovation: (Haryana).
Essential Strategies for Small and Innovation is the key to success in any business,
Medium-sized Firms and is the only way to surpass competition. An innovative
concept can lead to the development of a new product.
BERTRAND BELLON & GRAHAM WHITTINGTON. This comprehensive book explains how an innovative idea
To provide a clear understanding of what innovation or a concept, if executed properly, can create the best
really is, the book analyses the different stages of an product in the market.
innovation project, looks at how small firms can use their The book presents a framework for a new product
strengths to build partnership and develop innovation as development, laying emphasis on generic concepts and
a state of mind and describes the different forms of processes, which are useful and profitable for small and
innovation support that are available to business. In large organizations including the multinationals. The book
doing so the authors take practical examples across highlights the innovation theories that are helping service
Europe. sector companies to prosper and excel in their fields. It
Innovation, especially for small firms is essential today for also provides a mathematical formula for students to
their development, and possibly even for their survival. calculate sales-estimation of first-time-sales of a new
Competing Through Innovation shows how innovation product. The Ten Case Studies on real-life products from
can be successfully managed and provides practical the Indian market enrich the text and enable students to
advice on how companies can develop and sustain the fully understand innovative techniques that help increase
process of Innovation as a state of mind. the potential and market value of an established product.
This book will be essential reading for those who take KEY FEATURES
and implement key decisions in the firms. Anyone Gives a number of examples to illustrate the concepts
interested in the different strategies that the best discussed in the text.
businesses, tested and developed in Europe, will find it Incorporates several illustrative figures, tables, and
very useful. boxes to make the learning process more accessible.
Contents: Preface. Acknowledgments. Part One: You Did Provides well-graded chapter-end exercises to test
Say Innovation?Allegory (episode one). Innovation students comprehension of the subject.
and the Market. Assessing the Risk. Readings and
Arguments 1. Part Two: The Innovation ProcessAllegory Primarily designed as a textbook for the postgraduate
(episode two). Where Are We Now?The Diagnosis. The students of management, this book will also be useful to
Consultation Group. Selecting a Strategy. Preparing the the management professionals as a reference.
Organisation. Setting up the Investment. Evaluating the Contents: Preface. Managing Innovations: An
Costs of the Project. Evaluating the Impact of the Project. Introduction. Innovation Management: Major Challenges.
Anticipating Obsolescence. Readings and Arguments 2. Innovations Management Process. Innovation
Part Three: Why Small Firms Are SpecialInternal Management of New Product Development Function.
Strengths and Weaknesses of Small Firms. The Organizing for New Product Development. Generation,
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 145
Contents: Acknowledgments. Introduction. Part One: Sustained Innovation is so Darned Hard: Part I.
The What and Why of Strategy InnovationStrategy Expertthink: Groupthink on Steroids: Why Sustained
Meets Innovation. Strategy Innovation is Managing the Innovation is so Darned Hard: Part 2. Part II: Zero-Gravity
Future. Strategy Innovation is Not Strategic Planning. ThinkersTime Travel to see the Naked Emperor: The
The Discovery Process. Part Two: A Guide for Benefit of Psychological Distance. Just Curious: The
ImplementationThe Discovery Process: The Moen Benefit of Renaissance Tendencies. Smart about
Story. The Discovery Process: Staging Phase. The Something Else: The Benefit of Related Expertise. Part III:
Discovery Process: Aligning Phase. The Discovery Process: Defying GravityThe Collaborator: What Does A Zero-
Exploring Phase. The Discovery Process: Creating Phase. Gravity Thinker Actually Do? When and Where When
The Discovery Process: Mapping Phase. Part Three: Do You Need A Collaborator and Where Do You Find
Advanced Strategy InnovationMaximizing the Discovery One? How to Work with A Zero-Gravity Thinker: Eleven
Process. Formalizing a Strategy Innovation System. Questions and Answers. Do-It-Yourself Weightless
Epilogue: The Future of Strategy Innovation. Glossary. Thinking: Losing the Weight of Expertise on Your Own.
Recommended Readings. Index. The Courage to Go where No One has Gone Before: The
Latest Print 2007 / 304 pp. (Hard Cover) Role of the Leader. APPENDIX A: Related Expertise Grid.
5.3 22.9 cm / ISBN-978-81-203-3311-6 / ` 450.00 APPENDIX B: A Leaders Guide. Notes. Index.
Latest Print 2008 / 240 pp. (Hard Cover)
15.3 22.9 cm / ISBN-978-81-203-3480-9 / ` 425.00
RABE
Innovation Killer, The: How What
VANGUNDY
We Know Limits What We Can
Getting to Innovation: How Asking the
Imagineand What Smart Companies
Right Questions Generates the Great
are Doing About It
CYNTHIA BARTON RABE.
Ideas Your Company Needs
ARTHUR B. VANGUNDY.
Innovation for the rest of us. Rabe outlines the path to
breakthrough innovation in simple, human terms. Getting to Innovation is an excellent, concise, and
BOB MARCHANT, President/CEO, Modo, Inc. jargon-free primer on the basics of establishing a long-
term innovation initiative in a firm. I would highly
For anyone interested in innovation, this book is recommend any manager responsible for launching such
essential reading because it addresses what others do an initiative buy this book now!
not, the natural tendency to kill new and different ideas, JEFFERY BAUMGARTNER, Managing Director, jpb.com
and provides guidance on what can be done about it.
PETER LAWRENCE, Chairman, With this step-by-step guide know how to generate
Corporate Design Foundation original and relevant ideas for your organization by asking
pertinent, meaningful questions about your organization,
In todays fiercely competitive business world innovation your customers, your brand markets, goals, competition,
is a vital force that drives the success of an organization. financials, products, and processes. The book is a detailed
But most often companies rely either on whom the map for unlocking the great ideas that can move an
author names Group Thinkers or on Expert Thinkers organization forward and uncover the roadblocks that are
not realizing that knowledge is good but to make getting in the way. Learn how to:
progress change, risk taking and occasionally revolution
are required. Processes are to be overhauled, assump- Use seven essential criteria for evaluating potential
tions challenged and taboos broken in order to give way innovation challenges
to innovation. Write positioning and rationale statements for each
challenge
This book shows exactly when innovation killing
starts happening in an organization and presents Link together multiple objectives in priority frameworks
the idea of using outsiders or people who are not part of Use the top 10 techniques for generating ideas
a particular group or constrained by its preconceptions Select the best ideas from the many that have been
to stimulate innovation. Through real-world examples, generated
the author reveals how to identify the right people to Design and facilitate productive brainstorming retreats,
work with and what characteristics these people will and more
possess.
Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Part I:
Find your way to innovation thence success. The Frame GameFraming Innovation Framing: An
Contents: Foreword by Dorothy A. Leonard. Overview. Question Banks: Understanding the Strategic
Acknowledgments. Introduction: A Crushing Force. Part I: Terrain. Challenge Banks: Generating Innovation
Whats Weighing us DownOur Own Worst Enemy: How Challenge Questions. How to Write and Evaluate
the Burdern of What We Know Limits What We Can Innovation Challenge Questions. Constructing Conceptual
Imagine. Groupthink: The Strongest Force on Earth: Why Maps for Innovation Challenges. How to Conduct
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 147
Innovation Challenges. Part II: After the GameIdea Knowledge. IPRs in Cyber Space. IPRs in Pharma
Management and Creativity Software. A Crash Course in Protection Sector. Part III: Intellectual Property
Generating Creative Ideas: Individual Methods. A Crash Exploitation and Risk CoverageIPR in Fashion Industry.
Course in Generating Creative Ideas: Group Methods. Tips Intellectual Property Licencing. Intellectual Property
for Designing and Facilitating Brainstorming Retreats. Insurance. Securitisation of Intellectual Property.
Evaluating and Selecting Ideas. Implementing Ideas. Valuation of Intellectual Property. Annexures1: Patent
Bibliography. Index. Classification Schemes. 2: International Schedule of
Latest Print 2008 / 288 pp. (Hard Cover) Classes of Goods & Services for Trademarks. 3: Locarno
16.0 24.1 cm / ISBN-978-81-203-3578-3 / ` 450.00 Classification of Goods for Industrial Designs. 4:
Information Sources on Intellectual Property Rights.
Glossary. Company Index. Subject Index.
Intellectual Property Latest Print 2012 / 416 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-4645-1 / ` 395.00 / (e-book also available)
SOPLE
Managing Intellectual Property: International Business
The Strategic Imperative, 3rd ed.
VINOD V. SOPLE, Director at the Dombivli Campus of ITM AJAMI, COOL, GODDARD & KHAMBATA
Business School.
The book presents a comprehensive treatment of
International Business: Theory and
Intellectual Property concepts and its applications in Practice, 2nd ed.
Indian industry. Now, in its Third Edition, it includes a RIAD A. AJAMI, University of North Carolina at
new chapter on Valuation of Intellectual Property and Greensboro.
numerous cases/caselets in most of the chapters. It
KAREL COOL, INSEAD, Fontainebleau, France.
provides a strategic framework for IP management,
leading to competitive advantage for a business G. JASON GODDARD, Wachovia Corporation.
enterprise. Besides explaining the conceptual framework DARA KHAMBATA, American University.
and practices of IP management, the book discusses IP as The updated edition of this widely-used textbook is
a strategic tool, its commercial exploitation and strategies
primarily intended for postgraduate students of
for risk management of IP. Web-based material
comprising chapter-wise PowerPoint Presentations (PPTs) management though it can be used as good reference by
and multiple choice questions is available at students of BBA courses. Its student-friendly format,
www.phindia.com/sople detailed coverage of classic and timely topics, and
extensive use of case studies make it widely adaptable
This book is primarily intended as a text for postgraduate for different level courses, as well as for educators who
students of management, students of engineering and prefer either a case study or lecture approach.
those who are pursuing certificate, postgraduate diploma
or degree courses in IPR. In addition, professionals and This book focuses on such topics as foreign exchange,
corporate decision-makers should find the text very international trade policy, and economic development
valuable. which introduces students to techniques for analyzing
national economies that are not covered in many
KEY FEATURES competing texts. Ethical and environmental issues are
Discusses IPs such as Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks, also covered in detail, and all case studies, tables and
Trade Secrets, Designs, Semiconductor Circuit Layouts figures have been thoroughly revised and updated.
and Geographical Indications, etc. Each chapter includes a short case study, while longer,
Treats IPRs and Cyber Space and Pharmaceutical sector more complex case studies conclude the text. Each
in separate chapters. chapter also features learning objectives, discussion
Classifies systems in practice for various IPs. questions, and references.
Provides IPRs legal provision in Indian context.
Contents: Preface. Part I: Scope of International Business
Includes a comprehensive glossary of important terms. and the Multinational CorporationAn Introduction to
Contents: Preface. Part I: Intellectual PropertyA International Business and Multinational Corporations.
Strategic ToolIntellectual Property System. IP Rights The Nature of International Business. Part II: Institutional
and Marketing Regulations. IP Management Framework. Framework and Economic TheoriesTheories of Trade
IP Audits. Part II: Intellectual Property (IP): Legal and Economic Development. International Monetary
ProtectionIntellectual Property Rights (IPRs). Patents. System and the Balance of Payments. Foreign Exchange
Trademarks. Copyrights. Trade Secrets. Industrial Designs. Markets. Supranational Organizations and International
Geographical Indications. Semiconductor Integrated Institutions. Part III: Environmental Constraints in
Circuit Layout Design. The Protection of Plant Varieties International BusinessAnalyzing National Economies.
and Farmers Rights. Biodiversity and Traditional International Law. Sociocultural Factors. Foreign
148 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Investment: Researching Risk. Part IV: Functional Selection. Market Entry Strategies. Market Coverage
Operations in International BusinessInternational Strategies. International Product Decisions. International
Marketing. International Finance. International Pricing. International Distribution. International
Accounting. International Taxation. International Staffing Promotion. International Organisation and HRM. Some
and Labor Issues. Managing Operations and Technology. Social Issues in International Business. Trade Policy and
Part V: Social and Ethical Issues and the Future of Regulation in India. Export Promotion. Trade and BOP of
International BusinessEthical Concerns: Multinationals India. India in the Global Setting. Globalisation of Indian
and the Earths Environment. Future Issues in Business. Case Studies1. South East Asian Economic
International Business. Part VI: Case Studies1. The Crisis. 2. The Global Television Receiver Industry. 3. The
Global Tire Industry and Michelin in 2004. 2. The P&G-Godrej Alliance. 4. Different for Gamble. 5. Ban on
European Non-Life Insurance Industry and AXA in 2001. 3. Leather Goods from India. 6. Human Rights Protection.
The Battle of the Smart Cards in the Netherlands in 2002. 7. Whose Basmati Is It? 8. Globalisation of Pop Culture.
4. Bang & Olufsen and the Electronics Entertainment 9. Mahindra & Mahindra. 10. Casual Wear Inc. 11. Towel
Industry in 2003. 5. ABX. 6. Arcelor and the Global Steel Manufacturing Company (TMC). 12. Quality Furniture Ltd.
Industry. Glossary. Index. About the Authors. 13. Porcelain Producer Ltd. 14. Decorative Tiles Ltd.
Latest Print 2011 / 576 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm 15. Tiles and Ceramics Ltd. (TCL). 16. Garment Export Ltd.
ISBN-978-81-203-3221-8 / ` 425.00 17. Indian Leather Goods Exports. Name Index. Company
Index. Subject Index.
Latest Print 2013 / 872 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
CHERUNILAM ISBN-978-81-203-4214-9 / ` 475.00 / (e-book also available)
International Business: Text and Cases,
5th ed.
FRANCIS CHERUNILAM, Professor, School of Management MISRA & YADAV
Studies, Cochin University of Science and Technology, International Business: Text and Cases
Cochin, Kerala.
SANJAY MISRA, Department of Business Administration,
This widely adopted text, now in its Fifth Edition, MJP Rohilkhand University, Bareilly (UP).
continues to provide in-depth coverage of the P.K. YADAV, Pro-Vice-Chancellor and Head, Department
multidimensional aspects of international business. In this of Business Administration, Faculty of Management, MJP
edition, much of the data and information is updated Rohilkhand University, Bareilly.
throughout the text.
Today, with the pervasive impact of globalization and
Professor Francis Cherunilam, with his expertise and vast liberalization sweeping across the globe, exerting its
experience in the field of international business, gives a influence on both the developed and the developing
masterly presentation of the subject in its many nations, business is no more confined to the national
splendoured forms. The text is enriched with references borders of a country. More and more companies are
to Indian situations and examples though not diverting spreading their business to markets abroad (for example,
from the international perspective. Many Case Studies Tata Consultancy Services and Infosys Technologies
given in the book further enhance the value of the text spreading their business to USA and elsewhere) or
which should be treasured by the students of acquiring new companies (for instance, Tata acquiring the
management and practising managers and all those who Corus and the Land Rover and Jaguar, or reversely,
have an abiding interest in international business. Vodafone acquiring Hutch). International business,
What is New to This Edition therefore, has become such an important area of study
for students of management and commerce.
Incorporates latest and uptodate information and data
on the areas covered. This comprehensive and easy-to-read text tries to lay
Quite a few tables have been replaced to give latest bare the ramifications and complexities of international
business. Divided into six sections, the book provides a
information.
harmonious blend of concepts and applications of
Contents: List of Boxes. List of Figures. List of Tables. international business. What distinguishes the text is the
Preface. Preface to the First Edition. Introduction to emphasis it lays on the Indian cases and the Indian
International Business. International Operations scenario through the provision of many cases and
Management. International Business Environment. illustrative examples.
International Trading Environment. GATT/WTO and
However, the book goes beyond the Indian context by
Global Liberalisation. International Monetary System and
giving international cases, thus imbuing the text with a
Foreign Exchange Market. International Banking and
global business flavour.
Eurocurrency Market. International Economic
Organisations. International Investment and Finance. Primarily intended as a text for undergraduate and
Multinational Corporations. International Goods, Services postgraduate students of Business Administration, MBA,
and Financial Flows and Balance of Payments. MIB and postgraduate students of Commerce, the book
Globalisation. International Business Intelligence. Market would be of great value also to practising managers.
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 149
KEY FEATURES academic faculty at IIM Indore, he was one of the best
The case studies discussed include the cases such as and most liked. It was an honour and privilege to study
Tata Motors, Hindustan Unilever, Ranbaxy, McDonald, under the guidance of such a guru.
Nokia, Microsoft and Walt Disney. DR. PRANAV MOHAN (IFC, World Bank)
The opening case in each chapter introduces the
students to a real-life example, followed by the text I would like to take this opportunity to thank Dr. Justin
which provides the theoretical knowledge on the Paul for writing the book on International Business, Sixth
subject. The concluding case study correlates the Edition, PHI Learning. I LOVE THIS BOOK. It is different
theoretical knowledge with the real-life situation. from all other books I have ever read. The book gives all
Review questions are cited after every case study to the relevant details of the effects of the policies and
check students comprehension of the subject. current changes in the international business
environment.
Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Part 1:
IntroductionInternational Business: An Overview. DR. DIVYA NEGI GHAI, Graphic Era University, Dehradun
Part 2: International Business EnvironmentInternational It was a pleasure and unique experience to be taught by
Cultural Environment. International Political Environment. Professor Justin Paul at the University of Washington. I
International Economic Environment. Part 3: Trade Part especially valued his international experience and insight,
and InvestmentInternational Trade Theory. The Political candor and professional depth. I also had the chance to
Economy of International Trade. Regional Economic interact with Professor Paul on a personal level and was
Integration. Foreign Direct Investment. Part 4: Monetary particularly struck by his integrity and genuine interest.
SystemForeign Exchange Market. International AVISHAI BARAL, USA, Financial Analyst, Amazon.com
Monetary System. Part 5: Strategy and StructureThe
Strategy of International Business. The Organization It is with immense pleasure that I am writing to endorse
Strategy of International Business. Part 6: Business for Dr. Justin Pauls work. I have read his books and have
OperationsInternational Production. International also referred them several times. His books have
Marketing. International Human Resource Management. emerged as the best selling title in Asia, particularly in
International Financial Management. Index. South Asia. It is one of the best text available on the
subject. The book covers all the aspects of International
Latest Print 2012 / 304 pages / 17.8 23.5 cm
Marketing with a focus on IB environment, strategy and
ISBN-978-81-203-3652-0 / ` 275.00 / (e-book also available)
EXIM procedures.
PAUL DR. MAHUA DUTTA, Professor, Fortune Institute of
International Business, New Delhi
International Business, 6th ed. Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Part I: Emerging
JUSTIN PAUL, Professor at the University of Washington Scenario: Foreign Trade and InvestmentEconomic and
and University of Puerto Rico, USA. Political EnvironmentGlobalization. WTO: Important
This well accepted book, now in its Sixth Edition, Provisions and Agreements. International Trade and
designed to use as a main text for courses such as WTO. Trade Liberalization and Imports: Industry-wise
International Business Strategies, Global Business Analysis. WTO, Intellectual Property Rights, and Industrial
Environment and International Business. The book is now Sector. TRIPS Agreements and Pharmaceutical Industry.
comprehensive enough to cover the syllabus of all WTO, GATS and Telecom Sector. Part II: Legal and
universities worldwide. It gives uptodate data and Cultural EnvironmentLegal Environment and Dispute
information on International Business. It also comprises a Settlement Mechanism. Cultural Differences and Cross-
set of EXIM documents, Objective Type Questions and Cultural Factors. Part III: International Trade: Theory and
three Model Test Papers. PolicyInternational Trade Theories. Indias Trade Policy.
Regional Trade Blocks. Part IV: International Business
NEW TO THIS EDITION Environment, Global Market and Country Analysis
Iveys Best Selling Case, Louis Vuitton in Japan [ECCH Foreign Direct Investment (FDI). Country Evaluation and
Award Winning Case] Selection. International Business Environment: Country
Classic caseGenting Malaysia: From East to the Analysis. Part V: International FinanceGlobal Monetary
West System. Foreign Exchange Market. Exchange Rates, Risk
Video Exercise matching with the chapter content from Management and FEMA. Euro vs. US Dollar. Currency
authors fan pagefacebook.com/drjustinpaul Crisis and Lessons. Part VI: Strategy of International
Update data and more examples. BusinessGlobal Strategic Management and
Multinational Enterprises. Global Market Entry Strategies.
The text is highly useful for the students of Management, Globe-HEX Model. International Marketing: Concepts,
Commerce and Economics. It is also of great benefit to Practice and Strategies. International Human Resource
practising managers in the field of International Business Management and Strategies. Part VII: Export-Import
and to export-import professionals. ManagementExport-Import Procedures. Special
Dr. Justin Paul is an outstanding author, an excellent Economic Zones. Part VIII: Structure of International
teacher and mentor. Amongst the entire excellent BusinessInstitutional Framework for Export Promotion.
150 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Management Practices and Strategies for Japanese MNCs. Global Business. Assessing Cultural Differences.
Imports from China. Global Sunrise Industry: Organizing for Global Business. Developing Global
Biotechnology. SWOT Analysis of Electronics and Textile Business Strategies. Building Global Strategic Alliances.
Industries. Part IX: Case Studies1. Pfizer Inc.: Global Strategies for International Negotiation. Part III:
Success Strategies. 2. Ford Motor Company: Business MANAGING GLOBAL OPERATIONSStaffing Global
Strategies. 3. Adani Group: Global Sense of Enterprise. 4. Operations. Managing a Competitive Global Workforce.
Benetton is Everywhere. AppendicesA: 20 Steps for Managing Total Quality and Employee Involvement.
Successful Exporting. B: Websites to Get Information on Managing Multicultural Teams. Appendix: Managing in
International Business. C: Section A: Uniform Customs the Global Economy: A Field Project. Name and Company
and Practice for Documentary Credits (UCPDC). Section B: Index. Subject Index. About the Authors.
Uniform Rules for Collection (URC). D: Bill of Lading. E: Latest Print 2009 / 400 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Invoice. F: Bill of Exchange. G: Airway Bill. H: Proforma ISBN-978-81-203-2947-8 / ` 375.00
Invoice. I: Packing List. J: LC Advising Letter. K: Letter of
Credit. L: Application for Remittance. M: Port Trust Copy
of Shipping Bill/Dock Challan/Export Application for SUNDARAM & BLACK
Export of Duplicate Bill. N: Port Trust Copy of Shipping
Bill for Export of Goods under Claim for Duty Drawback. International Business Environment, The:
Question Bank. Model Test Papers. Index.
Text and Cases
Latest Print 2013 / 800 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-4863-9 / ` 525.00 ANANT K. SUNDARAM, University of Michigan/Dartmouth
College.
J. STEWART BLACK, American Graduate School of
STEERS & NARDON International Management.
Managing in the Global Economy The aim of this well-written text is to give students the
RICHARD M. STEERS is a Professor of Management at the tools to analyse systematically the different facets of
Lundquist College of Business, University of Oregon. international business environment and how they affect
the internal organisation. The text focusses on five
LUCIARA NARDON is a Visiting Assistant Professor of
aspects of the cross border environmentexchange rates
Management at the Lundquist College of Business,
and international capital markets, trading patterns and
University of Oregon.
regimes, regulatory content, and political context.
This book examines the challenges and prospects facing Theories, models and insights have been integrated from
contemporary managers in the new global economy. It is a variety of disciplines and functional areas, while
a comprehensive text for international management emphasising managerial relevance and providing a
courses, with a particular emphasis on developing global general management focus on issues confronting the
managers who are skilled in economics, strategy and multinational enterprises.
general management. It helps readers develop a deep
The book provides business students with a deeper
understanding of the role of cultural differences in
understanding of:
managerial effectiveness.
The forces of globalisation that underlie these effects.
The book integrates current conceptual materials on
global management with in-depth country analysis and The economic structure and political stability of
real world business examples. This goes well with the aim countries and linkages between them.
of the book in exploring the interrelated topics in ways Political and legal systems of different countries,
that readers can easily understand and use in their future processes and risks.
careers. Their conflicts resulting from free trade and
The text is divided into three parts: the emerging global protectionism.
economy; culture, organization and strategy; and Their competitive vulnerabilities and opportunities
managing global operations. The topics discussed include arising from the impact of exchange rates,
organizing for international business, global business international markets, and many more.
strategy, building strategic alliances, international Contents: Preface. Introduction. Forces of Globalization.
negotiations, global staffing, managing a competitive Foreign Exchange: The Basics. Foreign Exchange:
workforce, TQM, and managing multicultural teams. Transaction Exposure. Exchange Rates: Economic
Contents: Preface. Part I: THE EMERGING GLOBAL Exposure. Theories of International Trade. The Trading
ECONOMYManaging in the Global Economy: Environment of International Business: Laws and
An Introduction. Challenges and Prospects of Institutions. The Regulatory Environment of International
Globalization. Economic Foundations of Global Business. Business. The Ethical and Social Responsibility
National Trade Policy and Competitive Advantage. Legal Environment of International Business. Country Risk
and Political Foundations of Global Business. Economic Analysis. Political Risk Analysis. The Analysis of MNEs by
Integration and Regional Trading Blocs. Part II: CULTURE, Countries. The Cultural Environment of International
ORGANIZATION, AND STRATEGYCultural Foundations of Business. Competitive Strategy and the International
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 151
Business Environment. Designing Organizations for The text is a happy fusion of theory and practice.
International Environments. Index. Deals with cross-cultural issues in the use of modern
Latest Print 2012 / 368 pp. / 21.6 27.8 cm techniques such as BPR, TQM, Lean and Six-Sigma,
ISBN-978-81-203-1141-1 / ` 375.00 Toyota Production Systems (TPS), and Quick Response
Manufacturing.
International Human This text, which is suffused with examples and case
studies to illustrate the theories discussed, is intended as
Resource Management a text for students of management. It would be equally
useful as valuable reading for practising managers,
especially for those managing cross-cultural teams.
BHATTACHARYYA
Contents: Preface. Introduction to Culture. Introduction
Cross-cultural Management: to Organizational Systems, Structure and Design.
Text and Cases Organizational Culture and Organizational Change.
Diversity and Organizational Culture. Cross-Cultural
DIPAK KUMAR BHATTACHARYYA, has been Dean, Indian Management. Globalization and Culture. Technology and
Institute of Social Welfare and Business Management Culture in Organizations. Cross-Cultural Communication
(IISWBM), Kolkata; Institute of Engineering and and Negotiation. Cultural Issues in Mergers and
Management, Kolkata; Director, Centre for Management Acquisitions. Cross-Cultural Issues in BPR, TQM, Lean and
Education, All India Management Association, New Delhi. Six-Sigma. International Human Resource Management
He has also been a Visiting Professor of XLRI, and Cross-Cultural Issues. Cross-Cultural Decision-Making.
Jamshedpur. He is currently Director, Camellia B-School, Managing Cross-Cultural Teams. Research Methods in
Kolkata and Shantiniketan, and Visiting Professor, IIFT, Cross-Cultural Management. Index.
Kolkata. Latest Print 2010 / 368 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
With the increased pace in globalization and inter- ISBN-978-81-203-4009-1 / ` 325.00 / (e-book also available)
nationalization of business, cross-cultural management
has assumed enormous significance. And, as multinational
corporations (MNCs) and Transnational Corporations
HARVEY & ALLARD
(TNCs) spread their wings across nations with numerous Understanding and Managing Diversity:
employees of different nationalities, with their different
cultures, different mores and different behaviours,
Readings, Cases, and Exercises, 4th ed.
organizations have to reconcile these differences and CAROL P. HARVEY, Assumption College.
have to forge a unified organizational culture to achieve M. JUNE ALLARD, Worcester State College.
their mission, vision and objectives. This book eminently For reasons varying from immigration patterns to
suits as a text to address these goals. changing demographics to increasing global business,
Divided into 14 chapters, this comprehensive and well- coupled with the impact of technological innovations, the
organized text discusses in detail the many cultural issues composition of todays workforce is more diverse. This
facing organizations. Professor Bhattacharyya, with his book aims to provide interesting, accurate and timely
expertise and wealth of experience, provides a masterly readings, cases and exercises to help clarify the
analysis of the subject, harmoniously blending the theory complexity of managing and working in a changing and
and practice of cross-cultural management, making it a increasingly diverse workplace.
unified whole. Not only does the text give a thorough FEATURES
understanding of culture, showing that it is an amalgam
of shared values and behaviours of groups as well as a Readings, cases, and exercises organized in terms of
phenomenon applicable to individuals, it also delineates three perspectives: individual, social group identity,
the many facets of corporate culture. and organizational diversity.
Classic diversity contributions by well-known authors
The text discusses the entire gamut of organizational such as Peggy McIntosh, Deborah Tannen, Milton
culture, cultural differences, diversity management, cross- Bennett, David Thomas, and Robin Ely.
cultural management, globalization, impact of culture on
globalization, and the impact of technology and culture Coverage of multiple aspects of diversity beyond
race, gender, and ethnicity, such as communication,
on organization. In addition, it focuses on cross-cultural
communication, cultural issues in mergers and acqui- generational diversity, physical challenge and accom-
modation, and social class.
sitions, resource management, cross-cultural decision
making, and ways and means of managing cross-cultural New pedagogical features such as assessment
teams. assignments, writing assignments and six new cases.
New topic such as immigration, utilization of human
KEY FEATURES capital, flexible work arrangements, weight and
Every chapter opens and ends with a Case Study as is appearance, family and work life issues, supplier
the international practice. diversity and intercultural negotiation.
152 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
and Procedure. Future Ready Organisations. Reference. just that. It is difficult to imagine a more practical text,
Index. yet Managing a Global Workforce is very accessible and
Latest Print 2013 / 216 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm (Hard Cover) based on solid, up-to-date scientific evidence.
ISBN-978-81-203-4722-9 / ` 450.00 / (e-book also available) Jan Selmer, Aarhus School of Business,
Aarhus University
VANCE & PAIK This textbook recognizes the entire global workforce that
international firms and leaders manage in todays
Managing a Global Workforce: increasingly complex and volatile world. It provides an in-
Challenges and Opportunities in depth understanding of the ways these firms can
successfully integrate and draw on the talent available
International Human Resource across the globe, and is an extremely valuable
Management, 2nd ed. contribution to students and practitioners of global
management.
CHARLES M. VANCE & YONGSUN PAIK, both of Loyola
Marymount University, Los Angeles. Sully Taylor, Director of International Programs,
School of Business Administration,
This new edition of Managing a Global Workforce Portland State University
provides balanced and contemporary coverage of human
resource management in the international marketplace. Contents: Preface. Introduction and Overview. Cultural
Directed at future general managers and international Foundations of International Human Resource
executives rather than HR specialists, it is designed to Management. Changes and Challenges in the Global
help students as well as professionals recognize the Labor Market. The Key Role of International HRM in
critical human resource issues underlying the cultural and Successful MNC Strategy. Global Human Resource
economic challenges they face. Planning. Global Staffing. Global Workforce Training and
Development. Managing International Assignments.
The books approach is global in nature, and does not Global Workforce Performance Management.
focus solely on the experience of expatriates. The book Compensation for a Global Workforce. Global Employee
recognizes contemporary trends in the global business Relations. Name Index. Subject Index.
arena, including the growing use of contingent workers,
strategic alliances, and offshore outsourcing arrange- Latest Print 2013 / 432 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ments, and the need to have an active influence on ISBN-978-81-203-4794-6 / ` 450.00
(if not managing directly) the workforce in these new
organizational relationships. Leadership
The book serves as a text for courses in international
human resource management and is also a useful refe- BOLT
rence for managers and human resource practitioners. Whole Manager, The: Achieving Success
Key changes in the second edition include Without Selling Your Soul
new insights and findings from current scholarly PETER BOLT, founder of Bolt Consultancy is a
research publications; management consultant, mentor, business strategist.
new end-of-chapter short cases that stimulate class
discussions pertinent to chapter topics; Be a successful manager without selling your soul
new topics, ideas, and illustrations featuring current This is what this book tells one how to achieve, through
issues and challenges, such as the global economic its thought provoking content. The author gives practical
crisis; advice on how to prioritize, focus on key tasks, and make
updated Internet resource references for each best use of ones time, manage upwards, downwards and
chapter providing enriching, current student learning sideways simultaneously in the organization, delegate
applications. effectively, and lead by example. In addition it shows
The complexity of international human resource manage- how to manage the balance between work, family and
ment is daunting. Challenges inherent in managing personal needs.
a global workforce undermine effective strategy A book that will make every manager stop and think
implementation for far too many MNCs. Vance and Paik again about how they approach their jobs when faced
provide tools, frameworks and perspectives to guide and with increased pressures, greater responsibility and
demystify the analysis, understanding, and practice of reduced job security.
international human resource management. This Contents: Acknowledgements. Preface. Managing
textbook is destined to become a classic. Yourself. Managing Your Time. Getting Things Done.
Mary B. Teagarden, Editor, Thunderbird International Managing Your Team. The Art of Delegation. Manag-ing
Business Review, Thunderbird School of Global Upwards. Managing with Integrity. Leadership. Managing
Management Your Career. Managing the Balance. Index.
The business world is big and complicated and students Latest Print 2007 / 156 pp. / 13.9 21.6 cm
want more realism learning about it. This book delivers ISBN-978-81-203-2931-7 / ` 125.00
154 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
to Ask Customers. Questions Leaders Need to Ask quality/protocol, the author provides a succinct
Employees About The Business. Deeper Questions explanation and a list of practical suggestions for
Leaders Need to Ask Employees. Questions to Ask In improving as well as applying this leadership quality.
Special Situations. Questions Leaders Need to Answer. Issues covered include:
Answers for Special Situations. Delivering Tough Answers.
Conclusion: Some Final Questions. Appendix: Good Professional image and reputation
Questions from Other Leaders. Suggested Reading List. Ethical decisions
Index. Interpersonal relationships
Written and verbal communication
Latest Print 2007 / 232 pp. (Hard Cover) Physician relationships
15.3 22.9 cm / ISBN-978-81-203-3307-9 / ` 275.00 Cultural and gender diversity
Contents: Acknowledgments. Foreword. Preface.
CRITTENDON Perception Versus Reality. Professional Image.
New Managers Starter Kit, The: Professional Reputation. Ethical Decisions. Interpersonal
Relationships. The Work Force. Executive Team Members.
Essential Tools for Doing the Job Right Governing Board. Human Resources. Written and Verbal
ROBERT CRITTENDON, Director Communications for Communication. Physician Relationships. Recruitment and
Beckman Instruments, a Fortune 500 Company. Selection. The New Position. The Office. Cultural and
Gender Diversity. Epilogue. Appendix A: The Human
Bob Crittendon offers both a clear-sighted analysis Resources Ethics Questionnaire. About the Author.
and practical guidance for anyone in a position of
responsibility, authority, and accountability. This Latest Print 2007 / 200 pp. / 13.9 21.6 cm
straightforward book speaks to people at every stage of ISBN-978-81-203-3138-9 / ` 150.00
their careers and shows us that managing oneself is the
very first step in managing others. DYE
RICK KEAN, Executive Director,
Business Marketing Association
Winning the Talent War: Ensuring
This book provides practical and upbeat advice to
Effective Leadership in Healthcare
the new inexperienced managers. It illustrates everything CARSON F. DYE.
they need to master the key areas of people manage- The key to develop great organizations is to secure
ment and also to improve their own performance. extraordinary leadership. Although not as visible as the
The book contains rules and tools in each chapter nursing shortage, the shortage of healthcare leadership
and takes the readers through the fundamentals of talent is equally important. The decisions which leaders
management, how to successfully manager yourself, your make can have a wide and lasting impact on an
staff, your boss and your reputation. organization.
A good read for every manager who is just starting out This book presents strategies for identifying, recruit-ing,
because of its utility value and lessons learned from real- and retaining superior healthcare executives. Author and
life experiences. professional speaker Carson Dye, explains why the
aggressive development of leaders is the job of every
Contents: Introduction. Managing Yourself. Managing senior executive and provides guidelines for finding and
Goals and Objectives. Managing Your Time. Managing empowering these leaders.
Your Boss. Managing Your Staff: Hiring and Training.
Managing Your Staff: Leading, Motivating, Evaluating, Topics covered include:
and Rewarding. Managing Meetings. Managing Your Creating a compelling place for leaders to work
Reputation. Managing Change, Challenges, Conflicts, and Determining search and hiring strategies
Crises. Index. Locating executive candidates
Latest Print 2008 / 192 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm Improving the interview process
ISBN-978-81-203-3479-3 / ` 150.00
Using psychological assessment tools
Making the hiring decision
Orienting new leaders into the organization
DYE Identifying and developing leadership skills
Executive Excellence: Protocols for End-of-chapter summaries can be used to evaluate your
Healthcare Leaders, 2nd ed. current practices and develop action plans for new
approaches.
CARSON F. DYE.
Carson Dye has written a comprehensive, readable book
This updated edition of Protocols for Healthcare Leaders that outlines all the aspects of selecting and developing
focuses on the effect the personal conduct has on leadership talent.
leadership. The text defines leadership, describes its
importance in healthcare today, and addresses the TERENCE F. MOORE, President MidMichigan Health
essential qualities/protocols of leadership. For each Contents: Foreword. Preface. Acknowledgments. Intro-
156 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
duction. The Leadership Challenge: Creating a Compelling Reward and Punishment Behaviors. Charismatic
Place for Leaders to Work. Selecting Leadership Talent Leadership Behavior. Part III: Emerging Leadership
The Preparation Stage. Sourcing to Find Superior Talent. BehaviorsBoundary Spanning and Team Leadership.
Interviewing and Evaluation. Making the Hiring Decision. Building Social Exchanges and Fairness. Followership.
Maximizing Leadership TalentLearning the Ropes. Part IV: Current Leadership Issues and Integration
Leadership Development. Search MethodologiesSearch Leadership Ethics and Diversity. Leadership Development
Committees. Executive Search Firms. Assessments and and Organizational Change. Integration and Conclusions.
Assessment Psychologists. Epilogue: Critical Lessons in Index.
Talent Management. Index. About the Author. Latest Print 2007 / 432 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Latest Print 2007 / 240 pp. / 13.9 21.6 cm ISBN-978-81-203-3362-8 / ` 325.00
ISBN-978-81-203-3136-5 / ` 195.00
McKEE & McKEE
HOWELL & COSTLEY Star: Leadership Behaviours for
Understanding Behaviors for Effective Stellar SME Growth
Leadership, 2nd ed. WILL McKEE & JOHN McKEE.
JON P. HOWELL, New Mexico State University, College of It offers help to executives in small and medium-sized
Business Administration and Economics. enterprises to understand the STAR leadership behaviours
DAN L. COSTLEY, Formerly with New Mexico State that distinguish STAR leaders from average performers.
University, College of Business Administration and The book presents a simple, real-life-based model that
Economics. clearly articulates leadershipin terms of vision, team-
In the milieu of the mass of leadership theories and building, selling, managing and innovationaround the
too many research presentations on organizational goal of stellar growth. The book describes best-practice
behavior, here is a book that is practical and facilitates approaches using real-life examples i.e. common sense
understanding. The text emphasizes that leaders observations of what works in real-life as opposed to
effectiveness is determined by what they do. Leaders academic rigour and demonstrates how one can measure
demonstrate their competence by setting worthwhile and ones own competence across a range of 120 critical
challenging goals with followers, by showing confidence behaviours.
in followers and supporting their efforts to perform well Contents: Authors. Acknowledgements. Introduction.
and to improve themselves, by giving recognition to SME Leadership. SME Life-cycles. The STAR Leadership
followers when they do a job well, and by behaving in a Model. The Visionary Leader. The Team-builder Leader.
fair and ethical manner. When leaders successfully carry The Seller Leader. The Manager Leader. The Innovator
out these behaviors and produce favorable results for Leader. The Wild-Card Leader. Evaluation. Index.
their groups and organizations, we view these leaders as
effective. Latest Print 2009 / 244 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-3738-1 / ` 325.00
NEW TO THIS EDITION
Chapters on leadership ethics and diversity and
leadership development and organizational change RAMAKRISHNAN
Updated coverage of current leadership issues, leaders Managerial Leadership in Multicultural
influence tactics, the normative decision making model
of participative leadership, transformational leadership
Organisations
and the full range model, leadership in different types KUNNETH RAMAKRISHNAN, Director, Centre for
of teams, negotiation, organizational justice/fairness, Development and Empowerment, Bangalore.
and cross-cultural leadership The management and managerial leadership theories of
New examples of practicing leaders eminent management thinkers, taught in the business
More cases and examples from non-business schools, are thought-provoking, though relevant only to
organizations the era and the environment of their research and
development. The effectiveness of these theories needs a
New cases that are longer and more detailed relook on their universal application in the globalised
New self-assessments that focus on feedback and environment of the current era. This book is a sincere
development of aspiring leaders effort to bring along all the managerial leadership
New end-of-chapter discussion questions concepts, and discuss them vis--vis current organi-
Contents: Preface. Part I: Basic Leadership Concepts and sational set-up.
IssuesLeadership and Its Importance. Leadership The book is divided into nine chapters, and begins by
Behaviors and Processes. Contingency Models of discussing the topics like International Dependency and
Leadership. Part II: Core Leadership Behaviors Global Integration consisting of world institutions,
Supportive Leadership Behavior. Directive Leadership regional groupingsUnions, Associations, Agreements,
Behavior. Participative Leadership Behavior. Leader and their objectives. The chapters further conceptualise
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 157
and recommend significant aspects of institutionalised Improve communication and problem-solving skills
positive managerial leadership in organisations. Lead and motivate others through coaching, counsel-
The book further dwells on the important milestones to ing, mentoring, and delegating
attain managerial leadership like influence of culture on Apply emotional intelligence to enhance relationships
employee behaviour, positive organisational culture, and careers
profile of positive managerial leadership, their changing Productively resolve conflicts through ethical decision-
motiva-tional roles, organisational assimilations of making and negotiation
multicultural employees, new approach to employee Enhance interpersonal influence through politicking,
welfare, therapy for quality of life of employees, and persuasion, and valuing diversity
some suggestions to evolve a future-ready achievable New to the Fifth Edition:
dream organisation.
Two new chapters: Chapter 4: Applying Emotional
This book is intended for the postgraduate students of Intelligence, and Chapter 7: Communicating Across
management and also for the practising managers. Cultures
KEY FEATURES Updated research, examples, conceptual material and
references
Discusses the upcoming concepts like Environmental
Modified exercises in several chapters based on
Energy Effects (3Es) and its variations; Positive
Environmental Energy Effects and Negative reviewers recommendations
Environmental Energy Effects (P3Es and N3Es) and Contents: Preface. Part I: Self-AwarenessSkills: An
their effects on organisational culture. Introduction. Self-Awareness: A Point of Departure. Self-
Explains Therapy for Quality of Life (TQL) a well- Management: Clarifying Values, Setting Goals, and
researched concept for enhancing the concern for Planning. Applying Emotional Intelligence. Part II:
employees and their families. CommunicatingSending Interpersonal Messages.
Dwells on Managing by Influence a wholesome Listening and Reading Nonverbal Messages. Providing
method of motivating and leading employees for raisin Feedback. Communicating Across Cultures. Part III:
their performance standard and contribution to their MotivatingGoal Setting. Coaching, Counseling, and
organisation. Mentoring. Empowering People Through Delegation. Part
Every chapter is incorporated with Real-life cases to IV: LeadingPoliticking. Persuading. Applying Leadership
provide an analytical insight to the concepts. Style. Managing Change. Part V: TeamingWorking with
Contents: Foreword. Preface. Acknowledgements. Teams. Valuing Diversity. Part VI: Problem Solving
International Dependency and Global Integration. Cultural Ethical Decision Making. Creative Problem Solving.
Influence of Employee Behaviour. Building Organisational Resolving Conflicts. Negotiating. Part VII: Integrating
CultureMeaning, Need and Methods. Paradigm Shift in ExercisesAppendix: Exercise Guidelines and Materials.
Managerial Leadership. Motivational Role of Managerial Index.
Leadership. Assimilation and Development of Multi- Latest Print 2011 / 428 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
cultural Work Force. Beyond Salary and Perks. Therapy ISBN-978-81-203-4211-8 / ` 325.00
for Quality of Life (TQL) of Employees Process and
Procedure. Future Ready Organisations. Reference. Index.
SAXENA & AWASTHI
Latest Print 2013 / 216 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm (Hard Cover)
ISBN-978-81-203-4722-9 / ` 450.00 / (e-book also available) Leadership
SANJAY SAXENA, Reader in the Department of
ROBBINS AND HUNSAKER Management, School of Management Sciences, Varanasi.
PURNIMA AWASTHI, Lecturer in the Department of
Training in Interpersonal Skills: Psychology, Faculty of Social Science, Banaras Hindu
TIPS for Managing People at Work, University, Varanasi.
5th ed. In this competitive environment fraught with ever-
changing situations, a manager with high quality
STEPHEN P. ROBBINS, San Diego State University leadership is in great demand. A modern leader-manager
PHILLIP L. HUNSAKER, University of San Diego needs to be creative, inspiring and motivating, as well as
This book is designed to help readers develop and must have good interpersonal skills. This book imparts
practice the key interpersonal skills necessary for success the knowledge of various theories and styles of
in todays organizations. Mastery of the concepts and leadership to students, entrepreneurs and business
skills contained in this book will help readers. executives to enable them to meet both management
Enhance self-awareness of interpersonal strengths and and leadership challenges more effectively.
skills to improve themselves The text presents modern concepts and different
Effectively manage themselves and their relationships perspectives of leadership. It acquaints the readers with
Become effective team process facilitators and team minuscule differences between leaders and non-leaders
builders and approaches of managers and leaders. Written in
158 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
a lively style, the book teaches how to become an communication. But a great leader is one who combines
integrated human being in order to utilize leadership both the attributes.
concepts at the work place and achieve success, and This book presents the universal qualities of a great
emphasizes the development of interpersonal skills to leader by giving examples of contemporary leaders
build productive relationship with people. Finally, it such as IBMs Lou Gerstner, GEs Jack Welch, Apples
discusses the functions of leadership and different innovative Steve Jobs as well as historical figures none-
courses of action that a leader has to take in real-life other-than Abraham Lincoln, George Washington and Dr.
situations. Martin Luther King, Jr. whose leadership brilliance still
Contents: List of Tables. List of Figures. Preface. resonates. The book also provides a questionnaire to help
Acknowledgements. Section I: Conceptual Framework one identify ones strengths, preferences and self-
of LeadershipLeadership: An Overview. Leadership development needs.
Thoughts and Definitions. Leader vs Non-Leader. Nature of Leadership takes us beyond the usual
Leadership vs Management. Leadership Styles. Situational boundaries of type to a realm of individual and
Leadership. Transactional and Transformational organizational growth reserved for only the greatest
Leadership. Leadership Behaviour at Work Place. leaders.
Leadership in Indian Culture. World-class Organization.
Contents: Foreword by C.K. Prahalad. Become a Leader, a
Strategic Leadership Cycle. Section II: Leader as
Better Leader, a Great Leader. The Reptiles versus the
Integrated Human BeingPower of Leaders. Personal
Mammals. The Leadership Pyramid. Reptilian Excellence.
Paradigm. Physical Acumen. Mental Acumen. Emotional
Mammalian Excellence. The Secret of Becoming a Great
Acumen. Tips to Improve Interpersonal Skills. Vitality of
Leader. Challenge yourself: Become a Great Leader.
Relationships. Development of Good Habits. Section III:
Appendix: The Nature of Your Leadership Survey.
Course of ActionLeadership Functions. Envisioning
Notes. Index. Acknowledgments.
and Alignment. Emotional Transition. Organizational
Mission. Mentorship. Fostering Teamwork. Motivation. Latest Print 2008 / 208 pp. (Hard Cover)
Empowerment. Leading Change. Shaping Organizational 13.9 21.6 cm / ISBN-978-81-203-3481-6 / ` 350.00
Culture. Appendices1: Questionnaire to Assess
Leadership Qualities. 2: Questionnaire to Assess
Emotional Autonomy. 3: Questionnaire to Assess Management
Emotional Reciprocation. 4: Questionnaire to Assess
Quality of a Leader as Change Agent. 5: Questionnaire CERTO & CERTO
to Assess Leadership Practices in the Organization.
6: Questionnaire to Assess Team Leadership. Index. Modern Management: Concepts and
Latest Print 2013 / 220 pages / 16.0 24.1 cm Skills, 11th ed.
ISBN-978-81-203-3929-3 / ` 195.00 / (e-book also available) SAMUEL C. CERTO, Professor of Management, Crummer
Graduate School of Business, Rollins College, Florida.
WHITE S. TREVIS CERTO, Arizona State University.
Nature of Leadership, The: Reptiles, Incorporates the latest management concepts and three
new chapters on Corporate Culture, Management and
Mammals, and the Challenge of Entrepreneurship and Controlling, Information, and
Becoming a Great Leader Technology. It has a unique focus of developing students
management skills in all major areas of management.
B. JOSEPH WHITE, President, University of Illinois, with
Each chapter opens by identifying a specific management
Yaron Prywes.
skill on which the chapter focuses and the remainder of
The Nature of Leadership should be required reading the chapter contains a number of purposefully placed
for every person who aspires to be an effective leader. features designed to help the readers develop that skill.
Joe White approaches the topic of leadership in an In sum, this carefully crafted and thoroughly updated text
interesting, enlightening and captivating way. He presents valuable management concepts and would be of
combines his own experiences as a highly successful great use to undergraduate and postgraduate students of
leader with the powerful lessons he has learned from his management as well as to practicing managers.
research and study of other highly effective leaders who
are diverse in their backgrounds and leadership roles. Joe Contents: Preface. About the Authors. Part 1:
is providing us with a phenomenal class on leadership! Introduction to Modern ManagementIntroducing
Modern Management: Concepts and Skills. Managing:
DAVID A. BRANDON, Chairman and CEO, History and Current Thinking. Part 2: Modern
Dominos Pizza, Inc. Management ChallengesCorporate Social Responsibility
There are many kinds of leaderstough-as nails decision and Business Ethics. Management and Diversity.
makers with eyes on numbers and focus control. The Managing in the Global Arena. Management and
second ones are those who connect with others Entrepreneurship. Part 3: PlanningPrinciples
and build success through mutual trust and open of Planning. Making Decisions. Strategic Planning. Plans
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 159
and Planning Tools. Part 4: OrganizingFundamentals of Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. Part I:
Organizing. Responsibility, Authority, and Delegation. IntroductionNature of Management. Principles of
Human Resource Management. Organizational Change. Management. Evolution of Management Thought.
Part 5: InfluencingInfluencing and Communication. Functions of Management and Coordination. Part II:
Leadership. Motivation. Groups and Teams. Managing PlanningFundamentals of Planning. Elements of
Organization Culture. Encouraging Creativity and Planning. Decision Making. Part III: Organising and
Innovation. Part 6: ControllingControlling, Information, StaffingNature and Process of Organisation. Forms of
and Technology. Production and Control. Exploring Your Organisation Structure. Delegation and Decentralisation
Management Skills Answers. Glossary. Endnotes. Photo of Authority. Organisational Culture and Group Dynamics.
Credits. Name Index. Subject Index. Nature of Staffing. Part IV: Direction and Controlling
Latest Print 2010 / 624 pp. / 21.6 27.8 cm Fundamentals of Directing. Communication. Motivation
ISBN-978-81-203-4005-3 / ` 525.00 and Morale. Leadership. Control Process and Technique.
Part V: Management in FutureManagement in Future.
Part VI: Personnel managementNature and Functions of
CHANDRA BOSE Personnel Management. Recruitment, Selection and
Principles of Management and Placement. Training and Development. Job Evaluation
and Performance Appraisal. Career Strategy and Career
Administration, 2nd ed. Development. Compensation. Part VII: Financial
D. CHANDRA BOSE, formerly Principal, Sree Narayan ManagementFinancial Functions of Management.
College, Chengannur (Kerala), a constituent college of the Financial Planning. Management of Working Capital.
University of Kerala. Sources of Finance. Part VIII: Production Management
Production Management. Modern Production
This book, now in its second edition, continues to provide Management Tools. Part IX: Marketing Management
a thorough treatment of the principles of management Nature of Marketing. Functions of Marketing. Functions
and administration. The contents of this book in this of Exchange. Functions of Physical Distribution.
edition have been enhanced to serve the expanding Facilitating Functions. Marketing Management. Product
needs of management students. Planning and Development. Pricing. Branding and
Divided into eleven parts, this book in Part I Packaging. Marketing Organisation and Marketing Mix.
(Introduction) provides an overview of the key concepts Sales Organisation. Salesmanship. Sales Personnel
of management. In Part II (Planning) and in Part III Management and Sales Forecasting. Sales Promotion.
(Organising and Staffing), the emphasis has been laid on Advertising. Consumer Behaviour. Market Segmentation.
the traditional functions of management. Similiarly, Part Consumerism/Consumer Protection Act. Marketing
IV (Direction and Controlling) and Part V (Management in Research and Information. Part X: Management
Future) of this book outline the key futuristic thoughts. Information SystemManagement Information System.
As the book advances to Part VI (Personnel Management) Concepts and Roles of MIS. Concepts of Information.
and Part VII (Financial Management), it explains the best Organisation and Information System. Information
practices and steps to their implementation its potential Support for Functional Areas of Management. Part XI:
benefits and pitfalls. Part VIII (Production Management) Project ManagementProject. Appraisal of Project.
deals with the organisational functions. Part IX Glossary of Management Terms. The Managerial
(Marketing Management) and Part X (Management Continuum. Pioneers in Management and Their
Information System) of this book discuss the role played Contributions in Chronological Order. Index.
by the information system in an organisation. Finally, in Latest Print 2012 / 748 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
Part XI (Project Management), it describes the meaning, ISBN-978-81-203-4581-2 / ` 525.00 / (e-book also available)
life cycles and the method of preparing a project in an
organisation.
Designed for the students of B.Com (Pass and Hons.) and DANIELS, RADEBAUGH & SULLIVAN
BBA courses, this book will also be valuable to all those Globalization and Business
who are studying for professional qualifications such as
JOHN D. DANIELS, University of Miami.
MBA, CA, ICWA and CS.
LEE H. RADEBAUGH, Brigham Young University.
NEW TO THIS EDITION DANIEL P. SULLIVAN, University of Delaware.
Includes three new partsPart VIII (Production This clear, concise text in a shorter fourteen-chapter
Management); Part X (Management Information format, provides students of management with a solid
System) and Part XI (Project Management) framework of the most pertinent and current issues
Contains two new chapters, Organisational Culture and in international business. It synthesizes all the major
Group Dynamics (Chapter 11) and Career Strategy and concepts of the subject, driving home the theme
Career Development (Chapter 23). that business responds to globalization and further
Incorporates new sections in several chapters to enhances it.
broaden the coverage. Tracing the growth of international business and the
160 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
emergence of the concept of globalization, the book of leading-edge organizations, it is a superb hands-on
elaborates the significance of, and the need for, devising guide
international competitive strategies to meet the rising EDWARD E. LAWLER II, Director,
global business operational challenges. It includes Center for Effective Organizations, University of
discussion of the movement of goods, investment, Southern California; author of Treat People Right!
technology, and people among countries. It also puts In the present scenario of talent shortage, it is important
together the elements of managing the value chain for every organization to have a succession plan. Growing
producing, selling, and collecting. Indeed the text takes Your Companys Leaders shows how succession-savvy
both a micro and macro focus throughout such as corporations have developed high-performance
covering both business operations and the effects of succession management programsand how to create a
International business on society. dynamic, results-oriented plan for your own organization.
Also emphasized is the fact that though every society This groundbreaking book teaches how every
conducts business, their methods differ because of organization can use succession management as a source
unique economic, political, legal, and cultural of strategic advantage. It gives a detailed blueprint
environment. It is like every society using different design for designing an effective succession system at any
of masks as reflected in the visual motif. The use of organization. The examples taken are global giants
masks is closely analogous to the concept of globalization such as Dow Chemical, Dell Computer, Bank of America,
as both are more universal on the surface than they are etc.
when one examines them closely.
Handle the challenge of succession planning with more
KEY FEATURES determination and clearer focus.
Each chapter begins with a short vignette showing a
Contents: Preface. Acknowledgments. Succession
companys situation concerning the issues raised within
Management: The New Imperative. Who Should Own
the chapter.
Succession Management? Defining and Identifying Talent.
Companion website www.prenhall.com/daniels Linking Succession to Development. Measuring and
provides current events and Internet Exercises. Assuring Long-Term Success. The Future of Succession
Contents: Preface. Part One: IntroductionThe Growth Management: Bright Lights, Looming Clouds. Appendix A:
of International Business and Globalization. Part Two: Detailed Case Descriptions. Appendix B: Research
Operational Objectives and MeansChoosing an Methodology. Index. About the Authors.
International Competitive Strategy. Forms of Operations. Latest Print 2007 / 272 pp. (Hard Cover)
Part Three: ChallengesNational Differences Facing 15.3 22.9 cm / ISBN-978-81-203-3474-8 / ` 425.00
Operations. Linkages Among Countries. Stakeholders:
Their Concerns and Actions. Part Four: Managing the
International Value ChainGlobal Manufacturing and
GLYNN & BARNES (Eds.)
Supply Chain Management. International Marketing. Understanding Services Management:
Payments and Collections. Part Five: Controlling
International OperationsRisk Management and Asset
Integrating Marketing, Organisational
Protection. Choosing Where to Operate. Governance of Behaviour, Operations and Human
Operations. Part Six: Individual and Company Concerns
Ethical and Socially Responsible Behavior. Careers in
Resource Management
International Business. An Atlas. Glossary. Photo Credits. Edited by: WILLIAM J. GLYNN and JAMES G. BARNES.
Company, Trademark, and Organization Index. Name The increasing importance of services as the driving force
Index. Subject Index. in job creation and economic prosperity has made it the
Latest Print 2010 / 416 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm fasted-growing discipline in business studies.
ISBN-978-81-203-2223-3 / ` 295.00 This book provides a rigorous study with an integrated
and forward-looking approach to services management. A
FULMER & CONGER galaxy of worlds experts on services management have
contributed in this book which reflects the essential
Growing Your Companys Leaders: interdisciplinary approach to the study of the subject.
How Great Organizations Use The text presents how the complexities in the
Succession Management to Sustain management of service-dominated enterprises can
be met by using such interdisciplinary approaches
Competitive Advantage involving marketing, organisational behaviour, operations
ROBERT M. FULMER, distinguished visiting professor at and human resource management. Examples are taken
Pepperdine University. from service industries around the world to illustrate key
JAY A. CONGER, professor at London Business School. concepts and principles.
The best resource for understanding the new generation Contents: About the Contributors. Preface. Acknowledge-
of succession planning systems. Filled with the practices ments. Services Management Literature Overview: A
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 161
summarize important information. Updated references Planning: Moving from Ambition to Reality. Quick Wins I:
encourage further study. In addition, the authors Communication. Quick Wins II: Recognition. Quick Wins
succinct writing style provides a quick way of introducing III: Management Style. Summarising the Quick Wins.
basic management topics. The book can be used for Going for Customer Delight. Working Together. Creating
introductory courses in management both in universities the Infrastructure. Team-working and Empowerment.
and in other management development programmes. Cashing In I: Background. Cashing In II: Techniques. Case
Contents: Preface. PART 1BACKGROUND OF MODERN Study: Uniworld Communications Ltd. Back to Square
MANAGEMENT: Nature and Importance of Management. One. APPENDICES1. Perception Barrier Analysis: A
Development of Management Thought. Ethical and Typical Grouping. 2. Perception Barrier Analysis:
Environmental Foundations. PART 2FUNCTIONS IN THE Questions. 3. Business Link Case Study. Index.
MANAGEMENT PROCESS: Decision Making. Organizing Latest Print 2007 / 304 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm
and Staffing. Planning and Strategic Management. ISBN-978-81-203-3175-4 / ` 275.00
Leadership. Communicating and Controlling. Managing
Information. PART 3APPLICATIONS OF MANAGERIAL QUIBLE
FUNCTIONS: Operations Management. Marketing
Management. Financial Management. Multinational Administrative Office Management:
Management. Entrepreneurship and Small Business. An Introduction, 8th ed.
Management of Public Organizations. Administering ZANE K. QUIBLE, Oklahoma State University.
Health Services. Management Into the Second Century.
Administrative Office Management, eighth edition, offers
References. Index.
the most technologically updated text on the market.
Latest Print 2010 / 320 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm In combination with technological updates, this compre-
ISBN-978-81-203-0486-4 / ` 150.00 hensive introduction to office management focuses on
what office managers actually do on the job. The authors
signature easy-to-read style coupled with pedagogical
OLIVER OBE & MEMMOTT aids throughout systematically explores the full range
Growing Your Own Heroes: of office management topicsoffice environment,
The Commonsense Way to Improve employees, systems, and functions.
KEY FEATURES
Business Performance Chapter Aim: Gives the learner the expected outcome.
JOHN J. OLIVER OBE & CLIVE MEMMOTT. Chapter Outline: Provides the learner with a list of
The authors of this book have based their work on three headings and sub-headings in each chapter.
guiding principles: Chapter Terms: Identifies the list of key terms found in
the chapter.
There is a need for any business managers to
Marginal Definitions: Gives a brief definition of the key
understand practicalities of people-management skills
terms found in the chapter.
Technical competency can be important to a business Implications for the Administrative Office Manager:
but it is not in itself sufficient for business survival of Provides a brief discussion of how the chapters
small and medium sized enterprises which need to content impacts the job of the administrative office
achieve both people and process excellence to be manager.
effective
Review Questions: Includes a list of questions based
The concepts and methods presented in this book is on the content found in the chapter.
addressed to all sectors. Discussion Questions: Offers a brief scenario that
The main objectives of the book is to persuade allows students to become engaged in a discussion of
organizations to focus more on employee skills as a how they would handle situations relevant to the
means of improving overall business productivity and to chapters topic.
convince the importance of employee engagement. The Student Projects and Activities: Provides several
concepts and methods are articulated in a simple and enrichment projects and activities, based on the
understandable presentation. content of the chapter.
Employee engagement can be the safest, quickest and Contents: Preface. Part One: Principles of Administrative
cheapest way of transforming your organization, Office ManagementThe Managerial Process. The
delivering step-changes in efficiency, quality, employee Organizing Process. The Communication Process. Part
morale and profitability in businesses ranging from local Two: Management of the Office EnvironmentOffice
authorities right through to the smallest manufacturers. Layout. Office Environment. Office Equipment and
Growing Your Own Heroes is the key to greater Furniture. Selecting Office Employees. Part Three:
organizational prosperity. Management of Office EmployeesDeveloping Office
Contents: Figures. Dedication. Authors. Foreword. Employees. Supervising Office Employees. Motivating
Introduction. The Route Map. Taking the Plunge. Find Out Office Employees. Appraising Performance of Office
What the Buggers Think! Setting an Example. Action Employees. Analyzing Jobs of Office Employees.
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 163
Evaluating Jobs of Office Employees. Administering Management Paradigm. Parkinsons Law and the Peter
Salaries of Office Employees. Measuring Output of Office Principle. Part III: Approaches to Public Administration
Employees. Improving Productivity of Office Employees. Different Approaches: Managerial, Political, and Legal.
Part Four: Management of Office SystemsSystems Classic Organization Theory. The Systems Approach. The
Analysis. Computer Technology. Telecommunications Human Behaviour Approach. Bureaucracy and Democracy: A
Technology. Applications Software. Records Management Dilemma of Incompatibility. Public Choice Theory. The
and Micrographics. Part Five: Management of Office Principal-Agent Theory. Part IV: Administrative Behaviour
FunctionsForms Design and Control. Office Motivation Theories. Leadership Theories and Roles.
Reprographics and Mail Services. Quality and Quantity Communication Principles. Corruption in Adminis-tration.
Control. Budgetary and Cost Control. Index. Part V: Public Administration: The New ParadigmNew
Latest Print 2011 / 624 pp. / 21.6 27.8 cm
Public Administration. Comparative Public Adminis-tration:
Models and Prospect. Development Administration and
ISBN-978-81-203-4374-0 / ` 525.00
Management: An Overview. New Public Management
Approach. Globalization, Governance and Role of Public
SAPRU Administration. Index.
Administrative Theories and Latest Print 2013 / 628 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-4734-2 / ` 525.00 / (e-book also available)
Management Thought, 3rd ed.
R.K. SAPRU, formerly Professor and Head, Department of
Public Administration, Panjab University, Chandigarh.
SATYA RAJU & PARTHASARATHY
The Third Edition of this well-received text encompasses Management: Text and Cases, 2nd ed.
the manifold administrative theories and management R. SATYA RAJU, Professor, and Coordinator, Executive
thought propounded and enunciated by administrative MBA Programme, Department of Commerce and
and management thinkers over the past several decades. Management Studies, Andhra University, Visakhapatnam.
The text incorporates major additions and revisions to A. PARTHASARATHY, Vidya Vaachaspathi, is former
make it more up-to-date, comprehensive and reader- Professor, Postgraduate Department of Commerce, MES
friendly. College, Bangalore.
The text not only gives a complete and up-to-date This comprehensive and well-organized book, now in its
analysis of administrative theories, but also introduces Second Edition, continues to provide a clear insight into
the reader to new concepts, approaches and techniques the principles and concepts of management. The book
in public administration. Undergraduate and postgraduate discusses in rich detail topics such as planning, organizing,
students of public administration, and postgraduate leading, controlling and communication. In this edition,
students of political science and management should find all the existing chapters have been revised and seven
this fully revised text to be of immense value. new chapters have been included to provide some
Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. Part I: additional information on management and organization
IntroductionToward a Theory of Public Administration. behaviour.
Public Administration: An Overview as a Discipline. Public WHAT IS NEW TO THIS EDITION
Administration: Theoretical Aspects. Public and Private
Administration: The Dichotomy. Politics-Administration A separate chapter on Executive Education, Knowledge
Dichotomy. Public Administration: Interdisciplinary Nature. Management, Organizational Behaviour, Organization
Part II: Administrative and Management Thinkers Kautilya: Culture and Effectiveness, Organizational Change,
Administrative Content in Arthasastra. Woodrow Wilson: Managing Stress and Burnout, and Managing Business
The PoliticsAdministration Dichotomy. Max Weber: The values
Bureaucratic Theory. Frederick Taylor: The Scientific Theory Some new case studies have also been included.
of Management. Henri Fayol: Principles of Administration. The case studies that highlight the real-world problems,
Gulick and Urwick: Organizational Principles. Mary Follett: review questions, and further reading are intended to
The Group Dynamics. Elton Mayo: The Human Relations assist the reader in understanding the principles and
Approach. Chester Barnard: Organizations as Cooperative practice of management.
Social Systems. Herbert Simon: A Decision-Making
Perspective. Douglas McGregor: Theories X and Y for Human The book is designed as a textbook for the students of
Motivation. Abraham Maslow: Hierarchy of Needs Theory. management and commerce, and as a reference for
Frederick Herzberg: Motivation-Hygiene Theory. Rensis management development and training programmes for
Likert: Participative Management Systems. Chris Argyris: executives.
Humanistic Approach to Management. Fred Riggs: The Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition.
PrismaticSala Model. Dwight Waldo: Reflections on Public Acknowledgements. Abbreviations. Invitation to
Administration. Karl Marx: Transforming Managerial Work. Management. Evolution of Management Thought.
Vladimir Lenin: Socialist Theory of Organization. Mahatma Planning. Decision Making. Organizing. Staffing. Leading.
Gandhi: A Federal Perspective. Jawaharlal Nehru: A Communication. Motivation. Controlling. Coordination.
Moderate Approach to Administration. Peter Drucker: Management and Society. Total Quality Management.
164 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Quality Management Systems. Management Education. Transformation. Raymonds: The Incomplete Saga of The
International Management. Productivity Management. Complete Man. Unified Access Gateway: Creating New
Executive Education. Knowledge Management. Markets. Reinventing the LG Brand: A Manifesto for
Introduction to Organizational Behaviour. Organizational Corporate Brand Management. Part 2: HRStrategic
Culture and Effectiveness. Organizational Change. Human Resource Management and Service Organizations:
Managing Stress and Burnout. Managing Business Values. A Case Study. Leadership at All Levels: HR Role. Bharat
Case Method of Learning. Glossary. Bibliography. Author Sanchar Nigam Limited: The Case of an Underperformer.
Index. Organization Index. Subject Index. Going beyond Employee Engagement. Assessing the
Latest Print 2012 / 418 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Readiness of on Organization towards Becoming a
ISBN-978-81-203-3879-1 / ` 295.00 / (e-book also available) Learning Organization: A Case Study of Tata Motors.
Part 3: FinanceWorking Capital Management in
Agriland Biotech: A Case Study. Pre- and Post-Merger
SRIVASTAVA & JHAJHARIA (Eds.) Valuation: A Case Study of Tata Corus Merger Deal.
Cases in Management Evaluation of Share Prices of Ranbaxy Laboratories.
Critique to Financial Exposures to Market Risks of the
Edited by: Indian Banking IndustryAn Empirical Case Study of
SANJAY SRIVASTAVA, Head of the Institution, Additional Profitability Measures. Financial Lessons Learned over a
Director General and Professor of Human Resources at Period of Time in India. Part 4: General Management
Amity Business School, Noida. NPA in Indian Banking. Devotional Tourism: An
PARUL JHAJHARIA, Programme Director, MBA-HR, and Entrepreneurial Challenge. Takeover Blues. The Oil
Professor of Organizational Behaviour and Human Journey: A Case Study on Entrepreneurship. Rural Mobile
Resources at Amity Business School, Noida. Revolution: A Case for a Resurgent India. Infosys
This book offers a number of important Case Studies Technologies: International Strategy and Global
culled from various areas of management. Being a Meltdown. City Bus Service of Indore. Contributors.
collaborative effort, it has contributions from many Index.
eminent academics as well as industry consultants and Latest Print 2011 / 400 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
researchers. The cases presented encompass a broad ISBN-978-81-203-4158-6 / ` 325.00 / (e-book also available)
spectrum of issues of current interest to the corporate
world, such as corporate social responsibility, supply
chain management, corporate governance, branding and
Mentoring
communication, leadership, mergers and acquisitions, and
entrepreneurship. DOYLE & ONEILL
The text is organized into four parts. The first part covers Mentoring Entrepreneurs: Shared
the domain of marketing. It discusses in detail the
marketing, branding and communication strategies of Wisdom from Experience
organizations such as Vodafone, Raymond, LG and the BRIAN DOYLE & N. VINCENT ONEILL.
Indian Premier League. The second part deals with Much broader in scope than councelling, advising or
human resources. It elucidates the strategies and coaching, Mentoring is actually an ancient concept. This
practices of organizations, especially HCL, Tata Motors book is not only for those who propose to set up a
and BSNL, in terms of their attitudes towards learning, Mentor Programme but, more importantly, for assisting
employees and customers. The third part focuses on the both the mentors and the potential mentorees. The book
area of finance. This part includes cases on the pre- and will be helpful in making the mentors journey with the
post-merger valuation of the Tata Corus merger deal and mentorees move more smoothly and quickly towards the
the share prices of Ranbaxy. Finally, the fourth part is desired goal.
devoted to cases on general management topics such as
non-performing assets in the Indian banking industry, the It provides an understanding of relationships between
international business strategy of Infosys, and the city bus mentors and those they seek to help. The text
service of Indore. particularly emphasizes the importance of trust between
the mentors and the mentorees and tries to illustrate
This book, containing a wealth of information, is designed how mutual trust can be used to achieve satisfying
primarily for students of management. In addition, it results.
should prove immensely valuable for practising managers.
Contents: Foreword. Preface. Part 1: Marketing Some of the important topics covered in the book are a
Corporate Social Responsibility: A Case Study on list of characteristics possessed by the ideal mentor,
Vodafone. Supply Chain Management: A Study on Indian a survey of the likely attitudes of mentorees, an overview
Food Processing Industry. DRM or No DRM for Digital of the interplay between mentor and mentoree, a
Music Lovers and Sellers. Aircel: Marketing Strategies of a suggested organizational structure for a mentor pro-
New Player in the Telecom Market. The Creation of a gramme, notes on selection and training of mentors etc.
Successful Brand: A Case of Indian Premier League. Contents: Acknowledgements. Foreword. Preface.
Corporate Governance in India: Transmission to Introduction. The Mentoring Concept. The Mentor. The
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 165
Featuring a proven seven-step model of negotiation and should be required reading for all serious students
strategies, this straightforward book gives the readers an and practitioners of negotiation and alternative disputes
edge to win at the bargaining table. It provides practical resolution.
tips, tactics and techniques to triumph over even the Contents: Preface. Part I: FundamentalsDecision
most ruthless competitors in any situation. Perspectives. Decision Analysis. Behavioral Decision
The readers learn to: Theory. Game Theory. Negotiation Analysis. Part II: Two-
Plan an agenda Party Distributive (Win-Lose) NegotiationsElmtree
Analyze the other party House. Distributive Negotiations: The Basic Problem.
Avoid falling for typical persuasion tactics Introducing Complexities: Uncertainty. Introducing
Counter negative moves Complexities: Time. Auctions and Bids. Part III: Two-Party
Integrative (Win-Win) NegotiationsTemplate Design.
Package proposals that generate movement Template Evaluation. Template Analysis (I). Template
Effectively exchange concessions Analysis (II). Behavioral Realities. Noncooperative Others.
Close the toughest of deals Part IV: External HelpMostly Facilitation and Mediation.
Arbitration: Conventional and Nonconventional. What is
Contents: Acknowledgments. Introduction. The Seven
Fair? Parallel Negotiations. Part V: Many PartiesGroup
Steps to Agreement. Step 1Ready Yourself. Step 2
Decisions. Consensus. Coalitions. Voting. Pluralistic
Explore Needs. Step 3Signal for Movement. Step 4
Parties. Multiparty Interventions. Social Dilemmas.
Probe with Proposals. Step 5Exchange Concessions.
References. Note on Sources. Index.
Step 6Close the Deal. Step 7Tie Up the Loose Ends.
Winning Tactics. Persuasion Traps. Electronic Bargaining. Latest Print 2009 / 568 pp. (Hard Cover)
Plan for Success. Appendices. Notes. Index. About the 16.0 24.1 cm / ISBN-978-81-203-2680-4 / ` 495.00
Author.
Latest Print 2008 / 208 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm VOLKEMA
ISBN-978-81-203-3580-6 / ` 295.00
Negotiation ToolKit, The: How to Get
RAIFFA with RICHARDSON & METCALFE Exactly What You Want in Any Business
Negotiation Analysis: The Science and or Personal Situation
Art of Collaborative Decision Making ROGER J. VOLKEMA.
HOWARD RAIFFA is Frank P. Ramsey Professor of Great book! The Negotiation Toolkit is a benchmark for
Managerial Economics [Emeritus], Harvard Business School practical negotiation skills. It teaches how to win the
and Harvards Kennedy School of Government. battles of everyday living.
JOHN RICHARDSON is a Lecturer and Associate at the PETER K. TRZYNA, patent attorney
Program on Negotiation, Harvard Law School.
With this book learn a fresh new approach to mastering
DAVID METCALFE is an Analyst at Forrester Research, the arts of bargaining and negotiation. Unlike others, this
London, England. book provides hands-on workbook that integrates
The book Negotiation Analysis synthesizes four questions and answers, self-assessments, mini-surveys,
approaches to decision making, broadly conceived: feedback measures and action challenges to help readers
individual decision analysis, judgemental decision making, build personal confidence and negotiating prowess.
game theory, and negotiation analysis. The book starts by Further learn:
considering how analytically minded parties can generate
joint gains and distribute them equitably by negotiating The golden rule of negotiation
with full, open, truthful exchanges. It then examines Three fundamental question of negotiation
models that disengage step by step from that ideal. The When not to negotiate
book also shows how a neutral outsider (inventor) can Eight behaviors of star negotiators and much more
help all negotiators by providing joint, neutral analysis of Suitable for novices as well as seasoned negotiators.
their problem.
Contents: Acknowledgments. Introduction. Under-
The book with analytical approachbuilding from simple standing Negotiation. The Golden Rule of Negotiation.
hypothetical examples, can be understood by those with Three Fundamental Questions of Negotiation. The Art of
only a high school background in mathematics. This book Discovery. Behaviors of Successful Negotiators. Measuring
has a broad relevance for both the theory and the Your Progress: The Valero WineContinental Glass
practice of negotiation analysis as it is applied to disputes Negotiation. Negotiation Styles. Risky Business. Eight
that range from those between family members, business Common Tactics and Their Countermeasures. More
partners, and business competitors to those involving Tactics and Countermeasures. Measuring Your Skill with
labour and management, environmentalists and Countermeasures: A Salary Negotiation. Dealing with
developers, and nations. Tough Negotiators. Written Agreements. Cross-Cultural
The book pushes negotiation analysis to a higher level Negotiations. Negotiation and Ethics. Measuring Your
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 167
Progress Again: The Logan TelecommunicationsRJW Picture of Success. The Power of Four: Your Natural
Properties Negotiation. Negotiating for the Unnatural Abilities Add Up to Personal Brilliance. SECTION II:
Negotiator. Personal Action Plan. Epilogue. Appendices AwarenessThe Power of Awareness. Youre Designed
A: Continental Glass (Confidential Facts). B: Sales for Optimal Awareness. Breaking Through Awareness
Manager, Carson Enterprises (Confidential Facts). C: RJW Barriers. Amplifying Awareness. SECTION III: CuriosityThe
Properties, Inc. (Confidential Facts). Resources. Index. Power of Curiosity. Why? Thinking Like a Child. Breaking
Latest Print 2008 / 224 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm Through Curiosity Barriers. Heightening Curiosity. SECTION
ISBN-978-81-203-3555-4 / ` 195.00
IV: FocusThe Power of Focus. Attention, Rhythm, and
Purpose. Breaking Through Focus Barriers. Expanding
Focus. SECTION V: InitiativeThe Power of Initiative. Get
Personality Development Ready, Get Set, Go! Breaking Through Initiative Barriers.
Intensifying Initiative. SECTION VI: Personal Brilliance in
Everyday LifeMaking Brilliant, Everyday Choices. Index.
CANTERUCCI Latest Print 2007 / 224 pp. (Hard Cover)
Personal Brilliance: Mastering the 15.3 22.9 cm / ISBN-978-81-203-3267-6 / ` 350.00
Everyday Habits that Create a
Lifetime of Success ELLIS
JIM CANTERUCCI is an executive advisor, author, and Management Skills for New Managers
speaker. He is the founder and CEO of Transition CAROL W. ELLIS.
Management Advisors. Being a manager requires not only contribution as an
This book is written to help readers maximize their individual to the growth of the company but makes you
awareness, curiosity, focus and initiativesthe powerful responsible for the work of other people reporting
traits that all of us have, but too often either ignore or to you.
do not use effectively. Management Skills for New Managers is a good-read for
The author shows how these four attributes can be those who are making their first entry into management
turned into powerful success tools by making them and are recently promoted to the role of a manager. It is
habits of the mind and using them all the time rather an accessible and friendly book introducing the newly
than occasionally rely on these traits on specific promoted managers to all the skills and information they
challenging or new situations when required. To achieve need to excel in their new role. You learn how to:
this, the book gives dozens of proven techniques that Define your rolewhat does a manager do and how you
help break through the barriers that stop us from being can create the environment that helps those things get
and achieving our personal best in all areas of life. done?
It also recounts inspiring stories of people who
have dramatically improved their lives and made Communicate effectivelyhow to interact with your staff
significant differences in their communities, families and and your own manager, using the right approach and
businesses. most appropriate methods?
In a nutshell, Personal Brilliance helps us build on our Manage staff performanceidentify challenges, set
natural characteristics to become the person and achieve objectives and give the people working under you what
the goals we have always envisioned. they need to do their jobs well.
Delegate for maximum productivityhow to assign tasks
Reading this book is guaranteed to give you an edge, no
and projects to individual team members, making sure
matter what arena youre competing in, whether you are
assignments get done on time.
on a personal or professional journey. Personal Brilliance
by Jim Canterucci shows you how to take your natural Motivate individual and teamshow to inspire and get
talents, and use them to achieve success. more from your team.
TANYA FRATTO, Chief Executive Officer, Diamond Whether working for a business, a not-for-profit
Innovations, formerly GE Superabrasives organization, an educational institute or a government
agency, this book will help by providing practical
A must-read for leaders in all aspects of life, not just techniques and specific action plans for making a smooth
CEOs and managers, but parents, artists, musicians, transition into your new role. Packed with no-nonsense
teachers, and everyone else who wants to have a greater managerial wisdom, this book helps you put your best
impact on the lives of others. foot forward, get the most from your people and
DIANNA BOOHER, author of more than 40 books including contribute to the overall success of your workplace.
Get a Life without Sacrificing Your Career and Speak Contents: Preface. Introduction. Defining Your Role.
with Confidence Effective Communication. Performance Management. The
Contents: Foreword. Acknowledgments. Introduction. Four Phases of Learning. Motivation. Delegation for
SECTION I: You Already Have What You NeedLive Your Growth and Development. Coaching for Performance.
168 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Moving Forward with Your Own Situations. Index. About exercises and questionnaires, supplemented by hand
the Author. drawings, make this book exceptionally reader friendly.
Latest Print 2008 / 160 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm WHAT THE REVIEWERS SAY
ISBN-978-81-203-3441-0 / ` 195.00
Hundreds of managers, teachers, and HRD personnel and
others in India and abroad have benefited from this
FACHLER store-house of practical wisdom, lucidly and creatively
Chutzpah: Unlocking the Maverick written. McGrath is a name, fondly remembered by
thousands.
Mindset for Success T.A. MATHIAS, Professor, and
YANKY FACHLER. Former Editor, Management and Labour Studies, XLRI
The meaning of this wonderfully evocative and rich word, Extremely good and useful... one of the best in the
that has no exact translation in English, is elusive. More genre... a great service.
easily demonstrated than definedchutzpah envisions V. GIRIRAJ, IAS
those possibilities that no one else yet believes to be Basic Managerial Skills is an excellent handbook for
viable; a confidence to demand what is due; to break young managers and management students.
tradition, to challenge authority, and to raise eyebrows.
Prof. BISWAJEET PATTANAYAK,
All the inspiring stories in this book feature people who Former Professor, IIM Indore
went the extra mile: People, who employed, harnessed,
This is a remarkable book on perfectible skills of
leveraged, embraced, utilized, exploited, adopted and
management and leadership. We have made it
displayed their courage. You can do the same!
compulsory reading for all students of management at
The heroes and heroines of these chutzpah stories all IMIS. Fr. McGrath says profound truths on management
believed in the art of the impossible. They all chose which are easy to read and understand.
unconventional routes to achieve their goals. Some of the
Prof. K.C. PADHY, Director,
chutzpah case studies in this book feature household-
Institute of Management & Information Science,
names like movie-maker Steven Spielberg, cartoon
Bhubaneswar
creator Walt Disney, rent-a-car maverick Warren Avis,
and bagless vacuum cleaner inventor James Dyson. Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. How to Read.
How to Write. How to Learn. How to Speak. How to
An ideal gift for someone you would like to see succeed,
Listen. How to Become The Real You. How to Run a
or for your employees to waken up their chutzpah spirit
Meeting. How to Teach and Train. How to Interview and
in slumber, or just for yourself!
How to Face an Interview. How to Manage. Leadership.
Contents: Introduction. Thirty Centuries of Chutzpah. Go Change. Decision Making. Motivation. Conflict and
easy on me, Im an orphan. Showbiz Chutzpah. Cooperation.
Publishing Chutzpah. Mile-high Chutzpah. Wining and Latest Print 2012 / 840 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
Dining Chutzpah. Female Feistiness. Industrial-size ISBN-978-81-203-4314-6 / ` 395.00 / (e-book also available)
Chutzpah. Chutzpah for All Ages. ChutzpahA Users
Manual.
Latest Print 2007 / 208 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm SIMON
ISBN-978-81-203-3177-8 / ` 225.00 Developing Decision-Making Skills for
Business
McGRATH JULIAN L. SIMON was Professor of Business
Basic Managerial Skills for All, 9th ed. Administration at the University of Maryland from 1983
E.H. McGRATH, S.J., former Director and Professor at until his death.
XLRI, Jamshedpur. This highly practical and reader-friendly book considers
The Ninth Edition of this well-established text, while effective decision-making skills as most vital to achieving
retaining the contents and style of the earlier editions, success in life and business. It aims to analyze and
continues to discuss the basic skills of management and evaluate decision-making processes that help us make
leadership. The assumption of the book is that the decisions among various possible courses of conduct. The
human person is by nature a manager and has leadership analytic system described in the book offers a large array
and managerial skills that can and should be continually of powerful application tools useful for building effective
developed. These basic skills are: reading, writing, decision-making skills both at the individual and
learning, speaking, interviewing, training, deciding, organizational levels, and developing strong interpersonal
problem-solving, managing conflict, and motivation. And relationships with peers and clients.
in this book, Fr. McGrath, with his masterly skills and The book attempts at building intellectual bridges
wealth of experience, tells how these skills can be fully between the varied modes of thinking that exist in social
developed and mastered. Constant use of pointers, tips, and decision sciences and in the field of organizational
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 169
behavior. Accordingly, Parts I to IV of the book Hiring and orienting new employees
concentrate on a wide range of topics such as setting Building communication skillsboth up and down the
goals, identifying capabilities, improving the existing hierarchical ladder, and more.
resources, analyzing cost benefits, acquiring a sound Contents: Put on Your Managers Hat. Manage Your
knowledge of the world around us and applying mental Time. Plan Your Day. Lead Your People. Build Your Team.
operations to the new knowledge obtained. Along the Make Effective Decisions. Delegate Authority. Hiring and
way, the text also covers other essential ideas such as Orienting New People. Motivate Your People. Appraising
identifying tastes and preference, personal skill Performance. Discipline, Grievances, and Terminations.
assessment, multitasking, risk and uncertainty, human Communicating for Success. Index.
resource management, time constraints, data collection
and moreto help people make the most effective use Latest Print 2008 / 176 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm
of their time and energy. ISBN-978-81-203-3489-2 / ` 250.00
TOPCHIK WEISINGER
Accidental Manager, The: Get the Skills Power of Positive Criticism, The
You Need to Excel in Your New Career HENDRIE WEISINGER.
GARY S. TOPCHIK is the managing partner of SilverStar At long last, a book that demonstrates how giving and
Enterprises, a consulting firm specializing in management taking criticism increases the bottom line.
development based in Los Angeles. RITA MCGLONE, Associate Director, Executive Education,
This book guides the first time managers in making a The Wharton School of Business
success of their managerial role if they are there without This empowering book helps readers take the sting out of
expecting to be or wanting to be. That is if they are criticism and transform it from a destructive, demoraliz-
promoted to the ranks of management while not being ing disaster into an energizing, educating experience
fully prepared yet or they are in there without any that builds relationships and increases individual and
expectation, or even without wanting to be but have to organizational success.
be due to other compulsions. In all these cases one thing
is certainthe challenging new role will demand certain Readers will learn from this book to:
skills never practiced by such new managers. The author Become strategic criticizers and develop their skill in
explains how to turn this accidental opportunity into a using the power of positive criticism
big bonus for themselves and their company.
Stay cool, calm, and collected when giving or getting
The text also provides practical examples and case criticism
studies based on real-life situations on how to manage Criticize their bosswithout getting fired, and more.
effectively. It achieves this by informing the reader:
Contents: Acknowledgments. Introduction. Section I:
The many barriers that contribute to an individuals not Twenty Tips1. Befriend Criticism. 2. Criticize
wanting to be in a managerial role Strategically. 3. Be Improvement-Oriented. 4. Protect the
The specific skills and behaviors necessary to manage Self-Esteem. 5. Choose the Right Words. Criticize Your
others well Criticisms. 6. Criticize Your Criticisms. 7. Involve Your
How to manage well without giving up your passion for Recipient. 8. Remember the Merits...Without the But.
the actual work 9. Tell Them What You Want. 10. Be Timing-Oriented.
The types of managerial behaviors to avoid and how to 11. Use Questions Socratically. 12. When Words Dont
prevent being viewed as a bad manager Work, Use Your Actions. 13. Use Your Expectations.
How to develop your people instead of rescuing them 14. Acknowledge That Its Subjective. 15. Put Motivation
How to determine the productivity stage for each of in Your Criticisms. 16. Use Their World. 17. Follow Up,
your team members Follow Up, Follow Up. 18. Know Your Criteria for
The communication and active-listening strategies for Criticizing. 19. Listen to Yourself. 20. Stay Cool, Calm, and
building trust and loyalty with and among your team Collected. Tips in Action. Section II: Frequent, Challenging,
members and Difficult Criticism Situations. So Youre Afraid to
How to train and delegate staff so they can work Criticize Your Boss? The Wrath of Criticism. Its Personal,
independently and interdependently Not Business. Criticism Among Equals. In the Line of Fire.
The differences between leading, managing, and Criticism in Groups. I Lost It in the Sun. When the
doingand how to do more of the leading and Customer Isnt Right. Thats a Terrible Idea; It Wont
managing and less of the doing Work; Nobody Cares. When Youre the Fall Guy. When
The different strategies for providing an environment Youre the Fall Guy. Friendship Harassment. When
where your staff can be motivated Criticism Is Ethical. I Heard It Through the Grapevine.
How to keep your team members on track and greatly I Knew Him When... A Positive Critic. Appendix: The
reduce performance and behavioral problems Criticism Inventory (TCI). Index. About the Author.
How to give positive feedback and reward your team Latest Print 2008 / 200 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm
members ISBN-978-81-203-3488-5 / ` 250.00
Contents: Acknowledgments. Introduction. You Are an
Accidental Manager (Thats Okay). The All-Time Worst
Manager List. The Key to Success: Doing Nothing. The WHETTEN & CAMERON
Platinum Skill of Developing Your Team Members. The Developing Management skills, 8th ed.
Platinum Skill of Active Listening. The Platinum Skill of DAVID A. WHETTEN, Brigham Young University
Giving and Receiving Feedback. The Platinum Skill of
KIM S. CAMERON, University of Michigan
Creating a Motivational Climate. How Organizations Can
Turn Accidental Managers Into Successful Ones. Appendix The book is an interactive tool based on the authors
A: Managerial Assessment. Index. extensive and updated research on effective managers in
Latest Print 2007 / 192 pp. (Hard Cover)
private and public companies.
15.3 22.9 cm / ISBN-978-81-203-3309-3 / ` 275.00 It presents a unique five-step model in each chapter for
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 171
assessing, learning, analyzing, practicing, and applying the be authoritatively used by the researchers, project
skills to build the foundation for effective management managers, consultants, and corporate policy and decision
practice. Building on personal, interpersonal, and group makers.
skills, the book helps us learn the skills that turn good KEY FEATURES
ideas into accepted practiceand good management!
Describes various aspects of contract management in
The new edition, based on suggestions from reviewers, great detail with live examples.
instructors and students, includes Explains the risks encountered by MNCs in an
Added new skill assessments international project and the remedies available to
Updated research supporting key points in each handle these risks effectively.
chapter Contains a Glossary to explain the core concepts.
Provides a large number of graphs, charts, tables,
Enhanced test bank with added application questions
illustrative examples and appendices to help readers in
Contents: Preface. Introduction. Part I: Personal Skills analytical understanding of the subject.
Developing Self-Awareness. Managing Personal Stress. Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. List of
Solving Problems Analytically and Creatively. Part II: Abbreviations. Project Identification and Formulation.
Interpersonal SkillsBuilding Relationships by Project Selection Considerations and Feasibility Studies.
Communicating Supportively. Gaining Power and Project Appraisal. Project Organisation. Project Finance
Influence. Motivating Others. Managing Conflict. and Project Financing in India. Estimation of Project
Part III: Group SkillsEmpowering and Delegating. Costs. Contract Management. Project Planning and
Building Effective Teams and Teamwork. Leading Positive Scheduling. Project Cost Control. Post-project Review and
Change. Part IV: Specific Communication Skills Appraisal. International Projects. Computer Aided Project
Supplement A: Making Oral and Written Presentations. Management. Appendices. Glossary. Bibliography. Index.
Supplement B: Conducting Interviews. Supplement C:
Conducting Meetings. Appendix I: Glossary. Appendix II: Latest Print 2012 / 376 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
References. Name Index. Subject Index. Combined Index. ISBN-978-81-203-4450-1 / ` 350.00 / (e-book also available)
Latest Print 2013 / 744 pp. / 20.0 25.0 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-4210-1 / ` 650.00 GUPTA
Project Management
Project Management RAJEEV M. GUPTA is Project Consultant.
This comprehensive book discusses the fundamental
DAS aspects and phases of Project Management in a student-
friendly manner. It deals with topics such as project life
Project Management and Control cycle, project selection, feasibility study, and explains the
SUBHASH CHANDRA DAS, Management Consultant, is methods of financial projections and cash flows. Various
Former Director (Finance), Hindustan Paper Corporation methods such as Hiller model, sensitivity analysis and
(HPC) Limited, and a visiting faculty in many Universities simulations are described with hypothetical numerical
and B-Schools. examples to evaluate risk. Besides, the book discusses
different aspects and methods of social cost benefit
This comprehensive book gives a conceptual, analytical analysis with examples.
and evaluative study of the principles and practices of
Project Management and Control systems in a student- Primarily designed for the undergraduate and post-
friendly manner. graduate students of management, the book will be
equally useful to the engineering students. Besides,
The book provides an overview of project management, practicing professionals will also find the book quite
and gives a detailed analysis of project life cycle and its useful.
different phases, identification of project opportunities,
and sources of project ideas. It describes in detail various KEY FEATURES
considerations and priorities in setting up projects at Provides a new method for determining marketing
macro and micro levels, project appraisal, and various feasibility.
types of organisation structures. Besides, the book also Includes new algorithms for crashing and resource
explains the different ways and means of financing levelling.
projects, the sources of finance nationally and Gives a large number of solved and unsolved practical
internationally, the need for estimation of project cost, examples and cases for better understanding of the
and different aspects of post-project review. Finally, the subject.
book dwells on computer aided project management Describes quantitative methodology for evaluating risk.
to demonstrate how the computer can help the Contents: Preface. Introduction. Project Life Cycle and
management in handling all project activities efficiently. Classification. Project Management Process and Project
Primarily intended as a text for the postgraduate students Selection. Technical Feasibility. Market Potential Analysis.
of commerce and management, the book can also Financial Projections. Project Financing. Financial Analysis.
172 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Primarily designed for the undergraduate and project audit, project organizational structures and roles
postgraduate students of management, the book will be of various financial institutions in project management.
equally useful to the engineering students. In addition, KEY FEATURES
practising professionals will also find the book quite
valuable. Explains the concepts and techniques of project
management with a number of fitting examples.
KEY FEATURES
Includes several chapter-end problems and questions
Conforms to the syllabi of most universities. to test students understanding of the subject.
Includes many pedagogical features such as Learning Provides an integrated case study in an appendix to
Objectives, Summary, lots of diagrams and tables. help students understand the application of the
Provides examples from the Indian industry which take concept to real-life situation.
the Indian working environment into account.
Gives answers to selected questions at the end of the
Covers eight case studies on real-world situations to
book.
help the students gain practical experience.
Includes a large number of solved and unsolved Contents: Preface. Introduction. Project Management Life
problems, besides chapter-end exercises, to guide the Cycle. Demand Forecasting. Technology Transfer.
students from examination point of view. Estimation of Project Cost. Cost of Capital. Feasibility
Study. Bases of Comparison of Project Alternatives.
Contents: Preface. Part I: Project Initiation. Project
Inflation Adjusted Project Selection. Modelling Approach
Management: An Introduction. Project Origination.
for Project Selection. Selection of Alternatives Using
Project Feasibility. Appendix: Social CostBenefit Analysis.
Simulation. Selection of Alternatives having Cash Flows
Part II: Project PlanningProject Definition. Estimating
with Probability Distributions. Evaluation of Public
Time and Costs. Scheduling. Appendix: The Critical Chain
Alternatives. Vendor Evaluation. Contract. Project
Scheduling and Buffer Management. Resource Allocation.
Network Construction. Critical Path Method. Programme
Risk Management. Part III: Project Execution, Monitoring
Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT). Crashing of
and ControlProject Organization Structure and Culture.
Project Network. Resource Levelling. Resource Allocation
Project Staffing: HR Issues. Project Monitoring and
Technique. Techniques for Project Type Products. Project
Control. Contract Managing and Partnering. Part IV:
Management Softwares. Environmental Impact
Project ClosureProject Audit and Closure. Public
Assessment. Project Audit. Role of Financial Institutions.
Projects: Indian Context. Case Studies. Appendices AC.
Project Organizational Structures. Appendices1. Case
Bibliography. Index.
Study. 2. Area Under Standard Normal Distribution from
Latest Print 2011 / 368 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm its Mean. Answers to Selected Questions. Bibliography.
ISBN-978-81-203-4288-0 / ` 350.00 / (e-book also available) Index.
Latest Print 2010 / 432 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
PANNEERSELVAM & SENTHILKUMAR ISBN-978-81-203-3817-3 / ` 295.00 / (e-book also available)
Project Management
R. PANNEERSELVAM, Dean, School of Management, RAMAKRISHNA
Pondicherry University, Pondicherry. Essentials of Project Management
P. SENTHILKUMAR, Deputy Manager (Projects) in Valeo KAMARAJU RAMAKRISHNA, Professor of Mechanical
Minda Electrical Systems Private Limited. Engineering, GVP College of Engineering, Visakha-
Project management plays a vital role in planning, patnam, Andhra Pradesh.
organizing and controlling various resources and factors This comprehensive and well-organized book introduces
for the successful completion of projects within a time the essential concepts and principles of project
frame. This comprehensive text presents the fundamental management. Divided into six partsPart I, Introduction;
concepts and principles of project management and Part II, Idea Generation and Initiation; Part III, Project
provides necessary skills to manage projects effectively. It Planning; Part IV, Project Implementation; Part V, Project
is designed for postgraduate students of management, Closeout; and Part VI, Special Topics, the book gives an
commerce, industrial engineering, production engineering indepth analysis of the various aspects of project
and construction management. management. The book clearly explains Work Breakdown
The book makes the readers familiar with the objectives Structure (WBS), Net Present Value (NPV), Earned Value
of project management and explains project management Analysis (EVA), Total Quality Management (TQM), and
life cycle, demand forecasting methods, and phases and Global Warmingfrom the viewpoint of beginners. In
steps of technology transfer. It discusses cost capital, addition, the text deals with special topics such as Public
estimation of project cost, and feasibility of projects. The Sector Projects, Engineering Projects, Maintenance
text also describes project evaluation and project Projects, Software Projects, and International Projects
scheduling techniques, as well as discusses project besides risk and quality of projects. The final chapter
management software and the impact of projects on the is devoted to a discussion on Project Management
environment. Besides, it gives a detailed description of Software.
174 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
provided a detailed map for managing the strategic managing a firm in computer-based simulation. This
planning process from beginning to end. compact and practical book provides students of
MICHAEL BEER, Professor of Business Administration, management and decision makersfuture and current
Harvard University managersa holistic, down-to-earth approach to
strategic management and developing strategies and
A practical and dynamic resource on team-based strategic making decisions in todays dynamic and changing
planning, this toolkit-in-a-book shows how to bend, shape business environment. It is designed to assist them in
and modify the conventional strategic planning process to evaluating/monitoring outcomes and formulating and
meet an organization's goals. It also delineates the executing comprehensive competitive business strategies.
techniques and methods needed to succeed. The real-
world examples provided illustrate each step of the Throughout, the text focusses on the implementation of a
process. The book is designed for active use at every firms competitive strategy at all levels. It uses a cohesive
stage of the process. It helps readers through dozens of case study to highlight the key themes and provides the
hands-on tools including: tools to assess the choices that result in a unified
implementation of a firms strategy and the realization of
A proven strategic change process model that forecasts its financial goals.
expected changes and results over a five-year period
Cue cards and flow charts that plot the process and The book is designed for business/corporate strategy
make it easier to master courses that utilize simulation to enliven and enrich the
Self-contained facilitator guides for setting priorities, learning experience. The book would help the students in
guiding the team to consensus, and using twelve classic making decisions in product design, production, human
techniques to help the team reach its objectives resources, marketing, and finance. The tables and figures
Troubleshooting advice on problem intervention for and the seven case studies are intended to illustrate and
CEOs, planning leaders, and facilitators. reinforce the theoretical aspects. Besides students,
practicing managers would find this book highly useful in
Contents: List of Figures. Preface. Acknowledgments. Part making strategy-specific decisions.
One: The Strategic Planning and Change ProcessThe
Traditional Strategic Planning Process. Whose Job Contents: List of Figures and Tables. Preface.
Is It? An Overview of Roles and Responsibilities. Acknowledgments. A Note to Instructors, Students, and
Demystifying the Process: The Four Phases of Change. Managers. Cohesion Case: Gelles Building Products.
What Facilitators Do. Tailoring the Process to Your Managing by Competitive Strategy. Competitive Strategy.
Organization. Preparing the Organization: Getting Buy-in Strategy-Specific Decision Making. Performance-Based
and Developing Skills for Strategic Change. Part Two: The Measurement Systems. Implementing the Strategy:
Nuts and Bolts: Facilitating the Process Step by Step Downstream and Upstream Analysis. Strategy-Specific
Situation Analysis: What It Is, How It's Done, Who Does Decisions and Management Control Systems. From Value
It. Expanded Analysis. Facilitator's Guide I: Priority-Setting Proposition to Outcomes. Performance Measurements
MeetingFacilitating Agreement on Strategy and and the Multiple Products Firm. Leadership and Strategy-
Strategic Priorities. Strategy Meeting Prework. Specific Decision Making. Appendices: Review of Gelles
Facilitators Guide II: Strategy MeetingGuiding the Tem Building Products Case. Instructors and Students
to Consensus on Each Part of the Plan. Part Three: Simulation Guide. Part A. Pre-Simulation Activities. Part B.
Implementing the PlanMaking the Plan Operational. Post-Simulation Activities. Cases: Nancy Womens
Keeping the Plan on Track. After the First Plan: Updating Shoppe. Don Batts. Randolph Hooke. Rockwells Health
and Improving With Much Less Pain. Five Years of Club. Raymond Specialo and Family. Karls of Maine.
Planning: Benchmarks of Accomplishment. Part Four: Timothy Ryan. Bibliography. Index.
Team ProcessesEffective Teams and Productive Team Latest Print 2004 / 200 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Members. Facilitators Guide III: Techniques for Team ISBN-81-203-2617-2 / ` 250.00
Tasks. Unstopping Typical Blockages. Summary: Lessons
for Success. Appendix: Mission Statements and Strategic
Plan Summaries. Glossary. Index. GARLAND
Latest Print 2008 / 352 pp. (Hard Cover) Future Inc.: How Businesses Can
17.8 23.5 cm / ISBN-978-81-203-3582-0 / ` 395.00 Anticipate and Profit from Whats Next
ERIC GARLAND.
FORGANG .... This book takes the readers hand and walks him
Strategy-Specific Decision Making: through the specific steps needed to understand
A Guide for Executing Competitive developing trends, the factors driving them and strategic
implications for businesses. He outlines the tools of the
Strategy foresight trade and how to separate the wheat from the
WILLIAM G. FORGANG, Professor of Business and info chaff in our entirely-too-information-rich environ-
Economics, Mount St. Marys College, Maryland. ment in such critical areas as energy, demographics,
health and new technologies.
Strategy-specific decision making is an essential skill for
students who are engaged in case study analysis or Timothy C. Mack, President, World Future Society
178 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
The ability to predict future trends have become crucial The book reveals how to:
for businesses to be successful in todays overwhelming Reduce fixed operational costs by reducing
world of tough competition and constant changes. With dependence on corporate real estate
this visionary, creative, and groundbreaking book know Institutionalize the innovation process to quickly reach
how to anticipate new trends and analyze their impact on to changing marketplace
your business. Confront the coming talent gap for creative and
Discover how to: knowledge-based workers
Determine whether a trend is really a trend Reduce the crippling costs of recruitment and turnover
Incorporate the future into everyday thinking Design a productive, clean, comfortable and healthy
workplace
Analyze five new trends that will affect the future of
Meet the challenges that come with flexible workplace
your business
programs.
Find accurate sources like official reports, peer reviews
and scholarly journals to properly forecast tomorrows Contents: Acknowledgments. Introduction. More
realities. Corporate Agility, Less Corporate Real Estate. The Three
Major Business Challenges: Costs, Labor, and Innovation.
Contents: Foreword. Acknowledgments. Introduction: Reducing Fixed Operating Costs. Attracting and Retaining
Todays Chaos; Tomorrows Opportunity. Part 1: Tools Human Talent. Innovation and Survival. The Virtual
and TechniquesFuturism: The Antidote to Chaos. Workforce. Offices Without Walls. The Well-Designed
Systems Thinking: A Superhighway to Change. Analyzing Workplace. Collaborative Strategic Management.
Trends: Real Change vs. Media Hype. Into the Future: Achieving Corporate Agility. Afterword. Notes. Index.
Making Judgements; Evaluating Forecasts. Strategic
Implications: What the Future Means to You. Scenario Latest Print 2008 / 288 pp. (Hard Cover)
Generation: Drawing a Picture of the Future. 16.0 24.1 cm / ISBN-978-81-203-3576-9 / ` 450.00
Communicating the Future: Even to the Skeptical. Part 2:
Drivers of the FutureAging: Preparing for a New Grey GUPTA, GOLLAKOTA & SRINIVASAN
World. Information Technology: Falling in Price,
Increasing in Power. Health Care: New Gadgets vs. Business Policy and Strategic
Following Doctors Orders. Biotechnology: Scratching the Management: Concepts and
Surface of the Secrets of Life. Energy: Getting More out
of Less. Nanotechnologies: Smaller is Better. Media and Applications, 2nd ed. (Revised)
Communications: Six Billion Channels for Six Billion VIPIN GUPTA, Roslyn Solomon Jaffe Chair Professor of
People. Ecology and Sustainability: Growth Can Be Good. Strategy, Simmons School of Management, Boston.
Epilogue: Where Do We Go from Here? Notes. Index. KAMALA GOLLAKOTA, Associate Professor, University
Latest Print 2007 / 272 pp. (Hard Cover) of Redlands, California.
16.0 24.1 cm / ISBN-978-81-203-3577-6 / ` 450.00 R. SRINIVASAN, Associate Professor of Corporate Strategy
and Policy, Indian Institute of Management Bangalore.
GRANTHAM, WARE & WILLIAMSON This innovative introduction to business policy and
strategic management, covering both the illustrative
Corporate Agility: A Revolutionary New cases and conceptual foundation, offers authoritative
Model for Competing in a Flat World approaches to strategic leadership in emerging markets.
Among its many unique features, this comprehensively
CHARLES E. GRANTHAM, JAMES P. WARE & CORY updated and revised second edition is structured to help
WILLIAMSON. students think strategically.
In Corporate Agility, two acknowledged experts in the The major organizational issues in strategy development
field of Workplace Solutions offer an authoritative and are covered through an analytical study of:
well-researched approach to restructuring the work
environment to reduce operating expenses, take Nine different perspectives on organization to capture
advantage of emerging technology, and, perhaps most the rich history of the discipline and enlighten the
important, address the key priority of attracting and nature of strategy.
retaining talented people. The concept of strategic intent to guide action.
9-M model to analyze strategies in functional areas of
COLIN DYER, Chief Executive Officer and President, manpower, materials, methods, money, manufacturing,
Jones Lang LaSalle machine, marketing, motivating, and manipulating.
Packed with case studies of companies such as IBM, Competitive gaming model to strategize different types
Hewlett-Packard, etc. who have learnt to stay ahead of of market structures.
the curve, this book provides the blueprint for staying Internetworking model to develop high-performance
competitive in the global economy. It helps readers learn Internet ventures.
how they can ensure to stay profitable and sustainable Strategic business model to unfold hidden value into
for years to come. new directions.
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 179
Value model to explain strategic elements of Replaced the section on advantages and limitations of
innovation and technology management. portfolio analysis with a section on strategic alliance
Ethical and international issues in the context portfolio analysis.
of corporate governance. Open innovation to the discussion of R&D strategy.
Strategic leadership model relevant to the emerging Purchasing and logistics strategies to functional
market ground realities. strategies.
Strategic control model (both balanced and extended Offshoring in the discussion of outsourcing.
scorecard) to explore the influence of environmental Real options to the discussion of risk.
and cultural contexts on effective performance. The concept of core rigidities in the discussion of the
The text is well supported by more than one thousand organizational life cycle.
sources of international research, India-focused case An explanation of integration managers to managing
studies and experiential assignments. This comprehensive mergers and acquisitions.
text on theory and practice of strategic management is a Contents: Preface. Part I: Introduction to Strategic
must read for management students as well as business ManagementBasic Concepts of Strategic Management.
practitioners and consultants. Corporate Governance and Social Responsibility. Part II:
Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Section A: Scanning the EnvironmentEnvironmental Scanning and
BUSINESS STRATEGYBusiness Policy and Strategic Industry Analysis. Internal Scanning: Organizational
ManagementAn Introduction. Strategic Intent. Business Analysis. Part III: Strategy FormulationStrategy
Strategy Formulation. Strategic Functions and Functional Formulation: Situation Analysis and Business Strategy.
Strategies. Internal Analysis. External Analysis. Strategy Formulation: Corporate Strategy. Strategy
Competitive Gaming Strategy. Section B: CORPORATE Formulation: Functional Strategy and Strategic Choice.
STRATEGYCorporate Strategy Formulation. International Part IV: Strategy Implementation and ControlStrategy
Strategies. Strategic Organizational Design. Learning and Implementation: Organizing for Action. Strategy
Knowledge Organization Strategy. Public and Non-profit Implementation: Staffing and Leading. Evaluation and
Organizations Strategy. Family and Micro Business Control. Part V: Introduction to Case Analysis
Strategy. Internetworking and E-Business Strategy. Suggestions for Case Analysis. Appendices11.A:
Section C: ENACTMENT STRATEGYStrategic Business Suggested Techniques for Case Analysis and Presentation.
Model. Strategic Innovation and Technology Manage- 11.B: Resources for Case Research. 11.C: Strategic Audit
ment. Strategic Leadership. Corporate Governance and of a Corporation. Index.
Business Ethics. Strategic Planning and Change Latest Print 2013 / 208 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Management. Strategic Control. Index. Authors Profiles. ISBN-978-81-203-4861-5 / ` 250.00
Latest Print 2013 / 596 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-3244-7 / ` 395.00 / (e-book also available) PHADTARE
Strategic Management Concepts and
HUNGER & WHEELEN Cases
Essentials of Strategic Management, MILIND T. PHADTARE, Professor and Area Chairperson of
5th ed. Marketing at Administrative Staff College of India,
J. DAVID HUNGER, Saint Johns University, Iowa State Hyderabad.
University. Primarily intended for the postgraduate students of
THOMAS L. WHEELEN, Formerly with University of commerce and management, this compact text covers all
Virginia, Trinity College, Dublin, Ireland. the topics prescribed in almost all universities and
The fifth edition of Essentials of Strategic Management autonomous institutes in India. Each concept is explained
contains many new content topics plus updated data and with the help of many real-life examples from the Indian
illustrations. Older examples have been replaced with context.
newer ones, information has been updated where Considering the fact that the understanding of the
appropriate. In addition, the following content topics concept of strategic intent is prerequisite to the
have been added to the book: understanding of strategic management, the chapter on
The natural physical environment to the discussion of strategic intent is included which brings out the
the societal and task environments. differences between various elements of strategic intent.
Contrasted agency theory with stewardship theory in It also covers the current happenings in the businesses
the section on corporate governance. from the Indian context. Similarly, a topic on strategic
Paragraphs on sustainability and moral relativism plus choice has been discussed at length because of the fact
information on enterprise strategy and social capital to that BCG growth-share matrix and GE nine-cell matrix are
the section on social responsibilities and ethics. extremely useful in making a strategic decision in real life.
PESTEL analysis to environmental scanning. Besides, the book contains ten case studies on various
A discussion of brands to marketing resources. topics of strategic management such as environmental
180 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
appraisal, critical success factors, SWOT analysis, strategic Strategic Management. Strategic Planning. Strategic
intent, strategic choice, business level strategy Analysis. Choosing Strategic Options. Strategic Thinking:
formulation and choice of growth strategy. All these Significance of the Process of Strategy Formulation.
cases are provided with authentic industry specific data. Significance of Context. Significance of Content. Strategic
Firms are chosen from different businesses thereby giving Responses of Organizations to Changing Environment.
business-specific flavour and a broad understanding of Functional Strategies. Strategic Leadership. Use of
various business domains. Balanced Scorecard in Strategic Management.
Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Introduction to Constructing Strategy Map. Mobil Story: A Case Study.
Strategic Management. Concept of Strategy. Strategic References. Index.
Intent. Environment and Environmental Analysis. Latest Print 2009 / 304 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
Organizational Capability. Industry Analysis. Corporate ISBN-978-81-203-3809-8 / ` 250.00 / (e-book also available)
and Business Level Strategy Formulation. Formulating
Functional Level Strategies. Strategic Analysis and Choice. SRINIVASAN
Strategy Implementation. Strategic Control. Corporate
Social Responsibility. Case Studies. Index. Strategic Management: The Indian
Latest Print 2011 / 292 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm Context, 4th ed.
ISBN-978-81-203-4180-7 / ` 250.00 / (e-book also available) R. SRINIVASAN, Professor, Department of Management
Studies, Indian Institute of Science (IISc.), Bangalore.
PRASAD This revised and updated text, now in its Fourth Edition,
Strategic Management: Text and Cases gives an in-depth and incisive analysis of the basic
principles of strategic management. The exposition of
KESHO PRASAD is a Management Consultant specialized these principles is reinforced by six case studies that
in the areas of human resources and general manage- encompass the broad spectrum of Indian companies.
ment. Earlier he worked as Additional General Manager, These case studies are culled mainly from manufacturing
HRD & OD, BHEL (Hardwar plant). and information technology, and include both private and
In this book, the author has endeavoured to bring home public sector units. The case studies will be of immense
to the readers the concepts, practices and approach to help to the budding managers as well as provide them
Strategic Management and its relevance in the context of with the requisite practical orientation for understanding
the changing global economy. The book discusses 27 the strategic management issues.
cases of successful enterprises that have excelled in What distinguishes the text is the inclusion of the
performance as a result of the application of strategic concepts, theory and case studies in a single, compact
thinking and decisions. It underlines the point that volume that becomes handy for the reader.
strategic management is a continuous activity and that a
successful strategy is an integral part of the process of Intended primarily as a textbook for postgraduate
management. students of management and commerce, this book is of
immense help to all those attending management
Balanced scorecard, strategic mapping and benchmarking development and executive development programmes.
find proper treatment in the book as new approaches to
strategic management. These are integral components of NEW TO THIS EDITION
strategic management and have been covered with live A new chapter, Code and Laws for Corporate
cases. Governance, has been added under SectionBoard of
Directors and Corporate Responsibility. This chapter
This is an ideal text for the students of management and discusses some important reports published on
commerce. Corporate Governance in India and abroad.
KEY FEATURES Case studies on Infosys and Wipro have been updated.
Organizational strategies for winning the customers/ Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. Section I:
gaining competitive advantage over rivals are Introduction to Strategic ManagementBasic Concepts of
elaborately discussed. Corporate Strategy. The 7-S Framework. Section II: Board
Need for strategic leadership in industry is emphasized of Directors and Corporate ResponsibilityCorporate
in the backdrop of the competitive challenging Governance. Code and Laws for Corporate Governance.
industrial environment. Social Responsibility. Section III: Environmental Landscape
Principles of balanced scorecard, strategy mapping and AnalysisExternal Environmental Analysis. Internal
benchmarking are thoroughly discussed through live Corporate Analysis. Section IV: Strategy in Action
cases. Strategy Formulation. Strategy Implementation.
Evaluation and Control. Section V: Strategic Enablers
Provides several live cases of Indian and international R&D and Strategy. IT and Strategy. Knowledge
enterprises to illustrate how these organizations Management. Strategic Risk. Other Strategic Issues.
benefited from their new approaches. Case Studies: Introduction: Case Analysis1. HMT
Contents: Preface. Acknowledgement. Introduction to Machine Tools Division: Strategy at Crossroads? 2. Bharat
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 181
Heavy Electricals Limited: On the Right Course? 3. Ace Corporate Social Responsibility. Section IV: Strategy
Designers: Going Global? 4. HMT Watches: On the Way Implementation and Strategic AuditStrategy
Out? 5. Global Marketing in Wipro: Growing in Strength. ImplementationA Synoptic View. Organising for
6. Infosys Technologies Limited: Truly Global. Index. Competitive Advantage. Cultural Dynamics and Strategy
Latest Print 2012 / 348 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm Execution. Strategy Execution through Leadership.
ISBN-978-81-203-4556-0 / ` 275.00 / (e-book also available) Strategic Audit and Recycling. Section V: Real Life Indian
Cases in Strategic ManagementA Guide to Using the
Case Studies in Strategic Management. Index.
SRIVASTAVA & VERMA Latest Print 2012 / 464 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Strategic Management: Concepts, Skills ISBN-978-81-203-4512-6 / ` 375.00 / (e-book also available)
and Practices
R.M. SRIVASTAVA, has been Senior Professor of Manage- Sustainable Development
ment, Head and Dean in the Faculty of Management
Studies at BHU. He also served as Professor of Manage- ROGERS, JALAL & BOYD
ment at the Asian Institute of Technology, Bangkok.
SHUBHRA VERMA, Management Consultant in the area Introduction to Sustainable
of human resource and strategic management. Development, An
Keeping in view the requirement of various management PETER P. ROGERS, KAZI F. JALAL and JOHN A. BOYD.
schools and professionals, this book presents dynamically An Introduction to Sustainable Development presents the
changing policies, strategies, business models, concept and practice of sustainable development as a
frameworks and practices of corporate enterprises in process that meets the needs of the present generation
India and abroad in an interesting and stimulating without compromising the ability of future generations
manner. The concepts are structured around the decision to meet their own needs. This textbook examines the
making process with suitable examples to enlighten environmental, economic, and social dimensions of sus-
students and managers with practices and techniques of tainable development by focusing on changing patterns
making business strategies in todays competitive of consumption, production, and distribution of resources.
environment. The book includes 13 real-life Indian cases
to provide an invaluable opportunity to the readers to This book of topical interest can help us learn better,
apply their theoretical knowledge in solving business more sustainable ways of producing, consuming,
problems by analysing strategic issues of specific investing, and otherwise participating in projects and
organizations. Besides management studies, the text will programs in both the developing and the developed
also prove useful to the students of commerce and allied worlds.
areas. The Conceptual breadth is impressive. The examples and
KEY FEATURES many graphics are appealing. The authors made a hand-
waving topic tangible and nearly hard-core. The book
Discusses new paradigms of managing challenges in
looks downright useful.
corporate enterprises.
Includes a separate chapter on strategies of Mergers PROF. RICHARD FORMAN, Harvard School of Design
and Acquisitions. The present study is not only exhaustive but goes deep
Highlights strategy execution and implementation into the details and presents the available scientific data
factors. for explaining the different issues using interdisciplinary
Emphasizes organizational culture and its relevance in approaches. It will be extremely useful not only to
organizational effectiveness. specialists, especially teachers, but also to other
stakeholders who want to act in favour of sustainable
Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Section I: development in political fora.
IntroductionNew Paradigms of Managing Challenges to
Indian Corporate Enterprises. Concept and Components ALEXANDRE KISS, President, European Council of
of Strategic Management. Strategic Management Environmental Law
ProcessA Synoptic View. Corporate Governance in Contents: Foreword. Preface. Acknowledgments. Authors
Corporate Enterprises. Section II: Scanning Business and Contributors. Abbreviations and Acronyms. From
Environment-Processes and TechniquesScanning Macro Malthus to Sustainable Development. Challenges of
Environment. Scanning Competitive Environment. Sustainable Development. Global Environmental Issues.
Scanning Internal Environment. Value Creation and Sustainable Development Indicators. Environmental
Competitive Advantage. Section III: Dynamics of Strategy Assessment. Environmental Management: Trends and
MakingFormulating Corporate Objectives. Developing Policies. Legislation, International Law, and Multilateral
Competitive Strategy for a Firm. Crafting Corporate Environmental Agreements. Social Dimensions and
Strategy. Devising Strategy for a Diversified Company. Policies. The Economics of Sustainability. Sustainability:
Making Strategy for Mergers and Acquisitions. Designing Externalities, Valuation, and Time Externalities. Natural
Strategy for Entering Overseas Market. Strategy and Resource Accounting. The Role of International Financial
182 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Contents: Foreword. Preface. Raw Materials. Wheat. Source Research: The First Steps. C. The History of Single-
Sugar. Fats and Oils. Eggs. Yeast. Salt. Leavening Agents. Source Research: Chasing Hares. D. The Calculation of
Moistening Agents. Improvers and Emulsifiers. Yeast- Advertising Intensity. E. The Leading 142 Brands in the
Made Products. Cakes. Icings. Cookies and Biscuits. Product Categories Covered in This Research. Index.
Pastries. Hygiene. Bakery Organization and Equipment. About the Author.
Recipes. Glossary. Short Questions and Answers. Model Latest Print 2007 / 232 pp. / 13.9 21.6 cm
Question Papers. Index. ISBN-978-81-203-3225-6 / ` 195.00
Latest Print 2012 / 244 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-4603-1 / ` 250.00 / (e-book also available)
JONES & SLATER
Whats in a Name?: Advertising and the
MARKETING
Concept of Brands, 2nd ed.
Advertising/ JOHN PHILIP JONES Advertising Professor at Syracuse
University.
Advertising Management JAN S. SLATER Associate Professor of Advertising at the
E.W. Scripps School of Journalism at Ohio University.
JONES This is a completely updated version of one of
When Ads Work: New Proof that the true classic books in the field of marketing
and advertisingonce described as pure gold by
Advertising Triggers Sales, 2nd ed. advertising guru David Ogilvy.
JOHN PHILIP JONES is part of the faculty of the Newhouse The book analyzes brands from the point of view of
School of Public Communication, Syracuse University, modern marketing theory, and deals, in detail, with the
USA. role of advertising in creating, building and maintaining
The general notion is that, advertising generates long- strong brandsthe lifeblood of any long-term marketing
term goodwill and exposure but has little impact on the compaign. The work has ample empirical support and
immediate sale. In When Ads Work the author proves includes the latest research findings from both
that well-planned and executed advertising campaigns professional and academic fields. The authors also discuss
have considerable immediate impact on sales. This book the factors operating during a brands conception, birth,
explains how advertising campaigns not only increase the growth and maturity, and dissect the patterns of repeat
awareness about the products and brands but can also purchase of fast moving consumer goods.
give an immediate boost to the sales. The author This new edition also provides detailed coverage
concludes that strongest advertising campaigns can triple of the short-, medium- and long-term effects of advertis-
the sales of a product. At the same time, weakest ing on sales of brands, and offers recommendations on
advertising campaigns can decrease the sales by 50%. how to develop and expose better advertising. Intended
KEY FEATURES as a textbook for courses in marketing and advertising at
the graduate level, the book will also benefit the
The book explains how the concept Short-Term
entrepreneurs, brand managers in manufacturing
Advertising Strength (STAS) can be used to measure
companies and executives in advertising agencies.
the short-term impact of advertising.
The book offers a wealth of data related to research Contents: List of Tables and Figures. Foreword:
results and practical problems in advertising. Advertising and Brand Planning. Introduction. Brands:
It is very good companion guide for professionals What They Are and Why They Emerged. Factors That
associated with advertising. Shape a Brand During Its Conception and Birth. Factors
That Shape a Brand During Its Growth and Maturity. The
Contents: Tables and Figures. Preface. I. Facts Replace Mature Brand and the Consumer: The Nature of Repeat-
TheoryThe Single-Source Breakthrough. The Short-Term Buying Theory. Advertising Research: A Digression on
Effect of Advertising: Passing Through the Gate. The Recall. How Advertising Influences Sales. How Advertising
Rapid Spread of Pure Single-Source Research. How a Builds Brands. Giving a Brand Legs: Brands as Collectible
Short-Term Effect Can Turn Into a Medium-Term Effect. Entities. The Contribution of Advertising Strategy
Keeping the Brand in the Window. An Interlude: to Brand Building. From Advertising Strategy to
Successful Advertising Campaigns. II. Evidence for Part I: Advertising Campaign. How to Develop and Expose Better
Seventy-eight Brands DissectedAdvertising That Works: Advertising. Index. About the Authors.
The Alpha One Brands. Advertising That Stops Working: Latest Print 2007 / 336 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm
The Alpha Two Brands. Advertising That Works in Some ISBN-978-81-203-2447-3 / ` 195.00
Cases: The Beta Brands. Advertising That Does Not
Work: The Gamma Brands. Penetration and Purchaes
Frequency. From Insight to Action. III. Appendices
A. Stability ... and Volatility. B. The History of Single-
184 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Country Comparison. Advergame Playing Motivations and Analysis and the Exchange Function. Competition in Food
Effectiveness: A Uses and Gratifications Perspective. Markets. Farm and Food Prices. Food Marketing Costs.
Part V: ConclusionThe Future of Consumer Decision Part IV: Functional and Organizational IssuesThe
Making in the Age of New Media Promotions and Changing Organization of Food Markets. Cooperatives in
Advertising. About the Editors and Contributors. Index. the Food Industry. Market Development and Demand
Latest Print 2006 / 392 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm Expansion. Market and Bargaining Power. Market
ISBN-81-203-2739-X / ` 295.00 Information. Standardization and Grading. Transportation.
Storage. Risk Management and the Futures Market. Part
V: The Government and Food MarketingGovernment
Agricultural Marketing Price, Income, and Marketing Programs. Food Marketing
Regulations. Part VI: Commodity MarketingLivestock
KOHLS & UHL and Meat Marketing. Milk and Dairy Product Marketing.
Poultry and Egg Marketing. Grain Marketing. Cotton and
Marketing of Agricultural Products, Textile Marketing. Tobacco and Tobacco Product
9th ed. Marketing. Fruit and Vegetable Marketing. Glossary.
Index.
RICHARD L. KOHLS and JOSEPH N. UHL, both of Purdue
University. Latest Print 2013 / 560 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-2220-2 / ` 450.00
This book, now in its ninth edition, provides a readable,
comprehensive, and balanced treatment of food
marketing systems. Geared towards readers with little or Consumer Behaviour
no experience in marketing or economics, the text strikes
a balanced treatment between the facts, principles, and MAJUMDAR
values involved in food marketing. It assists students in Consumer Behaviour: Insights from
understanding the structure and workings of the food
marketing system, how this system affects farmers, Indian Market (with CD-ROM)
consumers, and middlemen, and how this dynamic RAMANUJ MAJUMDAR, Professor of Marketing at Indian
market system has responded to technological, social, Institute of Management Calcutta.
economic, and political forces over time. While the focus
Consumer Behaviour has always fascinated marketers all
of the book remains on the economics of the food
over the world. Rightly so, because it offers interesting
system, there are liberal references to the social, political,
insights into the working of the human mind in making
and historical aspects of food marketing as well.
purchasing decisions. For instance, why do consumers
The book also blends the descriptive, analytical, and repeatedly purchase a particular brand or, in some cases,
normative approaches to understanding the food why do they switch from one product to another? In this
marketing systems. It enables students to evaluate the compact, concise and profusely illustrated text, Professor
performance of these systems, as well as gain an Majumdar, with his rich and varied experience in
appreciation for marketing and its contribution to Marketing, tries to provide interesting insights into some
economic development. of these and other interesting questions about consumer
Salient Features of The Ninth Edition behaviour. He gives a masterly analysis of the theory and
Mini-cases on various food marketing situations and practice of consumer behaviour and decision making and
problems assist readers in gaining understanding of the factors that influence it.
real-world systems. Divided into six parts, Part I of the text shows the
Extensive coverage of contemporary issues in food importance of understanding consumer behaviour; Part II
marketing such as biotechnology, direct farmer highlights different aspects of consumer psychology and
marketing, and risk management helps readers gain covers such topics as consumer motivation, consumer
insight into how the new trends and developments perception, and consumer personality. Part III
affect food marketing. demonstrates how consumers behave in their social and
Information about the growing role of the Internet in cultural settings, the effect of personal factors, and the
food industry aids in learning about and accessing on- influence of reference groups on consumer behaviour.
line, the most recent food marketing studies, data Part IV dealing with consumer decision making describes
sources, and websites. the various stages involved in brand choice, the post-
Contents: Preface. About the Authors. Part I: The purchase behaviour and, importantly, the six well-
Framework of the Marketing ProblemIntroduction to established models proposed by scholars on consumer
Food Marketing. Analyzing Agricultural and Food Markets. behaviour. Part V analyzes the diversity of the Indian
Agricultural Production and Marketing. Part II: Food market and about the emerging patterns of consumer
Markets and InstitutionsFood Consumption and behaviour.
MarketingFood Processing and Manufacturing. Food The concluding partPart VIgives seven live case
Wholesaling and Retailing. The International Food studies that dwell on brand building and showcases some
Market. Part III: Prices and Marketing CostsPrice successful brands marketed in India.
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 187
KEY FEATURES Strong focus on social media platforms and how they
The book is a harmonious blend of theory and practice. change consumer behavior.
Each chapter contains numerous examples of Contents: About the Author. Preface. Acknowledgments.
marketing practices in India. Section 1: Consumers in the MarketplaceBuying,
Demonstrates the diversity of the Indian market. Having, and Being. Section 2: Consumers as Individuals
Contains a CD with power point presentations (PPTs). Perception. Learning and Memory. Motivation and Global
For the wide spectrum of readersthe students of Values. The Self. Personality and Psychographics. Section
management, the marketers and the practicing 3: Consumers as Decision MakersAttitudes and
managersreading this book should be a very valuable Persuasion. Decision Making. Buying and Disposing.
and rewarding experience. They would treasure the book Organizational and Household Decision Making. Section 4:
for its incisive insights on the Indian market and the Consumers and SubculturesGroups and Social Media.
wealth of illustrative examples and concepts it offers. Social Class and Lifestyles. Subcultures. Culture. Glossary.
Contents: Preface. Part I: Consumer Behaviour: An Index.
OverviewUnderstanding Consumer Behaviour: An Latest Print 2013 / 640 pages / 21.6 x 27.8 cm
Overview. Part II: The Consumer as an Individual ISBN-978-81-203-4698-7 / ` 725.00
Consumer Motivation. Consumer Perception. Consumer
Beliefs and Attitudes. Consumer Learning and Experience.
Consumer Personality and Self-image. Part III: Consumers Customer Relationship
in Their Social and Cultural SettingsEffect of Personal Management
Factors. Influence of Reference Groups. Culture and
Western Influence on Consumer BehaviourPart IV: The BEST
Consumer Decision-Making ProcessConsumers Decision
Making. Comprehensive Models of Consumer Decisions Market-Based Management: Strategies
Making. Part V: Understanding Indian Market Diversity
and Evolving Consumer BehaviourDiversity of Indian
for Growing Customer Value and
Market. Changing Indian Consumer Behaviour. Part VI: Profitability, 5th ed.
Case Studies1. Cadbury Dairy Milk Chocolates. 2. Lux ROGER J. BEST.
The Beauty Soap. 3. Titan Watches. 4. SpriteSoft Drink.
Gains in marketing knowledge without application are
5. Nescafe Instant Coffee. 6. Maruti 800 Passenger Car.
missed learning opportunities.
7. Dove Hair Care. Glossary. Index.
Roger Best
Latest Print 2013 / 360 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-3963-7 / ` 425.00 / (e-book also available) This groundbreaking book provides the tools and
processes needed to actually apply market-driven
strategy to todays business world. The text proves to be
SOLOMON a refreshing alternative to the many conceptual and
theoretical-centred marketing books because it is built
Consumer Behavior: Buying, Having, around a performance orientation and the belief that real
and Being, 10th ed. learning occurs only with the application of knowledge.
MICHAEL R. SOLOMON, Saint Josephs University and The Contents: Preface. About the Author. Acknowledg-ments.
University of Manchester (U.K.). Part I: Market Orientation and PerformanceCustomer
The tenth edition of Consumer Behavior has been Focus and Managing Customer Loyalty. Marketing
extensively revised and updated to reflect the major Performance and Marketing Profitability. Part II: Market
trends and changes in marketing that impact the study of AnalysisMarket Potential, Market Demand, and Market
Consumer Behavior. The most significant changes to the Share. The Customer Experience and Value Creation.
edition are highlighted below: Market Segmentation and Segmentation Strategies.
A streamlined Table of Contents that organizes Competitor Analysis and Source of Advantage. Part III:
material into 14 chapters which enables the reader to Marketing Mix StrategiesProduct Positioning, Branding,
cover one chapter per week. and Product Line Strategies. Value-Based Pricing and
Five new end-of-chapter cases and five updated end- Pricing Strategies. Marketing Channels and Channel
of-chapter cases. Mapping. Marketing Communications and Customer
New CB as I See It boxes feature consumer behavior Response. Part IV: Strategic MarketingPortfolio Analysis
professors and leading researchers who share their and Strategic Market Planning. Offensive Strategies.
knowledge of and perspectives on their areas of Defensive Strategies. Part V: Marketing Plans and
expertise. PerformanceBuilding a Marketing Plan. Performance
In partnership with The Nielsen Company, a valuable Metrics and Strategy Implementation. Market-Based
new feature is added. Nielsen Nuggets which are data- Management and Financial Performance. Credits.
driven exercises that allow students to analyze actual Glossary. Index.
data gathered by one of the worlds leading consumer Latest Print 2009 / 548 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
research organizations. ISBN-978-81-203-3896-8 / ` 425.00
188 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
DALY & ODEA The book gives everyone, from the veteran to the new
recruit, practical ways to deliver better services. One can
Select Selling: Strategies to Win pick up the book and, in minutes, have powerful ideas to
Customers by Defining the Ultimate impress customers.
Target Profile & Discovering What They Michele McGovern, Editor-in-Chief, The Customer
Service Advantage
Really Want
Contents: Acknowledgments. Introduction. Customers:
DONAL DALY and PAUL ODEA. Delight Your Audience. Performance: Your Role of a
This book provides a pragmatic and contemporary guide Lifetime. Planning: A Good Script Begins with Thoughtful
to selling and how to overcome the pitfalls in todays Consideration. Communication: Choose the Right Lines in
tough business environment. The authors have designed the Script. Leadership: Great Performances Need Great
the select selling methodology to equip anyone selling Direction. Preparation: Things Are Going to Change.
high value, complex products to large corporations. The Training: Learn Your Lines. Treamwork: The Actors Make
well defined and rigorous process that can be moulded to the Cast. Motivation: Monitoring the Process. Feedback:
an individual salespersons style. This also takes much of Rave Reviews and Poor Reviews. Meetings: On-the-Spot
the uncertainty out of the sales process. Strategic Rehearsals. Conflict: Every Production Has Turmoil.
marketing principles are used to draw the map, with Commitment: Take It from the Top. Quick Tips: Cue
focused tactics to complete each journey, addressing the Cards. Index.
practical stops along the way. Latest Print 2011 / 252 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm
The book will be of particular value to those in the high ISBN-978-81-203-4270-5 / ` 250.00
technology industry. It will help them enhance their
productivity, hit their targets more consistently, and
increase revenue. Each major chapter in the book is
FLUSS
accompanied by a worksheet. The book is supported by a Real-time Contact Center, The:
website: www.selectselling.com Strategies, Tactics, and Technologies
Contents: Acknowledgments. Foreword. What is Select
Selling? How to Become a Sales Specialist. Select a
for Building a Profitable Service and
Customer Value Proposition. The Buyers Perspective. Sales Operation
Discover, Develop and Control the Opportunity. Do You DONNA FLUSS.
Qualify to Sell? The Select Selling Pipeline Management
System. Implement Select Selling: Sales Action Planning. It is a practical guide to building a service infrastructure
The Continuous Art of Complete Negotiation. Appendix: that will simultaneously exceed your customers
Select Selling Worksheets. Glossary. Index. expectations, and build revenues. This book is packed
with step-by-step implementation plans for making the
Latest Print 2005 / 192 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm transformation from a reactive cost center to a proactive
ISBN-81-203-2929-5 / ` 175.00 revenue generator. This book will help you to:
Sort through the technologies and systems that enable
EVENSON real-time contact centers, and learn the best ways to
Award-Winning Customer Service: 101 use them.
Ways to Guarantee Great Performance Build profitable relationships with sales and marketing.
Reduce costs by strengthening your self-service
RENE EVENSON is a business consultant with 30 years of applications to improve their efficiency and to reduce
experience in customer service management field. dependence on service representatives.
In todays corporate world when it comes to customer Hire, train and motivate staff to keep your contact
service, good isnt good enough. One needs to deliver center at the top of its game.
services that are truly outstanding for the company to Make smart, ethical decisions regarding offshore
thrive. outsourcing.
This book provides quick tips and strategies for Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Transforming
improvingand then maintainingthe quality of the Contact Centers into Real-Time Enterprises. The
experiences. Development of the Real-Time Contact Center. Contact
Center Infrastructure. The Power of Speech Recognition
It gives smart and practical solutions for for Self-Service. Designing, Building and Maintaining a
Planning and goal setting Effective communication Vibrant E-Service Strategy. The Strategic Role of Quality
Leadership Preparing for change Continual learning Management and Liability Recording. The Role of
Coaching and development Effective feedback Performance Management in Real-Time Contact Centers.
Motivation and problem-solving meeting Conflict Productivity and Quality Enhancement Systems in Real-
resolution Follow-up and staying on top of game And Time Contact Centers. Real-Time Analytics: Conquering
much more the Unstructured Data Challenge. Contact Center Staffing
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 189
and Management. Building and Managing Contact This is a must-read for any company interested in
Centers. Navigating the Offshore Landscape. Creating a retaining both employees and customers.
World-Class Real-Time Engaged Contact Center. DAN CATHY, President and Chief Operating Officer,
Maximizing the Benefits of the Real-Time Contact Center. Chick-fil-A, Inc.
Glossary of Abbreviations and Acronyms. Index.
This impassioned book shows the positive aspects of
Latest Print 2009 / 240 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm
having a culture of kindness and consideration up and
ISBN-978-81-203-3754-1 / ` 325.00
down the entire organization to develop long-term
customer loyalty. It is packed with practical guidance and
GOSNEY & BOEHM real-life examples of companies who have reaped a
Customer Relationship Management wealth of personal and financial rewards. Any
organizationlarge and small will benefit from this book
Essentials which shows how to develop a culture of kindness by
GOSNEY & BOEHM. following the conviction that:
The Internet represents a major change to the traditional each employee has an important job to do
business model. An online vendor never physically sees their corporate entity has a meaningful purpose to
customers and therefore needs to implement different serve the customer in a way that delivers value
measures to attract and retain customers. The CRM tools each employee should be empowered to make
and practices can not only help in this regard but are decisions
essential to the online strategy for any successful online there is value in dignity and respect and courtesy and
business. kindness
This book focuses on the important aspects of successful they can attract the best employees and customers by
CRM strategies in e-commerce and the role that Web running an organization based on sincerity and
sites play in these strategies. It highlights how proper consideration.
design issues such as content placement on a Web site
can improve e-customer support. The book addresses Contents: Preface. Introduction. Owning Your Customers.
each of the primary components of a successful CRM A Top-Down Commitment to Service. Employees on a
strategypre-order, point-of-order and post-order Mission. Never on Sunday. Talking About Service ... Every
customer-support issuesand relates them to analysis Day. When Customers Call in Sick. Extraordinary
of successful case studies of some CRM-enabled Employee Empowerment. Absolutely, Positively: The
e-commerce sites, to explain how to ensure a smooth Pursuit of Perfection. A Place Where Kindness Grows.
customer transition from one step to the next. Kindness: Starting the Revolution. How to Eliminate
Indifference in Your Workplace. The Quick Fix Wont
Contents: Introduction. Part I: THE EVOLUTION OF THE Work: How to Ensure Permanent Change. Are You
ECONOMY BUSINESS MODEL OF CRMBusines Process Ready? Ten Steps to an Extreme Corporate Makeover.
Models and CRM. Foundations of Customer-Centric Putting It Out ThereOn the Net. Conclusions. Appendix.
Business. Pre-Order Customer-Support Issues. Point-of- Index.
Order Customer-Support Issues. Post-Order Customer-
Support Issues. Part II: ANALYSIS OF SUCCESSFUL CRM Latest Print 2008 / 224 pp. (Hard Cover)
SITESCRM Case Study: Circuit City www.circuitcity.com. 16.0 24.1 cm / ISBN-978-81-203-3579-0 / ` 450.00
CRM Case Study: Marsh Supermarkets www.marsh.net.
CRM Case Study: Amazone.com www.amazon.com.
CRM Case Study: The Gap www.gap.com. Part III: MUKERJEE
APPENDICESA: Mechanics of a Successful CRM Web Customer Relationship Management:
Interface. B: Pushing the Support Envelope: Total Process
Coordination. C: CRM Gallery. D: E-Commerce Essentials. A Strategic Approach to Marketing
Index. KAUSHIK MUKERJEE, Associate Dean, ICFAI Business
Latest Print 2011 / 252 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm School (IBS), Pune.
ISBN-978-81-203-1809-0 / ` 250.00 This straightforward and easy-to-read text provides
students of management and business studies with
HORRELL a thorough understanding of fundamental abilities and
strategies that lead to the successful implementation of
Kindness Revolution, The: The practice of CRM (Customer Relationship Management),
Company-Wide Culture Shift that regarded as the wonder solution to all the problems
encountered by marketers.
Inspires Phenomenal Customer Service To cope with the increasing intensity of competition,
ED HORRELL. necessitating a drive towards enhancement of customer
Ed Horrell has captured the essence of values-based satisfaction, the book emphasizes the need for
customer service in his book The Kindness Revolution. integration and coordination along the value chain to
190 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
effectively and efficiently manage customers. The book NEW TO THIS EDITION
focuses on best practices in CRM and illustrates along the Includes five new chapters, namely Research
way through several case studies how CRM has been Techniques and Methods in Customer Relationship
used in various industries to build relationships with Management; Customer Satisfaction; Customer Loyalty;
customers. Service Quality; and Service Recovery Management,
The book also provides a solid grounding in tools, along with several additions of new text and revisions
techniques and technologies used in CRM and explains in of the existing text.
detail the power of eCRM to help companies make their Provides latest advancements in CRM to keep the
vision of CRM a reality. students abreast of these developments.
The text is intended for students of MBA, PGDM Gives as many as 16 Case Studies with critical analysis
(Postgraduate Diploma in Management), and PGPBA of different industries to help the readers understand
(Postgraduate Programme in Business Administration). the subject.
Besides, this book is a useful reference for managerial Covers a number of illustrations to elucidate the
and marketing professionals. concepts discussed.
KEY FEATURES Gives Project Assignment in each chapter.
Provides insight into contemporary developments in Contents: Preface. Part I: Fundamentals of Customer
CRM Relationship ManagementRelationship in Business: A
Cites Indian as well as global examples Management Tool. Customer Relationship Management:
A Conceptual Foundation. Customer Relationship
Offers case studies on Indian and global companies to Management: A Literary Perspective. Customer
highlight the use of CRM Relationship Management Model: Comprehension and
Contents: Foreword. Preface. Acknowledgements. Implementation Model. Part II: Research Dimensions of
Changing Nature of Marketing and Customer Service. Customer Relationship ManagementResearch
Economics of Building Customer Relationships. Customer Techniques and Methods in Customer Relationship
Value and Customer Satisfaction: Precursors to CRM. Role Management. Customer Satisfaction. Customer Loyalty.
of CRM in Various Stages of the Sales Cycle. CRMThe Service Quality. Part III: Information Technology Dynamics
Basic Concepts. Planning for CRM. CRM Strategy. Role of in Customer Relationship ManagementTechnological
IT and Tools for CRM. eCRM. CRM Implementation. Developments in CRM. Information Technology
Guarding Against CRM Failures. CRM in Practice. Index. Implementation in CRM. Customer Relationship
Latest Print 2009 / 192 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Management through Information Technology Tools.
ISBN-978-81-203-3285-0 / ` 175.00 / (e-book also available)
Part IV: Emerging Dimensions and Dynamics in Customer
Relationship ManagementCustomer Retention and
Experience Management. Service Recovery Management.
RAI People Factor in Customer Relationship Management.
Customer Relationship Management: Customer Relationship Management: Emerging Concepts
and Perspectives. Part V: Application Dynamics of
Concepts and Cases, 2nd ed. Customer Relationship Management in Different Sectors
ALOK KUMAR RAI, Associate Professor in Faculty of and IndustriesCustomer Service in Service Sector.
Management Studies, Banaras Hindu University, Customer Relationship Management Practices in Rural
Varanasi. Markets. Customer Relationship Management Practices in
Indian Service Business. Customer Relationship
This thoroughly revised and enlarged edition brings to Management: Practices and Application in Select Service
light the latest developments taking place in the area of Companies. Index.
Customer Relationship Management (CRM), and focuses
on current CRM practices of various service industries. Latest Print 2013 / 528 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-4695-6 / ` 395.00 / (e-book also available)
This edition is organised into five parts containing 19
chapters. Part I focuses on making the readers aware of
the conceptual and literary developments, and also on SHANMUGASUNDARAM (Ed.)
the strategic implementation of the concepts. Part II Customer Relationship Management:
discusses the research aspects of CRM. Part III deals with
the applications of information technologies in CRM. Part Modern Trends and Perspectives
IV provides the various newer and emerging concepts in S. SHANMUGASUNDARAM, former Professor and Head,
CRM. Finally, Part V analyses the CRM applications in Department of Commerce, Periyar University, Salem,
various sectors, industries and companies. Tamil Nadu.
Primarily intended as a textbook for the students of Customer Relationship Management (CRM) is a modern
Management, the book would prove to be an invaluable approach to marketing. It focuses on the individual
asset for professionals in service industries. consumer. Customer is the 'king', therefore, the products
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 191
and positioning in the market, as well as product and Discussions on resellers markets, production
price mix. Then it goes on to give an insightful analysis of positioning perceptual maping, market intelligence,
such topics as advertisement and promotion, and project service marketing, telemarketing, JIT systems and
marketing. It also discusses differences between product online and international databases.
and project marketing. Besides explaining the criteria Numerous cases; more than 175 tables, graphs and
for selecting dealers, the text shows the importance charts.
of managing marketing channels and highlights, in
the process, the channel conflicts. The text concludes Contents: Preface. About the Authors. Part I: Dimensions
with a discussion on commercial terms and documents. of Industrial MarketingThe Nature of Industrial
Marketing. Understanding Industrial Markets. The
The text provides seven case studies which lend a Industrial Marketing Environment. Part II: Organizational
practical flavour to it and illustrate the concepts Buying and Buyer BehaviorThe Nature of Industrial
discussed. Buying. The Interpersonal Dynamics of Industrial Buying
KEY FEATURES Behavior. Part III: Strategy Formulation in the Industrial
MarketThe Strategic Planning Process in Industrial
Shows the importance and selection criteria
Marketing. Assessing Market Opportunities. Industrial
of marketing channels.
Explains commercial clauses and contents of Market Segmentation, Target Marketing, and Positioning.
documents. Part IV: Formulating Product PlanningDeveloping
Explains differences between product marketing and Product Strategy. Strategic Innovation and New Product
project marketing. Development. Part V: Formulating Channel Strategy
Provides questions at the end of every chapter. Marketing Channel Participants. Marketing Logistics:
Physical Distribution and Customer Service.
Interspersed with real-life examples, this book should also Part VI: Formulating Marketing Communication
prove very handy to the practicing manager. PlanningDeveloping the Industrial Sales Force. Planning,
Contents: Foreword. Preface. Concept of Industrial Organizing, and Controlling the Selling Function.
Marketing. Organizational Buying Behaviour. Gathering Managing Advertising, Sales Promotion, and Publicity
Marketing Intelligence. Market Segmentation, Target Strategy. Part VII: Formulating Pricing PoliciesPrice
Marketing and Positioning. Managing Product Mix. Price Determinants: Customers, Competition, and Costs. Pricing
Mix. Marketing Channels. Promotion in Industrial Decision Analysis. Part VIII: International Industrial
Marketing. Marketing Control. Marketing Mix for Project MarketingIndustrial Marketing in the International
Marketing. Commonly Used Commercial Clauses. Environment. Cases. Index.
Commonly Used Commercial Documents. CASE 1: Latest Print 2013 / 688 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Resistance Welders India Limited. CASE 2: Compressed ISBN-978-81-203-1245-6 / ` 425.00
Systems India LimitedAdopting Project Marketing. CASE
3: EU Tyres. CASE 4: Electric Motors India Limited. CASE 5:
Chapman Variators Private Limited. CASE 6: Brown Solar Logistics/
Pumps Limited. CASE 7: Inter Air Limited. Index. Supply Chain Management/
Latest Print 2008 / 192 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm Distribution Management
ISBN-978-81-203-3327-7 / ` 150.00 / (e-book also available)
AILAWADI & SINGH
REEDER, BRIERTY & REEDER
Industrial Marketing: Analysis, Planning Logistics Management, 2nd ed.
SATISH C. AILAWADI, Director at KJ Somaiya Institute of
and Control, 2nd ed. Management Studies and Research, Mumbai.
ROBERT R. REEDER, Southwestern Oklahoma State RAKESH P. SINGH, Director, Durga Devi Saraf Institute of
University. Management Studies, Mumbai.
EDWARD G. BRIERTY, Southern Oregon State College. To retain their market share in today's competitive
BETTY H. REEDER, Betty Reeder Enterprises. business, companies are coming up with high value, low
This student-oriented and easy-to-read popular textbook price products. To cut their costs, they are striving hard
on Industrial Marketing blends theory and practice. All to identify the cash-consuming areas in their operations.
relevant concepts are introduced and carried through and Logistics is one of them, as its scope ranges from the
reinforced in later chapters. procurement and management of the raw materials
KEY FEATURES through to the delivery of the final product. This book,
now in its Second Edition, continues to provide
Numerous case studies are designed to promote
theoretical and practical expertise in logistics
analytical ability and strategic thinking.
management.
More than 65 vignettes and inserts demonstrate
practical applications of industrial marketing. The book begins with an introduction to the elements of
Exclusive chapters on the important areas of the envi- logistics management and then moves on to explain
ronment, international marketing and the sales force. operating objectives of integrated logistics, barriers to
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 193
internal integration and principles of logistics information. Management. Performance Measurement and Control in
It also deals with forecasting, inventory management Supply Chain Management. Bibliography. Index.
policies, warehousing and highlights various aspects of Latest Print 2013 / 464 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
logistics management and logistical organization. The ISBN-978-81-203-2859-4 / ` 325.00 / (e-book also available)
book contains case studies in the Indian context to give a
practical flavour to the subject.
In this edition, two new chapters, namely, Materials
BLANCHARD
Handling and Packaging and Integrated Global Logistics Logistics Engineering and Management,
are included to widen the scope of the subject. 6th ed.
Primarily intended to fulfil the requirements of the BENJAMIN S. BLANCHARD, has served as a Professor of
students of logistics management, the text may well Systems Engineering at Virginia Tech for many years and
serve the needs of practising professionals also. is a leader in one-line instruction in the field of logistics
Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Elements of engineering.
Logistics Management. Operating Objectives of Integrated This book covers the subject from the point of view of
Logistics. Barriers to Internal Integration. Principles of both the engineers and the students of systems and
Logistics Information. Forecasting. Inventory Planning. logistics. The text introduces logistics from a broad
Inventory Management Policies. Transportation. Materials perspective to include all activities throughout the system
Handling and Packaging. Warehousing. Logistics Costing. life-cycle pertaining to supply chain management, the
Outsourcing Considerations. Logistical Measurement. physical supply and distribution of products, and the sus-
Logistical Organization. Storehouse Operations and taining maintenance and support of systems throughout
Control. Integrated Global Logistics. Case Studies. their planned life-cycles. It also addresses logistics and
Bibliography. Index. the maintenance support infrastructure as a major
Latest Print 2012 / 216 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm element of the system from a total life-cycle perspec-
ISBN-978-81-203-4504-1 / ` 225.00 / (e-book also available) tive rather than as an independent and separate function.
The book emphasizes the importance of dealing with
logistics early in the system design and development
ALTEKAR process and throughout the implementation of
Supply Chain Management: the system engineering process. The book stresses the
Concepts and Cases importance of establishing performance-based logistics
(PBL) measures early in the system design processes and
RAHUL V. ALTEKAR, Senior Functional Architect, the follow-on design for supportability requirements in
JDA India, Hyderabad. response to these requirements, promoting a more
In response to the increasing significance attached proactive and approach to logistic support, as opposed
to supply chain management in both academic to an after-the-fact reactive approach.
and professional areas, this text intends to build a bridge It can be a useful text for the students of Industrial and
and highlight the relationship between various disciplines Systems Engineering, and Management. It also serves as
of SCM like demand planning, manufacturing planning, a handy reference to practising engineers.
logistics planning, analytical IT management, global e-biz KEY FEATURES
modeling, performance benchmarking etc.
Expanded coverage of life-cycle costing (LCC) and LCC
Primarily intended to address the typical and general analysis throughout the text.
syllabus requirements of postgraduate management Coverage of new technologies and their applications,
programmes, and undergraduate and postgraduate such as Electronic Commerce (EC), Information
engineering programmes, this book also caters to the Technology (IT), Electronic Data Interchange (EDI).
needs of the industry professionals in the supply chain
Contents: Foreword. Preface. Introduction to Logistics.
domain.
Reliability, Maintainability, and Availability Measures. The
KEY FEATURES Measures of Logistics and System Support. The System
Comprehensive treatment of SCM concepts Engineering Process. Logistics and Supportability Analysis.
Logistics in System Design and Development. Logistics
In-depth coverage of topics like CODP, CPFR, JIT-II, in the Production/Construction Phase. Logistics in the
VMI, TPL, FPL, SCEM, SCOR etc. System Utilization, Sustaining Support, and Retirement
Reinforcement of concepts through Indian case studies Phases. Logistics Management. AppendixesA. Selected
Focus on SCM implementation and practical issues Bibliography. B. System Design Review Checklist.
Profusely used flow diagrams and figures. C. Supplier Evaluation Checklist. D. Life-Cycle Cost
Analysis (LCCA). E. Maintenance Task Analysis (MTA).
Contents: Preface. Introduction. Demand Management in F. Selected Interest Tables. G. Normal Distribution Tables.
Supply Chain. Operations Management in Supply Chain. H. Abbreviations. Index.
Procurement Management in Supply Chain. Logistics
Management. Information Technology for Supply Chain Latest Print 2009 / 560 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-2763-4 / ` 325.00
194 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
and challenges required to effectively manage a supply Defining the concept of physical distribution in the initial
chain. Integrating cases with the text, the hook discusses chapter, the book then describes in detail the objectives,
supply chain. their importance and the types of functions and components of all the activity centres
challenges implicit in managing supply chains. It deals of physical distribution in the Indian context, from a
with the integration of information and materials flows systems approach. An exclusive chapter is devoted to
across multiple organizations to create a supply chain, transportation functions, highlighting the features of
thereby improving value to the customers. interstate movement of goods and the legal procedures
The text is intended to provide the readers with a better related to them. Sufficient coverage is also given to
understanding of: related topics such as distribution control, performance
evaluation and organization of physical distribution,
The impact of supply chain management on the besides the trade-off concept.
success and profitability of the modern organizations.
The book, with its wide coverage of topics, should prove
The influence of integrated supply chain management
to be of immense value to undergraduate students in
on major functional activities like product design,
Business Administration and Business Management.
information systems, manufacturing planning and
control, inventory management, human resource DISTINGUISHING FEATURES
development, financial planning forecasting, sales, Includes numerous line diagrams and photographs
quality management. that enhance presentation and understanding of the
For easy comprehension of the subject, the chapters have concepts
been written concurrently with the writing of cases based Gives real-world examples and short case studies of
on visits with leading organizations implementing well-known Indian and foreign manufacturers.
integrated supply chains. Provides questions at the beginning of each chapter
setting the objectives, besides giving chapter-end
This is a core textbook for courses in supply chain
summary and exercises, which stimulate discussion.
management, and can be used as an adjunct text
for courses in Purchasing Materials. Marketing and Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Concept of
Logistics. It is well-suited as a reference for under- Physical Distribution. Channels of Distribution. Channel
graduate and postgraduate courses in strategy, Management. Transportation. Inventory Management.
management, or marketing. Warehousing. Order Processing. Unitization. Distribution
Contents: Preface. Introduction to Supply Chain Control and Performance Evaluation. Organization for
Management. The Role of Information Systems and Physical Distribution. Index.
Technology in Supply Chain Management. Managing the Latest Print 2010 / 272 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
Flow of Materials Across the Supply Chain. Developing ISBN-978-81-203-2182-3 / ` 195.00
and Maintaining Supply Chain Relationships. Cases in
Supply Chain Management. Future Challenges in Supply
Chain Management. Index.
MURPHY, Jr. & WOOD
Latest Print 2009 / 192 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Contemporary Logistics, 9th ed.
ISBN-978-81-203-2753-5 / ` 195.00 PAUL R. MURPHY, Jr., John Carroll University.
DONALD F. WOOD, San Francisco State University.
Exploring modern logistics from a managerial perspective,
KAPOOR & KANSAL this leading text brings theory to life with its timely,
Basics of Distribution Management: practical and thorough coverage of the fundamentals of
logistics in todays dynamic global landscape. The authors
A Logistical Approach have revised and updated the new edition with the latest
SATISH K. KAPOOR is Professor of Marketing at the theories, solid fundamentals, and countless real-world
University Business School, Panjab University, Chandigarh. examples. The text delivers comprehensive coverage in a
PURVA KANSAL is a visiting faculty at the University lively presentation that reflects the fun and excitement of
Business School, Panjab University, Chandigarh. the logistics discipline.
Physical Distribution is a distinct but integral part of KEY FEATURES
business logistics, involving all those activities relating to Explores modern logistics from a managerial
the physical movement of goods from the factory to the perspective, and covers the fundamentals in todays
consumer. Recently, the concept has been expanded to dynamic global landscape.
supply chain management which enables better customer The new edition is completely revised and stream-
relationship with smooth supply of goods. This lined. The text continues to reflect the growing
introductory text is focused on the essential concepts, importance of supply chains and its bases including
tools and strategies that comprise Distribution technology, customer service, packaging, transpor-
Management. It emphasizes the idea that distribution tation, warehousing, inventory procurement, etc.
management is an effective marketing strategy and a Offers real-world coverage in conversational writing
potent competitive tool. style.
196 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Includes discussions on information technology relationships with suppliers and help your company
throughout the text, besides containing a separate minimize risk and improve profitability. It informs
chapter on logistics and information technology. It Why current and potential suppliers should be
also explores the internets role in logistics, reverse analyzed
logistics, the impact of terrorism on logistics
How to choose the suppliers to be analyzed
management, relationship management, and more.
Integrates ethics with socially responsible logistics, and How to create a corporate analysis
includes discussions on ethical considerations, environ- How to investigate the financial figures
mentalism, and employee rights, to name a few. How to analyze qualitative factors
For a comprehensive transportation coverage, the text The book also has valuable tools and templates for
devotes two exclusive chapters for transportation- performing accurate and practical evaluationsboth
related issues which include the different modes of corporate and financial.
transportation (air freight, motor carriers, pipelines, rail
road, water, intermodal, plus regulations etc.) as well In a nutshell, the book provides the readers with the
as transportation management including the nitty- means to uncover valuable information about their
gritties of setting rates, choosing a carrier, document- suppliers, lets them make better supply chain decisions
ation, receiving shipment, quality and other challenges while limiting risks and improving their companys
facing management. operational and financial health.
Contents: Preface. Acknowledgments. Part I: Overview of Contents: Preface. Introduction. Acknowledgments.
LogisticsLogistics and the Supply Chain. The Supply Part One: A Strategy for Analyzing Your SuppliersWhy
Chain Management Concept. Logistics and Information Analyze Your Suppliers? Choosing Which Suppliers to
Technology. Part II: Elements of Logistics Systems Analyze. Part Two: Components of a Corporate Analysis
Demand Management, Order Management, and of SuppliersCreating a Corporate Analysis. Investigating
Customer Service. Protective Packaging and Materials What is Behind Financial Figures. Analyzing Qualitative
Handling. Transportation. Transportation Management. Factors. Part Three: ExamplesUsing Analyzing Tools and
Distribution Center, Warehouse, and Plant Location. Useful Templates. Studying Examples. Appendix: For
Inventory Management. Warehousing Management. More Information. Appendices1: Useful Sources of
Procurement. International Logistics. Part III: Organizing, Information for Analyzing Suppliers. 2: Free-of-Charge
Analyzing, and Controlling Logistics SystemsLogistics Information. 3: Credit-Rating Agencies. 4: Online Services.
Systems Controls. Organizing and Analyzing Logistics 5: BanksBrokerage Reports. 6: Company Information.
Systems. Glossary. Subject Index. Name Index. Glossary. Bibliography. Index.
Latest Print 2007 / 432 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Latest Print 2008 / 256 pp. (Hard Cover)
ISBN-978-81-203-3373-4 / ` 325.00 15.3 22.9 cm / ISBN-978-81-203-3478-6 / ` 425.00
RAI
STRING
Export-Import and Logistics
Profit-focused Supplier Management:
Management, 2nd ed.
How to Identify Risks and Recognize USHA KIRAN RAI, Professor in the Marketing Area in the
Opportunities Faculty of Management Studies, Banaras Hindu
PIRKKO STRING is Manager of Business Analysis at University.
Nokia Corporation. This textbook, now in its Second Edition, continues
Pirkko string provides us with new and valuable insight to provide an easy and accessible introduction to
to our approach to analyzing and managing the risk of the import-export and logistics management. With
the supply chain side of the overall business equation. the globalization, international trade procedures and
The book has practical rules, examples, and tools that documentation have undergone remarkable changes over
come from working experiences and fit generically to all the last decade or so. This process of change got
businesses, large or small. Essential reading on the road accelerated after the enactment of the Foreign Exchange
to business excellence and balanced risk. Management Act, 1999. This, coupled with the thrust
given to the liberalization process by the Government,
DAVID HARTLEY, FCMA, Former Vice President and has brought to fore the importance of export procedures
General Manager, Nokia Mobile Phones, China and documentation and international logistics
Strategic supplier management increases productivity, management.
eliminates ineffective processes and substantially boosts This comprehensive and revised book includes a new
a companys bottom line. chapter on Foreign Exchange Risk Management and
Drawing from her experience at Nokia and using elaborates the procedures for availing different export
real business examples, the author details the importance incentives. Divided into eight parts, the text discusses the
of careful analysis to understand and maximize export-import environment, the procedures for obtaining
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 197
finance by the exporter, convertibility of rupee, avoidance of out-of-stocks on the others, fascinates
liberalization and its impact, the foreign exchange manufacturers and retailers equally.
market, export-import procedures and documentation. This book gathers the insights and experience of
Finally, the book also dwells upon the essentials of 38 leading CPFR practitioners from around the world
imports and logistics management including distribution including manufacturers, retailers, consulting companies,
channels and international marketing. and IT-solutions providers. Packed with valuable case
This book, dealing with the principles and practice of the studies and insider accounts from some of the most
management of exports, imports and logistics, should be powerful companies using CPFR todayincluding giants
of a great benefit to the postgraduate students of such as Wal-Mart, Safeway, Ace Hardware, and Procter &
business management (MBA), and international business Gamblethe book explains:
management (MIB). Besides, the book would prove to be Evolution and benefits of CPFR
useful as a handy reference for exporters, importers, Steps to implement CPFR
managers and entrepreneurs. CPFR pitfalls in the consumer goods industry
Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Part One: Current use of CPFR in the consumer goods economy
Understanding Export-Import EnvironmentExport Following the recommendations in this book, companies
Import Policy of India. Advance License and Special can make vast improvements in the trouble-some areas,
Imprest License. Export Promotion Capital Goods Scheme. such as sales and order forecasting.
Export and Trading Houses. International Commercial This book should be of immense benefit to the students
Terms 2000. Part Two: Financing of Exports of business management as well as for those practising in
International Terms of Payments. Export Finance. Export this field.
Credit and Guarantee Corporation. Foreign Exchange
Management Act (FEMA). Part Three: Significant Concepts Contents: Foreword. Preface. Efficient Consumer
and ImpactsConvertibility of Rupee. Liberalization and Response as the Origin of CPFRThe Goals and Tasks of
Its Impact. Global Recession and Its Implications on India. the ECR Concepts. The Reversal of the Push Principle to
The Foreign Exchange Market. Foreign Exchange Risk the Pull Principle in The Supply Chain. ECRCollaboration
Management. Part Four: Export Import Procedures Field Logistics: Supply Chain Management. ECR
Procedures for Import and Export. Procedure for Customs Collaboration Field Marketing: Category Management.
Clearance of Imported and Exported GoodsEDI. The CPFR ConceptThe CPFR Value Proposition. Sales
Shipment of Cargo and Clearance. Exports by Air or and Order Forecasts in the CPFR Process for Retail. CPFR
Post Parcel. Cargo Insurance. Part Five: Export Emerges as the Next Movement in Supply Chain
DocumentationSome Common Export Documents. Management. CPFRStatus and Perspectives: Key Results
Steps Involved in Exports Documentation. Clearing and of a CPFR Survey in the Consumer Goods Sector and
Forwarding Agents. Part Six: Post-Export Procedures Updates. CPFR in North AmericaMajor Trends in North
Procedures for Availing Different Export Incentives. American CPFR Adoption. ConsumerCentric CPFR.
Electronics and Software Exports from India. Part Seven: CPFRViews and Experiences at Safeway. CPFR
ImportsEssential Knowledge for Imports. Project Implementation at Ace Hardware and Manco. CPFR
or Industrial Plant Import. Part Eight: Logistics Implementation at Canadian Tire and GlobalNetXchange
ManagementDistribution Channels. International (GNX). The Power of Standards-Based CollaborationThe
Marketing Logistics. International Transport. World Uniform Code Council and CPFR. CPFR In EuropeCPFR:
Shipping Terms. Indian ShippingAn Overview. Ready to Take Off in Europe. Results of a CPFR Study in
References. Index. Europe. CPFR in Germany, Austria, and Switzerland. CPFR
Implementations at dm-drogerie markt and Henkel in
Latest Print 2012 / 336 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm Germany. CPFR Implementation at dm-drogerie market
ISBN-978-81-203-4016-9 / ` 275.00 / (e-book also available) and Procter & Gamble in Germany. CPFR Implementation
at Londis in Great Britain. CPFR Implementation at
Henkel Spain. CPFRViews and Experiences at Procter
SEIFERT & Gamble. CPFR Perspectives and Roads to Implement-
Collaborative Planning, Forecasting, and ationMigration to Value Chain Collaboration Through
CPFR. Integrating Collaborative Transportation Manage-
Replenishment: How to Create a Supply ment and CPFRA Proposed Process and Tactics for
Chain Advantage Managing the Broader Supply Chain Collaboration. The
DIRK SEIFERT is Head of an international CPFR research Foundation Is In PlaceIt Is Time to Transform. Avoiding
group and visiting scholar at the Harvard Business School. CPFR Pitfalls in the Consumer Goods Industry. Virtually
VerticalSM: A Supply Chain Model for the Collaboration
Collaborative Planning, Forecasting, and Replenishment Era. On the Road to the Network EconomyDeveloping
(CPFR) is a determinant theme in the consumer goods an E-Transformation Roadmap for Profitable Growth in
economy worldwide. Since the emergence of CPFR, the the Consumer Goods Industry. Bibliography. Contributing
implementation of this strategy has expanded rapidly Authors. Index. About the Editor.
around the world. The prospect of enormous potential
Latest Print 2007 / 432 pp. (Hard Cover)
savings on the one hand, and growth through the
15.3 22.9 cm / ISBN-978-81-203-3073-3 / ` 450.00
198 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
This book is primarily intended as a text for postgraduate students of Commerce of all universities, this book could
students of Management (MBA/MIB) and Commerce prove equally useful for the undergraduate and
(M.Com.IB). It will also prove useful for the students of postgraduate students of management.
those engineering disciplines where the subject is Contents: Preface. Nature of Marketing. Functions of
prescribed as an elective course. In addition, practising Marketing. Functions of Exchange. Functions of Physical
managers in international business will find the book Distribution. Facilitating Functions. Product Planning and
valuable as a reference. Development. Branding and Packaging. Pricing. Sales
Contents: Preface. Introduction. Logistics and Manage- Promotion. Salesmanship. Advertising and Public
ment. Logistics and Documentation. Transportation. Relations. Marketing and Sales Management. Marketing
Carriage of Goods by Land. Carriage of Goods by Sea. and Sales Organization. Sales Force Management and
Ocean Freight Rates. Ocean Freight Calculation. Shipping Sales Forecasting. Distribution Management. Consumer
Formalities. Types of Ships. Shipping Intermediaries. Behaviour. Market Segmentation. Consumerism/
Important Sea Routes. Major Ports in India. Worlds Consumer Protection Act. Marketing Research and
Major Ports. Containerisation. Inland Container Depots Information System. Marketing of Products and Services.
and Container Freight Stations. Airline Industry. Air Cargo Marketing of Agricultural Products. Marketing of
Industry. Warehouse Management. Inventory Manage- Industrial Products. Marketing of Consumer Products.
ment. Information and Communication Technology in Further Reading. Index.
Logistics Management. Enterprise Resource Planning. Latest Print 2010 / 324 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
Reverse Logistics. Index. ISBN-978-81-203-3945-3 / ` 250.00 / (e-book also available)
Latest Print 2009 / 416 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-3792-3 / ` 325.00 / (e-book also available)
DHOLAKIA, ANWAR & HASAN (Eds.)
Marketing Management Marketing Practices in Developing
Economy: Cases from South Asia
The Editors
CHANDRA BOSE
Modern Marketing: Principles and RUBY ROY DHOLAKIA, Professor of Marketing and
E-Commerce in the College of Business Administration,
Practice University of Rhode Island (URI).
D. CHANDRA BOSE, Principal, Sree Narayana College SYED FERHAT ANWAR, Professor of Marketing, Institute
(University of Kerala), Chengannur, Kerala. of Business Administration (IBA), University of Dhaka.
KHALID HASAN, Managing Director, Nielsen Bangladesh
Today, with wide access to information of every kind, and (former ACNielsen).
with advancements in technology, new vistas have been
opened for marketers. They are often faced with huge I am happy to see this book of cases which provides a
challenges and tough competitions to cope with the South Asia perspective and includes cases from
growing demands of the consumers for quality products. Afghanistan, Bangladesh, India, Nepal, Pakistan and Sri
This comprehensive text elucidates contemporary Lanka. The cases cover a wide rangefrom agriculture to
concepts and ideas to help overcome the challenges manufactured productsfrom micro level decisions to
faced and obstacles faced by marketers in achieving macro oriented ones.
marketing objectives of an organization. Philip Kotler
Divided into 23 chapters, the book begins with a brief South Asia is rapidly becoming not only the worlds
introduction to the marketing concepts, its history, largest producer and consumer, but also the largest
objectives and various channels. It then goes on to productive workforce. Marketers and policy makers
explain the functions of marketing, physical distribution, everywhere are keen to understand how to exploit the
and pricing strategies for goods and services. The book dynamic transformations happening in these countries.
shows how a product should be branded and packaged; This comprehensive book has been written with the
besides discussing the ways to market a product through explicit objective of increasing the contextual knowledge
proper channels. regarding marketing organizations, problems and
Dr. Chandra Bose, with his rich and long experience, practices in South Asia.
demonstrates how studying consumer behaviour and Divided into seven sections, this book focuses on the
consumer preferences can bring about a difference in the marketing perspective of South Asia and its future with
sales figures of a product. He devotes a chapter on the help of the cases. This book covers macro topics like
Marketing Research and Information System, which deals how to develop a market and marketing institutions, as
with the emerging trends in the field. The book concludes well as micro topics like branding and advertising
with detailed discussion on the innovative strategies to strategies faced by the organizations operating in
market specific products belonging to different sectors competitive and resource-challenged environments.
such as agriculture, industry and consumer products. While the problems and challenges described in each
Primarily intended as a text for the undergraduate case reflect a situation unique to the organization, it also
200 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
describes issues common to many developing countries. relationship to an organization. It highlights the know-
Each case has been written by authors with extensive ledge, the skills and the competencies necessary for
academic and/or business experience in the region. marketers to succeed in todays competitive world, and
The book adopts a problem-solving approach through bridges the gap between the theory of marketing and the
the analysis of case studies that can be used by under- realities of the high-tech market.
graduate and postgraduate students of management at This NEW edition includes comprehensive coverage of the
college and university levels. It is equally beneficial for fundamentals of marketing and a discussion on market-
practising managers and marketing professionals. focused business strategy. It offers several case study
scenarios that let students analyse decisions and practices
Contents: Foreword by Philip Kotler. Introduction
of marketing wisdom. There is a series of chapter
to Case Book. About the Editors. Part I: Market
vignettes on contemporary issues in marketing. Chapter-
DevelopmentCase 1: Grameen Check. Case 2:
end self-testing material includes a summary, numerous
SHOGORIP: A Storage-cum-Credit Project to Help Small
review questions and several discussion questions to help
and Medium Farmers. Case 3: Marketing of Ecotourism:
students understand the major concepts and tools of
The Limestone Caves of the Exotic Emeralds Islands.
marketing.
Case 4: Evolution of a Sustainable PPP Model in the BOP
Market. Part II: Marketing OrganizationCase 5: Sales This book is primarily written for postgraduate students
Manager of the Year. Case 6: Marketing Nepalese of Business Administration (MBA) for courses in Principles
Handicrafts. Case 7: Treasure Island. Case 8: Building an of Marketing/Marketing Management. This book can also
Effective Marketing Organization at PCC. Part III: Product be used to advantage by undergraduate students of
Quality and Market DemandCase 9: Marketing Business Administration (BBA) for courses in marketing,
Distribution Planning at Surma Textiles. Case 10: Labour and by students of engineering where an elective course
Relations, Product Quality and Market Share. Case 11: on Marketing Management is prescribed.
Sudden Death on the Soccer Pitch. Case 12: Planet Contents: Preface. Understanding the Basics of Market-
Health. Part IV: Product Management and Market ing. Classification of Goods, Customers and Markets.
IntelligenceCase 13: Pamela Shampoo. Case 14: Consumer Buying Behaviour. Market Segmentation.
Discovering the Herbal Frontier. Case 15: Managing Product Pricing. New Product Planning and Development.
Product Portfolios in a Mature Market: Hair Care. Case Marketing Planning and Strategy Formulation. Advertising
16: Indian Products Limited: Preparing a Research Plan. and Sales Promotion. Marketing Research. Distribution
Case 17: Positioning in the Retailing Landscape. Part V: Channels. Marketing Control. Brand Management.
Branding and AdvertisingCase 18: Black Cat and AIDS: Suggested Reading. Index.
Misconception or Reality? Case 19: Shahazadi Rice Mill. Latest Print 2013 / 332 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Case 20: Panja Marka ON TV. Case 21: Branding Nepal: ISBN-978-81-203-3259-1 / ` 275.00
Balancing Scenery and Security. Case 22: Social
Communication: Using Star Power to Educate the Youth
on HIV/AIDS. Part VI: Customer Service and CSRCase LILIEN, KOTLER & MOORTHY
23: A-One Starch Products Limited. Case 24: Path to Marketing Models
Excellence and Growth. Case 25: Women Empowerment: GARY L. LILIEN, Penn State University.
A Case of Prabartana. Case 26: Pakistan State Oil: In With
PHILIP KOTLER, Northwestern University.
the New. Case 27: Value Enhancement through CSR.
Part VII: Macro MarketingCase 28: Garments & Textile K. SRIDHAR MOORTHY, University of Rochester.
sector of Bangladesh: The MFA Missile. Case 29: SAPTA: Recent scientific and database developments have pro-
The Bangladesh Story. Case 30: Fresh Revolution: With vided tools and models for improving the effectiveness of
this Wave Embrace the Town? Case 31: Market Creates the marketing decisions. Marketing Models authored by a
Livelihood in Afghanistan. List of Contributors. team of distinguished faculty that includes Philip Kotler
Latest Print 2009 / 336 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm examines the more promising scientific and database
ISBN-978-81-203-3782-4 / ` 395.00 / (e-book also available)
developments that assist managers in arriving at cost-
effective marketing strategies and budgets. It describes
some of the important developments in marketing theory
GOVINDARAJAN which help analyse marketing issues more effectively.
Marketing Management: Concepts, KEY FEATURES
Cases, Challenges and Trends, 2nd ed. Self-contained text with all the necessary analysis tools
provided.
M. GOVINDARAJAN, formerly Assistant Professor, Anna Considers all marketing issues such as, product, pricing,
University, Chennai. A member of System Dynamics advertising, salesforce and distribution.
Society of India. Most chapters start with a review of the basic
The primary focus of this book is on building up a concepts and theory in the area, followed by in-depth
conceptual framework for developing marketing analyses of a small number of models.
strategies for the corporate enterprise. The book offers Incorporates recent research findings in all aspects of
an insight into each facet of the marketers role in marketing.
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 201
of Marketing ResearchPlanning the Research Project. Gives students a comprehensive source of reference in
Marketing ResearchThe Value and Cost of Decision- issues and techniques of IMR.
Making Information. The Tactics of Marketing Research Offers numerous examples and applications of how to
Research Design. Part IITechniques of Obtaining Data: conduct IMR in various regions.
Information from Respondents. Experimentation. Companion Website at www.prenhall.com/
Measurement in Marketing ResearchGeneral Concepts phmarketing provides detailed information on the IMR
and Instrument Design. Measurement and Scaling industry, data sets for IMR analysis, and a PowerPoint
in Marketing Research. Sampling Procedures in Marketing presentation of selected material.
Research. Part IIIAnalyzing Associative Data: The
Analysis ProcessBasic Concepts and Analyzing Contents: PART I: Section IThe Nature and Scope of
Associative Data. Multiple and Partial Regression. International Marketing Research. Marketing Research in
Analysis of Variance and Covariance. Part IVAdvanced the International Environment. International Marketing
Techniques in Analyzing Associative Data: Other Research Process. Section IIPreliminary Stages of the
Techniques for Analyzing Criterion-Predictor Association. Research Process. Secondary Data Research. Marketing
Factor Analysis and Clustering Methods. Multidimensional Research on the Internet. Primary Data Research.
Scaling and Conjoint Analysis. Part VSelected Activities Qualitative and Observational Research. Survey Research.
in Marketing Research: Forecasting Procedures in Scale Development. Questionnaire Design. Sampling.
Marketing Research. Brand Positioning and Market Section IIISimple Data Analysis. Advanced Data Analysis.
Segmentation. Evaluating New Marketing Strategies. Multivariate Data Analysis. Presenting the Results. PART
Appendix AStatistical Tables. Index. II: Section IVAsia-Pacific. Europe. Latin America. Middle
East and Africa. North America. Section VFutures of
Latest Print 2010 / 796 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm International Market-ing Research in the 21st Century.
ISBN-978-81-203-0757-8 / ` 350.00 PART IIICases.
Latest Print 2011 / 480 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
KUMAR ISBN-978-81-203-2167-0 / ` 275.00
International Marketing Research
V. KUMAR, Marvin Hurley, Professor of Business MALHOTRA (Ed.)
Administration, Melcher Faculty Scholar, Director of
Marketing Research Studies, and Director, Center for Review of Marketing Research, Vol. 2
International Business, University of Houston, Texas, Editor: NARESH K. MALHOTRA, Regents Professor,
U.S.A. College of Management, Georgia Institute of Technology.
This practical, detailed and well-documented guide This book, now in its second volume, covers the
is primarily intended to serve as a textbook for important areas of marketing research with a more
management and marketing students to provide them comprehensive state-of-the-art orientation. The chapters
with a complete picture of the theory and practice of in this publication review the literature in a particular
developing and conducting international marketing area, offer a critical commentary, develop an innovative
research (IMR). It offers an experience of how to conduct framework and discuss future developments in addition
IMR through all its phasesfrom analyzing the nature to containing specific empirical studies. By doing this, this
and scope of research to gathering data, designing publication bridges the gap left by current marketing
questionnaires, sampling, and presenting the results. research publications such as the Journal of Marketing
The principles of the IMR processes are explained with Research (USA), Journal of Marketing Research Society
numerous examples; the practice of IMR is demonstrated (UK) and International Journal of Research in Marketing
in specific regions; and cases are included for illustrating (Europe).
the applications and challenges involved in IMR. The book Journals like the above mentioned ones publish academic
takes into account the relevant and current examples articles with major constraint on the length. In contrast,
from the happenings in the global marketplace and the Review of Marketing Research publishes much longer
responses of the businesses to these changes to make articles that are not only theoretically rigorous but more
the readers aware of both broad and specific issues expository. The articles focus on implementing new
related to IMR. The text also provides valuable training in marketing research concepts and procedures.
using the Internet for marketing research purposes. In a nutshell, the articles in this book address the
The wealth of information contained in this book in terms following issues:
of practical characteristics of major individual country (i) Critically review the existing literature
markets and pragmatic approaches adopted in dealing (ii) Summarize what we know about the subjectkey
with the issues in IMR, will also appeal to practitioners of findings
IMR in business enterprises.
(iii) Present the main theories and frameworks
KEY FEATURES (iv) Review and give an exposition of key methodologies
Provides the most current information available on (v) Identify the gaps in literature
research methodologies. (vi) Present empirical studies (for empirical papers only)
204 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
(vii) Discuss emerging trends and issues Analytical Modelling by Factor and Cluster Analysis.
(viii) Focus on international developments Analytical Modelling by Logistics Regression and
(ix) Suggest directions for future theory development Discriminant Analysis.
and testing Segmentation of primary target market by Heuristic
(x) Recommends guidelines for implementing new Modelling such as RFM (recency, frequency, monetary)
procedures and concepts. analysis.
All the articles in this particular volume are connected Segmentation of target market based on large
with consumer action. databases using Decision Tree approaches such as
CHAID (Chi-square Automatic Interaction Detection)
A rich and useful collection for serious students of and other Classification and Regression Trees.
marketing and researchers in the field.
Determining Linkages between unobserved constructs
Contents: Review of Marketing Research: Some such as customer satisfaction and factors leading to it,
Reflections. Consumer Action: Automaticity, Purposive- using Structural Equation Modelling (SEM).
ness, and Self-Regulation. Looking Through the Crystal Determining relative preferences in consumer
Ball: Affective Forecasting and Misforecasting in perceptions by Conjoint Analysis.
Consumer Behavior. Consumer Use of the Internet in
Search for Automobiles: Literature Review, a Conceptual In this book, the author has discussed these analytical
Framework, and an Empirical Investigation. Categori- approaches following a classroom teaching format
zation: A Review and an Empirical Investigation of drawing from her extensive teaching experience spann-
the Evaluation Formation Process. Individual-level ing over 30 years. The book first discusses all important
Determinants of Consumers Adoption and Usage of concepts and then case studies are discussed which
Technological Innovations: A Propositional Inventory. The emulate real life managerial situations.
Metrics Imperative: Making Marketing Matter. Multilevel, The book is intended to serve as a textbook for MBA
Hierarchical Linear Models and Marketing: This Is Not students for Business Analytics elective.
Your Advisers OLS Model. About the Editor and
Contributors. Index. Contents: Preface. Gap Analysis. Factor Analysis.
Latest Print 2007 / 252 pp. (Hard Cover) Concepts of Cluster Analysis. Linear Discriminant Analysis.
17.8 23.5 cm / ISBN-978-81-203-3314-7 / ` 350.00
Logistics Regression. Predictive Modelling and RFM
Analysis. Decision Tree Approach with CHAID. Structural
Equation Modelling. Conjoint Analysis. Case Studies
RAO I: Medical Treatment. II: Brand Loyalty of Sport Drinks in
Business Analytics: An Application Italian Market. III: Conjoint Analysis Application on Credit
Card Industry. Index.
Focus Latest Print 2013 / 256 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
PURBA HALADY RAO, Fellow in Management from IIM ISBN-978-81-203-4819-6 / ` 275.00 / (e-book also available)
Calcutta, 1976. Presently she is a Visiting Faculty at
Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad, Indian
Institute of Management, Ranchi, and Great Lakes TULL & HAWKINS
Institute of Management, Chennai. Marketing Research: Measurement and
Business Analytics refers to various categories of
analytical approaches for modelling different business
Method, 6th ed.
situations and arriving at solutions and strategies for DONALD S. TULL and DEL I. HAWKINS, both of University
optimal decision making in marketing, finance, of Oregon.
operations, organization behaviour and other managerial This is an introductory text in marketing research. The
processes. sixth edition of this market-leader offers readers a
Thus, Business Analytics today refers to different comprehensive, direct, and accessible introduction to
approaches for modelling and arriving at assessing and marketing research. Focusing on decisional research, this
predicting risk, predicting market preferences, project book covers the principles of each topic, and discusses
feasibility, customer segmentation, inherent and ways of properly designing and implementing a research
underlying dimensions in consumer preferences, factors project. It enables readers to get meaningful information
leading to probability of purchase, preferred segments in that helps them identify, structure, and solve marketing
financial and credit card industry, probability of attrition problems.
in large organizations, etc. In this edition significant attention has been given to
The myriad of modelling and other analytical approaches the rapidly expanding area of international marketing
which constitute Business Analytical applications in Indian research. This increased emphasis is reflected in virtually
Industry today include predominantly: every chapter.
Determining which attributes in a product are Contents: The Nature of Marketing ResearchMarketing
considered significant by the market and which are Research in Practice. Marketing Information and Decision
found to be significantly satisfactoryGap Analysis. Support Systems. The Research Process and Research
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 205
Design. The Sources of Research DataSecondary Data. neuromarketing in an integrated approach. The section
Commercial Surveys, Audits, and Panels. Survey Research. also presents some application areas with special
Experimentation. Experimental Environment. Measure- reference to communication strategy, design and product
ment Techniques in Marketing ResearchMeasurement life-cycle.
in Marketing Research. Questionnaire Design. Direct KEY FEATURES
Response Attitude Scales and Measures of Emotions.
Derived Attitude Scales. Qualitative Research. Integrated with a separate section of real life case
Observation and Physiological Measures. Sampling and studies on various products and brands
Data AnalysisThe Sampling Process. Sample Size Chapter-end exercises to check students compre-
Determination. Data Reduction and Estimation. Univariate hension of the subject
Hypothesis Tests. Multivariate Hypothesis Tests. Figures, tables and images to provide an analytical
Measures of Association. Sales Forecasting. Marketing insight on the subject
Research Reports and Ethical IssuesMarketing Research Intended for the postgraduate students of business
Reports. Ethical Issues in Marketing Research. management and international marketing, this book
Appendices. Glossary. Indexes. would also be beneficial for the brand managers and
Latest Print 2011 / 864 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm advertising professionals as a reference handbook.
ISBN-978-81-203-0961-6 / ` 425.00
Contents: Preface. Section I: Essentials of Marketing and
Brand Management. Essentials of Marketing and Brand
Neuromarketing Management. Section II: The Concept of Neuromarketing.
Neuromarketing: The Rationale. The Human Brain and
SHARMA, et al. Marketing. Autonomic Nervous System and Brand
Communication. Brand Communication and Memory.
Neuromarketing: A Peep into Customers Advertising and Seven SIns of Memory. Brain Laterality
Minds and Brand Communication. Brand Communication and
Brain Waves. Experimental Methods in Neuromarketing.
J.K. SHARMA is head CRM, Jagsonpal Pharmaceuticals Section III: Research Experiments in Neuromarketing.
Limited. Research Studies in Neuromarketing. Section IV:
DEEPALI SINGH is working as an Assistant Professor, Applications of Neuromarketing. Applications of
ABV-IITM, Gwalior. Neuromarketing. Neuromarketing and Product Life-cycle.
J.P. AGARWAL is member of Union Public Service Case Studies.
Commission, Delhi.
Latest Print 2010 / 272 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
K.K. DEEPAK, Professor in Department of Physiology at All
ISBN-978-81-203-3868-5 / ` 350.00 / (e-book also available)
India Institute of Medical Sciences (AIIMS), New Delhi.
What consumers think is not necessarily what they do.
Unearthing this ambiguity between the thinking mind and Product Management
the doing mind of a consumer is one of the greatest
challenges faced by the marketers today. Therefore, the ALLEN
researchers, in the field, have devised a new concept
called neuro-marketing, which maps the cognitive Bringing New Technology to Market
behaviour (the way one thinks and reacts) of a consumer. KATHLEEN R. ALLEN, Director, Technology Commercia-
This comprehensive book highlights various aspects of lization Alliance, Greif Entrepreneurship Center, Marshall
neuromarketing, its application to study consumer School of Business, University of Southern California.
behaviour, and its techniques to strengthen brand Today, as companies seek more effective ways to exploit
management and advertising strategies. the intellectual property they create, it is becoming more
The book has been organized into four different sections. important than ever before for students in business,
Section I details on essentials of marketing and brand engineering and sciences to understand the processes
management. Section II digs on to the rationale of that result in successful new technology products in the
neuromarketing, explaining the structure and the function market and the consequent issues related to the transfer
of the human brain. The correlation between autonomic and commercialization of new technology.
nervous system and brand communication is also This book is designed to address this entire technology
explained in detail in the text. Students are also commercialization processfrom idea to market.
introduced to the concepts of brain laterality and to It enables students, managers, and entrepreneurs to
the various research methods used to conduct understand different business models, processes,
neuromarketing such as functional Magnetic Resonance characteristicswhether engineering technology,
Imaging (fMRI), Magnetic Resonance (MRI) and coloured biotechnology, or information systems technologyfrom
scanning. Section III digs on to the emerging areas of mainstream types of businesses and learn how to
neuromarketing with the help of some important successfully commercialize the intellectual property
research papers. Section IV discusses concepts of they develop.
206 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
The text is based on three major themesvalue creation, fully understand innovative techniques that help increase
speed, and entrepreneurshipthat infuse all of the the potential and market value of an established product.
concepts presented to successfully navigate the KEY FEATURES
technology commercialization process.
Gives a number of examples to illustrate the concepts
KEY FEATURES discussed in the text.
Includes cases or profiles of real entrepreneurs Incorporates several illustrative figures, tables, and
involved with the commercialization process. boxes to make the learning process more accessible.
Updates readers with current research on the subject. Provides well-graded chapter-end exercises to test
Provides end-of-chapter questions which serve to students comprehension of the subject.
provoke stimulating discussions. Primarily designed as a textbook for the postgraduate
Companion website at www.prenhall.com/allen students of management, this book will also be useful to
Contents: Part I: The Foundations of Technology the management professionals as a reference.
CommercializationInnovation and Commercialization. Contents: Preface. Managing Innovations: An
Recognizing and Screening Technology Opportunities. Introduction. Innovation Management: Major Challenges.
Developing and Testing a Technology Business Concept. Innovations Management Process. Innovation
High-Technology Product Development Strategies. Management of New Product Development Function.
Part II: Intellectual PropertyThe Concept of Intellectual Organizing for New Product Development. Generation,
Property. Licensing Intellectual Property. Intellectual Screening and Development of New Product
Property Strategy. Part III: Financial Strategy for Development. Economic Analysis: Evaluation of Portfolio
Technology Start-UpsBuilding and Valuing the Business of Products or Projects. Test Marketing. Product Launch.
Model. Funding the Technology Start-Up. Funding Adoption Process: Diffusion of Innovations. Managing
Growth. Part IV: The Transition from R&D to Innovation in Services. Index.
OperationsMoving from R&D to Operations. Marketing Latest Print 2009 / 312 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
High Technology. Growing the High-Tech Venture. Entre- ISBN-978-81-203-3727-5 / ` 275.00
preneurial Venturing Inside a Corporation. Developing a
Business Plan for Sustained Innovation. Index.
Latest Print 2005 / 384 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
CHITALE & GUPTA
ISBN-81-203-2209-6 / ` 225.00 Product Policy and Brand Management:
Text and Cases, 2nd ed.
CHATURVEDI, et al. A.K. CHITALE, Academic Advisor, and former Director,
Managing Innovations and New Product Govindram Seksaria Institute of Management and
Research, Indore.
Development: Concepts and Cases RAVI GUPTA, Director, Administration, Govindram
MUKESH CHATURVEDI, ECE Chair Professor, Birla Institute Seksaria Institute of Management and Research, Indore
of Management Technology (BIM-Tech.), Greater Noida and former Director, International Institute of Retail
(U.P.). Management, Indore.
ASEEM KUMAR, Assistant Director, Centre for Manage- The book, now in its second edition, continues to
ment Development, All India Management Association. elucidate the concepts and topics of Product Policy and
MANMOHAN RAHUL, Associate Professor, Department of Brand Management in concise and clear manner.
Management, Ansal Institute of Technology, Gurgaon
The book is divided into four partsPart I on
(Haryana).
Fundamentals of Product Management throws light on
Innovation is the key to success in any business, and is the concepts of product and its management, role of
the only way to surpass competition. An innovative product managers, product life cycle, diffusion models,
concept can lead to the development of a new product. developing a product manager, and the product planning
This comprehensive book explains how an innovative idea system and strategies. Part II on New Product
or a concept, if executed properly, can create the best Development shows what are the barriers faced while
product in the market. developing a new product, the test marketing stages and
The book presents a framework for a new product its alternatives, launching of the product, future trends of
development, laying emphasis on generic concepts and product management and success stories. Part III on
processes, which are useful and profitable for small and Brand Management defines branding, branding decisions,
large organizations including the multinationals. The book brand equity, brand identity, and brand positioning. Part
highlights the innovation theories that are helping service IV gives an analytical and practical insight on the
sector companies to prosper and excel in their fields. It discussed concepts with the help of Live Case Studies.
also provides a mathematical formula for students to The book is primarily intended for the students of MBA,
calculate sales-estimation of first-time-sales of a new MMS, and ME/MTech (industrial Management). Besides,
product. The Ten Case Studies on real-life products from would also be useful for the professional managers
the Indian market enrich the text and enable students to as well.
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 207
This well-established study has been widely adopted as a Intended primarily as a text for the postgraduate students
textbook in MBA programmes across the country. The of Management, the book will also prove to be a useful
Third Edition is more profusely illustrated with exhibits, learning tool for the students of Marketing and
diagrams and PPTs, and should be of immense utility Commerce. Besides, the strategies discussed in the book
and worth to the students of management as well as can be good takeaways for practising managers, and
practising brand managers and executives in the for those interested in learning about Product
advertising arena. Management.
Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. Contents: Foreword. Preface. Introduction. Role of
Acknowledgements. Part I: The Macro PerspectiveThe the Product Manager. Fundamentals of Product
Indian Market: Emerging Panorama. Assessing New Management. Competitive Strategy for Products. New
Competition and Strategic Response. Product product Development. Product Life Cycle Strategies.
ManagementA Preview. Part II: Product Management: Building the Brand. Product Distribution. Product
The Conceptual IssuesBranding. Market Segmentation. Promotion and Pricing. Product Innovation. Customer
Positioning and Differentiation Strategies. New Products Relations Management Strategies for Product
Planning. Distribution Channels: Structure and Strategy. Managers. Information systems for Product Management.
Advertising Planning. Pricing Concepts and Strategies. Index.
Sales Management. Marketing Research. Part III: Product Latest Print 2009 / 212 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Market AnalysisPackaged Drinking Water. Tea. Soft
ISBN-978-81-203-3725-1 / ` 175.00 / (e-book also available)
Drinks. Chocolates. Malted Beverages. Toothpaste. Toilet
Soaps. Detergents. Shampoo. Fairness Creams.
Wristwatches. Footwear. Mobile Phones. Digital Cameras. Public Relations
Motorcycles. Refrigerators. Air Conditioners. Paints.
Colour Television. Passenger Cars. Marketing Challenges.
Epilogue. Index. CENTER, JACKSON, SMITH & STANSBERRY
Latest Print 2011 / 452 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm Public Relations Practices: Managerial
ISBN-978-81-203-3383-3 / ` 350.00 / (e-book also available) Case Studies and Problems, 7th ed.
ALLEN H. CENTER, Distinguished Resident Lecturer, San
MUKERJEE Diego State University; Former Vice President, Public
Product Management: Text and Cases Relations, Motorola Inc.
PATRICK JACKSON, Editor, pr reporter, Senior Counsel,
KAUSHIK MUKERJEE, Associate Dean, ICFAI Business Jackson Jackson & Wagner, Former Adjunct Faculty,
School (IBS), Pune. Boston University
In todays competitive milieu, the product promotion STACEY SMITH, Senior Counsel and Partner, Jackson
function, along with continuous product innovation Jackson & Wagner, Former Adjunct Faculty, University of
and speed of execution, is very important as a Antioch New England Graduate School, University of New
critical parameter for a companys success. Product Hampshire
Management involves designing customized products to FRANK R. STANSBERRY, Former Instructor, Public
fit the exact needs of individual customers. Relations, University of Central Florida, Formerly with
This comprehensive book focuses on the critical issues of Coca-Cola
product management that enable better product Public Relations Practices, 7th ed. helps future
performance in the marketplace. It deals with many new practitioners develop agility in the principles and
products that straddle across Indian and global markets applications of effective two-way communications likely
to give a broad and clear perspective of the current to confront them and their employer. It also provides the
competitive marketing scenario. The text covers such combination of all public relations actions with both
topics as competitive product development and product personal and professional ethicsthe PRSAs Member
life cycle strategies, innovation, branding, pricing, Code of Ethics.
segmentation, targeting, positioning, CRM, modern
product management tools, and various other issues. New to this edition
KEY FEATURES Updated case studies included in previous editions to
Provides a clear understanding of managing the show the long-term impact of good, and sometimes
product category, and product life cycle. bad, public relations practices.
Focuses on the present Indian marketing scenario. Nine new cases that deal with extraordinary problems
Illustrations and websites are provided to acquaint the which include topics such as building employee
readers with the latest product information. participation and an enormous product recall.
Gives 20 Case Studies that cover all the critical aspects Contents: Preface. The Purposes of Public Relations. How
of product management. Public Relations Deals with Problems and Opportunities.
Provides Assignments at the end of each chapter to Employee Relations. Community Relations. Investor
lend a practical touch to the subject. Relations. Consumer Relations. Media Relations. Public
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 209
Issue Campaigns and Debates. Crisis Management. Public Relations and the Media. Interpersonal Media.
Standards. Ethics, and Values. Index. Newspapers in Public Relations. Visual Media:
Latest Print 2012 / 368 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Photographs and Exhibitions. Electronic Media: Radio and
ISBN-978-81-203-4212-5 / ` 350.00 Television. Audio-Visual Media: Films. E-PR: IT New Mass
Media. Traditional Folk Media. Multimedia PR Campaigns.
Media Relations. Guidelines for Effective Writing. Part
REDDI Four: Effective Public RelationsHow to Be a Good PR
Effective Public Relations and Manager. Part Five: Historical Indian Perspective of Public
RelationsThe Origins and Development of PR in the
Media Strategy, 2nd ed. Worlds Largest Democracy (1500 BC2009 AD). Part Six:
C.V. NARASIMHA REDDI, the Editor of Public Relations Action SpeakCase Studies. References. Index.
Voice (a premier journal on Public Relations in India) and Latest Print 2014 / 640 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
Senior Academic Consultant of Dr. B.R. Ambedkar Open ISBN-978-81-203-4871-4 / ` 425.00 / (e-book also available)
University, Hyderabad, has held a wide range of
professional and academic senior positions. He has been
University Grants Commission National Professor in Public
Relations and Advisor, Public Relations. Relationship Marketing
The book, now in its second edition, aims at equipping
the reader with the necessary tools for building a career BISWAS
in public relations and also assisting him or her in
becoming an effective Public Relations Manager. The
Relationship Marketing: Text and Cases
book strives to cater to the different areas of public SUPRIYA BISWAS, Deputy General Manager, CMC Limited,
relations, such as public relations in banks, tourism, Kolkata.
NGOs, public transport, municipal government, media, The role of Relationship Marketing in the current
and global public relations. business scenario has become significant as maintaining
In this text, Professor Narasimha Reddi compresses within good relationships with various sections of society,
the covers of a single volume his many decades of especially the customers, is important for achieving
teaching and professional experience. He gives a masterly organizational objectives. This book encapsulates all the
exposition of the theory and best practices of the aspects of Relationship Marketing in an easy-to-
profession. understand manner.
Divided into six parts, the second edition focuses on the The book provides an overview of diverse perspectives
application of Internet and social media in the practice of that constitute the foundation of Relationship Marketing.
Public Relations. It contains six new chapters and five It begins with a brief account of the historical framework
new case histories, which are in tune with changing of relationship marketing and then goes on to discuss the
needs, as well as an epilogue projecting Mahatma Gandhi role of customer experience and emotion in relationship
as the worlds greatest Public Relations communicator. marketing, concepts of relationship brands, aspects of
consumer value chain, and components of customer
The book is primarily intended as a text for students of equity. The text also describes the techniques and
Public Relations, Journalism, Mass Communication, and strategies of cross-selling and up-selling, importance of
Advertising. In addition, it should be of great benefit to quality, and the role of technology in relationship
the teaching community and public relations marketing. Finally, the book concludes with a discussion
practitioners. on how nurturing relationship with various stakeholders
NEW TO THIS EDITION of the business can enhance the image of the enterprise,
Incorporates five new Case Studies reflecting current and provides real-life examples to show how Relationship
trends in PR and Advertising Marketing is perceived in different walks of life. There are
many case studies which lend a practical flavour to the
Contents: Preface. Part One: Principles of Public Relations book.
and CommunicationWhat is Public Relations?
Communication. Evolution of Public Relations. Principles Intended as a text for the postgraduate students of
of Public Relations. Strategic Public Relations. Public management, the book should be equally useful for
Relations Departments and Agencies. Part Two: Public relationship managers, executives and marketing
Relations Practice Public Relations Process: Four Stages. managers.
Corporate Public Relations vs. Corporate Communi- Contents: Preface. Framework of Relationship Marketing.
cations. Stakeholders Relations. Crisis Management and Customer Experience and Emotion. Relationship Brands.
PR. Public Relations in Government. Public Relations in Value Creation in Relationship Marketing. Customer
Police, Banks, and Tourism. Public Relations in Public Equity. Strategies and Techniques of Cross-selling and Up-
Sector, Municipal Government and Public Transport. selling. Temperament of Business Relations. Managing
Public Relations for NGOs and Political Parties. Global Customer Satisfaction through Quality. Customer Loyalty.
Public Relations and Future of Public Relations. Measuring Relationship Effectiveness. Relationship
Professional Organisations. Part Three: Media Strategy Manager. Technology in Relationship Marketing. Virtual
210 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Relationship Marketing. Customer Management of who needs a proven method for answering the questions
Relationship. Relationship Strategy and Enterprise Image. that are difficult but essential for successful business
Thoughts on Relationship. Institutes Promoting development. Bacons system works for sales teams that
Relationship Marketing. Marketing Glossaries. Index. will commit themselves to following through on these
Latest Print 2011 / 432 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm fundamentals.
ISBN-978-81-203-3983-5 / ` 375.00 / (e-book also available) JAY KRAKER, Managing Director,
Kraker & Company, Inc.
Retail Marketing Communication This book is a blueprint of hands-on and practical advice
for building stronger and more profitable relationships
with your key accounts. Through tables, checklists,
SUDHAKAR worksheets and real-life case studies it helps you in
Integrated Retail Marketing Identifying your key accounts
Communication Building an effective account team
G.P. SUDHAKAR, Professor and Head, Department of Analyzing your customers and competitors
Management Studies, Directorate of Distance Education, Developing a winning key account strategy
Sikkim Manipal University, Bangalore. Implementing your plan
The book offers a comprehensive review and analysis of Managing your account successfully
various facets of retail communications, strategy and Monitoring its progress and more
application. The author, with over two decades of Be on the path to strong, profitable, partner relationship
experience in marketing, and teaching courses on with your best customersand to a healthy, thriving
retailing, provides a holistic and practical approach to the business.
subject.
Contents: Preface. Part I: IntroductionWhat is Strategic
The book covers a wide range of topicsfrom under- Account Management? The Roles and Responsibilities of
standing why retailers need to build brands, positioning Strategic Account Managers. The Four Types of Customer
to the various communication tools available to the Relationships. Part II: The Foundations of Strategic
retailers and the need to integrate retail communication Account ManagementThe Management in Strategic
for success. It contains numerous examples from Indian Account Management. Strategic Account Management as
retailers in the areas of retail communication and an Instrument of Corporate Strategy. Identifying Strategic
provides many caselets to stimulate the application of Accounts. Building Account Teams. Part III: Account
many of the concepts discussed in the book. PlanningThe Account Planning Process. Gathering
The book is meant for the postgraduate students of Information. Analyzing Your Customer. Analyzing Your
management. Besides, it will also be useful to the Competitors. Analyzing Your Position. Developing Account
students pursuing PG Diploma in Retail Communications Strategy. Part IV: Implementing the Account Plan
Management/Integrated Marketing Communications. Building Internal Support. Managing Relationships.
Contents: Foreword. Preface. Acknowledgements. Managing Information. Managing Customer Delight.
Branding the Store. Positioning Retail Brands. Retail Managing Momentum. Managing Opportunities. The
AdvertisingThe Many Hues. Cooperative Advertising. Future of Strategic Account Management. Appendix:
In-Store Advertising and Shopper Marketing. Sales Sample Strategic Account Plan. Index.
PromotionsA Tactical Promotion Tool. Personal Latest Print 2008 / 336 pp. (Hard Cover)
SellingA Relationship at the Moment of Truth. Direct 17.8 23.5 cm / ISBN-978-81-203-3471-7 / ` 425.00
Marketing in Retailing. Public RelationsCreating
Goodwill among Stakeholders. Adding Value by BROWN
Integrating Retail Marketing Communications. Multi-
Channel Retailing24/7 Activity. Index. From Selling to Managing: Guidelines
Latest Print 2012 / 160 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm for the First-Time Sales Manager
ISBN-978-81-203-4640-6 / ` 175.00 / (e-book also available)
(Rev. ed.)
Sales Management RONALD BROWN.
This book helps the newly appointed field sales manager
BACON to convert their selling skills into management skills and
Selling to Major Accounts: Tools, shows how the transition from a player to coach can be
successfully achieved. The book concentrates on the
Techniques, and Practical Solutions for problems managers face and points out what they must
the Sales Manager do to solve them. It offers new insights on changes in
technology, distribution, and the complexion of the
TERRY R. BACON modern sales force. Practical examples are used to show
Selling to Major Accounts is must reading for anyone how to:
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 211
Broaden outlook the World Isnt Perfect. Using MeasureMax Your Way.
Communicate both up and down the chain of Glossary. Bibliography. Index. About the Author.
command Latest Print 2007 / 320 pp. (Hard Cover)
Plan a sales force operation 15.3 22.9 cm / ISBN-978-81-203-3133-4 / ` 275.00
Implement the plan
Appraise and advise reps
Recruit, train, and keep good reps
LIVESAY
Run efficient, inspiring sales meetings 7 Most Powerful Selling Secrets, The:
Control every aspect of operations Soar Your Way to Success with
Contents: Preface to the Revised Edition. The Transition Integrity, Passion and Joy
From Selling to Managing. Planning: The First Step.
Implementing the Plan. The Appraisal Process. The JOHN LIVESAY, the West Coast Director for W magazine.
Control Function. Effective Communications. District Sales Most of the salespersons, seasoned as well as newcomers
Meetings. Recruiting, Selecting, and Training New Sales and successful as well as struggling, are known to be
Reps. Index. extremely stressed out and dissatisfied with their career
Latest Print 2009 / 172 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm graphs. This book is an attempt to take the readers on a
ISBN-978-81-203-3741-1 / ` 225.00 journey that will teach them how to adopt spiritual
approach towards their jobs and yet be successful and
happy.
COSTELL Written in a simple but engaging style, the book has
Science of Sales Success, The: seven chapters, each chapter unfolding a unique
technique by combining essential elements of spirituality
A Proven System for High-Profit, with the time-tested sales tools.
Repeatable Results After reading this book, you will learn to:
JOSH COSTELL founded Applying Knowledge Systems, a Enjoy the sales experience as a way to express
consulting and training firm for sales professionals. creativity, individuality and spirituality.
This book clearly shows how to adopt a disciplined, Eliminate fears of failure or rejection.
logical approach to manage selling opportunities Reframe negative perceptions one has about the sales
and enables a salesperson to learn how to fulfill process.
customers expectations. The step-by-step guidelines will
help to produce successful outcomes for both the Though this book is primarily for the students of
salespersons and the customers while giving them an management and sales professionals, it can be referred
edge over their competitors. The methods given pinpoint to by everyone, since all of us, at some point of time,
exactly which facts the customer needs to have at each need to sell our ideas, philosophy, projects or even
stage of the sales process. ourselves.
Based on an approach that treats selling as a science, the Contents: Foreword. Acknowledgments. Introduction.
author shows that applying the suggested methods, any Creating your Reality. Building Dynamic Relationships.
salesperson can duplicate success on a planned, routine Presentations with Impact. Persistence Pays Off. Rising
basis. Above the Competition. Relax into Yes. Passing Your
Good to Others. Summary. Ten-Second Meditations/
The Science of Sales Success is every sales professionals Affirmations. Recommended Reading. Index. Order Form.
key to faster sales growth and ongoing profitability.
Latest Print 2007 / 132 pp. / 13.9 21.6 cm
KEY FEATURES ISBN-978-81-203-3209-6 / ` 150.00
Filled with concrete examples and engaging case
studies. MILLER
Step-by-step approaches to quantifying and measuring
sales success.
ProActive Sales Management:
Plenty of practical examples which can be followed How to Lead, Motivate, and
easily. Stay Ahead of the Game
This book is intended for management students WILLIAM SKIP MILLER.
specializing in sales and marketing and sales Most successful sales professionals are great salespersons
professionals. but not many of them are good managers, the reason
Contents: Foreword. Acknowledgments. Introduction. being that they acquire skills and qualities necessary for
Measurability Matters. Defining Value. Receiving Value. sales but do not adopt the proactive methods that will
Tests of Reasonableness. Every Question Counts. Leave make them good managers. This practical and well-
the Brochures Behind. Every Reason to Say Yes. When written text identifies the qualities that are needed for a
212 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
successful sales manager and maps out a step-by-step Get familiar with how to build a stronger connection
method that one can use to graduate from being a between your companys goals and your teams sales
salesperson to becoming a successful sales manager. strategy. A useful and timely tool with everything you
Packed with specific, field-tested techniques, ProActive need to build and maintain an outstanding sales
Sales Management teaches a proven method for programNOW.
managing the sales process as well as the sales team. By Contents: Acknowledgments. Introduction. Part 1:
reading and implementing the tactics and processes PLANNINGThe Changing World of Sales Management.
presented in the book the reader will be able to: Planning for Today and Tommorow. Crafting the
Regain control of their time Professional Sales Force. Part 2: PREPARINGFinding the
Create a proactive sales culture Talent. Strengthening the Sales Team. Compensation
Motivate a sales team Programs That Drive Superior Performance. Part 3:
Manage simple yet powerful metrics and many other PRODUCINGNow Lead: Measuring and Managing
practical things Performance. Coaching and Counseling. Looking Toward
the Future. Conclusion. A Leadership Growth Plan. A
The book should be of immense benefit to the students Checklist for Success. Index.
of management as well as practising managers and sales
executives. Latest Print 2008 / 224 pp. (Hard Cover)
15.3 22.9 cm / ISBN-978-81-203-3442-7 / ` 350.00
Contents: Acknowledgments. Preface. ProActive Sales
ManagerDefining the New Breed of Sales Manager.
Sales Cultures and the Ability to Communicate Them. Services Marketing
Manage the Right ThingsTime and People. Finding and
Recruiting the Best Sales Team. Corrective Action.
ProActive Management Skills. If You Cant Measure It, LUSCH & VARGO (Eds.)
Why Do It? Territory Planning, Compensation, and Service-Dominant Logic of Marketing,
Rewards. Sales Meetings. Create the ProActive Action
Plan. Index. The: Dialog, Debate, and Directions
Latest Print 2006 / 256 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm Editors:
ISBN-81-203-3114-1 / ` 375.00 ROBERT F. LUSCH, Professor of Marketing and Head
of the Marketing Department in the Eller College of
SIMPKINS Management at the University of Arizona.
STEPHEN L. VARGO, Associate Professor of Marketing at
Secrets of Great Sales Management, the University of Hawaii, Manoa.
The: Advanced Strategies for This book discusses in detail a new model for marketing
Maximizing Performance namely the Service-Dominant Marketing. Accordingly, the
paradigm used is service-centered, customer-oriented,
ROBERT A. SIMPKINS. relationship-focusedin fact it places marketing central
As a sales manager one has to do many rolesfortune- to all business strategies. In this orientation of marketing
teller, psychologist, financial analyst, etc. while making the strategy is marketing with where the customer and
sure that your team has what it needs to close deals. Add supply chain partners collaborate in the entire marketing
to it the framing business strategies to retain customer process. Incidentally, Prof. Philip Kotler who is one of the
base because of the constant shifts in the customer contributors in this book explains similar view in his book
needs. Principles of Marketing while defining the term
The Secrets of Great Sales Management is a step-by-step Marketing.
guide to create a proactive sales organization that thrives The book elaborates the model through historical
on the new dynamics of business. Loaded with clear analysis, clarification and extension of service-dominant
examples and practical tool, the book shows how you logic. Distinguished marketing thinkers provide further
and your team members can work in-tandem with those insight and commentary. As a result we have the
changing goals and create lasting customer relationships marketing theory that is more comprehensive and
without sacrificing the exceptional bottom-line results inclusive which challenges both current thinking and
you are expected to achieve. This power-packed book is marketing practice.
filled with practical and powerful strategies for
Contents: Foreword, Ruth N. Bolton. Foreword, Frederick
Clarifying short, medium and long term goals. E. Webster, Jr. Preface. Part I: Foundational Aspects of
Establishing new performance standards and the Service-Dominant Logic of MarketingEvolving to a
measurements. New Dominant Logic for Marketing. Historical
Improving training programs. Perspectives on Service-Dominant Logic. Service-
Building compensation plans that drive per-formance Dominant Logic: What It Is, What It Is Not, What It Might
and complement desired outcomes. Be. How New, How Dominant? Part II: Dialog: The
Creating career development plans for team members. Centrality of ResourcesThe Service-Dominant Logic of
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 213
Marketing: Theoretical Foundations, Pedagogy, and what Services Marketing is all about. The book is
Resource-Advantage Theory. Achieving Advantage with a reinforced with many illuminating case studies.
Service-Dominant Logic. Toward a Cultural Resource- What makes this new edition appealing to the readers
Based Theory of the Customer. Part III: Co-production, are the reorganized chapters. Furthermore, new cases
Collaboration, and Other Value-Creating ProcessesCo- have been added and the existing cases have been
creating the Voice of the Customer. Co-producers and Co- updated to make the text as per the current scenario.
participants in the Satisfaction Process: Mutually The cases, set within the Indian context, lend a practical
Satisfying Consumption. Co-production of Services: A dimension to the subject, familiarizing the student with
Managerial Extension. Striving for Integrated Value the developments in the Services Marketing area in India
Chain Management Given a Service-Dominant Logic for today.
Marketing. Cross-Functional Business Processes for the
Implementation of Service-Dominant Logic. Customers as WHAT IS NEW TO THIS EDITION
Co-producers: Implications for Marketing Strategy Updated cases and figures incorporated with current
Effectiveness and Marketing Operations Efficiency. data
Part IV: Liberating Views on Value and Marketing The revised edition, with its emphasis on recent data
CommunicationMarketings Service-Dominant Logic and and the contemporary Services Marketing scenario is
Customer Value. From Entities to Interfaces: Delineating an ideal companion for the budding managers. It
Value in CustomerFirm Interactions. ROSEPEKICECIVECI should also be of great use to the practising managers
versus CCV: The Resource-Operant, Skills-Exchanging, attending various Management Development
Performance-Experiencing, Knowledge-Informed, Compe- Programmes (MDPs) and Executive Development
tence-Enacting, Co-producerInvolved, Value-Emerging, Programmes (EDPs).
Customer-Interactive View of Marketing versus the
Concept of Customer Value: I Can Get It for You Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition.
Wholesale. Introducing a Dialogical Orientation to the Understanding Services. Services and Economy of a
Service-Dominant Logic of Marketing. How Integrated Country. Issues in Marketing of Services. Consumer
Marketing Communications Touchpoints Can Decision Process and Ethical Issues. Service Delivery
Operationalize the Service-Dominant Logic. Part V: Process. Pricing. Services Communication Mix. Firms
Alternative LogicsThe Market as a Sign System and the Physical Evidence. Managing Employees and Consumers.
Logic of the Market. Examining Marketing Scholarship Customer Satisfaction and Service Quality. Services
and the Service-Dominant Logic. Some Societal and Failure, Recovery and Customer Retention. Hospitality
Ethical Dimensions of the Service-Dominant Logic and Tourism Services. Case 1: Karnataka State Tourism
Perspective of Marketing. The New Dominant Logic of Development Corporation (KSTDC) Ltd. Case 2: Thomas
Marketing: Views of the Elephant. More Dominant Logics CookTo Be or Not To Be? Case 3: Caf Coffee Day.
for Marketing: Productivity and Growth. An Economics- Financial Services. Case 4: Credit Card Business of
Based Logic for Marketing. From Goods-toward Service- Standard Chartered Bank. Information Technology
Centered Marketing: Dangerous Dichotomy or an Services. Case 5: Infosys Technologies Ltd. Case 6: SAP
Emerging Dominant Logic? The Service-Dominant Logic India. Health Care Services Marketing. Technology
for Marketing: A Critique. Part VI: Moving Forward with Readiness. e-Service Quality. Index.
a Service-Dominant Logic of MarketingMany-to- Latest Print 2012 / 292 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
Many Marketing as Grand Theory: A Nordic School ISBN-978-81-203-4560-7 / ` 250.00 / (e-book also available)
Contribution. What Can a Service Logic Offer Marketing
Theory? Going beyond the Product: Defining, Designing, Strategic Marketing
and Delivering Customer Solutions. How Does Marketing
Strategy Change in a Service-Based World? Implications
and Directions for Research. Mandating a Services ANDREASEN & KOTLER
Revolution for Marketing. Service-Dominant Logic as a
Foundation for General Theory. About the Editors and
Strategic Marketing for Nonprofit
Contributors. Index. Organizations, 7th ed.
Latest Print 2006 / 468 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm ALAN R. ANDREASEN, Georgetown University.
ISBN-81-203-3040-4 / ` 395.00 PHILIP KOTLER, Northwestern University.
Now in its seventh edition, this landmark book provides
new and important insights on nonprofit organizations.
SRINIVASAN It offers a powerful framework to understand how
Services Marketing: The Indian Context, marketing isand ought to beused in the nonprofit
environment. The authors clearly show that marketing is
3rd ed. an important strategic activity and how it can be used to
R. SRINIVASAN, Professor, Department of Management improve organizational performance.
Studies, Indian Institute of Science (IISc.), Bangalore. Besides managers in the nonprofit organizations and
This third edition continues to give a clear analysis of students of marketing, this book will also be helpful to
214 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
managers in both the government and corporate concludes with the strategies that fall within the scope of
domains, in having an insight in social marketing. marketing mix, viz. product, marketing communication,
FEATURES personal selling, distribution and pricing.
A new chapter on branding for nonprofit organizations. KEY FEATURES
New vignettes have been added to every chapter Provides Case Studies in the context of Indian business
drawn from popular press like Business Week, at the end of each chapter to reinforce the
New York Times etc., with the stories having strong understanding of the theory.
bearing on the topic discussed in each chapter. Besides chapter-end summary and exercises, the text
A revised chapter on public relations with new section gives a glossary of terms.
on public advocacy. The text emphasizes managerial viewpoint to facilitate
Contents: Preface. Section I: Developing a Target decision-making.
Audience OrientationThe Growth and Development of Uses teach-yourself technique so that students can
Nonprofit Marketing. Developing a Target Audience- learn the concepts through self-study.
Centered Mindset. Section II: Strategic Planning Primarily intended as a text for postgraduate students of
and OrganizationStrategic Marketing Planning. management and commerce, the book would also be
Understanding Target Audience Behavior. Acquiring and useful to practising managers.
Using Marketing Information. Segmentation, Targeting,
and Positioning. Branding. Section III: Designing the Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Part I:
Marketing MixValue Propositions: Managing the Fundamentals for Strategic MarketingNature and
Organizations Offerings. Developing and Launching New Principles of Strategic Marketing. Strategic Marketing
Offerings. Managing Perceived Costs. Facilitating Framework. The Marketing Environment. Assessing
Marketing Behaviors. Formulating Communication Corporate Capabilities and Resources. Part II: Customers,
Strategies. Managing Communications: Advertising and Markets, and CompetitionAnalyzing Consumer
Personal Persuasion. Managing Public Media and Public Behaviour. Competitor Analysis and Competitive Position.
Advocacy. Section IV: Developing ResourcesGenerating Competing through Superior Service and Customer
Funds. Attracting Human Resources: Staff, Volunteers, Relationships. Market, Targeting and Positioning.
and Board Members. Working with the Private Sector. Marketing Strategies. Part III: Analysis for Strategic
Section V: Organizing and Controlling Marketing MarketingInformation for Marketing Decision-Making.
StrategiesOrganizing for Implementation. Marketing Forecasting the Market Opportunities. Part IV: Marketing
Evaluation, Monitoring, and Control. Index. Decision-MakingProduct and New Product Strategies.
Distribution Strategy and Channel Management.
Latest Print 2009 / 528 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Communication Strategies. Personal Selling and Sales
ISBN-978-81-203-3890-6 / ` 425.00 Promotion. Pricing Policies and Strategies. Part V:
Strategic Implementation and ControlImplementing and
SAHAF Controlling Marketing Strategies. Appendix AStudying
Marketing Through Case: A Guideline to the Student.
Strategic Marketing: Making Decisions Appendix BMarketing: A Career Option. Glossary.
for Strategic Advantage References. Index.
Latest Print 2013 / 528 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
MUSADIQ A. SAHAF, Professor of Strategic Marketing,
ISBN-978-81-203-3433-5 / ` 425.00 / (e-book also available)
Department of Management Studies, University of
Kashmir, Srinagar.
This systematically organized and accessible text gives an PRODUCTION / QUANTITATIVE METHODS
in-depth analysis of the multidimensional aspects
of strategic marketing. It is a harmonious blend of Business Statistics
theoretical aspects and real-world applications, equipping
the students with the requisite knowledge and skills for DAS & BHATTACHARJEE
understanding the subject. It illustrates how to design Statistics for Business and
effective marketing strategies to compete in a highly
dynamic and competitive market. Marketing Research
KISHORE K. DAS, Reader in the Department of Statistics,
Divided into five parts, the text attempts to bridge the Gauhati University.
gap between the science and the art of marketing
strategy. The book provides a stimulating learning DIBYOJYOTI BHATTACHARJEE, Reader in the Department
environment. Initially, it gives a thorough analysis of the of Business Administration, Assam University.
framework that would help managers make their This book is primarily intended for BBA, MBA, and MCom
businesses effective. Then it goes on to discuss such students for their courses in Business Statistics/Statistics
topics as customer behaviour and customer relationship for Management. Students of BSc (Statistics) will also
management, along with competitor analysis. The text find this book useful as a ready source of reference.
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 215
It discusses the fundamental concepts with illustrative Contents: Preface. Defining and Collecting Data.
examples and applications to various business problems. Organizing and Visualizing Data. Numerical Descriptive
The book covers all the essential topics of statistics such Measures. Basic Probability. Discrete Probability
as frequency distribution and graphical representation, Distributions. The Normal Distribution and Other
measures of central tendency and dispersion, moments, Continuous Distributions. Sampling Distributions.
skewness and kurtosis, probability theory, random Confidence Interval Estimation. Fundamentals of
variables, probability distributions, correlation and Hypothesis Testing: One Sample Tests. Two-Sample Tests.
regression. Analysis of Variance. Chi-Square and Nonparametric
Tests. Simple Linear Regression. Introduction to Multiple
KEY FEATURES Regression. Multiple Regression Model Building. Time-
Provides sound theoretical knowledge underlying Series Forecasting. A Roadmap for Analyzing Data.
different statistical techniques. Statistical Applications in Quality Management (online).
Explains topics with practical examples to help students Decision Making (online). Appendices AG. Self-Test
understand the relevance of the subject in solving Solutions and Answers to Selected Even-Numbered
business problems. Problems. Index.
Presents the relevant proofs of theorems and formulae Latest Print 2013 / 788 pp. / 21.6 27.8 cm
to establish how such rules came into existence. ISBN-978-81-203-4813-4 / ` 725.00
Gives an extended list of worked-out problems to
enable students to understand how the statistical
techniques can be applied to business related issues. MURALIDHARAN & SYAMSUNDER
Lists a host of unsolved problems at the end of each Statistical Methods for Quality,
chapter to help students test their understanding of
the subject. Reliability and Maintainability
K. MURALIDHARAN, Professor and Head of Statistics
Contents: Preface. Frequency Distribution and Tabular
Department, Six Sigma Master Black Belt and Director of
Representation of Data. Measures of Central Tendency.
Population Research Centre (PRC), The M.S. University
Measures of Dispersion. Moments. Skewness and
of Baroda, Vadodara.
Kurtosis. Theory of Probability. Random Variable and
Mathematical Expectation. Parametric Families of Uni- A. SYAMSUNDER, Deputy General Manager, Research and
variate Distributions. Correlation and Regression. Index. Development Department, Visakhapatnam Steel Plant,
Visakhapatnam.
Latest Print 2010 / 232 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-4076-3 / ` 195.00 / (e-book also available) Designed as a textbook for undergraduate students of
Production and Industrial Engineering and postgraduate
students of Statistics and Management, this book discuss
LEVINE, et al. the various statistical methods for quality, reliability and
Statistics for Managers: Using maintainability.
Microsoft Excel, 7th ed. The text is divided into three parts. Part I on Quality
describes basic, quality metrics; Part II on Reliability deals
DAVID M. LEVINE, Department of Statistics and Computer
Information Systems, Zicklin School of Business, Baruch with reliability tools; models; inferences; assessment;
College, City University of New York. improvement, and repairable system. Part III on
DAVID F. STEPHAN, Two Bridges Instructional Technology. Maintainability discuss measures, production, assessment
and design and testing of maintainability.
KATHRYN A. SZABAT, Department of Business Systems
and Analytics, School of Business, La Salle University. Contents: Preface. Part I: QualityUnderstanding Quality.
Intended primarily for postgraduate students of Quality and Process. Process Capability and Quality.
management, this text also provides practical content to Process Improvement and Quality. Process Data Manage-
current and aspiring industry professionals. ment. Part II: ReliabilityUnderstanding Reliability.
Reliability Tools. Reliability Models and Inferences.
Reducing the emphasis on doing computations, this Reliability Assessment. Reliability Improvement.
practical text thoroughly integrates Microsoft Excel as a Repairable System Reliability. Part III: Maintainability
tool for analysis, and presents statistical concepts in the
Understanding Maintainability. Maintainability Measures
context of the functional areas of business.
and Prediction. Maintainability Assessment. Maintain-
Retaining many of the features of the earlier editions ability Design and Testing. Appendices1: Cumulative
mainly the DCOVA (Define, Collect, Organize, Visualize Standard Normal Distribution. 2: Chi-Squared Values for
and Analyze) framework, this edition contains: a Specified Right Tail Area. 3: Values of t for a Specified
1. New continuing end-of-chapter cases. Right Tail Area. 4: Values of F for a Specified Right Tail
2. Many new applied examples and problems. Area F 0.01 V1, V2. 5: Values of F for a Specified Right Tail
3. Checklist for getting started to use Microsoft Excel with Area F 0.025 V1, V2. 6: Values of F for a specified Right
the book. Tail Area F 0.05 V1, V2. 7: Values of F for a specified Right
216 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Tail Area F 0.10 V1, V2. 8: Values of F for a specified Right Linear Programming. Basic Accounting Concepts.
Tail Area F 0.25 V1, V2. Index. References. Appendix. Index.
Latest Print 2012 / 412 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Latest Print 2013 / 352 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-4543-0 / ` 350.00 / (e-book also available) ISBN-978-81-203-4837-0 / ` 275.00 / (e-book also available)
ManagementOrganizational Plan. Organizational While explaining functionality, Mr. Agrawal has made
Management Interfaces. Organizational Unit. Position. efforts to highlight what can be done and how it is to be
Job. Person. User. Task. Work Center. Objects. Relation- done. This is particularly important for less experienced
ships. Structures. Infotype Features. Infotypes. Plan users and consultants.
Version. Planning Status. Authorizations. Organizational Indicating chapter numbers against each menu and
Management Integration. Database Utilities and configuration item is a very useful innovation, as it
Dialog Control. Data Transfer. Organization and Staffing establishes direct link between the SAP system and the
Interface Customizing. Data Model. Section Two: book.
Personnel DevelopmentQualifications Catalog. Profiles.
Career and Succession Planning. Development Plan. Another useful feature is that these books can be read
Appraisals. Personnel Development Integration. Section not only by consultants, but also by users, business
Three: Training and Event ManagementBusiness Event process owners and even by senior managers. The
Catalog. Business Event Group. Business Event Type. importance of each topic for each category of users is
Dynamic Menus. Resources. Business Events. Attendee. specified.
Attendance. Correspondence. Training Integration. Mr. Agrawal has taken considerable pains in writing these
Utilities. Index. World Government. World Language. books, and I congratulate Mr. Agrawal on his achieve-
Good Governance. City without Traffic Lights. ment and thank him for his contribution to the SAP
Latest Print 2010 / 788 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm community.
ISBN-978-81-203-3984-2 / ` 550.00 / (e-book also available) K. SANJAI, Regional HeadAsia Pacific & Japan,
SAP Global Delivery
AGRAWAL Contents: SAP Menu. SAP Customizing Implementation
Guide. Preface. Personnel AdministrationInfotypes.
SAP HR Personnel Administration and Common Infotype Structure. Actions. Organizational
Recruitment: Technical Reference and Assignment. Personal Data. Payroll Status. Challenge.
Addresses. Planned Working Time. Contract Elements.
Learning Guide, 2nd ed. Monitoring of Tasks. Family Member/Dependents.
P.K. AGRAWAL was a Program Manager at Tata Education. Other/Previous Employers. Skills. Internal
Technologies Limited, Pune. Medical Service. Powers of Attorney. Internal Data.
SAP HR BOOKS Corporate Functions. Company Instructions. Insurance.
Objects on Loan. Date Specifications. Works Councils.
This book is one of the set of four books on SAP HR Disciplinary Action and Grievances. Communication.
written by the author: Employees Applicant Number. Calculation of
SAP HR OM, PD and Training Employment Period. Wage Type. Basic Pay. Bank Details.
SAP HR Personnel Administration and Recruitment External Bank Transfers. Recurring Payments/Deductions.
SAP HR Time Management Additional Payments. Cost Distribution. Loans.
SAP HR India Payroll Membership Fees. Notifications. Additional Off-cycle
Payments. ESS Settings Remuneration Statement.
A Better World Infotype Properties. Infotype Menus. Infotype Screens.
There is a lot we can do to make our world a better Infotype Change Tracking. Cost Assignment. Payment
world. Read short articles inside on some of the ideas of Model. Ad Hoc Query. HIS. Authorizations. Optical
World Integration and Improvement Initiative. Archiving. Concurrent Employment. Recruitment
Recruitment Process. Applicant. Application. Vacancy
World Government
Assignment. Applicant Action. Applicant Activities.
World Language
Applicant Activity Status. Applicants Personnel Number.
Good Governance Applicants Organizational Assignment. Applicants
City without Traffic Lights Contract Elements. Other Recruitment Configuration.
SAP is a great software. One needs to fully understand its Utilities. Index. World Government. World Language.
features in order to effectively exploit them for the Good Governance. City without Traffic Lights.
benefit of customers. Mr. Agrawals books on SAP HR Latest Print 2011 / 712 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
have a unique approach. A chapter usually focuses on a ISBN-978-81-203-4223-1 / ` 550.00 / (e-book also available)
single business concept, and discusses the user interface
as well as its associated configuration. This logical division
makes it easier for readers to understand the AGRAWAL
functionality. SAP HR Time Management: Technical
Another important feature of these books is the level of
detail. Each screen and each field in a screen is explained.
Reference and Learning Guide, 2nd ed.
Explanation includes meaning, use case and in some P.K. AGRAWAL was a Program Manager at Tata
cases guidelines. Details are balanced by overviews Technologies Limited, Pune.
explaining the concepts and their relationships. He has written the following books on SAP HR:
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 219
SAP HR OM, PD and Training While explaining functionality, Mr. Agrawal has taken
SAP HR Personnel Administration and Recruitment efforts to highlight what can be done and how it is to be
SAP HR Time Management done. This is particularly important for less experienced
SAP HR India Payroll users and consultants. Indicating chapter numbers against
This book explains all the concepts underpinning SAPs each menu and configuration item is a very useful
HR Time Management Module. It is a comprehensive innovation, as it establishes direct link between the SAP
technical manual which explains every single node of the system and the book. Another useful feature is that these
User Menu and the Configuration. The book first gives an books can be read not only by consultants, but also by
overview of a concept explaining what it is, how it is used users, business process owners and even by senior
and how it relates to the other concepts. It then explains managers. The importance of each topic for each
its properties, which are fields in a configuration node. category of users is specified.
This book is designed to be used both as a reference Mr. Agrawal has taken considerable pain in writing these
manual and a learning guide. As a learning guide, it offers books, and I congratulate Mr. Agrawal on his
four views, each for a different target audience. achievement and thank him for his contribution to the
SAP community.
It can be read from the Senior Managements
perspective to gain a broad understanding of the K. Sanjai, Regional HeadAsia Pacific & Japan,
subject and what SAP can do for them. SAP Global Delivery
Business Process Owners can achieve a higher level Contents: Preface. Infotypes. Employee Groupings. Work
of understanding by getting to know more of SAP Schedule. Substitution. Absence. Attendance. Absence
concepts and how to perform different tasks in SAP. Quota. Quota Correction. Attendance Quota. Quota
Users can acquire a thorough understanding of Compensation. Overtime. Availability. Time Recording.
different tasks and concepts underlying them. Time Events. Time Transfer. Employee Remuneration.
Functional consultants and proficient users can read Maternity Leave. Military Service. Additional Absence
the book to gain a complete understanding of the Data. Flextime. Activity Allocation. Cost Assignment.
system. External Services. Different Payment. Time Data
As a technical reference, the book can be used to locate Collection. Employee Expenditure Collection. Logistics
the relevant material through the Table of Contents, Integration. Time Evaluation Configuration. Cluster B1.
Index, SAP Menu and SAP Customizing Implementation Cluster B2 (Time Evaluation Results). Internal Tables.
Guide (IMG). The last two follow the Table of Contents. Time Evaluation with Clock Times (Schema TM00).
If the reader is in SAPs User Menu or Configuration, the Schemas, Functions, PCRs, Operations, Features. Time
chapter number for these nodes can be found in SAP Managers Workplace. Time Management Pool. Cross-
Menu and IMG. If a node is not covered in the book, Application Time Sheet. Incentive Wages. Shift Planning.
the reason for not doing so is mentioned. Utilities. Index. World Government. World Language.
Good Governance. City without Traffic Lights.
The implementation of SAP HR Time Management and
documentation can also be guided by the structure of Latest Print 2010 / 756 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
this book. ISBN-978-81-203-4065-7 / ` 550.00 / (e-book also available)
A Better World
There is a lot we can do to make our world a better
world, just as we discover better ways to support our
AGRAWAL
businesses. Read short articles inside on some of the SAP MM Purchasing: Technical
ideas of World Integration and Improvement Initiative.
Reference and Learning Guide
World Government P.K. AGRAWAL was a Program Manager at Tata
World Language Technologies Limited, Pune.
Good Governance
City without Traffic Lights SAP is a powerful software that can meet the needs of
any business and for any type of business in any part of
SAP is a great software. One needs to fully understand its the world. Its all encompassing nature makes SAP
features in order to effectively exploit them for the complex. To understand SAP well, in this book on SAP
benefit of customers. Mr. Agrawals books on SAP HR MM Purchasing, like in his earlier four books on SAP (HR
have a unique approach. A chapter usually focuses on a module), the author gives an indepth analysis of SAP,
single business concept, and discusses the user interface with its focus on materials management purchasing.
as well as its associated configuration. This logical division
makes it easier for readers to understand the func- Divided into 26 chapters, the book clearly explains both
tionality. Another important feature of these books is the the SAP Menu and the Customizing Implementation
level of detail. Each screen and each field in a screen is Guide. It also indicates the chapter number where these
explained. Explanation includes meaning, use case are covered, thereby creating a direct link between the
and in some cases guidelines. Details are balanced by book and the SAP software.
overviews explaining the concepts and their relationships. This well-organized book can be used to learn SAP from
220 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
scratch. Being a learning guide, it would be immensely vast experience in the subject in more than 65 Indian
valuable for all those who are training to be SAP manufacturing companies, and is a reader-friendly text
Consultant. The book would be especially useful to with a number of diagrams, screenshots, and tables
Business Process Owners and Senior Managers to get an further enhances its value.
overview of SAP and the important choices it offers. Contents: Preface. Part I: Theory of ERP. Introduction.
SALIENT FEATURES Origin, Evolution and Structure. The Best Practices in ERP.
The book balances details with overviews which ERP Vendor Analysis. Basic Functional Modules in ERP.
explain linkages between concepts. ERP Implementation. Part II: Making ERP A SuccessERP
Each chapter forms an important business concept As Is. ERP To Be. Bibliography. Index.
and covers business processes carried out in SAP by Latest Print 2013 / 164 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
the user. ISBN-978-81-203-2633-0 / ` 175.00 / (e-book also available)
The book can be used as a User Manual by SAP
readers.
SAP implementation becomes easy by using the book. ASAP WORLD CONSULTANCY
Contents: Preface. Organization. Material. Vendor. Administering SAP R/3:
Purchasing Scenarios. Purchasing Document Screens. MM-Materials Management Module
Purchase Requisition. Request for Quotation/ Quotation. ASAP WORLD CONSULTANCY.
Purchase Order. Contract. Scheduling Agreement.
Account Assignment. Release Procedure for Purchasing This book is a fast and concise guide for administrators
Documents. Release Procedure for Purchase Requisitions. implementing the Materials Management SAP R/3
Purchasing Info Record. Source List. Quota Arrangement. module. It gives tips and real-world examples on how to
Source Determination. Pricing Procedure. Taxes. Vendor manage inventory and supplies using the MM module.
Evaluation. Manufacturer Part. Confirmations. Messages. It also makes readers learn how to:
Partners. Archiving. Utilities. Index.
Use the Enterprise Data Model to generate instances of
896 pp. (approx.) / 17.8 23.5 cm
all data items.
ISBN-978-81-203-4851-6 / FORTHCOMING Use the SAP R/3 Business Engineer to build your
system.
ALTEKAR Handle MM using electronic commerce and network
computing.
Enterprisewide Resource Planning: Use the Education and Training Planner to get users up
Theory and Practice to speed and manage change.
RAHUL V. ALTEKAR, Senior Functional Architect, Contents: IntroductionFocusing on Materials
JDA India, Hyderabad. Management. I. Using the SAP R/3 Materials
Management ApplicationImplementing Integrated
He can be reached at altekarrahul@consultant.com
Materials Management. Understanding Materials
Over the last two decades, large corporations and Purchasing. Understanding Material Requirements
companies worldwide have been implementing Planning. Understanding Inventory and Warehouse
Enterprisewide Resource Planning (ERP) applications. This Management. II. Knowing How Materials Management
has today percolated down to the midsize companies as Fits into SAP R/3Integrating MM. Understanding the
the benefits of ERP applications are appreciated. Not SAP R/3 Business Engineer. Analyzing Materials
surprisingly, in business schools across the country, ERP Information. Utilizing Reports and Interfaces. Under-
has become a popular and major subject of study. This standing Network Computing. MM Education and
accessible, easy-to-read book explains the ERP concept, Training. Appendix A. MMConsultants Perspective.
its theory and implementation with practical case Index.
studies. Throughout, the focus remains on the Indian
Latest Print 2011 / 440 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
scenario. While Part I of the book deals with the theory
ISBN-978-81-203-1387-3 / ` 295.00
of ERP with detailed discussions on best practices in
ERP, ERP vendor analysis, its basic functional modules
and its implementation, Part II describes ERP As Is to ASAP WORLD CONSULTANCY
ERP To Be.
Administering SAP R/3:
The book details and delineates the fundamental
and advanced features of ERP in a style that is intelligible The FI-Financial Accounting and
to the reader. It presents a structured methodology CO-Controlling Modules
designed to help students understand the conceptual
ASAP WORLD CONSULTANCY.
elements of ERP as well its implementation.
The book is intended as a text for postgraduate students This book helps
of management and as a valuable reference for the Structure the accounting department and processes to
practicing professionals. That it is based on the authors utilize the FI & CO modules.
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 221
purchasing, import substitution, and logistics, ware- Organization. Materials Planning. Purchasing. Purchasing
housing and distribution management have been added in Materials Management System Concept. Purchasing
to cater to the needs of the students. Besides, and Procurement Activities under Materials Management.
chapterend review questions have been added to probe a Value Analysis and Value Engineering. Purchasing and
students grasp of the subject matter. Quality Assurance. Incoming Material Quality Control.
Intended primarily for the undergraduate and post- Statistical Quality Control. Purchasing Capital Equipment,
graduate students of production engineering/industrial Plant and Machinery. International Buying and Import
management and engineering, and postgraduate students Purchasing. Governmental Purchasing Practices and
of management, this book should also prove useful for Procedures. PART II: Inventory Management, Stores
the practising managers. System and LogisticsInventory Management and
Control Systems. Stores Management and Operation.
Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. Materials
Materials Accounting, Flow of Costs and Inventory
Management. Integrated Materials Management.
Valuation, Physical Verification, Security and Materials
Classification and Codification of Materials. Specifications
Audit. Materials Handling and Storage Systems; Physical
in Materials Management. Standardization and Variety
Distribution Logistics. Transportation, Traffic and Claims
Reduction. Materials Planning. Budgeting and Material
Planning. Stores and Store Keeping. Storage Equipment. Management. PART III: Operations Research and Related
Principles of Materials Handling. Inventory Control. Techniques, Materials Management Information System
Inventory Management Models. Selective Inventory and ComputersOperations Research and Related
Control. The Purchasing Cycle. Principles of Purchasing. Techniques. Materials Management Information System
The Nature of Purchasing Process and Vendor Rating. and Computer. PART IV: Other Operational Areas of
Value Analysis. Quality Control in Materials Management. Materials ManagementEconomic Flow of Values and
Make or Buy Decisions. Buyer-seller Relationship. Materials Management. Spare Parts and Maintenance
Negotiation. Disposal of Surplus, Obsolete and Scrap. Materials Control and Obsolete Scrap or Process Waste
Performance Appraisal of Materials Department. Some and Surplus Materials Disposals. Materials Management
Legal Aspects of Purchasing. Purchasing of Capital and Productivity. Cost-Effectiveness and Performance
Equipment. Public Buying. International Purchasing. Measurement. Conclusion. PART V: Case Studies Cases.
Import Substitution. Logistics, Warehousing and Bibliography. Glossary. Case Index. Index.
Distribution Management. Case Studies and Solved Latest Print 2012 / 420 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
Problems. References. Index. ISBN-978-81-203-1251-7 / ` 250.00
Latest Print 2011 / 464 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-4285-9 / ` 325.00 / (e-book also available) GOPALAKRISHNAN
DATTA Handbook of Materials Management,
Materials Management: Procedures, Text 2nd ed.
and Cases, 2nd ed. P. GOPALAKRISHNAN, Formerly, Senior Professor,
Administrative Staff College of India, Hyderabad.
A.K. DATTA, Secretary, Indian Society for Materials This comprehensive research based, well received Second
Management. Edition of Materials Management Handbook continues to
To keep both students and managers abreast of the provide the most complete uptodate coverage of the
changes and emerging trends in the field of Materials Materials Management discipline. It is the result of
Management, this second edition has been thoroughly intensive and indepth interaction the author that with
revised and updated with the latest procedures Academic Community, IIMM Professionals as well as
and applications. It gives exhaustive coverage of the Senior Executives involved in Materials, Inventory,
operational details of stores and purchases, standardi- Warehousing, Logistics, Supply Chain, Working Capital
zation and quality control, value analysis and value and Top Management. This title reflects the wealth of
engineering as well as the legal aspects of purchasing and experience gained by the author in India and abroad in
the technicalities of warehousing. Training, Research, Teaching and Consultancy since 1957.
A great amount of new material and some new chapters The distinguishing features are that it encompasses the
have been incorporated to suit the particular needs of materials, supply chain industrial engineering, logistics
students pursuing management courses. Numerous and is application oriented. Tips for improvement have
practical examples and illustrative solutions to problems been provided for A to Z improvement in most chapters.
are given. Mathematical concepts underlying inventory This book is meant for the postgraduate students
control, linear programming, etc. are explained. Case interested in Materials/Supply Chain/Logistics
studies based on real-life situations have been included. Management. This and also certificate examination of
Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. PART I: IIMM. The practising executives will find this book an
Materials Management and Purchase Organization ideal companion for updating their knowledge in supply
Introduction. Systems Approach to Materials chain and materials management.
Management. Forecasting, Objectives and the Materials This Handbook is divided into 10 cohesive sections
226 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Simulation for Spares Control. Insurance Spare. Rotable MISHRA & PATHAK
Spares. Overvauling and PERT. SECTION IV: Related Auxiliary
Spares FunctionReliability and Quality. Procurement of Maintenance Engineering and
Spares. Logistics and Warehousing. Pricing and Marketing Management, 2nd ed.
of Spares. After Sales Service (ASS). Multiechelon
Distribution. Management of Obsolete Spares. R.C. MISHRA, Former Director, Aryavart Institute of
Reconditioning of Equipment and Spares. Information Technology and Management, Lucknow.
System of Spares. Organisation and Evaluation of Spares K. PATHAK, Professor in the Department of Mining
Function. Discussion Points. SECTION V: Caselets/Short Engineering at the Indian Institute of Technology,
CasesA Hazare Fertilisers Ltd. (AHFL). Vasanthi ASS Ltd. Kharagpur.
Bhushan Refineries Ltd. Middle East Air Transport. Arun Maintenance of equipment, machinery systems and allied
Gas Oil Ltd. Mahatma Gandhi Road Transport infrastructure comprises the ways and means of
Corporation. SECTION VI: Integrated Management Policy optimizing the available resources of manpower,
CasesGanapathy Ram Port Trust. Ganapathy Ram Steels materials, tools and test equipment, within a set of
Ltd. Bibliography. Index. constraints, to help achieve the targets of an organization
Latest Print 2013 / 400 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm by minimizing the downtimes. Whether the goal is to
ISBN-978-81-203-4739-7 / ` 325.00 / (e-book also available) produce and sell a product at a profit or is simply
to perform a mission in a cost-effective manner, the
maintenance principles discussed in this text apply
GOPALAKRISHNAN & SUNDARESAN equally to all such types of organizations. In consonance
Materials Management: with the growth of the industry and its modernization
An Integrated Approach and the need to minimize the downtimes of machinery
and equipment, the engineering education system
P. GOPALAKRISHNAN, formerly, Senior Professor, has included maintenance engineering as a part of its
Administrative Staff College of India, Hyderabad. curriculum.
M. SUNDARESAN, Graduate School of Business, Columbia
University, New York. This second edition of the book continues to focus on the
basics of this expanding subject, with a broad discussion
The book provides a comprehensive coverage of of management aspects as well, for the benefit of the
all aspects of the subject, such as the operational details engineering students. It explains the concept of a
of stores, purchase and inventory control as well as maintenance system, the evaluation of its maintenance
procedures and modern mathematical concepts. While functions, maintenance planning and scheduling, the
dealing with policy aspects of materials management, importance of motivation in maintenance, the use of
including the concepts of management by objectives, it computers in maintenance and the economic aspects of
offers a lucid explanation of the application of modern maintenance. This book also discusses the manpower
scientific management techniques. planning and energy conservation in maintenance
Contents: Preface. Part I: Policy AspectsIntegrated management. Presented in a readable style, the book
Materials Management. Corporate Policy and Materials brings together the numerous aspects of maintenance
Management. Organisation Control. Materials Research. functions emphasizing the importance of this discipline in
Materials Planning and Budgeting. ABC Analysis. the engineering education.
Codification and Standardisation. Source Selection. Part II: In this edition a new chapter titled, Advances in
Purchasing ManagementCreative Purchasing. Purchase Maintenance (Chapter 21), has been included to widen
Systems. Price Forecasting. Buying Seasonal Commodities. the coverage of the book.
Purchasing Under Uncertainty. Purchasing of Capital
Equipment. International Purchasing. Import Substitution: Besides the students of engineering, especially those in
Prospects and Retrospects. Public Buying. Legal Aspects in streams of mechanical engineering and its related
Buying. Insurance Buying. Buyer-Seller Relationship and disciplines such as mining, industrial and production, this
Ethics. Part III: Warehousing And Stores Management book will be useful to the practising engineers as well.
Stores Management. Stores Systems and Procedures. Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition.
Incoming Materials Control. Stores Accounting and Stock Maintenance Concept. Planned Preventive Maintenance.
Verification. Obsolete, Surplus and Scrap Management. Maintenance Evaluation. Condition Monitoring.
Value Analysis. Material Handling. Transportation and Maintenance Planning and Scheduling. Motivation in
Traffic Management. Part IV: Inventory Management Maintenance. Computers in Maintenance. Reliability in
And/Or TechniquesInventory Management in India. Maintenance. Development of Maintenance Practices.
Economical Ordering Quantity. Practical Inventory Economic Aspects of Maintenance. Organizational
Systems. O.R. Techniques in Materials Management. Role Structure of Maintenance. Maintenance Equipment and
of PERT in Materials Management. Computers in Facilities. Maintainability. Lubricants and Maintenance.
Materials Management. Evaluation of Materials Maintenance Material, Planning and Control. Decision
Management. Bibliography. Index. Making in Maintenance. Environmental Impact on
Latest Print 2012 / 280 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm Maintenance. Manpower Planning for Maintenance.
ISBN-978-81-203-0027-9 / ` 175.00 / (e-book also available) Energy Conservation and Maintenance. Maintenance of
228 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Mechanical and electrical Systems. Advances in Nontraditional Optimization Algorithms. Appendix: Linear
Maintenance. Bibliography. Index. Programming Algorithms. Index.
Latest Print 2013 / 312 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm Latest Print 2012 / 440 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-4573-7 / ` 295.00 / (e-book also available) ISBN-978-81-203-4678-9 / ` 325.00 / (e-book also available)
Contents: Preface. Introduction. Part I: Deterministic Contents: Preface. Why Operations Research?
Operations Research ModelsLinear Programming I: Prerequisite for Operations Research. Linear Pro-
Problem Formulation, Graphical Solution and The Simplex gramming. Integer Programming. Goal Programming.
Method. Linear Programming II: Duality Concept and Non-linear Programming. Geometric Programming.
Post-Optimality Analysis. Linear Programming Extensions: Transportation Problem. Assignment Problem. Decision
Transportation and Assignment Models. Part II: Hybrid Analysis. Inventory Problems. Queuing Theory. Replace-
Operations Research ModelsProject Management: PERT ment Models. Dynamic Programming. Project Manage-
and CPM. Dynamic Programming: Recursive Optimization. ment. Sequencing. Simulation. Game Theory. Appendix:
Inventory Control Models. Simulation Techniques and Statistical Tables. Index.
ApplicationsMathematical Modelling and Computer Latest Print 2013 / 576 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Programming. Part III: Stochastic Operations Research ISBN-978-81-203-3128-0 / ` 350.00 / (e-book also available)
ModelsDecision Theory. Game Theory: An Analysis of
Strategic Interaction. Queueing Theory. Sequencing
Models. Replacement, Maintenance, and Reliability SPEYER & CHUNG
Problems. Markov Processes. Information Theory. Part IV:
Advanced Deterministic Operations Research Models
Stochastic Processes, Estimation, and
Goal Programming. Integer Programming. Non-linear Control
Programming. Appendix A: Answers to Review Problems. JASON L. SPEYER is a Distinguished Professor in the
Appendix B: Statistical Tables. Bibliography. Index. Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering Department and
Latest Print 2011 / 800 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm the Electrical Engineering Department at the University of
ISBN-978-81-203-3930-9 / ` 425.00 / (e-book also available) California, Los Angeles.
WALTER H. CHUNG currently works in the aerospace
industry.
SHAH, GOR & SONI Uncertainty and risk are integral to engineering because
real systems have inherent ambiguities that arise
Operations Research naturally or due to our inability to model complex
NITA H. SHAH, Reader, Department of Mathematics, physics. In this book, the authors discuss probability
Gujarat University, Ahmedabad. theory, stochastic processes, estimation, and stochastic
RAVI M. GOR, Professor and Dean (Academics), control strategies and show how probability can be used
St. Kabir Institute of Professional Studies, Ahmedabad. to model uncertainty in control and estimation problems.
HARDIK SONI, Lecturer, Chimanbhai Patel Institute of The material is practical and rich in research
Computer Applications, Gujarat University, Ahmedabad. opportunities.
This comprehensive book deals with the theoretical The book provides a comprehensive treatment of
aspects of operations research, and explains the concepts stochastic systems from the foundations of probability to
with practical examples. It begins by focusing on the need stochastic optimal control. It covers discrete- and
and prerequisites of operations research and moves on continuous-time stochastic dynamic systems leading to
to discuss topics such as linear programming, integer the derivation of the Kalman filter, its properties, and its
programming, nonlinear programming, assignment relation to the frequency domain Wiener filter as well as
problems, and inventory models in sufficient detail. the dynamic programming derivation of the linear
Besides, this text also explains how to achieve different quadratic Gaussian (LQG) and the linear exponential
goals in the order of priority to optimize the objective Gaussian (LEG) controllers and their relation to H2 and H
function, various criteria of decision making under controllers and system robustness.
certainty, uncertainty and risk, and different techniques This book is divided into three related sections. First, the
of analyzing the time involved in completing the project concepts of probability theory, random variables, and
and the related cost. stochastic processes, which lead to the topics of
expectation, conditional expectation, and discrete-time
KEY FEATURES
estimation and the Kalman filter, are dealt. After
Gives well-defined algorithms to illustrate the different establishing this foundation, stochastic calculus and
techniques of operations research. continuous-time estimation are introduced. Finally,
Inventory problems are discussed with calculus. dynamic programming for both discrete-time and
Provides worked-out examples in each chapter to continuous-time systems leads to the solution of optimal
illustrate the concepts discussed. stochastic control problems, resulting in controllers with
This text is intended for the undergraduate and significant practical application.
postgraduate students of Mathematics, Statistics, The book is suitable for postgraduate students in
Engineering, and postgraduate students of Computer electrical, mechanical, chemical, and aerospace
Applications and Business Administration. In addition, engineering specializing in systems and control. Students
practising executives, consultants and managers will also in computer science, economics, and business
find the book very useful. management will also find it useful.
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 231
Contents: Preface. Probability Theory. Random Variables Includes a summary at the end of each chapter to
and Stochastic Processes. Conditional Expectations and facilitate quick revision of the key learning points.
Discrete-Time Kalman Filtering. Least Squares, the Provides a number of solved problems to enable
Orthogonal Projection Lemma, and Discrete-Time Kalman students to acquire a clear understanding of the
Filtering. Stochastic Processes and Stochastic Calculus. concepts and methods discussed.
Continuous-Time Gauss-Markov Systems: Continuous- Offers several problems at the end of each chapter
Time Kalman Filter, Stationarity, Power Spectral Density, with answers to help students develop problem-solving
and the Wiener Filter. The Extended Kalman Filter. A skills.
Selection of Results from Estimation Theory. Stochastic PowerPoint presentations for each chapter are avail-
Control and the Linear Quadratic Gaussian Control able for instructors.
Problem. Linear Exponential Gaussian and Estimation. This book is designed for undergraduate and post-
Bibliography. Index. graduate courses in operations research, optimization,
Latest Print 2012 / 400 pages / 17.8 x 23.5 cm soft computing, fuzzy logic and other related courses in
ISBN-978-81-203-4682-6 / ` 350.00 engineering and management programmes. It will also be
useful to researchers and professionals working in the
fields of operations research and management studies.
SRINIVASA RAJU & NAGESH KUMAR Contents: Foreword. Preface. Introduction. Single
Multicriterion Analysis in Engineering Objective Optimization. Estimation of Weights.
and Management Multiobjective Optimization. Methods of Classification.
Discrete Multicriterion Decision-Making. Fuzzy Logic-
K. SRINIVASA RAJU, Associate Professor in the Based Discrete MCDM. Correlation Coefficients and
Department of Civil Engineering, Birla Institute of Group Decision-Making. Advanced Topics of Decision-
Technology and Science, Pilani, Hyderabad Campus, Making. Case Studies. Appendix. Bibliography. Index.
Hyderabad.
Latest Print 2010 / 288 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
D. NAGESH KUMAR, Professor in the Department of Civil
ISBN-978-81-203-3976-7 / ` 325.00 / (e-book also available)
Engineering, Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore.
Multicriterion Decision-Making (MCDM) can be perceived SRINIVASAN
as a process of evaluating real-world situations based on
various qualitative/quantitative criteria in certain/ Operations Research: Principles and
uncertain/risky environments in order to find a suitable
course of action/choice/strategy/policy among the
Applications, 2nd ed.
several available options. G. SRINIVASAN, Professor, Department of Management
Studies, Indian Institute of Technology Madras. A
This book concentrates on the basic principles of member of the Society of Operations Management, India.
multicriterion analysis and acquaints the reader with the
recent trends in MCDM analysis. It explains the basics of This text, now in the Second Edition, continues to
Structured Decision-Making (SDM) and describes the provide students with a clear, well-structured and
various features of traditional optimization methods such comprehensive treatment of the theory and applications
as linear and non-linear programming, and dynamic of operations research. The methodology used is to first
programming, as well as non-traditional optimization expose the students to the fundamental concepts
methods such as genetic algorithms, differential through a numerical illustration and then explain the
evolution, and simulated annealing and quenching. The underlying theory wherever required. The inclusion of a
text elaborates the normalization methods, weight case study in each chapter of this second edition has
estimation methods and multiobjective optimization made learning easier and more effective.
methods both in traditional and non-traditional The book introduces the readers to various models of
environments. Classification approaches with cluster operations research, such as the transportation model,
validation indices, discrete MCDM methods both in the assignment model, the inventory model, the
deterministic and fuzzy approach and group decision- queueing theory and the integer programming model.
making methods are discussed in detail. Advanced topics The various techniques to solve OR problems faced by
in decision-making such as data envelopment analysis, managers are also discussed. Separate chapters are
Taguchi methodology, ant colony optimization, and devoted to linear programming, dynamic programming
particle swarm optimization are also covered. In addition, and quadratic programming which greatly help in the
the book includes many case studies for better decision-making process.
comprehension of the procedures involved in the
The text facilitates easy comprehension of topics by the
methods.
students due to inclusion of:
KEY FEATURES Examples and situations from the Indian context.
Introduces relevant software to keep the students Numerous exercise problems arranged in a graded
updated and aware of its potentiality and applicability manner.
in multicriterion analysis. A large number of illustrative examples.
232 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
introduction to PERT, CPM and the newer network Concept explanation using case studies and anecdotes.
techniques of GERT and CPM, and serves as a study guide Discussions on philosophical, creative, and conceptual
and reference for these techniques as applicable to aspects of design process.
operations research, management science, quantitative Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Design as a
methods or project management. While the book Discipline. Product Life Cycle. Design Phases. Formulation:
features a section on illustrative problems for major Part 1 User Centred Design Survey. Formulation: Part 2
applications to ensure quick assimilation of essentials, it Need Statement and Major Requirements. Formulation:
also provides technical details and widely varied Part 3 Specifications and Constraints. Idea-rack.
applications of network scheduling systems. Optimization Through Configuration Exploration. Usability
Contents: Preface. PERT and CPM Come of Age. Planning Considerations. Simplicity, Complexity and Richness.
and Scheduling Networks. Finding the Critical Path. The Decision Making. Uncoupled, Decoupled and Coupled
PERT Model. The CPM Model. PERT/Cost: A Network Cost Designs. Products of Static and Dynamic Societies.
Accounting System. Network Scheduling with Limited Suitable Life Style. References and Suggested Reading.
Resources. Modifications and Extensions of Network Index.
Models. Problems and Prospects in Applications of PERT/ Latest Print 2012 / 332 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
CPM. Bibliography. Exercises. Index. ISBN-978-81-203-4427-3 / ` 325.00 / (e-book also available)
Latest Print 2013 / 240 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-0132-0 / ` 195.00
Production/
Operations Management
Product Management
AALST & VAN HEE
KUMAR
Product Design: Creativity, Concepts Workflow Management: Models,
and Usability Methods, and Systems
WIL VAN DER AALST & KEES VAN HEE.
PRASHANT KUMAR, Professor Emeritus, Department of
Mechanical Engineering, College of Engineering, Pune. He Business process management techniques are of
is the Founder Head of the Design Programme introduced increasing importance in research and in practice; I
at IIT Kanpur in the year 2002. consider knowledge in this field indispensable for young
professionals. I use Workflow Management in my
This book presents a well-organized structure for learning university courses because it combines sound modeling
the process of designing a product. Creativity and techniques with experience from applications in an
Concepts are the two major elements of product design impressive way.
emphasized in the book. Usability is also stressed as an RUEDIGER VALK
important aspect of product design because it is Professor of Informatics/Computer Science
advantageous to know the requirements of the users and University of Hamburg, Germany
their expectations.
This book provides a very good, wide-ranging
The book extensively describes the concept of problem introduction to the theory of workflow technology. Of
formulation through user centred design (UCD) survey, particular note is the rigorous derivation of workflow
need statements and major requirements, and process models using Petri net formalization.
specifications and constraints. It also addresses the
concept of idea generation of a formulated problem with DAVID HOLLINGSWORTH
the help of an idea-rack and optimization through Distinguished Engineer, ICL Pathway, UK
configuration exploration. The text explains several other and Chairman Workflow Management Coalition
concepts of product design, such as product life cycle, Technical Committee
design phases, simplicity, richness and complexity, This book offers a comprehensive introduction to
uncoupled and decoupled designs, risk management, workflow management, the management of business
synthesis and analysis, interdisciplinary approach, and processes with information technology. By defining,
flexibility. analyzing, and redesigning an organizations resources
The book is eminently suitable for the students of and operations, workflow management systems ensure
mechanical engineering, besides being useful to students that the right information reaches the right person or
of all engineering disciplines. Academics will find this text computer application at the right time.
useful for the introduction of an interdisciplinary course The text provides a basic overview of workflow termino-
on product design either at the senior undergraduate logy and organization, as well as detailed coverage of
degree level or at the postgraduate level. workflow modeling with Petri nets. It also includes a
KEY FEATURES chapter of case studies, review exercises, and a glossary.
Many examples of products from day-to-day life. Contents: Series Foreword. Acknowledgments.
234 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Manufacturing through Waste Elimination. Value Stream Problems. Cyclic Network Location Problems. Advanced
Mapping. 5S Concepts. Kaizen in Lean Manufacturing Discrete Location Models. References. Problems. Index.
Paradigm. Single Minute Exchange of Die. Pull Production
Latest Print 2009 / 608 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
through Kanban Card System. One-Piece Flow Production
ISBN-978-81-203-1460-3 / ` 395.00
System. Visual Management. Lean Manufacturing through
Total Productive Maintenance. Implementation of Lean
Manufacturing Paradigm in Traditional and Moderate KHANNA
Organisations. The Fundamental Structure of Agile
Manufacturing Paradigm. Agile Manufacturing through Production and Operations Management
Management Driver. Agility through Technology Driver. R.B. KHANNA, a former Indian Army officer, is Professor
Agility through Manufacturing Strategy Driver. Agility at the Institute of Certified Management Accountants of
through Competitive Driver. Implementation of Agile India (ICMAI), Jaipur. He has been a visiting faculty at the
Manufacturing Paradigm in Moderate and Smart Department of Management Studies, IIT Roorkee.
Organisations. Conclusion. Appendix. Further Reading. This well-balanced text with its fine blend of theory and
Index. applications, gives an in-depth analysis of the multi-
Latest Print 2012 / 288 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm dimensional aspects of production and operations
ISBN-978-81-203-4611-6 / ` 350.00 management in an easy-to-understand style. Employing
an innovative approach, the author, with his rich and
varied experience as an academic, administrator and
FRANCIS, et al. accomplished writer, shows how the use of modern ad-
Facility Layout and Location: vanced technology gives a fillip to production processes
An Analytical Approach, 2nd ed. and significantly helps production and operations
management. The book clearly demonstrates the use of
RICHARD L. FRANCIS, Department of Industrial and special software packages to solve actual problems.
Systems Engineering, University of Florida.
LEON F. McGINNIS Jr., School of Industrial and Systems Divided into six parts, this textbook exposes the readers
Engineering, Georgia Institute of Technology. to the challenges of production and operations
JOHN A. WHITE, School of Industrial and Systems management:
Engineering, Georgia Institute of Technology. WHY Necessity of Production and Operations
Besides introduction to the basic tools and methodo- management
logies, this classic text provides a comprehensive WHAT Product/Service design, product quality and
introduction to quantitative methods for facility layout other issues
and location and is directed at senior and graduate level HOW Process design and related issues
students in industrial engineering, manufacturing systems, WHERE Plant location, layout and capacity
management science, and operations research. The WHEN Planning and control of production operations
problems of facility layout and location are treated WHO Human relations issues that affect production
together because of the similarity between arranging the and operations
space in a single facility and arranging a system of The concepts are illustrated with the help of several
facilities. The text contains explanations of what layout interesting examples culled from the Indian business
and location problems are, and shows how to model and scenario to help the students understand the comp-
solve such problems. lexities of managing operations related to the Indian
KEY FEATURES context.
Gives basic design and layout approaches and problem KEY FEATURES
definitions.
Provides numerous solved examples and answers to all
Provides extensive references and homework problem chapter-end numerical problems
sets. Covers concepts in Service Operations in almost every
Chapters on network, discrete, and multi-objective chapter in addition to the traditional manufacturing
location problems are included. operations
Includes material on discrete optimization, networks, Acquaints the reader with the latest techniques
graphs, computer-aided layout, and storage system available in production and operations management
design. The book is suitable for MBA students, under-graduate
Gives figures, tables, and numerical examples in each and postgraduate students of Mechanical Engineering,
chapter. Production Engineering and Industrial Engineering.
Includes guides for further reading. Besides, this book would also be a very handy reference
for practising managers.
Contents: Preface. Introduction. The Plant Layout
Problem. Computerized Layout Planning. Planar Single- An instructors manual/CD containing PowerPoint slides
Facility Location Problems. Storage Systems Layout. and solutions to chapter-end problems is available for the
Planar Multifacility Location Problems. Network Location teachers.
236 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Contents: Preface. Part I: The Why of Production and comprehensive enough so as to drill the students in
Operations ManagementOperations ManagementAn devising alternative methods of solutions, thus, providing
Introduction. Operations Strategy and Competitiveness. them with a deep understanding of the decision-making
Part II: The What of Production and Operations problems instead of merely a general overall
ManagementProduct and Service Design. Reliability, appreciation. These real-world studies aid students in
Maintainability, Availability and Value Analysis. learning applications of quantitative and analytical
Supplement 1: Dynamic Programming. Supplement 2: techniques of management, thus, bringing home to the
Replacement Models. Product Quality. Part III: The How student the uses, problems, difficulties and limitations of
of Production and Operations ManagementProcess such applications.
Design and Selection. Work Study. Process Quality
Contents: Preface. Part I: Facilities and CapacityCase 1:
Statistical Quality Control. Part IV: The Where of
HIMAT Tool Room. Case 2: Machine Utilization at
Production and Operations ManagementFacility
Krishnan & Co. Case 3: Evaluation of Production
Location. Facility Layout. Capacity and Equipment
Selection. Supplement 3: Simulation. Part V: The When of Programme in Bhal Tools. Case 4: Development of INDUS
Production and Operations ManagementForecasting. Plant Layout. Case 5: Capacity Planning for Manufacturing
Aggregate Production Planning. Material Management in WPSDL. Part II: Materials ManagementCase 6: Magi
and Inventory Control. Material Requirements Planning. Corporation. Case 7: Material Control at HYPO. Case 8:
Operations Scheduling. Supply Chain Management. Integrated Materials Management in Moti Engineering
Enterprise Resource Management. Just-in-Time Works. Case 9: Spare Parts Inventory Management at
Production System. Queuing Theory. Project Planning and BMO. Case 10: Purchase Control at Kalpavruksha Silk
Control INetwork Models. Project Planning and Company. Part III: Manpower ManagementCase 11:
Control IILine of Balance. Part VI: The Who of Manpower Planning at Mylin. Case 12: Beamtronics-
Production and Operations ManagementHuman Assembly Manpower. Case 13: Mangalore Fibres Limited.
Resources in Operations Management. Appendixes Case 14: Tool Room Standards at Abhyagat. Case 15:
A: The Standard Normal Probability Distribution. B: Values Planning Tours of a Marketing Executive at BLPB. Part IV:
of el for Computing Poisson Probabilities. C: Table of Production Planning and SchedulingCase 16: Scheduling
Random Numbers. Answers to Selected Questions. at Bellop. Case 17: Planning and Scheduling of
Bibliography. Index. Multiproducts at Beamtronics. Case 18: Dazzle Lamp-
Aggregate Production Planning. Case 19: Utilization of
Latest Print 2012 / 536 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Resources at Mecast Foundry. Case 20: Scheduling of
ISBN-978-81-203-3203-4 / ` 325.00 / (e-book also available) Heat-treatment Furnance of Sagar Foundry. Part V:
Production/Operations ControlCase 21: Oskar
KRISHNASWAMY & MATHIRAJAN Manufacturing Corporation. Case 22: KIRA-Production
Control System Design. Case 23: Quality Control in BECO.
Cases in Operations Management Case 24: Control of Yenka Runway Project. Case 25:
K.N. KRISHNASWAMY, Consultant who formerly served as Operating Decisions in Iravatha Silk Manufacturing. Case
Professor in the Department of Management Studies, 26: Strategic Issues of Production Control at MMTL. Part
Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore. VI: Logistics/Distribution PlanningCase 27: Efficient Milk
M. MATHIRAJAN, is with Anna University Tiruchirappalli Collection for Vandana Dairy. Case 28: Collection of Solid
as Professor of Planning and Development and he is on Waste at Purangam. Case 29: Compus Mail Service. Case
lien for two years from May 2008 from Indian Institute of 30: Inventory and Distribution Planning for Jala Raksha
Science (IISc) Bangalore. He is a Principal Research Ltd. Case 31: Solid Waste Handling at MIC. Index.
Scientist in the Department of Management Studies, IISc, Latest Print 2010 / 400 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Bangalore. ISBN-978-81-203-3590-5 / ` 295.00 / (e-book also available)
This book is intended to enhance the knowledge of MBA
students in Operations Management acquired in a basic
level course. The case-study material covered relates to a MAHAPATRA
wide spectrum of management activities, and deals with Operations Management:
the application of statistical, operations research and
system analysis methods to problems categorized under A Quantitative Approach
several headings. The book can therefore be used in P.B. MAHAPATRA, Professor and Head of the Department
conjunction with a course in Operations Management or of Mechanical Engineering, at the Punjab Engineering
as an independent second course. College, Chandigarh.
Thirty real-world cases in the book are the result of the This text is an extensively revised and a thoroughly
over three decades of research work by the authors, expanded version of the authors earlier book entitled
including consultancy assignments, doctoral dissertations, Computer-Aided Production Management. It is specially
and project assignments of graduate management designed to suit the latest syllabi of courses on
students. The cases are research oriented and encourage Production/Operations Management offered by various
students to think rigorously in an environment of universities to the undergraduate students of Mechanical
uncertainty in a real-world situation. The cases are Engineering, Production Engineering and Industrial
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 237
Engineering as well as students of Master of Business scientists, and other technologists the management skills
Administration (MBA) specializing in Production and they need to be effective throughout their careers.
Operations Management stream. Topical coverage includes:
The book offers a balanced coverage of the fundamental The nature and application of management principles
principles of managing operations and the quantitative throughout the technology product/project life cycles.
techniques used to support the functions of operations The many dimensions and issues involved with
management. There are many worked-out examples in developing an engineering management career, such as
each chapter to enable students to comprehend the making the transition to management positions,
quantitative material of the book. effective time management, international implications,
The text is divided into two parts. Techniques of the importance of professional ethics and conduct, and
operations research such as linear programming, the position of women and minorities in engineering
transportation assignment models, dynamic optimization management.
and waiting line models are discussed in Part I. These Traditional management functionsplanning, decision
topics serve as prerequisites for solving problems in making, organizing, staffing, leading, motivating, and
Operations Management discussed in Part II. Some controllingexplored with an emphasis on the
generic classes with functions for array and matrix management of technology.
manipulation, analysis of queuing models and evaluation New to the Fourth Edition:
of probability for some standard distributions have been
defined and used throughout for writing programs for Learning Objectives in each chapter outline main
diverse managerial applications. concepts for students.
Advanced Organizer in each chapter opener shows how
Part II is devoted to a detailed discussion of management the topic being discussed will fit into the overall
functions such as Product Design and Development, organization of the book.
Forecasting, Capacity Analysis, Plant Layout, Assembly Sidebars with topical examples connect the material to
Line Balancing, Inventory Control, Materials Requirement current events and reflect current events dimensions in
Planning, Production Scheduling, Quality Control, Total engineering/technology management.
Quality Management, Just in Time (JIT), Supply Chain
Management, Maintenance Management and Six Sigma. Contents: Preface. Acknowledgments. Part I: Introduction
Small computer programs have been given wherever to Engineering ManagementEngineering and
required for solving practical problems. The functions Management. Historical Development of Engineering
developed in generic base classes have been used to take Management. Part II: Functions of Technology
advantage of source code reusability offered by Object ManagementPlanning and Forecasting. Decision
Oriented Programming (C++). Making. Organizing. Some Human Aspects of Organizing.
Leading Technical People. Controlling. Part III: Managing
The book provides a solid and comprehensive Technology through the Product Life CycleManaging
introduction to the core tasks of operations management the Research Function. Managing Engineering Design.
with practical guidance on how to solve problems Planning Production Activity. Managing Production
through computer programming. Operations. Engineers in Marketing and Service Activities.
Contents: Preface. Management of Production Systems. Part IV: Managing ProjectsProject Planning and
PART ILinear Programming. Transportation and Acquisition. Project Organization, Leadership, and
Assignment Models. Dynamic Optimization Models. Control. Part V: Managing Your Engineering Career
Waiting Lines Models. PART IIProduct Design and Engineering Ethics. Achieving Effectiveness as an Engineer
Development. Forecasting. Capacity Analysis. Facility and Special Topics. Globalization and Managerial
Location and Layout. Balancing of Assembly Lines. Project Opportunities for Engineers. Index.
Management. Inventory Control. Dynamic Inventory Latest Print 2009 / 496 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Models. Materials Requirement Planning. Just In Time ISBN-978-81-203-3825-8 / ` 295.00
(JIT). Supply Chain Management. Production Scheduling
and Sequencing. Maintenance Management. Control of
Quality. Total Quality Management. Six Sigma. System
Simulator. Appendices. Index.
MUKHERJEE & KACHWALA
Latest Print 2010 / 640 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Operations Management and Productivity
ISBN-978-81-203-3926-2 / ` 395.00 / (e-book also available) Techniques
P.N. MUKHERJEE, Head of the Department of Operations
MORSE & BABCOCK Management at the Narsee Monjee Institute of
Managing Engineering and Technology, Management Studies (Deemed University), Mumbai.
T.T. KACHWALA, Head of the Department of Decision
4th ed. Science at Narsee Monjee Institute of Management
LUCY C. MORSE and DANIEL L. BABCOCK. Studies (Deemed University), Mumbai.
Managing Engineering and Technology teaches engineers, The concept of Operations Management is universally
238 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
applicable to all functions including Production, Materials, increasing demands on industrial organizations for better
Human Resources, Marketing, Logistics and Supply Chain quality of services, faster delivery of products and for
Management. Operations Management is an effective adapting to the rapid changes taking place in the
and efficient way of carrying out a business process industrial scenario. With the demands in the industrial
(manufacturing or service sector) aimed at maximization arena increasingly tending to be lumpy, the most
of Customer Satisfaction and Return On Investment. The effective strategy for planning and controlling production
concept of productivity implies effectiveness and processes cannot be a static, preconceived one. Instead,
efficiency in individual and organizational performance, it is one that is flexible and is capable of adapting to the
reflected in the creation of surplus through productive erratic changes in demand patterns. Evolving such a
operations. strategy requires more of practical skill than mere
This book provides readers with an easy-to-understand theoretical knowledge of the subject.
treatment of all aspects of Operations Management and This book explores the demands of the present day
explains the expanded coverage of the role of Operations industrial environment and the techniques for addressing
Management in the organization. Manufacturing and these demands through a number of case studies drawn
service operations are given equal treatment. from Indian industries. The efficacy of various planning
While focusing on the basic principles and core strategies, the methods for implementing them, and their
operations in a straightforward and well structured style, suitability for different industries have been clearly
the book provides students with an understanding of explained in relation to these cases. While the essentials
managing operations, effectively and efficiently, in the of theory have been covered in a simple and
following areas: straightforward style, the stress is on developing the
practical skills required to tackle the unpredictable
Total Quality Management problems and the unforeseen demands that pose a
Statistical Process Control formidable challenge to modern industries. The book
Total Productive Management places as much emphasis on the principles of heuristic
Service Quality Management techniques as on the systematic approach to production
Supply Chain Management planning.
Inventory Management NEW TO THIS EDITION
Written for MBA students as well as for B.Tech. students A new Case Study on Multi-product, Multi-stage Lot
in Mechanical/Production/Industrial engineering, this Sizing (Section 8.7)
book covers the curriculum of different universities for a Two new chapters on Quality (Chapter 9) and ERP with
course in Operations Management. SAP R/3 (Chapter 10)
Contents: Preface. Operations Management. Facilities KEY FEATURES
Planning: Plant Location, Plant Layout and Material Gives solved problems that serve as numerical
Handling. Holistic Management Practice for World-Class illustrations of the theoretical concepts.
Performance and Leadership. Quality and Its Definitions,
The Case Studies given focus on the Indian scenario;
Concepts and Features. Statistical Process Control.
these will be of great practical value to students and
Production Planning, Control and Scheduling. Productivity
professionals alike.
Improvement Techniques. Work Study. World-Class
Manufacturing Technique. Supply Chain Management. Offers substantial coverage of the modern heuristic
Service Quality. Service Quality Research and Subject methods, the Kanban system and the ERP techniques.
Development. Theory of Constraints (TOC). Basic This book would serve as a useful textbook to
Inventory Concepts. Managing Material Flow. Forecasting postgraduate students of management as well as
Methods. Introduction to Operations Research. Appendix. undergraduate students of industrial engineering. It will
References. Index. be equally useful to the teaching community and the
Latest Print 2009 / 432 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm practicing professionals.
ISBN-978-81-203-3602-5 / ` 325.00 / (e-book also available) Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition.
Acknowledgements. Facilities Location and Layout.
MUKHOPADHYAY Forecasting. Aggregate Planning. Disaggregation. Capacity
Management. Lot Sizing Rules. Scheduling Decision Rules.
Production Planning and Control: Cases and Examples. Quality. ERP with SAP R/3.
Text and Cases, 2nd ed. References. Suggested Further Reading. Index.
S.K. MUKHOPADHYAY, formerly, Professor, National Latest Print 2013 / 392 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
Institute of Industrial Engineering, Mumbai. ISBN-978-81-203-3118-1 / ` 325.00
This comprehensive and up-to-date text, now in its
Second Edition, describes how the latest techniques
in production planning and control are applied to
contemporary industrial setups so as to meet the ever-
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 239
technology, is a stepping stone to achieve world class For the student: It provides a treatment of the
manufacturing status. It has emerged as an important fundamentals of project management, stressing the
technique to cope up with fast changing industrial underlying theory and assumptions for the various
demands for the application of newer manufacturing decisions to be made in the entire life cycle. There are
systems. examples and practice problems to illustrate the
This comprehensive and well written text deals with all concepts.
facets of cellular manufacturing right from introduction For the practical project manager: It is a systematic
to application in a chronological order. The book first collection of major decisions and solution methodologies
introduces cell formation techniques, followed by available for tackling the problems of project
elimination of exceptional components, evaluation of management. The role of human and behavioural factors
solutions, cell characteristics, and production control in managing teams and conflict resolution is emphasized
issues like scheduling; line balancing and inventory along with technical expertise.
control. Finally it discusses about the application of
For the researcher: Throughout the text where results
cellular manufacturing in a large public sector. The text is
are derived, the reference to original sources is included
supported by numerous figures, tables and examples, and
so that the serious reader may pursue those ideas in
also furnishes simple algorithms for complex methods.
greater depth. Also hints on the state-of-the-art and
Primarily intended for the postgraduate students of directions for research are included wherever
mechanical engineering and production engineering appropriate.
with specialization in manufacturing systems/group
technology, it will also be useful for the researchers, KEY FEATURES
scientists and professionals as a reference book. Examines the decisions in the complete life cycle of a
Contents: Preface. Cellular Manufacturing: An Overview. project.
Cell Formation Techniques. Processing the Exceptional Analyzes multi-criteria techniques for project appraisal
Components in Cellular Manufacturing. Evaluation of and selection.
Cellular Manufacturing Solutions. Cell Characteristics. Gives detailed techniques of planning and developing
Production Control Activities in Cellular Manufacturing. project networks and their usage for scheduling, with
Implementation Issues in Cellular Manufacturing. Cellular cost and resource constraints.
ManufacturingA Case Study. Appendix. Bibliography. Stresses both the Earned Value and Critical Chain
Index. Methodology for project monitoring.
Latest Print 2008 / 292 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm Identifies the human and behavioural aspects for the
ISBN-978-81-203-3601-8 / ` 250.00 / (e-book also available) success of a project.
Contents: Preface. Project Management: An Overview.
Project Management Project Identification and Screening. Project Appraisal.
Project Selection with Multiple Criteria. Project
Representation and Preliminary Manipulations. Basic
KANDA Scheduling Concepts. Resource Considerations in Project
Project Management: Management. Project Monitoring and Control. Com-
A Life Cycle Approach puters, e-Markets and Their Role in Project Management.
Behavioural and Contractual Issues. Project Organization,
ARUN KANDA, Professor of Industrial Engineering, Implementation and Closure. Bibliography. Index.
Mechanical Engineering Department, IIT Delhi.
Latest Print 2010 / 248 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
Project management is a judiciously planned and ISBN-978-81-203-4173-9 / ` 225.00 / (e-book also available)
organized effort to accomplish a specific project within
a time frame. This book is designed for undergraduate
and postgraduate students of mechanical engineering, Quantitative Analysis for
industrial engineering, production engineering, Business Managers
management studies as well as working professionals
who wish to have an insight into the entire life cycle
decisions related to a project. GUPTA & KHANNA
This book on project management looks at the decisions Quantitative Techniques for Decision
to be made during the various phases of the project Making, 4th ed.
process, examines systematic methodologies and models
that help in the decision making, and provides M.P. GUPTA, former Head and Dean, Faculty of
interpretation of results obtained from various models so Management Studies (FMS), University of Delhi.
that they may be intelligently adopted by a practical R.B. KHANNA, Professor, Institute of Certified
project manager in the successful implementation of any Management Accountants of India, Jaipur.
project. This book offers something for each of the This thoroughly revised and well-received book, now in
following categories of readers: its Fourth Edition, continues to give an in-depth and
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 241
incisive analysis of the various mathematical techniques The second edition of the book essentially retains the
required for managers in their decision-making process. flavour of the first edition. Concepts have been explained
The book provides a clear understanding of the practical in an easy to understand language and emphasis is on
utility of mathematical modelling and techniques, such practical applications rather than rigorous mathematical
as linear programming, integer programming, goal treatment. As far as possible, detailed proofs and axioms
programming, dynamic programming, inventory models, associated with pure mathematics have been avoided.
decision theory, game theory, network analysis, queuing, The text in the second edition has been suitably modified
simulation and Markov analysis, for solving real-life for giving better clarity. Nearly fifty solved examples have
problems. The book lays emphasis on the practical been added to various chapters to enable students to
applications of the techniques rather than their rigorous understand the nuances of problem solving. Fifty
mathematical treatment. It also discusses probability and unsolved problems have also been added to give ample
probability distributionsessential to tackling the scope to the student for practice. The book also includes
everyday uncertainties of life. chapters on transportation models, assignment models
The book is primarily intended as a textbook for under- and network analysis.
graduate and postgraduate students of management, KEY FEATURES
postgraduate students of commerce, students of Master
of Financial Control course, and undergraduate students Learning objectives at the beginning of each chapter
of industrial and production engineering. In addition, enable students to focus on important points of a
practising managers will also find the book immensely chapter.
helpful in their day-to-day decision-making process. Case studies and real life problems to connect students
to the real-world situations.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
Worked examples to enhance student comprehension
A section describing the construction of activity on
of the subject.
node (AON) networks for CPM and PERT networks has
been included considering that most software designed Numerous well-balanced chapter-end exercises with
for network analysis plot networks in this format. answers to help students attain confidence and master
An appendix on Mathematics for Managers which the concepts.
includes the topics of Matrix Algebra and Differential Illustrations on solutions to problems with the help of
Calculus. computer software.
New solved and unsolved problems. Summary at the end of each chapter to help students
Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. Decision review the key concepts.
Making: A Quantitative Approach. Linear Programming: Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. Decision
Graphic Method. Linear Programming: Simplex Method. Making: A Quantitative Approach. SECTION A: Linear
Transportation Model. Assignment Model. Integer Pro- ProgrammingLinear Programming: Graphic Method.
gramming. Goal Programming. Dynamic Programming. Linear Programming: Simplex Method. SECTION B:
Probability. Probability Distributions. Inventory Models. Stochastic TechniquesProbability. Probability
Replacement Models. Network Models: CPM and PERT. Distributions. Decision Theory. Theory of Games. SECTION
Decision Theory. Theory of Games. Sequencing. Queuing C: Mathematics for ManagersMatrix Algebra.
Theory. Simulation. Markov Analysis. Appendices: A: Differential Calculus. Regression and Correlation. SECTION
Mathematics for Managers. B: Standard Normal D: Extensions of Linear ProgrammingTransportation
Probability Distribution. C. Values of el for Computing Model. Assignment Model. SECTION E: Precedence
Poisson Probabilities. D. Table of Random Numbers. ModelsNetwork ModelsCPM and PERT. APPENDIX A:
Bibliography. Answers to Concept Quiz. Answers to Standard Normal Probability Distribution. APPENDIX B:
Selected Questions. Index. Values of el for Computing Poisson Probabilities.
Latest Print 2011 / 776 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Bibliography. Answers to Concept Quiz. Answers to
ISBN-978-81-203-4278-1 / ` 425.00 / (e-book also available) Selected Questions. Index.
Latest Print 2013 / 532 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
KHANNA ISBN-978-81-203-4596-6 / ` 450.00 / (e-book also available)
operations and supply chain management. It provides a Gives working knowledge of various useful computer
complete account of location and layout models, software used in the research analysis such as SPSS,
production planning models, production control models, Excel etc.
cycle inventory models, safety stock models and Report writing is explained in the systematic manner
transportation models. A separate chapter on real-life explaining the process, layout, types, mechanics
situations provides the user with the knowledge of involved, various principles and precautions to be
specific areas where the models have been applied in taken while writing a good report to make the research
decision-making processes. The various techniques to worth.
solve operations and supply chain management problems Contents: Preface. Research Methodology. Research
are also discussed. Process and Problem. Hypothesis. Research Design.
The text is supported by a large number of illustrative Sampling Design. Data Collection: Methods and
examples, exercises and review questions to reinforce the Techniques of Data Collection. Preparation of
students understanding of the subject matter. Questionnaire and Schedule. Analysis of Data-I. Analysis
Besides students of Mechanical and Industrial of Data-II. Hypothesis Testing. Role of SPSS and Excel in
Engineering, the book would also be useful to Research. Report Writing. Appendix. Case Studies.
postgraduate students of Management. Objective Type Questions. Index.
Latest Print 2013 / 224 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Contents: Preface. Introduction to Operations and Supply
ISBN-978-81-203-4381-8 / ` 225.00 / (e-book also available)
Chain Management. Location and Layout Decisions.
Production Planning Decisions. Production Control
Decisions. Cycle Inventory Models. Safety Stock Models. PANNEERSELVAM
Transportation Decisions. Real-life Situations: Learning
From Applications. Index.
Research Methodology
R. PANNEERSELVAM, Professor and Dean, School of
Latest Print 2010 / 304 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Management, Pondicherry University, Pondicherry.
ISBN-978-81-203-3981-1 / ` 250.00 / (e-book also available)
This comprehensive text is designed for postgraduate
students of Management, Commerce, Economics and
Research Methodology Sociology. In addition, the book also be useful to
undergraduate students of Management and Commerce.
GUPTA & GUPTA The book presents the concepts of research metho-
Research Methodology dology, types of research, statistical tools for data
analysis, algorithmic research, modelling research,
MUKUL GUPTA, Professor and HeadMBA at G.L. Bajaj simulation with illustrations wherever necessary.
Institute of Technology and Management, Greater Noida.
THIS TEXT:
DEEPA GUPTA, ProfessorMBA at G.L. Bajaj Institute of
Technology and Management, Greater Noida. Provides well-defined algorithms for the different
statistical methods
This well-organised and lucid text on Research
Demonstrates the working of different statistical
Methodology is intended to fulfill the felt-need for an
techniques with fitting examples
introductory, accessible and student friendly book.
Written with the aim of making the teaching and learning Has a comprehensive chapter on design and analysis
of research methods and methodology simple, the book of experiments, and the concept is extended to the
provides theoretical information in an operational Yates algorithm for specialized designs
manner about the various methods, techniques and Has a detailed classification of tests of hypotheses and
procedures followed in research. their illustrations with practical cases
This book based on the practical experiences of the Contains several topics on multivariate analysis, namely
authors as researchers, practitioners and teachers intends regression methods, factor analysis, cluster analysis,
to cater to the needs of students of MBA, BBA, multidimensional scaling, conjoint analysis, which make
Humanities and Social Sciences. The book will also be of the book unique
immense use to the researchers, practicing managers and Presents a large number of tables and figures to
public health organisations. illustrate the concepts and techniques
KEY FEATURES Includes questions at the end of each chapter to test
the conceptual understanding of the subject and put
Contains case studies and sample questionnaires.
theory in practice.
Covers brief knowledge of statistics and its applications
required in research. Contents: Preface. Overview of Research Methodology.
Objective type questions, review questions, sample Data Collection and Presentation. Review of Basic
question papers and previous years examination Statistical Measures. Design and Analysis of Experiments.
papers have been included for brushing up of the Attitude Measurement and Scales. Probability
knowledge. Distributions. Sampling Methods and Distributions. Tests
BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 243
of Hypotheses. Nonparametric Tests. Basic Multivariate Constructing a Likert Scale. E. Analysis of Variance.
Analysis. Advanced Multivariate Analysis. Multi- F. Basic Elements of Sampling Theory. Index.
dimensional Scaling and Conjoint Analysis. Algorithmic Latest Print 2011 / 240 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
Research. Models for Industries and Public Systems. ISBN-978-81-203-2991-1 / ` 195.00
Simulation. Report Writing and Presentation. Annexures.
Bibliography. Answers. Index.
Latest Print 2013 / 656 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm
Total Quality Management
ISBN-978-81-203-2452-7 / ` 350.00 / (e-book also available)
BHOTE
TAYLOR, SINHA & GHOSHAL Ultimate Six Sigma, The: Beyond Quality
Research Methodology: A Guide for Excellence to Total Business Excellence
Researchers in Management and Social KEKI R. BHOTE, consultant emeritus at Motorola
Corporation, is known worldwide as one of the fathers of
Sciences the Six Sigma model.
BILL TAYLOR, Formerly a Principal Lecturer at Sheffield In this well-written book, the author not only reaffirms
Business School (UK). the rigours and rewards of the original Six Sigma, but
GAUTAM SINHA, Professor, Vinod Gupta School of thoroughly expands its applications. Usually implemented
Management and Professor-in-Charge (Training and in the traditional domains of quality management
Placement) at Indian Institute of Technology Kharagpur. engineering, manufacturing, operationsSix Sigma is
TAPOSH GHOSHAL, Assistant General Manager (Academic), perhaps most effective when deployed across the entire
Management Training Institute, SAIL, Ranchi. company as a vehicle to total business excellence.
Intended to serve as a text for postgraduate students of In this definitive book, the author transcends the
commerce, management, and social sciences, and boundaries of the original Six Sigma to reach the ultimate
especially for the first-time researchers, this well- Six Sigma, provides the necessary information and
organized book deals with the variety of research tools for implementing and assessing the progress of Six
methods used in management and social sciences, with Sigma strategy in the major areas of business strategy
particular emphasis on the implementation of these that determine the success of any company. The
methods. It offers readers practical guidelines for implementation of the Six Sigma results in maximum
research and directs them through all the stages of output from every division, department, and individual in
researchfrom identifying a viable research project to the company.
the submission of a dissertation, report, or research A case study illustrates each of the twelve areas
article. The text identifies three dimensions of research highlighting real-world success at benchmark companies.
methodologyresearch strategies, research methods and Finally, a comprehensive self-assessment audit and
research datathat provide a structure for the book. scoring system lets companies measure long-term
KEY FEATURES progress towards the ultimate Six Sigma score-perfection.
Many real-world examples extracted from actual A large number of figures, tables, and reference notes
research projects of students will help the readers enhance the value of the text which will be treasured by
develop their research skills. students of management and engineering for its utility,
Due attention is given to both quantitative and worth, and contemporary approach.
qualitative research methodologies in order to help Contents: List of Illustrations. Foreword by
readers make informed choices about methods. Robert W. Galvin, Chairman of the Board Emeritus,
Statistical appendices are provided to acquaint readers Motorola. Preface: Blossoming of the Ultimate Six Sigma.
with the underlying mathematical concepts involved in Acknowledgments. Part 1: DEFINITIONS AND CONCEPTS
the research methods discussed. ONE: What is Six Sigma? TWO: The Need, Objectives, and
Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. An Overview of Benefits of the Ultimate Six Sigma. THREE: The Origin,
Research Methodology. Setting up a Research Project. Development, and Renewal of Motorolas Six Sigma. FOUR:
Case Studies as a Methodological Strategy. Surveys as The Hyped Six Sigma: From the Pure Six Sigma to the Sick
a Methodological Strategy. Experiments as a Metho- Sigma. FIVE: The Scope, Structure, and Methodology of
dological Strategy. Action Research as a Methodological the Ultimate Six Sigma. Part 2: THE ULTIMATE SIX
Strategy. Interview Methods. The Use of Questionnaires. SIGMATWELVE AREAS OF BUSINESS EXCELLENCESIX:
Observational Methods. Documentary Sources. The From Mere Customer Satisfaction to Customer Loyalty.
Concept of Level of Measurement. Methodology of SEVEN: From Stifling Micromanagement to Inspirational
Analysing Quantitative Data. Methodology of Analysing Leadership. EIGHT: From Taylorism to Empowerment
Qualitative Data. Writing About Research. Appendixes Creation in the Organization. NINE: From Passivity and
A. Basic Statistical Measures. B. Significance Tests for Use Boredom Among Employees to Industrial Democracy. TEN:
with an Experimental Strategy. C. Testing Hypotheses From Traditional Indicators to Robust Metrics. ELEVEN:
about the Shape of Distribution. D. Factor Analysis in From Obsolete Tools of the Twentieth Century to the
244 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
How to know what the customers want? Contents: Preface. Organizational Effectiveness.
How to improve processes and integrate functions so Organizational Philosophy. Quality Systems. Creating a
that they provide customer satisfaction through the Customer Focus. Organizational Leadership. Strategic
best use of the resources available? Planning. Human Resource Development and
How to create an internal environment that enables Management. Managing the Supply Chain. Measures
everyone to perform to the best of their ability? of Organizational Success. Benchmarking. Process
How to know whether we are doing the right things Management. Lean Tools and Techniques. Problem-
right? Solving Tools and Techniques. Project Management.
Business Results. Appendices1: Z Tables. 2: X and R
NEW TO THIS EDITION Chart Factors. 3: Malcolm Baldrige National Quality
Separate chapter on Supply chain management, Lean Award Organizational Effectiveness Evaluation. Appendix
principles and Benchmarking. 4: Websites for Quality. 5: Attribute Charts. Glossary.
A special feature How do we know its working? in Answers to Selected Problems. Bibliography. Index.
each chapter that provides insight into one real Latest Print 2010 / 588 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
organizations pursuit of excellence. ISBN-978-81-203-3999-6 / ` 425.00
Economics
Behavioural Economics Understanding Economic Reasoning: Decision Making as
Explained by Business Leaders and Business Economists.
Part 4: Experiments and ImplicationsClassroom
Experiments in Behavioral Economics. A Behavioral
ALTMAN (Ed.) Approach to Distribution and Bargaining. The Context, or
Reference, Dependence of Economic Values: Further
Handbook of Contemporary Behavioral Evidence and Some Predictable Patterns. Experiments
Economics: Foundations and and Behavioral Economics. Part 5: Labor-Related Issues
Behavioral Labor Economics. Hours of Labor Supply: A
Developments More Flexible Approach. Part 6: Gender and Decision
MORRIS ALTMAN (Ed.). MakingChicks, Hawks, and Patriarchal Institutions.
Economic Decisions in the Private Household. Part 7: Life
This handbook is a collection of the original works of the
and DeathA Prolegomenon to Behavioral Economic
leading behavioural economists in the field. It is the first
Studies of Suicide. Rational Health-Compromising
comprehensive volume on the behavioral economic
Behavior and Economic Intervention. Part 8: Taxation,
theory, and provides a revealing view of how economic Ethical Investment, and TippingTaxation and the
decisions are actually made by individuals.
Contribution of Behavioral Economics. Ethical Investing:
The text shows how the behavior of the individuals Where Are We Now? Tipping in Restaurants and Around
depends on psychological, institutional, cultural and even the Globe: An Interdisciplinary Review. Part 9:
biological considerations. For example, it is interesting Development, Behavioral Law, and MoneyEconomic
(and revealing) to know that tipping in restaurants alone Development, Equality, Income Distribution, and
in USA amounts to $ 21 billion a year! Ethics. Insufficient Social Capital and Economic
The text is supplemented by extensive references. There Underdevelopment. Behavioral Law and Economics:
are thirty-six papers in the handbook giving different An Introduction. Elements of Behavioral Monetary
perspectives on the subject. It is a pathbreaking Economics. Behavioral Finance. About the Editor and
handbook of original works taking inspiration and the Contributors. Index.
findings from different subjects like psychology, Latest Print 2007 / 784 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
sociology, political science, biology and law. ISBN-978-81-203-3223-2 / ` 495.00
Contents: List of Tables and Figures. Introduction by
Morris Altman. Part 1: Inside the Economic AgentInside Computer Applications for
Economic Man: Behavioral Economics and Consumer
Behavior. Physiology and Behavioral Economics: The New Economics
Findings from Evolutionary Neuroscience. Intuition in
Behavioral Economics. Introspective Economics:
Broadening Psychologys Reach. Integrating Emotions into MIRANDA & FACKLER
Economic Theory. On the Economics of Subselves:
Toward a Meta-economics. Part 2: Context and
Applied Computational Economics and
ModelingWhat a Difference an Assumption Makes: Finance
Effort Discretion, Economic Theory, and Public Policy. MARIO J. MIRANDA and PAUL L. FACKLER.
Group Selection and Behavioral Economics. Beliefs in
Behavioral and Neoclassical Economics. Reclaiming Moral This book presents a variety of computational methods
Sentiments: Behavioral Economics and the Ethical used to solve dynamic problems in economics and
Foundations of Capitalism. Bounded Rationality: Two finance. It emphasizes practical numerical methods rather
Interpretations from Psychology. Behavioral Versus than mathematical proofs and focuses on techniques that
Neoclassical Economics: Paradigm Shift or Generalization? apply directly to economic analyses. The examples are
Organizational Capital and Personal Capital: The Role of drawn from a wide range of subspecialties of economics
Intangible Capital Formation in the Economy. Part 3: and finance, with particular emphasis on problems in
Decision MakingHow to Do As Well As You Can: The agricultural and resource economics, macroeconomics,
Psychology of Economic Behavior and Behavioral Ecology. and finance. The book also provides an extensive Web-
Discounting, Self-Control, and Saving. Rational Choice site library of computer utilities and demonstration
Theory Versus Cultural Theory: On Taste and Social programs.
Capital. Deliberation Cost as a Foundation for Behavioral The book is divided into two parts. The first part develops
Economics. In-Depth Interviews as a Means of basic numerical methods, including linear and nonlinear
248
ECONOMICS 249
equation methods, complementarity methods, finite- presents the main facts and puzzles about growth,
dimensional optimization, numerical integration and proposes simple methods and models needed to explain
differentiation, and function approximation. The second these facts, acquaints the reader with the most recent
part presents methods for solving dynamic stochastic theoretical and empirical developments, and provides
models in economics and finance, including dynamic tools with which to analyze policy design.
programming, rational expectations, and arbitrage pricing The book can be used by postgraduate students of
models in discrete and continuous time. The book uses Economics and as a reference for professional economists
MATLAB to illustrate the algorithms and includes a in government or international financial organizations.
utilities toolbox to help readers develop their own
computational economics applications. Aghion and Howitts work on growth and policy has
vastly increased our understanding of endogenous
What the Reviewers say incentives and supportive policies that drive growth in
This book is an important contribution to the rapidly advanced and developing countries. In this important
growing literature on computational economics and book, they bring their own insights and the insights of
finance. It provides an extremely well integrated other pioneers to bear on the broader context of growth.
presentation of dynamic economic models and some of This book is accessible, fascinating and extremely useful.
the most effective numerical methods for solving them. It Contents: Preface. Introduction. Part I: Basic Paradigms
reinforces these ideas by providing illustrative solutions of Growth Theory Neoclassical Growth Theory. The AK
written in MATLAB. This book should enable most people Model. Product Variety. The Schumpeterian Model.
who do not have extensive prior background in Capital, Innovation, and Growth Accounting. Part II:
computation to understand the key methods and ideas, Understanding the Growth ProcessFinance and
and to begin applying these methods to their own Growth. Technology Transfer and Cross-Country
problems. I think it will be an essential part of the toolkit Convergence. Market Size and Directed Technical Change.
of the applied practitioner in economics or finance. General-Purpose Technologies. Stages of Growth.
JOHN RUST Institutions and Nonconvergence Traps. Part III: Growth
Professor of Economics, University of Maryland PolicyFostering Competition and Entry. Investing in
Contents: Preface. Introduction. Linear Equations and Education. Reducing Volatility and Risk. Liberalizing Trade.
Computer Basics. Nonlinear Equations and Comple- Preserving the Environment. Promoting Democracy.
mentarity Problems. Finite-Dimensional Optimization. Conclusion. Looking Ahead: Culture and Development.
Numerical Integration and Differentiation. Function Appendix: Basic Elements of Econometrics. References.
Approximation. Discrete Time, Discrete State Dynamic Index.
Models. Discrete Time, Continuous State Dynamic Latest Print 2010 / 520 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Models: Theory and Examples. Discrete Time, Continuous ISBN-978-81-203-4064-0 / ` 425.00
State Dynamic Models: Methods. Continuous Time
Models: Theory and Examples. Continuous Time Models:
Solution Methods. Appendix A: Mathematical Back-
BARRO & SALA-I-MARTIN
ground. Appendix B: A MATLAB Primer. References. Economic Growth, 2nd ed.
Index. ROBERT J. BARRO, Professor of Economics, Harvard
Latest Print 2010 / 528 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm University and Senior Fellow, Hoover Institution at
ISBN-978-81-203-3934-7 / ` 495.00 Stanford University.
XAVIER SALA-I-MARTIN, Professor of Economics, Columbia
University.
Developmental Economics This modern, uptodate text provides a compre-hensive
coverage of growth theory and empirics in a clear, easy-
to-read style. It superbly synthesizes much of the existing
AGHION, et al. theoretical and empirical research on the mechanisms
Economics of Growth, The and determinants of economic growth and convergence.
PHILIPPE AGHION. After an introductory discussion of economic growth, the
ROBERT C. WAGGONER, Professor of Economics at book examines neoclassical growth theories, from Solow
Harvard University. Swan in the 1950s and CassKoopmans in the 1960s to
PETER HOWITT, Lyn Crost Professor of Social Sciences at the more recent refinements. This is followed by a
Brown University. discussion of extensions to the model, with detailed
MICHAEL SPENCE, Professor Emeritus, Stanford University description of heterogeneity of households. The authors
and Winner of the 2001 Nobel Prize in Economics. then turn their searchlight on endogenous growth theory,
discussing, among other topics, models of endogenous
NICHOLAS STERN, Lord Stern of Brentford and IG Patel
technological progress, technological diffusion, and an
Professor of Economics and Government, London School
endogenous determination of labour supply and
of Economics.
population. They also explain the essentials of growth
This comprehensive introduction to economic growth accounting and apply this framework to endogenous
250 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
growth models. The final chapters give an empirical the inheritance from both the pre-colonial and colonial
analysis of regions and empirical evidence on economic eras as well as in the contemporary times.
growth for a broad panel of countries from 1960 to 2000. The text which contains numerous references is aimed at
This accessible yet rigorous text, which is a beautiful the students of economic development, and does not
blend of theory and empirical work, is intended as a text assume any background on economics as a prerequisite.
for postgraduate students of economics. It should prove It could be used in undergraduate-level courses in
equally useful to all those seriously interested in the economic development, political economy, comparative
pursuit of growth and development economics. systems, world economic systems and international
Contents: Preface. About the Autho` Introduction. relations.
Growth Models with Exogenous Saving Rates (the Solow Contents: Tables, Figures, and Maps. Preface.
Swan Model). Growth Models with Consumer Acknowledgments. Introduction to Economic Develop-
Optimization (the Ramsey Model). Extensions of ment. European Emergence. East Asian Experience. Sub-
the Ramsey Growth Model. One-Sector Models Saharan Africa. South Asia. Latin America. The Middle
of Endogenous Growth. Two-Sector Models of East and North Africa. Economies in Transition: Socialist
Endogenous Growth (with Special Attention to the Role to Market. Conclusions: What Have We Learned? About
of Human Capital). Technological Change: Models with an the Authors. Index.
Expanding Variety of Products. Technological Change: Latest Print 2007 / 336 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm
Schumpeterian Models of Quality Ladde` The Diffusion of ISBN-978-81-203-3312-3 / ` 295.00
Technology. Labor Supply and Population. Growth
Accounting. Empirical Analysis of Regional Data Sets.
Empirical Analysis of a Cross Section of Countries. Economic Environment of
Appendix on Mathematical Methods. References. Index. Business
Latest Print 2012 / 672 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-2551-7 / ` 525.00 PAILWAR
Economic Environment of Business,
GRABOWSKI, SELF & SHIELDS 3rd ed.
Economic Development: A Regional, VEENA KESHAV PAILWAR, Professor, Institute of
Institutional, and Historical Approach Management Technology (IMT), Nagpur.
RICHARD GRABOWSKI, SHARMISTHA SELF and MICHAEL Since liberalization, Indian economy is going through
P. SHIELDS. some dynamic changes. From a primarily closed agrarian
economy, India has become service-oriented open
The book covers the intellectual ground that a liberally economy, becoming more and more susceptible to
educated student needs to grapple with to understand economic fluctuations.
the complexity of economic development. For many
years political scientists and economists have presented This comprehensive book, in its third edition, continues
overly simplistic models and frameworks for under- to equip the readers with the necessary skills to assess
standing economic development that cannot withstand and analyze the evolving economic scenario in India and
critical analyses of many individual country cases. By world over. The new edition has been thoroughly revised
focusing on political economy in its cultural, religious, and and updated to incorporate the recent changes taking
historical roots as well as leadership decisions [the book] place in Indian and global economic environment. Every
spurs critical thinking. Working through the unique chapter is incorporated with a section on Understanding
development paths of individual countries promotes Economic Environment (UEE), in which the Indian
integrative thinking and a strong sense of realism about economic environment is compared with the economic
both the prospects and challenges of economic develop- environment of its neighbouring countries, emerging
ment in our rapidly emerging global economy and highly markets and major players in the world economy.
conflicted global society. All chapters are well-supported with illustrative examples
HENRY SMORYNSKI, College of St. Benedict, and cases to provide an analytical insight to the topics.
St. Johns University The chapters also include the topic Implications for
Managers, in which implications of a particular aspect of
This innovative book provides an introduction to an economy are summarized for the managers. Besides,
economic development adopting a regional approach. for an easy assessment of the data, most of the
Instead of a general theoretical presentation, the authors quantitative information is presented in a graphical form
focus the economy in its cultural and historical roots rather than in the conventional tabular format.
taking into account the circumstances facing the
economy. The theory is developed for particular regions Designed primarily as a textbook for the postgraduate
emphasizing on institutional structures within different students of management and commerce, this book is
regions. The development process presented is analyzed useful for the practising managers and policy makers as
within the historical context of each region, considering well.
ECONOMICS 251
Analysis. Part 5: Special Topics in Engineering Productivity of Capital: The Writings of Piero Sraffa.
EconomicsReplacement Decisions. Capital-Budgeting Contemporary Economics I: The Bifurcation of Orthodoxy.
Decisions. Economic Analysis in the Service Sector. Contemporary Economics II: Institutionalism and Post-
AppendicesA: Fundamentals of Engineering Review Keynesianism. Contemporary Economics III: The Revival
Questions. B: Interest Factors for Discrete Compounding. of Critical Political Economy. Suggestions for Further
C: Values of the Standard Normal Distribution Function. Reading. Index. About the Authors.
Index. Latest Print 2011 / 604 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Latest Print 2012 / 968 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm ISBN-978-81-203-4402-0 / ` 395.00
ISBN-978-81-203-4209-5 / ` 550.00
Indian Economy
History of Economics
KANAGASABAPATHI
HUNT & LAUTZENHEISER Indian Models of Economy, Business
History of Economic Thought: and Management, 3rd ed.
A Critical Perspective, 3rd ed. P. KANAGASABAPATHI, Professor of Management,
E.K. HUNT, Professor of Economics University of Utah, presently working as the Director, Tamil Nadu Institute of
USA. Urban Studies, Coimbatore.
MARK LAUTZENHEISER, Associate Professor of Economics, This comprehensive and extensively researched study
Earlham College. deals primarily with the economic, business and
This book offers a unique perspective on the history of management models from the Indian perspectives. The
economic thought. It emphasizes the competing visions third edition of the book presents updated details, latest
and beliefs economists have had regarding how data and new information obtained from authentic
capitalism functions, and the resulting divergent sources in order to understand the topics discussed. It
theoretical frameworks they constructed. This third provides detailed information collected from field studies
edition is more accessible to both undergraduate and undertaken in different industrial and business centres
postgraduate level courses with the placement of more across the country.
formal presentations within appendices. The text also The details contained in the book have been obtained
develops more fully the ideas of some of the early post- from various empirical and research studies and reputed
Keynesians, such as Joan Robinson, Nicholas Kaldor, and national and international sources. The author contends
Roy Harrod, while the last three chapters are brought up- that India remained a strong economic, business and
to-date by including the Great Recession of 20072009. management power for most of the time in history, and
Brilliant and concise, Hunt and Lautzenheiser set the the country has the potential to achieve the premier
gold standard for critical narrative in economics. They status even today. He gives masterly analysis of not only
make the evolution of economic thought come alive as the Indian economic, business and management models,
an integral part of the human saga. Their mature but also the popular economic, business and
scholarship and profound human solidarity give the management models of the other countries. The author
reader a deep appreciation of social context and asserts that a paradigm shift in thinking is urgently
historical experience. needed to understand the ground realities and the
functioning Indian systems, so that the country could be
WILLIAM M. DUGGER, University of Tulsa taken forward with the necessary orientation and suitable
Contents: Foreword. Preface. Acknowledgments. policies.
Introduction. Economic Ideas Before Adam Smith. Intended primarily for the postgraduate students of
Adam Smith. Thomas Robert Malthus. David Ricardo. Management, the book would also be useful to the
Rationalistic Subjectivism: The Economics of Bentham, students of Economics and Commerce, as well as to the
Say, and Senior. Political Economy of the Poor: The Ideas professionals interested in the study of the Indian
of William Thompson and Thomas Hodgskin. Pure Versus economy, business and management from the Indian
Eclectic Utilitarianism: The Writings of Bastiat and Mill. perspectives.
Karl Marx. The Triumph of Utilitarianism: The Economics
KEY FEATURES
of Jevons, Menger, and Walras. Neoclassical Theories of
the Firm and Income Distribution: The Writings of A unique presentation of the Indian economic
Marshall, Clark, and Bhm-Bawerk. Thorstein Veblen. environment and its functioning models since the
Theories of Imperialism: The Writings of Hobson, ancient periods.
Luxemburg, and Lenin. Consummation, Consecration, and Comparative study of the Eastern and Western
Destruction of the Invisible Hand: Neoclassical Welfare business models giving a holistic view of the subject.
Economics. Neoclassical Ideology and the Myth of the Historical development of the Indian management
Self-Adjusting Market: The Writings of John Maynard systems and the Western theories with details of
Keynes. Annulment of the Myth of the Measurable contemporary management practices.
254 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Text reinforced with plenty of data to validate the Productivity. Automation. Engineering Economy.
concepts and a large number of examples and case Ergonomics and Human Factors in Engineering.
studies to illustrate the concepts discussed. Operations Research. References. Index.
Updated with the latest data, recent developments and Latest Print 2012 / 432 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
new information. ISBN-978-81-203-4421-1 / ` 350.00 / (e-book also available)
Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Introduction.
Indian Economic Models. Other Economic Models. Basic CABRAL, KLEMPERER & WATERSON
Features of Different Economic Models. Types of Business
Models. Indian Business Models. Basic Features of Introduction to Industrial Organization
Different Business Models. Management Models. LUS M.B. CABRAL is Professor of Economics at the
Emerging India. Conclusion. Bibliography. Name Index. Leonard Stern School of Business, New York University.
Subject Index. PAUL KLEMPERER, Fellow of the British Academy and
Latest Print 2012 / 352 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm Edgeworth Professor of Economics, Oxford University.
ISBN-978-81-203-4563-8 / ` 275.00 / (e-book also available) MICHAEL WATERSON, Department of Economics,
University of Warwick.
Over the past twenty years, the study of industrial
Industrial Economics organizationthe analysis of imperfectly competitive
marketshas grown from a niche area of micro-
economics to a key component of economics and of
BASU, et al. related disciplines such as finance, strategy, and
Industrial Organization and Management marketing. This book provides an issue-driven
introduction to industrial organization. While formal in its
S.K. BASU, Professor Emeritus at College of Engineering
Pune (formerly known as Government College of approach, the book is written in a way that requires only
basic mathematical training.
Engineering).
K.C. SAHU, former Director of NITIE Bombay. He has also Industrial Organization has needed a book like this. This
served as former Professor, VG School of Management articulate exposition of the subject by Luis Cabral, who
and former Professor/Founder-Chair, Industrial has himself made many important contributions to the
Engineering and Management (IIT Kharagpur). field, will be invaluable to all students of industrial
B. RAJIV, Associate Professor, Department of Production organization.
Engineering, College of Engineering, Pune. Contents: Preface. Part One: IntroductionWhat is
Industrial Organization. Basic Microeconomics. The Firm.
This comprehensive text provides a glimpse of various Games and Strategy. Part Two: From Monopoly to
theories and principles of management along with their Perfect CompetitionMonopoly and Regulation. Perfect
applications in engineering industries. The authors have (and Almost Perfect) Competition. Part Three:
explained classical management, economic analysis, OligopolyOligopoly Competition. Collusion. Market
techno-economic life and various quantitative techniques Structure and Market Power. Part Four: Price and
associated with plant and facilities layout, behavioural Nonprice StrategiesPrice Discrimination. Vertical
studies, and human relations. Ergonomics and human Relations. Product Differentiation. Advertising. Part Five:
factors in engineering has assumed a new dimension to Entry and ExitEntry Costs, Market Structure, and
design and manufacturing of products. The application of Welfare. Strategic Behavior, Entry and Exit. Part Six:
these principles, in relation to human effort and plant TechnologyResearch and Development. Networks and
efficiency, has been discussed at length. It also discusses Standards. Notes. Index.
the biodynamic analyses of man-machine system in a Latest Print 2010 / 368 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
stress-free environment.
ISBN-978-81-203-4153-1 / ` 350.00
This practice-oriented book, which contains a large
number of worked-out examples, exercises and other
pedagogic features, is intended for the undergraduate TIROLE
students of Industrial and Production Engineering. It can Theory of Industrial Organization, The
also be used as a reference by practising engineers. JEAN TIROLE.
Contents: Preface. Management. Organisation Structures.
Formation of Company and its Legal Aspects. Financial This book gives a straightforward account of
Planning: Finance and Economic Analysis. Depreciation developments in the theory of industrial economics and
and Replacement. Product Engineering. Physical Facilities. blends them into the tradition of industrial organization.
Production Planning and Control. Inventory Control. Work The text primarily presents accomplishments of what the
Study. Job Evaluation, Merit Rating and Wage Incentives. author calls, The Second Wave, which began in the
Personnel Management. Assurance Engineering and 1970s and made a sizeable impact in the theoretical
Sciences: Reliability, Quality Control and Maintainability. aspects of industrial organization, though the earlier
Sales Forecasting. Financial Control. Plant Engineering and contributions that laid the foundation are not forgotten.
Maintenance. Behavioural Aspects of Management. The book is divided into two parts. The first part features
ECONOMICS 255
market behaviour and considers monopolists choices of Rate. Price Levels and the Exchange Rate in the Long Run.
price and quality, the spectrums of goods advertising and Output and the Exchange Rate in the Short Run.
the distribution of structure. Part two analyses the choice Macroeconomic Policy and Floating Exchange Rates. Fixed
price, capacity, product positioning, research and deve- Exchange Rates and Currency Unions. International
lopment, and other strategic variables in a comparatively Monetary Arrangements. Capital Flows and the
monopolistic market. Developing Countries. Appendix: GDP, Population, and
Contents: Preface. Introduction. The Theory of the Firm. Exports for Countries, 2005. Glossary. Index.
I: The Exercise of Monopoly PowerMonopoly. Product Latest Print 2010 / 576 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Selection, Quality, and Advertising. Price Discrimination. ISBN-978-81-203-3827-2 / ` 350.00
Vertical Control. II: Strategic InteractionShort-Run Price
Competition. Dynamic Price Competition and Tacit
Collusion. Product Differentiation: Price Competition and
Labour Economics
Non-Price Competition. Entry, Accommodation, and Exit.
Information and Strategic Behavior: Reputation, Limit CAHUC & ZYLBERBERG
Pricing, and Predation. Research and Development and
the Adoption of New Technologies. Noncooperative
Labor Economics
Game Theory: A Users Manual. Review Exercises. Index. PIERRE CAHUC and ANDR ZYLBERBERG.
Latest Print 2010 / 496 pp. / 21.6 27.8 cm This book is an impressive achievement. It offers a
ISBN-978-81-203-1049-0 / ` 350.00 uniquely comprehensive, technically in-depth, and up-to-
date treatment of modern labor economics suitable for
graduate teaching.
International Economics DAVID H. AUTOR
Department of Economics, MIT
An encyclopedic, integrated, and thoroughly modern
SAWYER & SPRINKLE presentation of labor economics, from supply and
International Economics, 3rd ed. demand decisions to unemployment to the role and
effects of institutions. Topics with which I am familiar
W. CHARLES SAWYER and RICHARD L. SPRINKLE. have been given a clear, concise, precise, balanced, and
This text on the subject is appropriate for the broadest convincing treatment. This is an outstanding textbook.
range of students: economics majors, business majors, OLIVIER BLANCHARD
international relations and other non-business students. Department of Economics, MIT
Its approach reinforces the tools students have learned
This landmark graduate-level text combines depth and
(principles level information). It combines application
breadth of coverage with recent, cutting-edge work in all
and theory to teach students to apply international
the major areas of modern labor economics. Because of
economics to their future careers in the public or private
its command of the literature and the freshness of the
sector.
material included, it will also prove to be a valuable
KEY FEATURES resource for practicing labor economists.
Diverse Mix of MaterialIn order to make learning more The book moves back and forth between factual data and
efficient for all types of learners, various features have theoretical reasoning. The space devoted to theory
been added throughout the text, including: reflects the profound theoretical restructuring in the field
Key terms defined in the margins that has taken place in the last thirty years; the authors
Review of economic principles provided at key points, present these developments within a unified pedagogic
providing flexibility to review the material in class framework. The teaching methods are based on
or out mathematical models, with the mathematical analyses
In-chapter boxes provide more extensive examples or laid out clearly, and the derivation of most results given
applications of previously described theory in five mathematical appendices that provide a toolkit for
understanding the models.
Contents: About the Author. Preface. Introduction: An
Overview of the World Economy. Why Countries Trade. Contents: Introduction. Acknowledgments. Part One:
Comparative Advantage and the Production Possibilities Supply and Demand BehaviorsLabor Supply. Education
Frontier. Factor Endowments and the Commodity and Human Capital. Job Search. Labor Demand. Part Two:
Composition of Trade. Intraindustry Trade. International Wage FormationCompensating Wage Differentials and
Factor Movements. Tariffs. Nontariff Distortions to Discrimination. Contracts, Risk-Sharing, and Incentive.
Trade. International Trade Policy. Regional Economic Collective Bargaining. Part Three: Unemployment
Arrangements. International Trade and Economic Growth. and InequalityUnemployment and Inflation. Job
National Income Accounting and the Balance of Reallocation and Unemployment. Technological Progress,
Payments. International Transactions and Financial Globalization, and Inequalities. Part Four: Institutions and
Markets. Exchange Rates and Their Determination: A Economic PolicyLabor Market Policies. Institutions and
Basic Model. Money, Interest Rates, and the Exchange Labor Market Performance. Mathematical Appendices
256 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
in such courses, but it is also rich in institutional and GHOSH & GHOSH
historical material, which I see as its distinguishing
characteristic. The chapters on financial innovation and Macroeconomics
the interactions between profit seeking, innovation, CHANDANA GHOSH, Assistant Professor at the Economic
regulation, and financial instability are particularly well Research Unit, Indian Statistical Institute, Kolkata.
done. AMBAR GHOSH, Professor of Economics, Jadavpur
CHRISTOPHER NIGGLE, University of Redlands University, Kolkata.
The fifth edition of this classic text covers the origins and Macroeconomics, which along with microeconomics
causes of the ongoing financial crisis, including excessive forms one of the two most general fields of economics,
risk-taking and the erosion of lending standards, the deals with the entire economynational, regional and
securitization of mortgages and other assets and the global economy. As macroeconomics encompasses the
development of credit derivatives. Expanded coverage of performance, structure, behaviour, and decision making
financial instability, including the theories of Hyman of the whole economy, it impinges on the lives of all
Minsky are also included. It the people in a country and the world in general. This
gives students an understanding of how the financial comprehensive and well-organized text strives to dwell
system works, how it affects the economy, and the on the multidimensional aspects of macroeconomics in
role of policy makers and regulators. such a fashion that the concepts are explained with great
captures the recent changes in the financial system, precision and clarity.
some of which have contributed to the ongoing The authors, Dr. Ambar Ghosh and Dr. Chandana Ghosh,
financial crisis, and some of which result from the with their expertise and their wealth of experience in
crisis. teaching the subject, try to strike a balance in treatment
presents an analytical framework that enables students of the subject. That is to say, the text is neither too
to understand and anticipate changes in financial heavily mathematical nor entirely bereft of mathe-
markets and institutions as the financial system maticsindeed, it gives the right mix of mathematics and
continues to evolve. theory.
The text is suitable for an introductory undergraduate The book discusses in detail Keynesian economics, which
course in banking or financial markets analysis taught focuses on aggregate demand to explain levels of
in economics or finance. It is also useful for financial unemployment and the business cycle, as well as New
markets course in MBA. Keynesian economics which is based on rational
Contents: Preface. Part 1: IntroductionIntroduction and expectations and efficient markets. Under these two
Overview. Money and Its Role in the Economy. The broad categories, the book covers such topics as national
Overseer: The Federal Reserve System. Financial Markets, income accounting, aggregate demand and determination
Instruments, and Market Make. Part 2: Financial Prices of GDP, and the IS-LM model. Besides, the text analyzes
Interest Rates and Bond Prices. The Structure of Interest the Classical Theory dealing with aggregate supply,
Rates. Market Efficiency and the Flow of Funds Among money market; the complete Keynesian model; and the
Sector. Part 3: Financial InstitutionsAn Introduction to consumption and investment functions. The book clearly
Financial Intermediaries and Risk. Commercial Banking explains and rejects new Classical and new Keynesian
Structure, Regulation, and Performance. Financial theories. The book concludes with a critique and
Innovation. Financial Instability and Strains on the rejection of modern theories of growth and the
Financial System. Regulation of the Banking System and implications of growth for the economy.
the Financial Services Industry. Part 4: Financial This book is intended mainly as a text for undergraduate
MarketsThe Debt Markets. The Stock Market. Securities and postgraduate students of Economics for their course
Firms, Mutual Funds, and Financial Conglomerates. How in Macroeconomics. Besides, all those who wish to delve
Exchange Rates Are Determined. Forward, Futures, and deeper into the complex yet fascinating subject of Macro-
Options Agreements. The International Financial System. economics should find reading the book useful and
Part 5: Monetary TheoryThe Fed, Depository rewarding.
Institutions, and the Money Supply Process. The Demand
for Real Money Balances and Market Equilibrium. Contents: Preface. Part I: Substantive Macro-economics
Financial Aspects of the Household, Business, Introduction. National Income Accounting. Aggregate
Government, and Rest-of-the-World Secto` Aggregate Demand and Determination of GDP. Financial Sector,
Demand and Aggregate Supply. Part 6: Monetary Policy Money Supply and Interest Rates. IS-LM Model. Classical
The Challenges of Monetary Policy. The Process of Theory. Complete Keynesian Model. The Real Sector and
Monetary Policy Formulation. Policy Implementation. the Financial Sector. Consumption Function. Investment
Monetary Policy in a Globalized Financial System. Function: Keynesian Theory of Investment in Fixed
Glossary. Index. About the Authors. Capital. Demand for Money. Part II: Macro-economics
Gone AstrayNew Classical and New Keynesian Theories.
Latest Print 2009 / 912 pp. / 20.0 25.0 cm Modern Theories of Growth: A Critique. Index.
ISBN-978-81-203-3958-3 / ` 550.00
Latest Print 2011 / 448 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-4306-1 / ` 350.00 / (e-book also available)
258 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
KENNEDY
GORDON Macroeconomic Essentials:
Macroeconomics, 12th ed. Understanding Economics in the News,
ROBERT J. GORDON, Stanley G. Harris Professor in the
Social Sciences, Northwestern University. 3rd ed.
This book presents a cohesive view of the macro PETER E. KENNEDY, formerly Professor Emeritus of
concepts. It, as in previous editions, adopts the core Economics at Simon Fraser University.
distinction between short-run macro, devoted to This introductory text offers an alternative to the
explaining business cycles and their prevention, and long- encyclopedic, technically oriented approach taken by
run macro, dedicated to explaining economic growth. It traditional textbooks on macroeconomic principles.
engages the students with the subject by informing about Concise and non-technical but at the same time rigorous,
the current state of affairs of the global economy. its goal is not to teach students to shift curves on
ECONOMICS 259
Keynesianism. Supply Side Economics. New Classical the importance of price stability and a nominal anchor
Macroeconomics. Macro Theories of Distribution. Index. fiscal and financial preconditions for achieving price
Latest Print 2013 / 400 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm stability
ISBN-978-81-203-4240-8 / ` 325.00 / (e-book also available) central bank independence as an additional
precondition
central bank accountability
MICHL the rationale for inflation targeting
Macroeconomic Theory: A Short Course the optimal inflation target
central bank transparency and communication
THOMAS R. MICHL, Professor of Economics at Colgate the role of asset prices in monetary policy.
University.
Contents: Preface. I: How Did We Get Here?
This book presents all the key topics in intermediate-level Fundamental Issues in the Conduct of Monetary Policy.
macroeconomic theory, using simplest mathematical What Should Central Banks Do? The Transmission
models possible, and highlights the casual linkages of Mechanism and the Role of Asset Prices in Monetary
economic theory. The discussion opens the possibility Policy. The Role of Output Stabilization in the Conduct of
that the standard models are incomplete, challenging Monetary Policy. Can Central Bank Transparency Go Too
students to form their own opinions about, for example, Far? Is There a Role for Monetary Aggregates in the
the existence of a unique natural rate of unemployment. Conduct of Monetary Policy? Rethinking the Role of
The key chapter on inflation focuses on the relationship NAIRU in Monetary Policy: Implications of Model
between inflation and unemployment, which makes the Formulation and Uncertainty. II: Monetary Policy Strategy
treatment of monetary policy more realistic and modern. in Advanced EconomiesCentral Bank Behavior and the
Other chapters explore the open economy under fixed Strategy of Monetary Policy: Observations from Six
and floating exchange rates, the classical growth model, Industrialized Countries. Inflation Targeting: A New
and the Solow-Swan growth model. Classroom-tested Framework for Monetary Policy? International Experience
problems and a mathematical appendix supplement the with Different Monetary Policy Regimes. Why the Federal
chapters. Reserve Should Adopt Inflation Targeting. III: Monetary
Policy Strategy in Emerging Market and Transition
Graduate students as well as those teaching macro-
EconomiesInflation Targeting in Emerging Market
economics should find this book highly useful since the
Countries. Monetary Policy Strategies for Latin America.
basic models developed here are indispensable.
Monetary Policy Strategies for Emerging Market
Contents: Preface. Macroeconomic Accounting. Prices Countries: Lessons from Latin America. Inflation Targeting
and Output. Keynesian Theory. The IS Curve. The LM in Transition Economies: Experience and Prospects. A
Curve. The IS-LM Model. The Aggregate Demand Curve. Decade of Inflation Targeting in the World: What Do We
The Aggregate Supply Curve. The AS-AD Model. Inflation Know and What Do We Need to Know? The Dangers of
and Unemployment. A Model with Active Monetary Exchange-Rate Pegging for Emerging Market Countries.
Policy. Open Economy Basics. Fixed Exchange Rates. The Mirage of Exchange-Rate Regimes for Emerging
Flexible Exchange Rates. The Classical Growth Model. The Market Countries. IV: What Have We Learned? Everything
Neoclassical Growth Model. A. Mathematical Appendix. B. You Wanted to Know about Monetary Policy Strategy,
Answers to Selected Even Problems. Bibliography. Index. but Were Afraid to Ask. Sources. Index.
Latest Print 2009 / 284 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm Latest Print 2009 / 560 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-2446-6 / ` 225.00 ISBN-978-81-203-3957-6 / ` 475.00
MISHKIN STIGLER
Monetary Policy Strategy Theory of Price, The, 4th ed.
FREDERIC S. MISHKIN. GEORGE J. STIGLER, University of Chicago.
This book by a leading authority on monetary policy The classic text by the renowned economist and nobel
offers a unique view of the subject from the perspectives laurate, presents the essentials of the theory of the
of both scholar and practitioner. The book discusses the allocation of resources and the determination of prices.
changes in the conduct of monetary policy in recent
years, in particular the turn to inflation targeting. It sums The subject of Price Theory is a major part of Micro-
up Everything You Wanted to Know about Monetary economics, which is a compulsory subject in
Policy Strategy, But Were Afraid to Ask, and reflects on undergraduate courses in Economics. The main additions
what we have learnt about monetary policy over the last in the book are the chapters on the economics of
thirty years. information and on the economic role of the state. The
The book blends theory, empirical evidence, and text primarily provides a precise presentation of the
extensive case studies of monetary policy in advanced economic theory of the allocation of resources and the
and emerging market and transition economies. determination of price.
Throughout, its focus is on the following key areas: Contents: Introduction to Economic Analysis. Prices and
ECONOMICS 261
the Enterprise Economy. Consumer Behavior. The Theory Monetary Policy. Monetary Policy Operating Procedures.
of Utility. Pricing with Limited Supplies. The Supplies of References. Name Index. Subject Index.
Productive Services. Costs and Production. Production: Latest Print 2011 / 648 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Diminishing Returns. Production: Returns to Scale.
ISBN-978-81-203-4252-1 / ` 450.00
Additional Topics in Production and Costs. The General
Theory of Competitive Prices. The Theory of Monopoly.
Oligopoly, Cartels, and Merge The Economics of Mathematics for Economics
Information. The Demand for Productive Services. Rents
and Quasi-Rents. Wage Theory. The Size Distribution of
Income. Capital and Interest. The Economy and the State. BAUMOL
Appendix AFundamental Quantitative Relationships. Economic Theory and Operations
Appendix BMathematical Notes. Index.
Analysis, 4th ed.
Latest Print 2004 / 380 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm
WILLIAM J. BAUMOL, Princeton and New York
ISBN-81-203-1140-X / ` 150.00
Universities.
This new edition of the highly acclaimed text offers a
WALSH comprehensive description of the current body of
Monetary Theory and Policy, 3rd ed. microeconomic theory and its applications to operations
research. It explains the logic of analysis and offers
CARL E. WALSH, Professor of Economics, University of detailed discussions on how business practice can
California, Santa Cruz. become more practical with keen abstract analysis of its
This text presents a comprehensive treatment of the problems. The standard topics of microeconomics and
most important topics in monetary economics, focusing mathematical economics, as well as a number of new
on the primary models monetary economists have topics have been covered. The organization of the book
employed to address topics in theory and policy. It covers has been revised on the basis of economic area covered.
the basic theoretical approaches, shows how to do Contents: Part One: Analytic Tools of Optimization
simulation work with the models, and discusses the full Optimization and an Example from Inventory Analysis.
range of frictions that economists have studied to Some Elementary Mathematics. Marginal Analysis.
understand the impacts of monetary policy. Maximization, Minimization, and Elementary Differential
This third edition reflects the latest advances in the field, Calculus. Linear Programming. Duality. Nonlinear
incorporating new or expanded material on such topics as Programming. Kuhn-Tucker Methods. Part Two: Demand
monetary search equilibria, sticky information, adaptive and Production TheoryDemand Curves, Utility Surfaces
learning, state-contingent pricing models, and channel and Indifference Maps. On Empirical Determination of
systems for implementing monetary policy. Much of the Demand Relationships. Production and Cost. Linear
material on policy analysis has been reorganized to Programming and the Theory of Production. Comparative
reflect the dominance of the new Keynesian approach. Statics and Maximization: Consumers and Firms. Towards
The book continues to be not only the leading text in the Observability: Revealed Preference and Expenditure and
field but also the standard reference for academics and Cost Functions. Part Three: Firms, Games and Decisions
researchers. The Firm and Its Objectives. Market Structure, Pricing,
and Output. Neumann-Morgenstern Utility Theory. Game
Carl Walshs Monetary Theory and Policy is an Theory. Decision Theory. Part Four: General Equilibrium,
indispensable bridge between theory and practice.
Welfare And DistributionGeneral Equilibrium and the
The book is a comprehensive overview of the field. Each Theory of Money. General Equilibrium and Welfare
topic is addressed by a few models exposited with
Economics. Input-Output Analysis. Activity Analysis and
mathematical rigor and policy insight. The depth and General Equilibrium. Theory of Distribution. Capital and
breadth of the model presentations make the book an Investment Decisions. Capital and Distribution Theory.
essential reference for students and central bank Answers to Problems. Index.
economists alike.
Latest Print 2010 / 720 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm
MARVIN GOODFRIEND, Tepper School of Business, ISBN-978-81-203-0141-2 / ` 295.00
Carnegie Mellon University
Contents: Preface. Introduction. Empirical Evidence on
Money, Prices, and Output. Money-in-the-Utility
Function. Money and Transactions. Money and Public
Finance. Money in the Short Run: Informational and
Portfolio Rigidities. Money in the Short Run: Nominal
Price and Wage Rigidities. Discretionary Policy and Time
Inconsistency. New Keynesian Monetary Economics.
Money and the Open Economy. Financial Markets and
262 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
the theory of costs and revenue, different forms of Chapter 4 presents the sales maximization models of
markets, and price-output determination in competitive Baumol.
markets. Chapter 5 is devoted to factor pricing and Chapter 6 to
Though the book is primarily intended for under-graduate capital and investment decisions. The former focuses on
and postgraduate students of economics and commerce, pricing of variable and fixed factors of production while
it would be immensely useful to management students the latter on intertemporal analysis and choice under
as well. uncertainty.
KEY FEATURES Chapters 7 to 9, devoted to general equilibrium and
Over 250 neatly drawn figures to clarify the concepts market failure, analyse topics on general equilibrium and
Chapter-end summaries as Key Terms and Concepts Pareto efficiency, markets with asymmetric information
to facilitate quick revision. and externalities and public goods.
Chapter-end short and long type questions of KEY FEATURES
numerical and analytical nature with hints and answers Over 145 neatly drawn figures to clarify the concepts.
as appropriate to probe the students understanding of Chapter-end summaries as key terms and concepts to
the material covered. facilitate quick revision.
Numerous illustrative examples throughout the text to Over 410 chapter-end short and long answer questions
illustrate the application of concepts. of numerical and analytical nature with hints, and
Two case studies to encourage application orientation answers as appropriate to probe the students
among the students. assimilation of the material covered.
Numerous illustrative examples throughout the text to
Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Unit I: Foundation illustrate the application of concepts.
of EconomicsIntroduction to Economics. Unit II: Theory
of Price and Consumer BehaviourForces of Demand and Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Price-output
Supply in Action: The Price Mechanism. Elasticity of Decisions of a Monopoly. Price-output Decisions of
Demand and Supply. Approaches to Demand Analysis and Monopolistically Competitive Firms. Price-output
Consumer Behaviour. Unit III: Production, Costs and Decisions in Oligopoly. Sales Maximization. Determination
RevenueProduction and Producers Equilibrium. Cost of Factor Prices. Intertemporal Analysis and Decisions
and Revenue. Unit IV: Forms of MarketsMarket Forms. under Uncertainties. General Equilibrium and Economic
Price-output Decisions of a Firm under Perfect Efficiency. Markets with Asymmetric Information.
Competition. Index. Externalities and Public Goods. Index.
Latest Print 2008 / 432 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm Latest Print 2009 / 288 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
ISBN-978-81-203-3715-2 / ` 250.00 / (e-book also available)
ISBN-978-81-203-3604-9 / ` 295.00 / (e-book also available)
DEAN
CHAUHAN Managerial Economics
Microeconomics: Theory and JOEL DEAN, Graduate School of Business, Columbia
Applications (Part II) University and Joel Dean Associates.
S.P.S. CHAUHAN, Associate Professor in Economics, The purpose of this book is to show how economic
Department of Commerce, Delhi College of Arts and analysis can be used in formulating business policies. The
Commerce, University of Delhi. book draws upon economic analysis for the concepts of
demand, cost, profit, competition, and so on, that are
This book presents a scientific and systematic develop-
appropriate for the development, of an economic
ment of the underlying concepts of microeconomics with
approach to executive decisions. Although the text is
due emphasis on analytical and mathematical treatment,
preoccupied with concepts rather than detailed
much needed for an application orientation of mind, to
techniques of estimation, it concentrates on those
help students in understanding and tackling the real-
concepts that can be measured and applied to
world problems.
management problems.
The book is organized into nine chapte` The first chapter
The book does not attempt to cover all aspects of either
is devoted to price-output decisions of a monopoly. It
management or economics: it deals with those phases of
provides a comprehensive account of these decisions
enterprise economics that are particularly useful to the
under all their manifestations in a systematic manner
management of a large industrial corporation. The
with illustrative sketches and mathematical explanations.
authors endeavour successfully bridges the gap between
Chapters 2 to 4, devoted to imperfect markets, cover the problems of logic that intrigue economic theorists
monopolistic competition, duopoly and oligopoly under and the problems of policies that plague practical
different situations of product pricing and quantity management needs in order to give executive access to
determination. The analysis is systematic incorporating the practical contributions that economic thinking can
illustrative sketches and mathematical explanations. make to top-management policies.
ECONOMICS 265
the firm operates and examines certain pricing practices Managerial Economics and Financial Accounting as part of
such as mark-up pricing and multiple products pricing. an engineering degree education at undergraduate level
KEY FEATURES where the students have no previous background in
economic and financial analysis. It will also be immensely
Gives many Indian cases and Indian examples. useful for M.B.A., M.Com. and C.A. students, business
Provides data analysis of certain firms and industries in executives, and administrators who need to learn the
India with respect to sales or demand forecasting application of economic theory to realistic business
through statistical tools.
situations.
Gives multiple choice, analytical and applied questions
at the end of each chapter. Contents: Preface. Managerial Economics: The Basics.
Intended as a text for the postgraduate students of Demand Analysis. Production and Cost Analysis. Capital
management, the book would be equally useful for the Management and Investment Decisions. Accountancy.
postgraduate students of Commerce and Economics. Types of Business Organisation. Glossary. Bibliography.
Besides, practising managers should find the book quite Model Questions. Present Value Tables. Index.
valuable. Latest Print 2011 / 592 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
Contents: Preface. Demand-supply Analysis. Elasticity and ISBN-978-81-203-3321-5 / ` 350.00 / (e-book also available)
its Applications. Demand Analysis, Estimation and
Forecasting. Theory of Consumer Choice. Welfare
Economics. Production Analysis of the Firm. Analysis of
Microfinance
Cost of Production of the Firm. Profit Analysis of the
Firm. Perfectly Competitive Market. Monopolistic Market. ARMENDRIZ & MORDUCH
Monopolistic Competitive Market. Oligopoly Market.
Game Theoretic Approaches to Oligopoly. Pricing Economics of Microfinance, The, 2nd ed.
Practices. Index. BEATRIZ ARMENDRIZ is Lecturer in Economics at
Latest Print 2010 / 304 pp. / 16.0 24.1 cm Harvard University, on leave from University College
ISBN-978-81-203-4094-7 / ` 250.00 / (e-book also available) London, where she is Senior Lecturer in Economics.
JONATHAN MORDUCH is Associate Professor of Public
REDDY & SARASWATHI Policy and Economics at New York University.
Managerial Economics and The microfinance revolution has allowed more than 150
million poor around the world to receive small loans
Financial Accounting without collateral, build up assets, and buy insurance.
M. KASI REDDY, Associate Professor, School of This book offers an accessible and engaging analysis of
Management Studies, Chaitanya Bharathi Institute the global expansion of financial markets in poor
of Technology, Hyderabad. communities. It introduces readers to the key ideas
S. SARASWATHI, Senior Assistant Professor, School of driving microfinance, integrating theory with empirical
Management Studies, Chaitanya Bharathi Institute data and addressing a range of issues, including savings
of Technology, Hyderabad. and insurance, the role of women, impact measurement,
and management incentives.
This text presents an accessible introduction to
techniques and applications of economic analysis and This second edition has been updated throughout
financial accounting as a method for approaching real-life to reflect the latest data, with new material on commer-
business problems for managerial decision making in a cialization, credit contracts, savings and insurance,
logical manner. It focusses on the essential skills needed gender, impact measurement, and governance.
to formulate business policies that help gain a Appendixes and problem sets cover technical material.
competitive edge in todays work environment. The book is primarily meant for the undergraduate and
The book discusses the basic concepts, terminology, and postgraduate students of economics and public policy.
methods that eventually allow students to interpret, Researchers practitioners in the field will also find the
analyse, and evaluate actual corporate financial book useful.
statements. It covers the major areas of managerial Anyone interested in the science behind microfinance
economics and financial accounting such as the theory of must read this impressive book. It is written with
the firm, the demand theory and forecasting, the experience in microfinance and a deep understanding of
production and cost theory and estimation, the market economics.
structure and pricing, investment analysis, accountancy,
and different forms of business organisations. MUHAMMAD YUNUS, Nobel Peace Prize Laureate (2006)
The book includes numerous examples, problems, self- An extraordinary book, inasmuch as it explains not only
assessment tests, as well as review questions at the end the underlying rationale of microfinance but, more
of each chapter to aid in working out solutions to broadly, of finance itself.
business problems. THOMAS EASTON, Asia Business Editor,
The book will be particularly suitable for courses in The Economist
268 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
It is necessary to use critical economic reasoning to Origins of Radical Political EconomyMarxs Dialectical
understand why the [microfinance] movement is such a Perspective. Historical Materialism. Marxs Economic
success. This book is a splendid contribution to that Analysis of Capitalism. The Demise of Capitalism and the
goal, and will be a great help to the students, teachers, Rise of Socialism. Notes. References. Further Reading.
and practitioners in economics and social sciences. Method, Core Concepts, and CapitalismRadical
AMARTYA SEN, Lamont University Professor, Approach to Economics. Core Concepts: Surplus Product
Harvard University, and Class. Economic Systems and Capitalism.
Nobel Laureate in Economics (1998) Accumulation and Change in Capitalism. U.S. Capitalism.
Notes. References. Further Reading. Theory of Production
Contents: Preface to the Second Edition. Preface to the and WorkCapitalist Production. Capitalist Competition.
First Edition. Acknowledgements. Rethinking Banking. Capitalism and the Labor Process. Notes. References.
Why Intervene in Credit Markets? Roots of Microfinance: Further Reading. The Capitalist SystemCultural
ROSCAs and Credit Cooperatives. Group Lending. Domination. Capitalism and the State. Notes. References.
Beyond Group Lending. Savings and Insurance. Gender. Further Reading. Dynamics of CapitalismCapitalism and
Commercialization and Regulation. Measuring Impacts. Inequality. Globalism and the Capitalist Drive for Profits.
Subsidy and Sustainability. Managing Microfinance. Notes. Capitalism and Cyclical Economic Crisis. Notes.
References. Abbreviations. Name Index. Subject Index. References. Further Reading. Radical Alternatives to
Latest Print 2011 / 488 pp. / 15.3 22.9 cm CapitalismCapitalisms Performance. Democratic
ISBN-978-81-203-4271-2 / ` 425.00 Socialism. Existing Socialism. Reforming Capitalism.
References. Further Reading. Index.
Latest Print 2004 / 192 pp. / 13.9 21.6 cm
Political Economics ISBN-81-203-2572-9 / ` 95.00
Develop the rationale of distributing economic or fiscal Although the mathematics has been kept to a minimum,
responsibilities and tax powers among different tiers of the book remains analytical rather than discursive.
government. Annotated suggestions for further reading and numerous
The book makes the comprehension of the subject easier exercises are included at the end of each chapter.
by developing simple mathematical models to derive the Contents: Preface. I: Public Economics and Economic
major results in each of the above areas, and by EfficiencyAn Introduction to Public Economics.
explaining the economic intuition of the results in detail. Equilibrium and Efficiency. II: GovernmentPublic Sector
The concepts are illustrated with the help of simple Statistics. Theories of the Public Sector. III: Departures
examples from the Indian economy. Moreover, the book From EfficiencyPublic Goods. Club Goods and Local
assesses Indias economic policies in the light of the Public Goods. Externalities. Imperfect Competition.
theories discussed. This drives home the relevance of Asymmetric Information. IV: Political EconomyVoting.
the subject and makes the theories meaningful to the Rent-Seeking. V: Equity and DistributionOptimality and
students. Another distinguishing feature of the book is Comparability. Inequality and Poverty. VI: Taxation
that it contains a large number of review questions and Commodity Taxation. Income Taxation. Tax Evasion. VII:
numerical problems on every topic discussed to help the Multiple JurisdictionsFiscal Federalism. Fiscal
students apply the tools and techniques learnt and Competition. VIII: Issues of TimeIntertemporal
thereby develop a sound understanding of the subject. Efficiency. Social Security. Economic Growth. Index.
This textbook is designed to serve the needs of Latest Print 2007 / 744 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm
undergraduate and postgraduate students of econo-mics ISBN-978-81-203-3174-7 / ` 395.00
for a course in Public Finance/Public Economics.
Contents: Preface. Introduction. Public Goods, Mixed
Goods and Externality. Principles of Tax Equity. Efficiency Statistics for Economics
of Taxation. Tax Incidence. Personal Income Taxation.
Corporation Income Tax. Sales Tax. Public Debt. Fiscal JOHNSON & WICHERN
Federalism. Index.
Latest Print 2008 / 360 pp. (Hard Cover) / 17.8 23.5 cm
Applied Multivariate Statistical Analysis,
ISBN-978-81-203-3420-5 / ` 425.00 / (e-book also available) 6th ed.
RICHARD A. JOHNSON, Professor in the Department of
Statistics at the University of Wisconsin.
HINDRIKS & MYLES DEAN W. WICHERN, Professor Emeritus at the Mays
Intermediate Public Economics School of Business at Texas A&M University.
JEAN HINDRIKS is Professor in the Economics Department This classroom-tested text offers a readable introduction
and Codirector of the Center for Operations Research and to the statistical analysis of multivariate observations. Its
Econometrics (CORE) at the Universit Catholique de primary goal is to impart the necessary knowledge to
Louvain. make proper interpretations and select appropriate
GARETH D. MYLES is Head of Department and Professor techniques for analyzing multivariate data.
of Economics at the University of Exeter. It is suitable for courses in Multivariate Statistics,
Public economics studies how government taxing and Marketing Research, Statistics in Education and
spending activities affect the economyeconomic postgraduate-level courses in Experimental Design and
efficiency and the distribution of income and wealth. This Statistics.
comprehensive text in public economics covers the core KEY FEATURES
topics such as market failure and taxation as well as Accessible level: Presents the concepts and methods
recent developments in the political economy and public of multivariate analysis at a level that is readily
choice literatures. It is unique not only in its broad scope understandable by readers who have taken two or
but in its balance between public finance and public more statistics courses.
choice and its combination of theory and relevant
Organization and approach: Contains the methodo-
empirical evidence.
logical tools of multivariate analysis.
After introducing the theory and methodology of public An abundance of examples and exercises based on real
economics and reviewing the efficiency of the dataIncludes, in some cases, snapshots of the
competitive equilibrium, the book presents a historical corresponding SAS output.
and theoretical overview of the public sector. This text Emphasis on applications of multivariate methods.
introduces the reader to the theory of public economics
and the most significant results of the analysis, providing A clear and insightful explanation of multivariate
an overview of the current state of the field. It is techniques.
accessible to anyone with a background of intermediate Contents: Preface. Aspects of Multivariate Analysis.
microeconomics and macroeconomics and can be used in Matrix Algebra and Random Vectors. Sample Geometry
advanced undergraduate as well as postgraduate courses. and Random Sampling. The Multivariate Normal
270 PHI Learning CATALOGUE 2014
Distribution. Inferences about a Mean Vector. parts) develop numerical examples, based on the models
Comparisons of Several Multivariate Means. Multivariate analyzed in the chapters.
Linear Regression Models. Principal Components. Factor This book is a very nice presentation of basic urban
Analysis and Inferences for Structured Covariance material. Brueckner has a great talent for taking complex
Matrices. Canonical Correlation Analysis. Discrimination ideas and models and putting them in readily accessible
and Classification. Clustering, Distance Methods, and frameworks that capture the key points. Moreover, he
Ordination. Appendix. Data Index. Subject Index. uses simple examples to illustrate the issues. The material
Latest Print 2012 / 796 pp. / 17.8 23.5 cm should be accessible to advanced undergraduates and will
ISBN-978-81-203-4587-4 / ` 550.00 provide insights for graduate students as well.
J. VERNON HENDERSON, Eastman Professor of Political
Urban Economics Economy and Professor of Economics and Urban Studies,
Brown University
BRUECKNER Jan Brueckners lucid Lectures on Urban Economics is a
rigorous, but non-technical, analysis of the major topics
Lectures on Urban Economics in the field. The lectures survey topics of broad appeal to
JAN K. BRUECKNER, Professor of Economics at the students, and they provide just enough detailclear
University of California, Irvine, and former editor of the diagrams and tightly written proseto support a
Journal of Urban Economics. definitive analysis. This slim volume has the hallmark of
an excellent undergraduate text.
This book offers a rigorous but nontechnical treatment of
major topics in urban economics. To make the book JOHN M. QUIGLEY, I. Donald Turner Distinguished
accessible to a broad range of readers, the analysis given Professor and Professor of Economics, University of
is diagrammatic rather than mathematical. The book, California, Berkeley
though nontechnical, relies on rigorous economic Contents: Preface. Why Cities Exist. Analyzing Urban
reasoning. In contrast to the cursory theoretical Spatial Structure. Modification of the Urban Model.
development often found in other textbooks, it offers a Urban Sprawl and Land-Use Controls. Freeway
thorough and exhaustive treatment of models relevant to Congestion. Housing Demand and Tenure Choice. Housing
each topic, with the goal of revealing the logic of Policies. Local Public Goods and Services. Pollution.
economic reasoning while also teaching urban economics. Crime. Urban Quality-of-Life Measurement. Exercises.
The book contains footnotes throughout pointing to References. Index.
relevant exercises, which appear at the back of the book. Latest Print 2013 / 296 pp. / 15.3 x 22.9 cm
These 22 extended exercises (containing 125 individuals ISBN-978-81-203-4752-6 / ` 425.00
AUTHORWISE ALPHABETICAL LISTING
Price
(` )
AALST & VAN HEE: Workflow Management: Models, Methods, and Systems, 233 325.00
ABRAMS: Owners Manual for Small Business, The, 133 295.00
ABRAMS: Six-Week Start-up: A Step-by-Step Program for Starting Your Business, Making Money, and Achieving
Your Goals!, 133 250.00
ABRAMS: Successful Business Plan, The: Secrets and Strategies, 4th ed., 134 375.00
ABRAMS: What Business Should I Start? 7 Steps to Discovering the Ideal Business for You, 134 350.00
ADAM & EBERT: Production and Operations Management: Concepts, Models and Behavior, 5th ed., 234 495.00
ADIKESAVAN: Information Technology: Best Practices and Applications in Business, 85 325.00
AGHION, et al.: Economics of Growth, The, 249 425.00
AGRAWAL: SAP HR India Payroll: Technical Reference and Learning Guide, 78, 216 595.00
AGRAWAL: SAP HR OM, PD and TrainingTechnical Reference and Learning Guide, 81, 217 550.00
AGRAWAL: SAP HR Personnel Administration and Recruitment: Technical Reference and Learning Guide,
2nd ed., 79, 218 550.00
AGRAWAL: SAP HR Time Management: Technical Reference and Learning Guide, 2nd ed., 80, 218 550.00
AGRAWAL: SAP MM Purchasing: Technical Reference and Learning Guide (Forthcoming), 82, 219 TBA
AHUJA: Money Matters: The ABCs of Personal Finance, 2nd ed., 44 250.00
AILAWADI & SINGH: Logistics Management, 2nd ed., 192, 222 225.00
AINAPURE & AINAPURE: Auditing and Assurance, 2nd ed., 4 525.00
AJAMI, et al.: International Business: Theory and Practice, 2nd ed., 147 425.00
ALEXANDER, SHARPE & BAILEY: Fundamentals of Investments, 3rd ed., 32 425.00
ALLCORN: Organizational Dynamics and Intervention: Tools for Changing the Workplace, 62 250.00
ALLEN: Bringing New Technology to Market, 205 225.00
ALTEKAR: Enterprisewide Resource Planning: Theory and Practice, 82, 220 175.00
ALTEKAR: Supply Chain Management: Concepts and Cases, 193 325.00
ALTMAN (Ed.): Handbook of Contemporary Behavioral Economics: Foundations and Developments, 248 495.00
ANDREASEN & KOTLER: Strategic Marketing for Nonprofit Organizations, 7th ed., 213 425.00
APTE: Course in English Communication, A: For the Learners of English as a Second Language, 122 195.00
ARMENDRIZ & MORDUCH: Economics of Microfinance, The, 2nd ed., 43, 267 425.00
ARORA & MAHANKALE: Marketing Research, 202 250.00
ARTHUR: First-time Managers Guide to Performance Appraisals, The, 56 250.00
ARTHUR: Recruiting, Interviewing, Selecting and Orienting New Employees, 4th ed., 61 425.00
ASAP WORLD CONSULTANCY: Administering SAP R/3: MM-Materials Management Module, 82, 220 295.00
ASAP WORLD CONSULTANCY: Administering SAP R/3: The FI-Financial Accounting and Co-Controlling Modules, 83, 220 295.00
Price
(` )
ASAP WORLD CONSULTANCY: Administering SAP R/3: The HR-Human Resource Module, 83, 221 295.00
ASAP WORLD CONSULTANCY: Administering SAP R/3: The Production and Planning Module, 83, 221 350.00
ASAP WORLD CONSULTANCY & BLAIN: Administering SAP R/3: The SD-Sales and Distribution Module, 84, 221 295.00
AUBUCHON: Anatomy of Persuasion, The: How to Persuade Others toAct on Your Ideas, Accept Your Proposals,
Buy Your Products or Services, Hire You, Promote You, and More!, 123 275.00
AWAD: Electronic Commerce: From Vision to Fulfillment, 3rd ed., 75 325.00
AWAD & GHAZIRI: Knowledge Management, 2nd ed., 93 495.00
AXELROD: Getting Your Way Every Day: Mastering the Lost Art of Pure Persuasion, 123 325.00
BACON: Selling to Major Accounts: Tools, Techniques and Practical Solutions for the Sales Manager, 210 425.00
BACON & PUGH: Winning Behaviour: What the Smartest, Most Successful Companies Do Differently, 62 425.00
BADGI: Practical Guide to Human Resource Information Systems, 48, 87 275.00
BALACHANDRAN & CHANDRASEKARAN: Corporate Governance and Social Responsibility, 2nd ed., 132 295.00
BALACHANDRAN & THOTHADRI: Taxation Law and Practice, Vol. I, 45 250.00
BANDYOPADHYAY: Mobile Commerce, 76 395.00
BANERJEE: Corporate Environmental Management: A Study with Reference to India, 138 150.00
BANERJEE: Cost Accounting: Theory and Practice, 12th ed., 10 450.00
BANERJEE: Financial Accounting: A Dynamic Approach, 12 495.00
BANERJEE: Financial Accounting: Concepts, Analysis, Methods and Uses, 12 495.00
BANERJEE: Financial Policy and Management Accounting, 8th ed., 17 495.00
BANERJEE: Fundamentals of Financial Management, 17 295.00
BANSAL: Computing for Management, 85 250.00
BARNEY: Gaining and Sustaining Competitive Advantage, 4th ed., 175 425.00
BARNEY & HESTERLY: Strategic Management and Competitive Advantage Concepts, 4th ed., 176 425.00
BARONE: Radical Political Economy: A Concise Introduction, 268 95.00
BARRO: Macroeconomies, 5th ed., 256 795.00
BARRO & SALA-I-MARTIN: Economic Growth, 2nd ed., 249 525.00
BASU, et al.: Industrial Organization and Management, 254 350.00
BAUMOL: Economic Theory and Operations Analysis, 4th ed., 261 295.00
BEACH: Human Element, The: Understanding and Managing Employee Behavior, 48 195.00
BECERRA-FERNANDEZ & LEIDNER (Eds.): Knowledge ManagementAn Evolutionary View, 94 350.00
BECERRAFERNANDEZ & SABHERWAL: Knowledge ManagementSystems and Processes, 94 350.00
BEKAERT & HODRICK: International Financial Management, 30 650.00
BELLON & WHITTINGTON: Competing Through Innovation: Essential Strategies for Small and Medium-sized Firms, 144 325.00
BENTON & GIOVAGNOLI: Wisdom Network, The: An 8-Step Process for Identifying, Sharing, and Leveraging Individual
Expertise, 95 325.00
BERCK & HELFAND: Economics of the Environment, The, 251 425.00
Authorwise Alphabetical Listing 273
Price
(` )
BEST: Market-Based Management: Strategies for Growing Customer Value and Profitability, 5th ed., 187 425.00
BHATIA & SETHI: Corporate and Compensation Laws, 115 350.00
BHATTACHARYA: Working Capital Management: Strategies and Techniques, 2nd ed., 18 375.00
BHATTACHARYYA: Cross-Cultural Management: Text and Cases, 151 325.00
BHATTACHARYYA: Essentials of Financial Accounting, 3rd ed. (with CD-ROM), 13 450.00
BHATTACHARYYA: Financial Accounting for Business Managers, 4th ed., 13 475.00
BHATTACHARYYA: Principles and Practice of Cost Accounting, 3rd ed., 11 525.00
BHOTE: Ultimate Six Sigma, The: Beyond Quality Excellence to Total Business Excellence, 243 525.00
BISWAS: Relationship Marketing: Text and Cases, 209 375.00
BLANCHARD: Logistics Engineering and Management, 6th ed., 193, 222 325.00
BLANCHARD & FISCHER: Lectures on Macroeconomics, 256 450.00
BLOOMBERG, LeMAY & HANNA: Logistics, 194, 223 195.00
BODDE: Intentional Entrepreneur, The: Bringing Technology and Engineering to the Real New Economy, 135 195.00
BODHANWALA: Understanding and Analyzing Balance Sheets Using Excel Worksheets, 2nd ed. (with CD-ROM), 25 295.00
BOLT: Coaching for Growth: How to Bring Out the Best in Your Team and Yourself, 61 125.00
BOLT: Whole Manager, The: Achieving Success Without Selling Your Soul, 153 125.00
BOOHER: Winning Sales Letters: Time-saving and Ready-to-use Sales and Marketing Letters to Help You Get Customers and
Keep Them, 124 225.00
BOYER, FROHLICH & HULT: Extending the Supply Chain: How Cutting-Edge Companies Bridge the Critical Last Mile into
Customers Homes, 194 325.00
BROWN: From Selling to Managing: Guidelines for the First-Time Sales Manager, Revised ed., 210 225.00
BROWN: Keeping Score: Using the Right Metrics to Drive World-Class Performance, 57 350.00
BRUECKNER: Lectures on Urban Economics, 270 425.00
BURTON & BROWN: Financial System and the Economy, The: Principles of Money and Banking, 5th ed., 5, 256 550.00
CABRAL, et al.: Introduction to Industrial Organization, 254 350.00
CAHUC & ZYLBERBERG: Labor Economics, 255 525.00
CAMPBELL: Communication Skills for Project Managers, 124 325.00
CANTERUCCI: Personal Brilliance: Mastering the Everyday Habits that Create a Lifetime of Success, 167 350.00
CARDY & LEONARD: Performance Management: Concepts, Skills, and Exercises, 2nd ed., 58 275.00
CARNEY: Health Service Management: Culture, Consensus and the Middle Manager, 142 325.00
CASCIO & AGUINIS: Applied Psychology in Human Resource Management, 6th ed., 49 425.00
CENTER, et al.: Public Relations PracticesManagerial Case Studies and Problems, 7th ed., 208 350.00
CERTO & CERTO: Modern Management: Concepts and Skills, 11th ed., 158 525.00
CHANDRA BOSE: Advaned AccountingVolume I, 37 395.00
CHANDRA BOSE: Advaned AccountingVolume II, 38 425.00
CHANDRA BOSE: Business Law, 115 325.00
274 Authorwise Alphabetical Listing
Price
(` )
CHANDRA BOSE: Fundamentals of Financial Management, 2nd ed., 18 395.00
CHANDRA BOSE: Inventory Management, 223 150.00
CHANDRA BOSE: Modern Marketing: Principles and Practice, 199 250.00
CHANDRA BOSE: Principles of Management and Administration, 2nd ed., 159 525.00
CHARNEY: Leaders Tool Kit, TheHundreds of Tips and Techniques for Developing the Skills You Need, 154 250.00
CHATTERJEE: Learning Oracle SQL and PL/SQL: A Simplified Guide, 74 350.00
CHATTERJEE: Management Information Systems, 96 225.00
CHATURVEDI, et al.: Managing Innovations and New Product Development: Concepts and Cases, 144, 206 275.00
CHAUHAN: Microeconomics: An Advanced Treatise, 109, 263 450.00
CHAUHAN: MicroeconomicsTheory and Applications, Part I, 263 295.00
CHAUHAN: MicroeconomicsTheory and Applications, Part II, 264 250.00
CHERUNILAM: International Business: Text and Cases, 5th ed., 148 475.00
CHITALE, et al.: Organizational Behaviour: Text and Cases, 49, 62 450.00
CHITALE & GUPTA: Materials Management: Text and Cases, 2nd ed., 224 325.00
CHITALE & GUPTA: Product Policy and Brand Management: Text and Cases, 2nd ed., 206 295.00
CLARKE-EPSTEIN: 78 Important Questions Every Leader Should Ask and Answer, 154 275.00
CLEARY: Negotiation Handbook, The, 165 195.00
CLEMMER: Pathways to Performance: A Guide to Transforming Yourself, Your Team, and Your Organization, 58 350.00
CLICK & COVAL: Theory and Practice of International Financial Management, The, 31 325.00
COSTELL: Science of Sales Success, The: A Proven System for High Profit, Repeatable Results, 211 275.00
COULTER: Entrepreneurship in Action, 2nd ed., 135 425.00
CRITTENDON: New Managers Starter Kit, The: Essential Tools for Doing the Job Right, 155 150.00
DALKIR: Knowledge Management in Theory and Practice, 2nd ed., 95 495.00
DALY & ODEA: Select Selling: Strategies to Win Customers by Defining the Ultimate Target Profile and
Discovering What They Really Want, 188 175.00
DANIELS, RADEBAUGH & SULLIVAN: Globalization and Business, 159 295.00
DAS: Business Accounting and Financial Management, 14, 38 695.00
DAS: Corporate Governance in India: An Evaluation, 3rd ed., 130 295.00
DAS: Corporate Governance: Codes, Systems, Standards and Practices, 2nd ed., 130 375.00
DAS: Management Control Systems: Principles and Practices, 40 225.00
DAS: Project Management and Control, 171 350.00
DAS & BHATTACHARJEE: Statistics for Business and Marketing Research, 214 195.00
DAS MOHAPATRA: International Accounting, 2nd ed., 29 325.00
DAS GUPTA & RADHA KRISHNA: Database Management System, Oracle SQL and PL/SQL, 2nd ed., 74 525.00
DATTA: Materials Management: Procedures, Text and Cases, 2nd ed., 225 250.00
DAVID: Strategic Management: Concepts and Cases, 14th ed., 176 650.00
Authorwise Alphabetical Listing 275
Price
(` )
de La GRANDVILLE: Bond Pricing and Portfolio Analysis: Protecting Investors in the Long Run, 33 395.00
DEAN: Managerial Economics, 107, 264 275.00
DEB: Optimization for Engineering Design: Algorithms and Examples, 2nd ed., 228 325.00
DEBASISH & DAS: Business Communication, 125 250.00
2
DESAI & SRIVASTAVA: ERP to E RP: A Case Study Approach, 84 450.00
DeSOUZA & HENSGEN: Managing Information in Complex Organizations: Semiotics and Signals, Complexity and Chaos, 97 250.00
DEVADASAN, et al.: Lean and Agile Manufacturing: Theoretical, Practical and Research Futurities, 234 350.00
DHOLAKIA et al. (Eds.): Marketing Practices in Developing Economy: Cases from South Asia, 199 395.00
DORFMAN & CATHER: Introduction to Risk Management and Insurance, 10th ed., 27 525.00
DOYLE & ONEILL: Mentoring Entrepreneurs: Shared Wisdom from Experience, 164 175.00
DRAFKE: Human Side of Organizations, The, 10th ed., 63 495.00
DUBEY: Indian Cuisine, The, 182 275.00
DUBEY: IT Services Business Management: Concepts, Processes and Practices, 88 250.00
DUBEY: IT Strategy and Management, 2nd ed., 89 250.00
DUNDON: Seeds of Innovation, The: Cultivating the Synergy That Fosters New Ideas, 145 395.00
DUTTA: Business Communication, 125 275.00
DYE: Executive Excellence: Protocols for Healthcare Leaders, 2nd ed., 142, 155 150.00
DYE: Winning the Talent War: Ensuring Effective Leadership in Healthcare, 142, 155 195.00
DYGERT & JACOBS: Creating A Culture of Success: Fine-Tuning the Heart and Soul of Your Organization, 2nd ed., 64 325.00
ELLIS: Management Skills for New Managers, 167 195.00
EVENSON: Award-Winning Customer Service: 101 Ways to Guarantee Great Performance, 188 250.00
FABOZZI & MODIGLIANI: Capital Markets: Institutions and Instruments, 4th ed., 22 450.00
FACHLER: Chutzpah: Unlocking the Maverick Mindset for Success, 168 225.00
FJERMESTAD & ROMANO, Jr. (Eds.): Electronic Customer Relationship Management, 76 225.00
FLUSS: Real-Time Contact Center, The: Strategies, Tactics, and Technologies for Building a Profitable Service and Sales
Operation, 188 325.00
FOGG: Team-Based Strategic Planning: A Complete Guide to Structuring, Facilitating, and Implementing the Process, 176 395.00
FORGANG: Strategy-Specific Decision Making: A Guide for Executing Competitive Strategy, 177 250.00
FRANCIS, et al.: Facility Layout and Location: An Analytical Approach, 2nd ed., 235 395.00
FRASER & ORMISTON: Understanding Financial Statements, 9th ed., 25 275.00
FREDERICKSON & GHERE (Eds.): Ethics in Public Management, 111 225.00
FULMER & CONGER: Growing Your Companys Leaders: How Great Organizations Use Succession Management to Sustain
Competitive Advantage, 160 425.00
GARG & SRINIVASAN: Workbook on Systems Analysis and Design, Revised 2nd ed., 103 175.00
GARG & VENKITAKRISHNAN: Enterprise Resource Planning: Concepts and Practice, 2nd ed., 84 175.00
GARLAND: Future, Inc.: How Business can Anticipate and Profit from Whats Next, 177 450.00
276 Authorwise Alphabetical Listing
Price
(` )
GAULKE: 101 Ways to Captivate a Business Audience, 126 250.00
GEE: Seven Strategies to Improve Your Bottom Line: The Healthcare Executives Guide, 244 150.00
GHOSH: Management Control Systems, 41 195.00
GHOSH & GHOSH: Economics of the Public Sector, 268 425.00
GHOSH & GHOSH: Macroeconomics, 257 350.00
GLYNN & BARNES (Eds.): Understanding Services Management: Integrating Marketing, Organisational Behaviour,
Operations and Human Resource Management, 160 325.00
GOEL: Financial Services, 23 225.00
GOEL: Performance Appraisal and Compensation Management: A Modern Approach, 2nd ed., 56 375.00
GOMEZ: Auditing and Assurance: Theory and Practice, 4 275.00
GOMEZ: Banking and Finance: Theory, Law and Practice, 6 295.00
GOMEZ: Financial Markets, Institutions, and Financial Services, 23 425.00
GMEZ-MEJA, et al.: Managing Human Resources, 7th ed., 50 595.00
GOODWIN, et al.: Macroeconomics in Context, 106, 265 350.00
GOODWIN, et al.: Microeconomics in Context, 2nd ed., 110, 258 350.00
GOPALAKRISHNAN: Handbook of Materials Management, 2nd ed. (Forthcoming), 225 TBA
GOPALAKRISHNAN: Simplified Six Sigma: Methodology, Tools and Implementation, 244 425.00
GOPALAKRISHNAN & BANERJI: Maintenance and Spare Parts Management, 2nd ed., 226 325.00
GOPALAKRISHNAN & SUNDARESAN: Materials Management: An Integrated Approach, 227 175.00
GOPALAN & SIVASELVAN: Data Mining: Techniques and Trends, 73 125.00
GORDON: Macroeconomics, 12th ed., 106, 258 625.00
GOSNEY & BOEHM: Customer Relationship Management Essentials, 189 250.00
GOVINDARAJAN: Marketing Management: Concepts, Cases, Challenges and Trends, 2nd ed., 200 275.00
GOVINDARAJAN & NATARAJAN: Principles of Management, 161 225.00
GOVINDARAJAN, et al.: Engineering Ethics (includes Human Values), 112 175.00
GOVINDARAJAN, et al.: Professional Ethics and Human Values, 112 150.00
GOYAL & GOYAL: Corporate Accounting, 3rd ed., 10 450.00
GOYAL & GOYAL: Financial Accounting, 4th ed., 15 425.00
GOYAL & GOYAL: Financial Accounting for BBA, 15 375.00
GRABOWSKI, SELF & SHIELDS: Economic DevelopmentA Regional, Institutional, and Historical Approach, 250 295.00
GRANTHAM, WARE & WILLIAMSON: Corporate Agility: A Revolutionary New Model for Competing in a Flat World, 178 450.00
GREEN, TULL & ALBAUM: Research for Marketing Decisions, 5th ed., 202 350.00
GREENBERG: Behavior in Organizations, 10th ed., 64 575.00
GROVER & MARKUS (Eds.): Business Process Transformation, 119 350.00
GUPTA: Financial Derivatives: Theory, Concepts and Problems, 33 425.00
GUPTA: Principles of Management, 161 195.00
Authorwise Alphabetical Listing 277
Price
(` )
GUPTA: Project Management, 171 275.00
GUPTA & GUPTA: Research Methodology, 242 225.00
GUPTA & KHANNA: Quantitative Techniques for Decision Making, 4th ed., 240 425.00
GUPTA, GOLLAKOTA & SRINIVASAN: Business Policy and Strategic Management: Concepts and Applications,
2nd ed. (Revised), 178 395.00
HAMPTON: Financial Decision Making: Concepts, Problems and Cases, 4th ed., 19 425.00
HANDFIELD & NICHOLS, Jr.: Introduction to Supply Chain Management, 194 195.00
HANKE & WICHERN: Business Forecasting, 9th ed., 115 475.00
HARISH CHANDER: Cyber Laws and IT Protection, 87 325.00
HARVEY & ALLARD: Understanding and Managing Diversity: Readings, Cases, and Exercises 4th ed., 151 375.00
HAUGEN: Modern Investment Theory, 5th ed., 34 495.00
HERSEY, BLANCHARD & JOHNSON: Management of Organizational Behavior: Leading Human Resources, 10th ed., 65 325.00
HINDRIKS & MYLES: Intermediate Public Economics, 269 395.00
HOLT: Entrepreneurship: New Venture Creation, 136 375.00
HORRELL: Kindness Revolution, The: The Company-wide Culture Shift that Inspires Phenomenal Customer Service, 189 450.00
HOWELL & COSTLEY: Understanding Behaviors for Effective Leadership, 2nd ed., 156 325.00
HOY, et al.: Mathematics for Economics, 3rd ed., 262 650.00
HULL: Introduction to Futures and Options Markets, 2nd ed., 34 250.00
HUNGER & WHEELEN: Essentials of Strategic Management, 5th ed., 179 250.00
HUNT & LAUTZENHEISER: History of Economic ThoughtA Critical Perspective, 253 395.00
IMMINK & OKANE: TENBizPlan: Dynamic Business Planning for Start-ups, 2nd ed., 136 325.00
INTRILIGATOR: Mathematical Optimization and Economic Theory, 262 450.00
JANAKIRAMAN & GOPAL: Total Quality Management: Text and Cases, 245 225.00
JANAKIRAMAN & SARUKESI: Decision Support Systems, 97 150.00
JAYARAM & KOTWANI: Industrial Economics and Telecommunication Regulations, 105 295.00
JESSUP & VALACICH: Information Systems Today: Managing in the Digital World, 3rd ed., 98 475.00
JOHNSON & PHILLIPS: Absolute HonestyBuilding a Corporate Culture that Values Straight Talk and Rewards Integrity, 65 450.00
JOHNSON & WICHERN: Applied Multivariate Statistical Analysis, 6th ed., 269 550.00
JOHNSTON, Jr. & BATE: Power of Strategy Innovation, The: A New Way of Linking Creativity and Strategic Planning to
Discover Great Business Opportunities, 145 450.00
JONES: When Ads Work: New Proof That Advertising Triggers Sales, 2nd ed., 183 195.00
JONES & SLATER: Whats in a Name? Advertising and the Concept of Brands, 2nd ed., 183 195.00
JOSEPH: E-Commerce: An Indian Perspective, 4th ed., 77 425.00
JOSEPH & MOHAPATRA: Management Information Systems in the Knowledge Economy, 2nd ed., 97 475.00
JUGENHEIMER, et al.: Advertising and Public Relations Research, 184 295.00
JULNES & HOLZER (Eds.): Performance Measurement: Building Theory, Improving Practice, 59 250.00
278 Authorwise Alphabetical Listing
Price
(` )
KAEN: Blueprint for Corporate Governance, A: Strategy, Accountability, and the Presentation of Shareholder Value, 131 350.00
KAHN: New Product Forecasting: An Applied Approach, 207 150.00
KANAGASABAPATHI: Indian Models of Economy, Business and Management, 3rd ed., 143, 253 275.00
KANDA: Project Management: A Life Cycle Approach, 240 225.00
KANDULA: Competency-based Human Resource Management, 50 350.00
KANDULA: Human Resource Management in Practice with 300 Models, Techniques and Tools, 51 350.00
KANDULA: Performance Management: Strategies, Interventions, Drivers, 59 275.00
KANDULA: Strategic Human Resource Development, 51 250.00
KANTER: Managing with Information, 4th ed., 98 275.00
KAPLAN & ATKINSON: Advanced Management Accounting, 3rd ed., 39 395.00
KAPOOR & KANSAL: Basics of Distribution Management: A Logistical Approach, 195, 223 195.00
KAUL: Business Communication, 2nd ed., 126 175.00
KAUL: Effective Business Communication, 126 150.00
KAUL & SINGH (Eds.): New Paradigms for Gender Inclusivity: Theory and Best Practices, 140 325.00
KAYE: Workplace Wars and How to End Them: Turning Personal Conflicts into Productive Teamwork, 46 250.00
KELKAR: Hospital Information Systems: A Concise Study, 99 450.00
KELKAR: Information SystemsA Concise Study, 99 495.00
KELKAR: Information Technology Project ManagementA Concise Study, 3rd ed., 90 525.00
KELKAR: Management Information Systems: A Concise Study, 2nd ed., 100 250.00
KELKAR: Software Project ManagementA Concise Study, 3rd ed., 91 275.00
KELKAR: Strategic IT Management: A Concise Study, 89 595.00
KELLEY & JUGENHEIMER: Advertising Media Planning: A Brand Management Approach, 184 150.00
KENDALL & KENDALL: Systems Analysis and Design, 9th ed., 104 595.00
KENDRICK: Identifying and Managing Project RiskEssential Tools for Failure-Proofing Your Project, 2nd ed., 172 395.00
KENDRICK: Project Management Tool Kit, The: 100 Tips and Techniques for Getting the Job Done Right, 172 225.00
KENNEDY: Macroeconomic Essentials: Understanding Economics in the News, 3rd ed., 107, 252 495.00
KENNEDY: Macroeconomic Theory, 259 325.00
KENNEDY: Public Finance, 44 325.00
KEVIN: Commodity and Financial Derivatives, 35 250.00
KEVIN: Fundamentals of International Financial Management, 31 250.00
KEVIN: Portfolio Management, 2nd ed., 35 225.00
KEVIN: Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, 36 195.00
KHANNA: Production and Operations Management, 235 325.00
KHANNA: Project Management, 172 350.00
KHANNA: Quantitative Techniques for Managerial Decisions, 2nd ed., 241 450.00
Authorwise Alphabetical Listing 279
Price
(` )
KIRKPATRICK: Improving Employee Performance through Appraisal and Coaching, 2nd ed., 59 250.00
KOHLS & UHL: Marketing of Agricultural Products, 9th ed., 186 450.00
KONDALKAR: Organization Effectiveness and Change Management, 66 395.00
KRISHNAMACHARYULU & RAMAKRISHNAN: Organizational Development, 66 350.00
KRISHNAMOORTHY: Environmental Management: Text and Cases, 2nd ed., 139 250.00
KRISHNAMURTHI & VISHWANATH (Eds.): Advanced Corporate Finance, 19 350.00
KRISHNAMURTHY & RAVINDRA: Professional Practice, 112 350.00
KRISHNASWAMY & MATHIRAJAN: Cases in Operations Management, 236 295.00
KUMAR: Financial Derivatives, 36 295.00
KUMAR: International Marketing Research, 203 275.00
KUMAR: Product Design: Creativity, Concepts and Usability, 233 325.00
KUMAR & SHARMA: Auditing: Principles and Practice, 2nd ed., 5 395.00
KUPPAPALLY: Accounting for Managers, 39 350.00
KUTTY: Managing Life Insurance, 27 375.00
LEECH: How to Prepare, Stage, and Deliver Winning Presentations, 3rd ed., 127 350.00
LEVINE, et al.: Statistics for Managers: Using Microsoft Excel, 7th ed., 215 725.00
LILIEN, KOTLER & MOORTHY: Marketing Models, 200 495.00
LIVESAY: 7 Most Powerful Selling Secrets, The: Soar Your Way to Success with Integrity, Passion and Joy, 211 150.00
LOOMBA: Risk Management and Insurance Planning, 28 550.00
LUCAS: Passionate Organization, The: Igniting the Fire of Employee Commitment, 60 375.00
LUSCH & VARGO (Eds.): Service-Dominant Logic of Marketing, The: Dialog, Debate, and Directions, 212 395.00
MACIARIELLO & KIRBY: Management Control SystemsUsing Adaptive Systems to Attain Control, 2nd ed., 41 395.00
MAHAPATRA: Operations Management: A Quantitative Approach, 236 395.00
MAHESHWARI: Investment Management, 36 295.00
MAHESHWARI: Managerial Economics, 3rd ed., 108, 265 275.00
MAINIERO & TROMLEY: Developing Managerial Skills in Organizational Behavior, 2nd ed., 67 475.00
MAJUMDAR: Consumer Behaviour: Insights from Indian Market (with CD-ROM), 186 425.00
MAJUMDAR: Product Management in India, 3rd ed. (with CD-ROM), 207 350.00
MALHOTRA (Ed.): Review of Marketing Research, Vol. 2, 203 350.00
MANNA & CHAKRABORTI: Values and Ethics in Business and Profession, 113 195.00
MARAKAS: Decision Support Systems in the 21st Century, 2nd ed., 100 325.00
MARSHALL & BANSAL: Financial Engineering: A Complete Guide to Financial Innovation, 19 495.00
MARTIN, et al.: Smarts: Are We Hardwired for Success?, 141 425.00
MARUSKA: How Great Decisions Get Made: 10 Easy Steps for Reaching Agreement on Even the Toughest Issues, 165 375.00
MASSIE: Essentials of Management, 4th ed., 161 150.00
McGRATH: Basic Managerial Skills for All, 9th ed., 47, 168 395.00
280 Authorwise Alphabetical Listing
Price
(` )
McGRATH: Training for Life and Leadership in Industry, 4th ed. (Rev.), 71 350.00
McKEE & McKEE: Star: Leadership Behaviours for Stellar SME Growth, 156 325.00
MICHL: Macroeconomic Theory: A Short Course, 260 225.00
MILLER: ProActive Sales Management: How to Lead, Motivate, and Stay ahead of the Game, 211 375.00
MILLS: StreetSmart Negotiator, The: How to Outwit, Outmaneuver, and Outlast Your Opponents, 165 295.00
MIRANDA & FACKLER: Applied Computational Economics and Finance, 43, 248 495.00
MISHKIN: Monetary Policy Strategy, 260 475.00
MISHRA: Engineering Economics and Costing, 2nd ed., 252 250.00
MISHRA: Fundamentals of Life Insurance: Theories and Applications, 28 250.00
MISHRA & PATHAK: Maintenance Engineering and Management, 2nd ed., 227 295.00
MISRA: Information Systems Management in Business Development Organizations: Text and Cases, 101 350.00
MISRA & YADAV: International Business: Text and Cases, 148 275.00
MITROFF: Why Some Companies Emerge Stronger and Better from a Crisis: 7 Essential Lessons for Surviving Disaster, 141 250.00
MOHANTY: Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship, 136 195.00
MOHAPATRA: Business Process Automation, 120 325.00
MOHAPATRA: Cases in Management Information Systems, 101 225.00
MORSE & BABCOCK: Managing Engineering and Technology, 4th ed., 237 295.00
MRUTHYUNJAYA: Business Ethics and Value Systems, 113 525.00
MRUTHYUNJAYA: Knowledge Management, 96 495.00
MUKERJEE: Customer Relationship Management: A Strategic Approach to Marketing, 189 175.00
MUKERJEE: Product Management: Text and Cases, 208 175.00
MUKHERJEE: Total Quality Management, 245 325.00
MUKHERJEE, et al.: Microeconomics, 266 195.00
MUKHERJEE & KACHWALA: Operations Management and Productivity Techniques, 237 325.00
MUKHOPADHYAY: Production Planning and Control: Text and Cases, 2nd ed., 238 325.00
MURALEEDHARAN: Modern Banking: Theory and Practice, 6 325.00
MURALIDHARAN & SYAMSUNDER: Statistical Methods for Quality, Reliability and Maintainability, 215 350.00
MUTHUKRISHNAN: Economics of Environment, 251 195.00
MURDICK, ROSS & CLAGGETT: Information Systems for Modern Management, 3rd ed., 102 275.00
MURPHY, Jr. & WOOD: Contemporary Logistics, 9th ed., 195 325.00
NADAR: Money and Banking, 7 325.00
NADAR & VIJAYAN: Managerial Economics, 2nd ed., 108, 266 295.00
NANDAN: Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship, 3rd ed., 137 250.00
NARANG: Database Management Systems, 2nd ed., 74 325.00
NARASIMHAN, et al.: Production Planning and Inventory Control, 2nd ed., 239 495.00
NARAYANASWAMY: Financial Accounting: A Managerial Perspective, 4th ed., 16 495.00
Authorwise Alphabetical Listing 281
Price
(` )
NICKERSON: Business and Information Systems, 2nd ed., 102 450.00
NIGAM & JAIN: Cost Accounting: Principles and Practice, 11 495.00
OLIVER OBE & MEMMOTT: Growing Your Own HeroesThe Commonsense Way to Improve Business Performance, 162 275.00
STRING: Profit-Focused Supplier Management: How to Identify Risks and Recognize Opportunities, 196 425.00
PACHGHARE: Cryptography and Information Security, 88 295.00
PADHI: Labour and Industrial Laws, 2nd ed., 116 595.00
PADHI: Legal Aspects of Business, 116 450.00
PAILWAR: Economic Environment of Business, 3rd ed., 105, 250 450.00
PANDEY: Finance: A Management Guide for Managing Company Funds and Profits, 20 195.00
PANDEY: Venture Capital: The Indian Experience, 45 125.00
PANNEERSELVAM: Database Management Systems, 2nd ed., 75 295.00
PANNEERSELVAM: Engineering Economics, 2nd ed., 216 275.00
PANNEERSELVAM: Interest Tables for Engineering Economics, 216 75.00
PANNEERSELVAM: Operations Research, 2nd ed., 228 350.00
PANNEERSELVAM: Production and Operations Management, 3rd ed., 239 375.00
PANNEERSELVAM: Research Methodology, 242 350.00
PANNEERSELVAM & SENTHILKUMAR: Project Management, 173 295.00
PARASHAR: Cellular Manufacturing: An Integrated Approach, 239 250.00
PARK: Contemporary Engineering Economics, 5th ed., 252 550.00
PATTANAYAK: Human Resource Management, 3rd ed., 52 325.00
PAUL: International Business, 6th ed., 149 525.00
PENDSE: Business Analysis: Visualizing Business Processes and Effective Software Solutions, 72, 111 225.00
PETERSON & FERRELL (Eds.): Business Ethics: New Challenges for Business Schools and Corporate Leaders, 114 195.00
PHADTARE: Industrial Marketing, 191 150.00
PHADTARE: Strategic Management: Concepts and Cases, 179 250.00
PLANNING SHOP with ABRAMS: Successful Business Research: Straight to the Numbers you NeedFast!, 137 295.00
POPLI & PURI: Strategic Credit Management in Banks, 7 350.00
PRABHU: Data Warehousing: Concepts, Techniques, Products and Applications, 3rd ed., 73 225.00
PRABHU: E-Governance: Concepts and Case Studies, 2nd ed., 77 325.00
PRASAD: Corporate Governance, 2nd ed., 131 325.00
PRASAD: Strategic Human Resource Development: Concepts and Practices, 52 350.00
PRASAD: Strategic Management: Text and Cases, 180 250.00
PRUSTY: Managerial Economics, 109, 266 250.00
PUNNETT: International Perspectives on Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management, 53, 67 250.00
PUSHP LATA & KUMAR: Communicate or Collapse: A Handbook of Effective Public Speaking, Group Discussions
and Interviews, 127 225.00
282 Authorwise Alphabetical Listing
Price
(` )
PUSHP LATA & KUMAR: Communicate to Conquer: A Handbook of Group Discussions and Job Interviews
(with DVD), 128 195.00
QUIBLE: Administrative Office Management: An Introduction, 8th ed., 162 525.00
RABE: Innovation Killer, The: How What We Know Limits What We Can Imagine and What Smart Companies are
Doing About It, 146 425.00
RADHAKRISHNAN & BALASUBRAMANIAN: Business Process Reengineering: Text and Cases, 120 250.00
RAI: Customer Relationship Management: Concepts and Cases, 2nd ed., 190 395.00
RAI: Export-Import and Logistics Management, 2nd ed., 196 275.00
RAICHAUDHURI: Managing New Ventures: Concepts and Cases on Entrepreneurship, 138 250.00
RAIFFA with RICHARDSON & METCALFE: Negotiation Analysis: The Science and Art of Collaborative Decision Making, 166 495.00
RAJAGOPAL: Operations Research, 229 495.00
RAJARAMAN: Analysis and Design of Information Systems, 3rd ed., 102 250.00
RAJARAMAN: Fundamentals of Computers, 5th ed., 86 250.00
RAJARAMAN: Introduction to Information Technology, 2nd ed., 86 295.00
RAMAKRISHNA: Essentials of Project Management, 173 325.00
RAMAKRISHNAN: Managerial Leadership in Multicultural Organizations: Challenging the Challenges of
Globalization, 67, 152, 156 450.00
RANDOLPH & POSNER: Effective Project Planning and Management: Getting the Job Done, 174 95.00
RAO: Business Analytics: An Applications Focus, 204 275.00
RAO: Business Law, 117 350.00
RAO: Financial Statement Analysis and Reporting, 26 425.00
RAO: Fundamentals of Accounting for CPT, 3 450.00
RAO: Mercantile Law (for CPT Course), 9, 117 275.00
RATHORE: International Accounting, 2nd ed., 30 350.00
RAY: Mergers and Acquisitions: Strategy, Valuation and Integration, 42 495.00
REDDI: Effective Public Relations and Media Strategy, 2nd ed., 209 425.00
REDDY & SARASWATHI: Managerial Economics and Financial Accounting, 16, 109, 267 350.00
REEDER, et al.: Industrial Marketing: Analysis, Planning and Control, 2nd ed., 192 425.00
RICHMAN: Project Management: Step by Step, 174 225.00
ROBBINS & HUNSAKER: Training in Interpersonal Skills: Tips for Managing People at Work, 5th ed., 157 325.00
ROGERS, JALAL & BOYD: Introduction to Sustainable Development, An, 181 395.00
ROSEN: Effective IT Project Management: Using Teams to Get Projects Completed on Time and Under Budget, 91, 175 450.00
ROUT & OMIKO: Corporate Conflict Management: Concepts and Skills, 46 325.00
SADAGOPAN: Management Information Systems, 103 225.00
SAHAF: Strategic Marketing: Making Decisions for Strategic Advantage, 214 425.00
SAMUEL: Creating the Accountable Organization: A Practical Guide to Improve Performance Execution, 68 195.00
SAPRU: Administrative Theories and Management Thought, 3rd ed., 163 525.00
Authorwise Alphabetical Listing 283
Price
(` )
SARNGADHARAN & RAJITHA KUMAR: Financial Analysis for Management Decisions, 26 325.00
SATYANARAYANA: e-Government: The Science of the Possible, 78 325.00
SATYANARAYANA: Managing Transformation: Objectives to Outcomes, 68, 121 375.00
SATYA RAJU & PARTHASARATHY: Management: Text and Cases, 2nd ed., 163 295.00
SAWYER & SPRINKLE: International Economics, 3rd ed., 255 350.00
SAXENA & AWASTHI: Leadership, 157 195.00
SCHIESSER: ITSystems Management: Designing, Implementing, and Managing World-Class Infrastructures, 92 350.00
SCIEUR: Sociology of Organisations: An Introduction and Analysis of Collective Organisations, 2nd ed., 69 175.00
SCHINKEL & SCHINKEL: Employees Not Doing What You Expect, 53, 60 225.00
SCHNIEDERJANS, et al.: Outsourcing and Insourcing in an International Context, 72 195.00
SEIFERT: Collaborative Planning, Forecasting, and Replenishment: How to Create a Supply Chain Advantage, 197 450.00
SEN: Communication Skills, 2nd ed., 128 225.00
SEN: Operations Research: Algorithms and Applications, 229 425.00
SENGUPTA: Business and Managerial Communication, 129 375.00
SENGUPTA, BHATTACHARYA & SENGUPTA: Managing Change in Organizations, 121 275.00
SETHI & BHATIA: Elements of Banking and Insurance, 2nd ed., 8 295.00
SHAH, GOR & SONI: Operations Research, 230 350.00
SHANMUGASUNDARAM (Ed.): Customer Relationship Management: Modern Trends and Perspectives, 190 250.00
SHARAN: International Financial Management, 6th ed., 32 395.00
SHARMA: Management of Financial Institutions: With Emphasis on Bank and Risk Management, 24 275.00
SHARMA et al.: Neuromarketing: A Peep into Customers Minds, 205 350.00
SHARMA & GOYAL: Hospital Administration and Human Resource Management, 6th ed., 54 425.00
SHARMA & SINGH: Advertising: Planning and Implementation, 185 350.00
SHUKLA: Understanding Organisations: Organisational Theory and Practice in India, 69 275.00
SIMON: Developing Decision-Making Skills for Business, 168 195.00
SIMPKINS: Secrets of Great Sales Management, The: Advanced Strategies for Maximizing Performance, 212 350.00
SINGH: Counselling Skills for Managers, 47 225.00
SINGHAL & SINGHAL: Implementing ISO 9001:2000 Quality Management SystemsA Reference Guide, 2nd ed., 245 195.00
SINGHVI & BODHANWALA: Management Accounting: Text and Cases, 2nd ed., 40 395.00
SINHA: Financial Statement Analysis, 2nd ed., 26 450.00
SISTARE, SHIPLETT & BUSS (Eds.): Innovations in Human Resource Management: Getting the Publics Work Done
in the 21st Century, 54 295.00
SIVARETHINAMOHAN: Industrial Relations and Labour Welfare: Text and Cases, 118 375.00
SMITH & MAZIN: HR Answer Book, TheAn Indispensable Guide for Managers and Human Resources Professionals, 55 325.00
SNYDER & STEGER: Working with Microsoft Dynamics CRM 4.0, 2nd ed., 85 495.00
SOFAT & HIRO: Basic Accounting, 2nd ed., 3 350.00
284 Authorwise Alphabetical Listing
Price
(` )
SOFAT & HIRO: Strategic Financial Management, 20 325.00
SOLOMON: Consumer BehaviorBuying, Having and Being, 10th ed., 187 725.00
SOPLE: Business Process Outsourcing: A Supply Chain of Expertises, 198 250.00
SOPLE: Managing Intellectual PropertyThe Strategic Imperative, 3rd ed., 147 395.00
SPEYER & CHUNG: Stochastic Processes, Estimation, and Control, 230 350.00
SPITZER: SuperMotivationA Blueprint for Energizing Your Organization from Top to Bottom, 70 295.00
SRINIVASA RAJU & NAGESH KUMAR: Multicriterion Analysis in Engineering and Management, 231 325.00
SRINIVASAN: Case Studies in Marketing: The Indian Context, 5th ed., 201 350.00
SRINIVASAN: International Marketing, 3rd ed., 201 225.00
SRINIVASAN: Operations Research: Principles and Applications, 2nd ed., 231 350.00
SRINIVASAN: Quantitative Models in Operations and Supply Chain Management, 198, 241 250.00
SRINIVASAN: Services MarketingThe Indian Context, 3rd ed., 213 250.00
SRINIVASAN: Strategic Management: The Indian Context, 4th ed., 180 275.00
SRIRAM, et al.: Core Banking Solution: Evaluation of Security and Controls, 2nd ed., 8 350.00
SRIVASTAVA & JHAJHARIA (Eds.): Cases in Management, 164 325.00
SRIVASTAVA & VERMA: Strategic Management: Concepts, Skills and Practices, 181 375.00
STAFFORD & FABER (Eds.): Advertising, Promotion, and New Media, 185 295.00
STEERS & NARDON: Managing in the Global Economy, 150 375.00
STIGLER: Theory of Price, The, 4th ed., 260 150.00
STONE: How to Resolve Conflicts at Work: A Take-Charge Assistant Book, 47 225.00
STRAUB: Rookie Manager, The: A Guide to Surviving Your First Year in Management, 169 250.00
STRAUB, et al. (Eds.): Information SecurityPolicy, Processes, and Practices, 90 350.00
STRAUSS & FROST: E-Marketing, 6th ed., 191 425.00
SUDALAIMUTHU & ANTHONY RAJ: Logistics Management for International Business: Text and Cases, 198, 224 325.00
SUDHAKAR: Elements of Software Project Management, 92 225.00
SUDHAKAR: Integrated Retail Marketing Communication, 210 175.00
SUGANTHI & SAMUEL: Total Quality Management, 246 250.00
SULPHEY: Introduction to Environment Management, 139 375.00
SULPHEY & BASHEER: Laws for Business, 2nd ed., 119 375.00
SUMMERS: Quality Management: Creating and Sustaining Organizational Effectiveness, 2nd ed., 246 425.00
SUNDARAM & BLACK: International Business Environment, The: Text and Cases, 150 375.00
TAGUCHI: Career Troubleshooter, The: Tips and Tools for Overcoming the 21 Most Common Challenges to Success, 169 250.00
TAYLOR: Managing Information Technology Projects: Applying Project Management Stratgies to Software, Hardware, and
Integration Initiatives, 92 275.00
TAYLOR: Survival Guide for Project Managers, A, 2nd ed., 175 425.00
TAYLOR, SINHA & GHOSHAL: Research Methodology: A Guide for Researchers in Management and Social Sciences, 243 195.00
Authorwise Alphabetical Listing 285
Price
(` )
THOMAS: Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, 37 250.00
TIROLE: Theory of Industrial Organization, The, 254 350.00
TIWARI & SHANDILYA: Operations Research, 232 295.00
TOLBERT & HALL: Organizations: Structures, Processes, and Outcomes, 10th ed., 70 225.00
TOPCHIK: Accidental Manager, The: Get the Skills You Need to Excel in Your New Career, 170 275.00
TOPCHIK: Managing Workplace Negativity, 71 350.00
TRIPATHY: Financial Services, 24 250.00
TRIPATHY & PAL: Insurance: Theory and Practice, 29 195.00
TULL & HAWKINS: Marketing Research: Measurement and Method, 6th ed., 204 425.00
UPSHAW: Truth: The New Rules for Marketing in a Skeptical World, 201 450.00
VALACICH, et al.: Essentials of Systems Analysis and Design, 5th ed., 104 425.00
VAN HORNE & WACHOWICZ, Jr.: Fundamentals of Financial Management, 13th ed., 21 575.00
VANCE & PAIK: Managing a Global Workforce: Challenges and Opportunities in International Human Resource
Management, 2nd ed., 55, 153 450.00
VANGUNDY: Getting to Innovation: How Asking the Right Questions Generates the Great Ideas Your Company Needs, 146 450.00
VELASQUEZ: Business Ethics: Concepts and Cases, 7th ed., 114 450.00
VENKATACHALAM & SELLAPPAN: Business Process, 121 275.00
VOLKEMA: Negotiation Toolkit, The: How to Get Exactly What You Want in Any Business or Personal Situation, 166 195.00
WAGNER: Principles of Operations Research, with Applications to Managerial Decisions, 2nd ed., 232 575.00
WALLACE & WEBBER: Disaster Recovery Handbook, The: A Step-by-Step Plan to Ensure Business Continuity and
Protect Vital Operations, Facilities, and Assets, 132 525.00
WALSH: Monetary Theory and Policy, 3rd ed., 261 450.00
WANG: Financial Management in the Public Sector: Tools, Applications and Cases, 2nd ed., 21 225.00
WEISINGER: Power of Positive Criticism, The, 170 250.00
WEISS: Elements of International English Style, The: A Guide to Writing Correspondence, Reports, Technical
Documents, and Internet Pages for a Global Audience, 129 150.00
WELSCH, HILTON & GORDON: Budgeting: Profit Planning and Control, 5th ed., 22 395.00
WESTON, et al.: Mergers, Restructuring and Corporate Control, 42 450.00
WHETTEN & CAMERON: Developing Management Skills, 8th ed., 170 650.00
WHITE: Nature of Leadership, The: Reptiles, Mammals, and the Challenges of Becoming a Great Leader, 158 350.00
WIEST & LEVY: Management Guide to PERT/CPM, A: With GERT/PDM/DCPM and Other Networks, 2nd ed., 232 195.00
YAMANE: Mathematics for Economists: An Elementary Survey, 2nd ed., 263 375.00
YOGAMBAL ASHOKKUMAR: Textbook of Bakery and Confectionary, 2nd ed., 182 250.00
ZIMMERER, et al.: Essentials of Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management, 5th ed., 138 495.00
ZUCKERMAN: Healthcare Strategic Planning, 2nd ed., 143 150.00
OUR WHOLESALERS AND STOCKISTS
NORTHERN REGION
CHANDIGARH INTERNATIONAL BOOK HOUSE PVT. LTD.
2/42, Ansari Road, Daryaganj, New Delhi-110002
STOCKISTS Phone: 43542743 / 44 / 55 Fax: 43542746
SHIVALIK BOOK CENTRE E-mail: vikram.behl@intbh.com
SCO-61, Sector 17-D, Chandigarh-160017 JAICO PUBLISHING HOUSE
Phones: 0172-2704768 / 2724768 XI-4238/1, Ansari Road, Near Temple Nursing Home,
E-mail: shivalikbooks1976@yahoo.co.in Darya Ganj, New Delhi-110002
UNIVERSAL BOOK STORE Phones: 011-23240626 / 27 / 28 / 29
Mobile: 09313220443, 09312500198
SCO-68, Sector 17-D, Chandigarh-160017
Phones: 2702558, 2702312 Fax: 011-23240626 Website: www.jaicobooks.com
E-mail: jaicobookdistributor@bol.net.in
E-mail: chandigarhubs@yahoo.com
kc.maiti@jaicobooks.com
VARIETY BOOK STORE hemant.sharma@jaicobooks.com
SCO-68, Sector 17-D, Chandigarh-160017
MEDIAMATICS
Phone: 2702241 E-mail: vbs_69@yahoo.co.in
Rimjhim House, 111, Patparganj Industrial Estate,
CHATTISGARH Delhi-110092 Phones: 011-43031100, 30901100
Fax: 011-43031144 E-Mail: phi@phindia.com
STOCKISTS SAVERA BOOK DISTRIBUTOR
BHILAI 4754, Akarshan Bhawan, 23, Ansari Road, Daryaganj,
New Delhi-110001
ANIL BOOK DEPOT Mobile: 9871377370 E-mail: sales@saverabooks
A-Market, Sector 6, Bhilai Phone: 0788-2224250 UBS PUBLISHERS DISTRIBUTORS PVT. LTD.
E-mail: anilbookdepotbhilai@hotmail.com 5, Ansari Road, Daryaganj, New Delhi-110002
BILASPUR Phones: 23273601, 23273602, 23273604,
23266646, 23264647
STUDENTS FRIEND Fax: 23276593 E-mail: ubspd@ubspd.com
C-9, Supermarket, Agrasen Chowk
Bilaspur, Chattisgarh Phone: 07752-418242 UDH PUBLISHERS & DISTRIBUTORS
4672-63/23, Ansari Road, Daryaganj
DURG New Delhi-110002 Phones: 23258449, 23246533
PUSHPAK PUSTAKALAYA Fax: 23258474 E-mail: udhpd@vsnl.net
Bafna Manglam Road, Nahar Complex, UNIVERSAL BOOK STALL
Shop No. 1, Vidhyut Nagar, Durg-491001 (C.G.) 1697, Nai Sarak, Delhi-110006
Phone: 0788-3204600 Phones: 23250653, 23261903, 23272595
E-mail: pushpak.pustakalaya@gmail.com E-mail: ubsns@bol.net.in
RAIPUR STOCKISTS
BHARAT NATIONAL AGENCY
Sadar Bazaar, Raipur-492001, Chhattisgarh ASIAN BOOK CENTRE
Phone: 0771-2535105 Mobile: 9827156533 24, DDA Shopping Complex, Ber Sarai,
E-mail: nirmal_kala01@yahoo.com Opp. J.N.U., New Delhi Phone: 26518359
E-mail: rameshsondhi@yahoo.com
CENTRAL BOOK HOUSE
Sadar Bazar, Raipur (C.G.)-492001 ENGINEERING BOOK CENTRE
Phone: 0771-2234150 4421 (2nd Floor), Nai Sarak, Delhi-110006
E-mail: centralbookdepot@gmail.com Phone (O): 23831054 Mobile: 9810407294
MISHRA BOOK DEPOT
DELHI 62-A/Razia House, Kalu Sarai,
Near Hauz Khas Terminal, New Delhi-110016
WHOLESALERS Phones: 26511831, 26864637, 26863575
Mobile: 9313799595
ALLIED PUBLISHERS PVT. LTD.
E-mail: gsmishrabookdepot@yahoo.com
1/1314, Asaf Ali Road, New Delhi-110002
Phones: 23239001, 23233002 Fax: 23235967 UDH PUBLISHERS & DISTRIBUTORS (P) LTD.
E-mail: delhi.books@alliedpublishers.com 2/27, Ansari Road, Darya Ganj,
New Delhi-110002 Phones: 4348013 / 14
ASIAN BOOKS PVT. LTD. E-mail: udhpd@vsnl.net, udhbooks@gmail.com
7/28, Mahavir Gali, Vardhan House
Ansari Road, Daryaganj, New Delhi-110002 JAMMU AND KASHMIR
Phones: 23282098, 23271887, 23259161
Fax: 23262021 E-mail: asian@asianbooksindia.com STOCKISTS
B.I. PUBLICATIONS PVT. LTD. RADHA KRISHAN ANAND & CO.
13, Daryaganj, New Delhi-110002 Pacca Danga, Jammu-180001
Phones: 23255118, 23274443 Fax: 23261290 Phones: 2546691, 2578357
E-mail: delhi@bipgroup.com E-mail: rka_books@rediffmail.com
PUNJAB J.K. JAIN BROTHERS
Opp. Moti Masjid, Sultania Road,
STOCKISTS Bhopal-462001
AMRITSAR Phones: 0755-2549730, 2542577, 3042653
E-mail: manishjain26@hotmail.com
LAKHAN PAL & BROS.
Hall Bazaar, Amritsar Phone: 2558919 LYALL BOOK DEPOT
Sultania Road, Motia Park, Bhopal-462001
JALANDHAR Phones: 0755-2543624, 2545952
COLLEGE BOOK DEPOT E-mail: lyallbhopal@sancharnet.in
Opp. DAV College, Jalandhar THE BOOK HOUSE
Phone: 0181-250565 E-mail: abhi.cbd@gmail.com 25-C, Indrapuri, Raisen Road
LUDHIANA Bhopal-21 MP
Phone: 0755-4235485
LYAL BOOK DEPOT E-mail: thebookhousebhopal@live.com
Chaura Bazaar, Ludhiana
Phone: 2745756 Fax: 2745872 GWALIOR
E-mail: kalyanibooks@yahoo.co.in ANAND PUSTAK SADAN
PATIALA Sanatan Dharam Mandir Road, Lashkar,
Gwalior-474001, MP
JAIN BROTHERS Phones: 2323516, 6537516
Lower Mall, Patiala-147001 E-mail: rohit_apsgl@yahoo.com
Phones: 0175-2214118, 2218118
E-mail: jainbros_books@yahoo.com PRABHAT BOOK CENTRE
Maina Wali Gali, Old High Court Road,
MADHYA PRADESH Lakshkar, Gwalior-474001, MP
Phones: 0751-2376562, 4048350
WHOLESALERS UNIQUE BOOK DEPOT
Sanatan Dharm Mandir Road, Lashkar,
BHOPAL
Gwalior-474001, MP
JAICO PUBLISHING HOUSE Phone: 4076419
42, A, Vyas Complex, Zone-II, M.P. Nagar E-mail: uniquebook_depot@rediffmail.com
Bhopal-462011 MP
Phones: 0755-4252122, 4229245 INDORE
E-mail: bhopal.sales@jaicobooks.com JAINSON BOOK SHOP
UBS PUBLISHERS DISTRIBUTORS PVT. LTD. 33, Bakshi Gali, Rajwada, Indore-452001, M.P.
Z-18, MP Nagar, Zone 1, Bhopal-462012 M.P. Phone: 2538787 Mobile: 9425318787
Phones: 0755-4203183, 4203193 Fax: 0755-2555285 E-mail: purchase@jainsonbookworld.com
E-mail: sanjay.sharma@ubspd.com MAHAVIR COMPETITION BOOK HOUSE
1, Khazuri Bazar, Basement of Rajguru Complex
STOCKISTS Indore (M.P.) Phone: 0731-4053618
BHOPAL E-mail: mcbh_supply@indiatimes.com
AJAY PUBLISHERS & DISTRIBUTORS NEW JAIN BOOK STALL
H. No. 6, Behind Moti Masjid, Near Sulemania School, 627, Subhash Chowk, Khajuri Bazar,
Bhopal-462001, MP Phones: 0755-2542556 Indore-452002 MP Phone: 0731-4054829
E-mail: ajaypub.dist@rediffmail.com E-mail: newjainbookstall2007@yahoo.com
AVANI BOOK HOUSE SCIENTIFIC LITERATURE COMPANY
LB-12 (Basement), Mansarover Complex 44, Jaora Compound, Barjatiya Chamber Basement,
Near Habibganj Railway Station, Bhopal (M.P.) Opp MY Hospital, Indore-452001, M.P.
Phone: 0755-4202205 Phone: 2701041 E-mail: slcindore@yahoo.co.in
E-mail: avanibookhouse@rediffmail.com SHREE SUNEETA BOOK CENTRE
BOOK PALACE 81, Khajuri Bazar, Indore-452002 MP
10 No Market , Shop 57, Arera Colony, Phone: 0731-2451009
Bhopal-462001, MP Phone: 2673639 E-mail: shreesuneetabookcentre@rediffmail.com
MUMBAI NASIK